Russia Warning in St Petersburg against interference in third-party global conflicts, Medvedev said: “At some moment such actions, which undermine sovereignty in Syria, Iran, or North Korea, can end with a full-fledged regional war, or even, and I don’t want to scare anybody, the use of nuclear weapons.
NATO Missile Defense Forcing Russia To Take Countermeasures
The lack of agreement on missile defense may negatively affect Russia-NATO cooperation in other areas, too, because Russian relations to the Western alliance rely on strategic stability, Russian Ambassador to NATO Alexander Grushko said in Brussels yesterday. As reported on Voice of Russia radio this morning, Grushko warned that if the nuclear balance is upset by the realization of NATO-supported U.S. plans for a stage-by-stage deployment of a missile defense system, this would strongly affect the entire range of cooperation in the framework of the Russia-NATO Council.
Russia”s probable retaliation measures to the missile defense system also were on the agenda of talks which Speaker of the State Duma Sergey Naryshkin had with French members of parliament in Paris Naryshkin stressed that Russia needs “guarantees backed by objective technical parameters that this system will not be targeted against Russia…. When someone tells us in words that this system is not targeted against Russia but refuses to sign a legally binding agreement in deeds, this certainly raises doubts in us,” he said, insisting that security should be equal for all countries and indivisible. Naryshkin warned that Moscow “cannot twiddle its thumbs while its U.S. partners make decisions on deploying missile defense elements in Europe and putting them into practice…. But this is surely not our choice.” Naryshkin said Russia will have to take measures in response to the missile defense system’s deployment.




Deputy PM says Moscow “preparing a response” to U.S. plans for missile shield in Europe

Paul Joseph Watson
December 11, 2013

Addressing the threat posed by plans by the United States to install a missile defense system in Europe, Russia’s Deputy Prime Minister Dmitry Rogozin today asserted that Russia would respond with nuclear weapons if it was targeted by conventional American missiles.

Image: Deputy PM Dmitry Rogozin (Wikimedia Commons).

Rogozin’s comments arrive just a day after President Vladimir Putin called on Russia to upgrade its weapons systems in order to repel U.S. plans to institute the EPAA missile shield in Europe, which is ostensibly designed to counter Iran’s nuclear build-up yet is also firmly pointed at Russia.

Asserting that Russia was “preparing a response” to the U.S. missile defense system, Rogozin warned, “They may experiment with conventional weapons on strategic delivery platforms, but they must bear in mind, that if we are attacked, in certain circumstances we will of course respond with nuclear weapons.”

The Obama White House has refused to mothball plans for the missile defense shield despite the Bush administration initially signaling it would be scrapped. Although Washington has indicated it will abandon long range missiles, medium-range interceptors will be installed in Redzikowo, Poland by 2018.

Moscow still fears that NATO powers are using Iran as a camouflage for the true target of the missiles – Russia’s strategic nuclear forces.

Russia has itself been working on new Yars (SS-29) Intercontinental Ballistic Missiles that have the capability of penetrating U.S. missile defenses and are set to be added to Moscow’s nuclear arsenal next year.

Russia is currently engaged in the largest military build-up since the cold war, including the development of a new missile defense radar in southern and western Russia designed to counter missiles launched from Europe, as part of maneuvers which pose, “a strategic threat to the United States and NATO allies,” according to US military officials.

Earlier this summer, Russia staged its biggest military exercise since the cold war in order to ascertain the readiness of putting intercontinental ballistic missiles on “high-alert” within a short time frame.

The drill was swiftly followed by NATO’s biggest drill since the cold war, an exercise that was based around NATO’s response to a simulated invasion of Poland by a “foreign power.”

The two drills coincided with Japanese fighters being forced to intercept Russian bombers that were practicing attacks on U.S. bases in the western Pacific.

A heightening of tensions between the U.S. and Russia would dovetail with the threat of a new arms race in Asia between Japan and China in response to the crisis surrounding the disputed Senkaku Islands.




Iskander missile

Russian mobile ballistic missile complex 9k720 Iskander (NATO reporting name SS-26 Stone) during rehearsals of the Victory Day parade on Red Square on May, 6, 2012 in Moscow, Russia.


By Steve Gutterman

December 16, 2013

MOSCOW (Reuters) – Russia has deployed Iskander missiles with a range of hundreds of kilometers in its Baltic Sea exclave of Kaliningrad, which borders NATO members Poland and Lithuania, the pro-Kremlin newspaper Izvestia reported on Monday.

The missiles have been in place “for some time,” according to Izvestia’s source, a high-level Defence Ministry official it did not name. Another unnamed military source said they were deployed about 18 months ago.

The Izvestia report followed a story in German newspaper Bild on Saturday that said secret satellite imagery showed Iskander-M missiles stationed near the Polish border.

The reports caused alarm in Poland and the Baltic states, which are wary of Russian military movements after decades of dominance by the Soviet Union. Their alarm was aggravated by tension between Russia and the West over Ukraine.

“We have followed these events for quite some time, and this is not a surprise for us,” Artis Pabriks, defense minister of nearby Latvia, told Reuters.

But he added: “It creates unnecessary political tension and suspicions and reduces mutual trust because we don’t see reason why Russians would need such weapons here.

“I think it’s just to show who is the boss in the region.”

Russia said in 2011 it might put Iskanders in Kaliningrad, its westernmost region, as part of a response to an anti-missile shield the United States is building in Europe with help from NATO nations. There have been media reports since of plans to deploy the missiles but no confirmation it had happened.

Poland’s Foreign Ministry said it had received no official information from Russia and called the news “worrying”. It said it expected consultations on the issue among NATO and European Union partners.


Asked about the reports on Monday, Defence Ministry spokesman Igor Konashenkov told Russian news agencies Iskanders had been deployed in western Russia but did not specify where.

Konashenkov said the deployments did not violate international treaties. He could not immediately be reached for comment by Reuters.

Nuclear-armed Russia says it fears the Western anti-missile shield in Europe is meant to undermine its security, upsetting the post-Cold War strategic balance. Efforts to turn years of confrontation over the issue into cooperation have failed.

“We are worried about militarization of Kaliningrad region and modernization of its weaponry,” Juozas Olekas, Lithuania’s defense minister, said in an e-mail to Reuters. “We have repeatedly brought this issue up in various multilateral forums.”

In addition to threatening to station Iskanders in Kaliningrad, then-President Dmitry Medvedev said in 2011 Russia could deploy weapons in its west that would be able to destroy components of the anti-missile shield.

An interceptor installation is to be deployed in Poland by 2018 as part of the shield, which is to be completed after 2020 and which the United States says is meant to protect against potential threats from the Middle East.

The Iskander-M has a range of about 400 km (250 miles), which means missiles based in Kaliningrad could reach deep into Poland, Lithuania or Latvia.

“At the moment I can’t imagine Russia shooting into a NATO country … If this missile upgrade has already taken place, it’s just a show-off, and is intended to scare,” a senior Lithuanian official told Reuters, speaking on condition of anonymity.

Russian President Vladimir Putin has cited the missile shield as one of the reasons Russia must maintain a strong military and has pledged to spend 23 trillion roubles ($700 billion) by 2020 to upgrade defense.

Already strained by disagreements on issues from energy to human rights since Putin returned to the Kremlin last year, relations between Russia and the West have been worsened recently by the situation in Ukraine, whose government last month ditched preparations for a trade pact with the European Union in favor of closer ties with Moscow, its former master.



by Andrei AKULOV
December 20, 2013

Russia has moved nuclear-capable Iskander missiles closer to Europe’s borders in response to the US-led deployment of a missile defence shield.  German mass-circulation Bild newspaper first reported on December 14 that Russia had deployed about 10 Iskander systems in its Kaliningrad exclave sandwiched between Poland and Lithuania.

The Russian Defense Ministry has confirmed media reports on the deployment of short-range Iskander missiles in the Kaliningrad region saying that it does not violate international agreements. “Rocket and artillery units of the Western Military District are really armed with Iskander tactical missile systems,” Maj. Gen. Igor Konashenkov, head of the Defense Ministry’s press service, told reporters on December 16. “The concrete areas of the deployment of Iskander missile battalions in the Western Military District do not contradict any international agreements or treaties,” he added.    Russian Izvestia daily reported the missiles have been in place “for some time.” Another unnamed military source said they were deployed about 18 months ago. (1)                

Iskander – cutting edge defensive weapon

The Iskander (NATO: SS-26 Stone) is a type of weapon that could influence the military and political balance of forces in certain regions of the world. It is a mobile tactical ballistic missile system being manufactured by the Federal State Unitary Enterprise, Design Bureau of Machine Building, for the Russian army), the first test was fired in 1996 to enter the ground forces inventory in 2006. It is capable of engaging ground targets such as command and communications infrastructure, concentrations of troops, air defense facilities and fixed and rotary-wing aircraft landed on airstrips. The Russian Defence Ministry plans to buy up to 120 Iskander-M tactical missile systems to equip at least five missile brigades by 2016.

Iskander is produced in three versions. Iskander-E is offered for export, inertially guided it has a maximum range of 280 km (the minimum firing range of the missile is 50km) with circular error probability of 30 to 70 meters. Belarus, Iran and Libya have expressed interest in procuring the missiles. Iskander-M is an extended range missile for the Russian Army. The range exceeds 400 km, enhanced accuracy is provided by inertial and optical guidance systems. Satellites, aircraft or cavalry on spot could be used for detection, identification and guidance.   Having received the images of the target, the onboard computer locks on and directs the warhead towards the objective at supersonic speed. The system is equipped with two independently targeted short-range ballistic missiles capable of re-targeting during flight to engage moving targets. A missile can hit the target with a 500kg high-explosive fragmentation, submunition, penetration, fuel-air explosive and electro-magnetic pulse conventional warhead. Iskander provides the capability to overcome enemy missile defenses with high degree of immunity to electronic countermeasures. Iskander-K is the latest enhanced version to launch the R-500 cruise missile.

NATO rushes to voice concern

The United States, Poland and three Baltic states have all voiced anxiety. The Estonian and Lithuanian defense ministers both called the news “alarming,” describing it as “cause for concern”. Latvian Defense Minister Artis Pabriks said on Monday that such a move would change the “balance of powers in our region” and “threatens several Baltic cities.” The United States joined the allies.  State Department deputy spokeswoman Marie Harf said “We’ve urged Russia to take no steps to destabilize the region.” Poland will consult with its NATO partners on the issue before the eventual response.  The Foreign Ministry in Warsaw said in a statement on December 16. “The plans to deploy new Iskander-M rockets in Kaliningrad are worrying,” It said it had received no official information from Russia on the deployment, and was checking the media reports. U.S. Air Force General Philip Breedlove, NATO’s Supreme Allied Commander in Europe, said on December 17 that he was concerned by the report. “This is something that we need to understand and get the real facts on,” he told a group of reporters in Berlin. The General suggested that the disclosure showed the need for a more regular and reliable communications channel between NATO and Russian military commanders. “Our ships in the Eastern Mediterranean are very close to each other … Our aircraft every day are encountering each other in the North Sea and along the Baltics and other places. There can be no room for miscalculation,” he said. “We as military men and women in the leadership of this alliance … we have to have a medium of trusted, constant, reliable communication,” Breedlove added. Asked if such a channel existed, he replied: “I would not grade it as being where we need it to be yet but we are working at it very hard.” NATO spokeswoman Oana Lungescu said when asked about the reports: “The movement of missiles or aircraft to areas where intentions are difficult to understand is counter-productive to the kind of partnership NATO seeks with Russia and to the goals we have agreed for the enhancement of security in the region.” She said NATO wanted to be more transparent in its dealings with Russia and had made repeated efforts to engage with Moscow in this area, including through invitations to observe exercises and to cooperate on missile defence. “Regrettably, Russia has yet to take up these offers,” Lungescu complained.

Some thoughts to share

In this regard I believe it is expedient to recall that the US has 180 В61 airborne nuclear munitions deployed in Belgium, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Turkey to be delivered by F-15E и F-16 combat planes (Russia has no nuclear weapons outside its territory). The nuclear-capable aircraft are part of the inventory of non-nuclear states like Belgium, Turkey and the Netherlands. German and Italian Tornados also have the capability to deliver nuclear В61. The Siauliai-based (Lithuania) nuclear capable planes patrol in rotation the skies near the Russian border. They could reach Smolensk in 15-20 minutes, for instance.  It would be total irresponsibility on the part of Russia not to take appropriate measures… The Kaliningrad region is home to Voronezh-DM radar station monitoring the airspace over Atlantic. The Atlantic Ocean is patrolled by US, UK and French strategic submarines with intercontinental missiles designed to strike Russia. The US-NATO missile defense system being deployed in Europe is a potential threat to at least half of Russia’s silo-based strategic nuclear arsenal. SM-3B1 missiles have just been deployed in Romania; the Strategic Culture Foundation highlighted the event in detail (2). Poland, the country situated in the vicinity of the Kaliningrad region, is next to become home to an even more enhanced version of the missile system.  In 2009 Russia told the US it would not deploy Iskander if the US cancelled the so-called third position area of the missile-defense shield in this country. It did not. Now the US plans to station Aegis – capable destroyers in Spain.  According to plans, USS Ross and USS Donald Cook are to make the port of Rota their home base in 2014 followed by USS Carney and Porter in 2015. The missile defense capable ships will patrol the eastern Mediterranean.

Russia’s Response to NATO’s concern

Russia is free to deploy Iskander tactical missiles “wherever it likes” on its territory, Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu said on December 18 meeting reserve officer training course students (Russia StateTechnological Institute) in a response to concern of the West. “Recently there was a great deal of empty talk to the effect that we had put Iskanders somewhere in the wrong place. On the territory of the Russian Federation we’ll put them where we like,” he said. The Defense Chief also added in the context that the Russian Federation has the technology to react to the deployment of US missile defence systems in Europe. “We are not sitting and passively watching (US/NATO) missile defense deployment. Our scientists designers and plants are working effectively and the Russian army possesses powerful, mobile and efficient weapons,” Shoigu said.  “One cannot believe rumors saying Russia is weak and can do nothing. Believe me, that is a lie,” he said…

Russia’s general stance on the issue

Back in November 2011 when the US failed to agree to make the missile defense shield a joint project with Russia, then-President Dmitry Medvedev announced sweeping plans to address what Moscow considered to be a threat to national security. He said he would deploy strike systems in the west and south of the country, as well as station Iskander missiles in the Kaliningrad region in order to counter the risk posed by the European missile defense shield. This February Colonel General (three stars) Valery Gerasimov, the Chief of the Russian General Staff, said all Russian missile brigades would be armed with Iskander systems by 2020.

Moscow has long been calling for legally-binding guarantees that the missile defense system will not be aimed against Russia, but the US has so far refused to deliver such a promise. For years, the necessity of building the missile defense shield in Europe was justified by the perceived threat from countries like Iran. Moscow had hoped that the US missile system would be withdrawn, since the Iranian deal signed by Tehran and the P5+1 on November 24 in Geneva. Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov said Iran’s nuclear deal with the West leaves no place for the deployment of the long-touted US missile system in Europe.  “If the Iran deal is put into practice, the stated reason for the construction of the defense shield will no longer apply,” Lavrov said in Rome on November 25 (the P5+1 Joint Plan of Action, concluded between Iran and P5+1 member states regarding Tehran’s nuclear program). The settlement of the Iranian nuclear problem will make the deployment of missile defense in Europe unnecessary. “We presume that the solution of problems related to the Iranian nuclear program should lead to a revision of the concept of the U.S. missile defense network in Europe,” Lavrov said during “the Government’s Hour” at the Federation Council on December 18. “In fact, the solution of the Iranian nuclear problem will do away with the premise, which explained the need for the deployment of missile defense in Europe,” he said (3). But NATO officials think otherwise.

President Putin has put it clear – all Russian strategic nuclear forces must be invulnerable to any missile defense. Addressing the nation on the Constitution he stressed that with the Iran’s problem settled the missile defense turns into an offensive weapon. Speaking in his annual State of the Nation address on December 12, Putin said that Russia was aware that the US-planned missile defense system in Eastern Europe was defensive only in name and described it as having strategically offensive potential. “The increase by foreign countries of their strategic, high-precision non-nuclear systems potential and boosting missile defense possibilities could ruin earlier reached agreements in the sphere of nuclear arms control and reduction and lead the disruption of the so-called strategic balance,” he said. “No one should have illusions over a possibility of taking military advantage over Russia,” Putin said. “We will never allow this.” Putin noted that the missile shield would “erode” the world’s balance of power. He said that “any international problem can and must be solved through political means”.  “Iran’s nuclear program once served as the key reason for deploying missile shields,” Putin said. “And what do we have now? Iran’s nuclear problem is fading, while the missile shield remains in place. Moreover, it is still developing.” At the December 19 annual press-conference Mr. Putin said Russia cannot but to react to the deployment of US weapons are really located in Europe, including missile defense systems. According to him, there is nothing new about deploying the Iskander in the Kaliningrad region. The President emphasized that the final decision is not taken yet but Russia should not be provoked because the Iskander is not the only and not the most effective weapon Russia possesses to defend itself.

Earlier at a meeting with Russia’s Defense Minister Shoigu on December 10 he said that the country should upgrade its weaponry to maintain parity with “leading nations actively modernizing their arsenals.” Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu said Russia would pursue deployment of Iskander nuclear missiles in the country’s western-most region Kaliningrad as a reaction to the US missile plans.

President Putin has cited the missile shield as one of the reasons Russia must maintain a strong military and has pledged to spend 23 trillion roubles ($700 billion) by 2020 to upgrade defense. Russia has always suspected that the US was deploying not just missile defense systems in Europe, but fully-fledged first strike weapons.  “We are well aware of the fact that the missile defense system is only defensive in name, whereas in reality it is an essential element of a strategic offensive potential,” Putin said his address to the Federal Assembly, adding that Russia was “closely following the evolution of the so-called disarming nuclear strike’ concept” of the US military. Putin said the US program was designed “to upset what is known as the strategic balance of power.” “We are well aware of that. And we know what we need to do about it,” Putin warned.

On December 11 Russian Deputy Prime Minister Dmitry Rogozin warned that Russia would use nuclear weapons if it came under attack, adding that this possibility serves as the main deterrent to potential provocateurs and aggressors.

One can experiment as long as one wishes by deploying non-nuclear warheads on strategic missile carriers. But one should keep in mind that if there is an attack against us, we will certainly resort to using nuclear weapons in certain situations to defend our territory and state interests,” Rogozin, the defense industry chief said speaking at the State Duma, the lower house (4)

Aleksey Pushkov, the chairman of the Foreign Affairs Committee of the Russian State Duma, the lower house of parliament, said in an interview to Russia Today (RT) that from the very beginning western argument backing the idea of the European BMD was “deeply flawed” and both North Korean and Iranian arguments used to justify American ABM in Europe “are just fake.”  “The real goal is to create a new stage of American superiority in Europe, to try to neutralize at least partially Russian nuclear potential and to create the new bond between the US and Europe,” Pushkov told RT. (5)


Reports about the Iskander deployment to Kaliningrad had been pre-signaled. Russian President Vladimir Putin and other Russian officials have talked about such a move for years emphasizing that it was a necessary countermeasure to the U.S.-led NATO missile defense for Europe. Russia does what it says. There is still time left for NATO to get serious about really tackling the issue instead of expressing surprise and concern over what it had been duly warned about.



Arms build-up intensifies

Paul Joseph Watson
December 18, 2013

Russia Strategic Missile Force Commander announced today that Moscow plans to deploy rail-mounted nuclear missiles as a defensive measure against the United States’ Prompt Global Strike missile program.

Image: Russian Strategic Missile Forces.

“A Defense Ministry report has been submitted to the president and the order has been given to develop a preliminary design of a rail-mounted missile system,” Lt. Gen. Sergei Karakaev told RIA Novosti, adding that work will begin on the project early next year.

The benefits of a rail-mounted program include the ability to camouflage the missiles amidst commercial rail traffic, unlike more conventional silo-based nuclear missiles which can more easily be located and targeted.

The START Treaty, signed by the United States and Russia in 2011, does not prohibit the development of rail-based missiles.

The fact that Russia decommissioned the last of its rail-based missiles eight years ago but is now restarting the program again suggests that Russia is embarking on a nuclear arms build-up.

Russia’s military build-up is a response to Washington’s plans to complete a project to install a missile defense system in Redzikowo, Poland by 2018 while another ballistic missile defense system in southern Romania is expected to be operational by 2015.

Moscow fears that the missile shield is in fact offensive in nature and part of a NATO military encirclement of Russia.

The news follows a separate announcement on Monday that Russia had moved nuclear-capable Iskander missiles closer to EU borders, a development that spurred complaints from the United States as well as Poland, Estonia, Lithuania and Latvia.

During his annual State of the Nation address last week, Russian President Vladimir Putin vowed to never allow any power to gain military superiority over Moscow, asserting that the country’s “military doctrine and advanced weapons” would prevent such a scenario.

Russia’s Deputy Prime Minister Dmitry Rogozin also addressed Russia’s response to the U.S. missile shield in volatile comments last week during which he asserted, “They may experiment with conventional weapons on strategic delivery platforms, but they must bear in mind, that if we are attacked, in certain circumstances we will of course respond with nuclear weapons.”

Russia has responded to the offensive threat posed by the missile shield by embarking on a huge arms build-up of its own while staging the country’s biggest military exercises since the cold war.



by Joel Skousen | World Affairs Brief

December 20, 2013

While Russia isn’t directly confronting the US military openly as China is beginning to, her moves are still in the making. What’s happening in the Ukraine is an essential part of Russian strategy to maintain military access to the Black Sea—her only viable warm water port. Russia just made sure the Ukraine will stay within its orbit by paying a $15B bribe to the Ukraine to not enter into a trade agreement with the EU—and that doesn’t count the other threats like shutting off Ukraine’s supply of subsidized natural gas from Russia.

In the military realm Russia is still in full rearmament mode. There were several news stories this week that brought that into sharp focus, for those who are interested (which doesn’t seem to include our government, which is always eager for more disarmament). Paul Joseph Watson of has the story:

 Russia Strategic Missile Force Commander announced today that Moscow plans to deploy rail-mounted nuclear missiles as a defensive measure against the United States’ Prompt Global Strike missile program. The benefits of a rail-mounted program include the ability to camouflage the missiles amidst commercial rail traffic, unlike more conventional silo-based nuclear missiles which can more easily be located and targeted.

Actually, due to the size of missile rail cars, they cannot be easily camouflaged and are not—because they don’t need to be. Ballistic missiles (including our own) cannot effectively find and hit a moving target such as an adversary’s truck or rail-mounted missiles since it takes at least 20 minutes from time of launch until arrival on target. The US purposely keeps all our missiles in silos so they can be vulnerable to attack and we have never demanded the banning of mobile ballistic missiles in any disarmament treaty.

 The fact that Russia decommissioned the last of its rail-based missiles eight years ago but is now restarting the program again suggests that Russia is embarking on a nuclear arms build-up.

Russia may have claimed to dismantle their rail based missiles, but it’s unlikely. Russia never takes a rocket out of service without putting refurbished warheads on a new missile, and keeping them in secret storage—easy to do now that Russia has cancelled any inspections by US personnel—which never were allowed to see everything in Russia.

As for the supposed danger of the Global Strike Missile System to Russia, this is another red herring. The US is proposing replacing nuclear warheads on some minuteman missiles or sub launched missiles with a conventional warhead to use as a kind of “super drone” strikes. What a waste of missiles, and that is precisely what it is intended to do—reduce even further our nuclear launch potential. A conventional warhead would be even less likely to take out a moving target like rail mobile missiles.

Moscow is also launching a second Borei-class nuclear-powered submarine, the Alexander Nevsky, which has just completed sea trials. The trials were suspended in September following an unsuccessful launch of a submarine-launched Bulava ballistic missile from the submarine. After a successful test in October, Russia decided to make it operationa.

The Borei class is set to become the mainstay of the Russian Navy’s strategic nuclear deterrent fleet, replacing the aging Project 941 (NATO reporting name: Typhoon) and Project 667 class (Delta-3 and Delta-4) boats. A total of eight Borei-class submarines are to be built for the Russian Navy by 2020.

Additionally on the land based missile front, according to RIA Novosti, Twenty-two land-based intercontinental ballistic missiles will next year be added to Russia’s nuclear arsenal, President Vladimir Putin said Wednesday. Russia used to do 3 per year, so the pace is picking up. Meanwhile, the US has no intention of building any more missiles.

According to US official estimates, Russia currently deploys an estimated 326 ICBMs with approximately 1,050 warheads, but that doesn’t count all the missiles and warheads being kept in secret underground bunker systems like Yamantau Mountain, which the US has never been allowed to inspect.

 According to the recent State Duma Defense Committee report on the draft federal budget for 2014-2016, Russia plans to increase annual spending on nuclear weapons by more than 50 percent in the next three years.

 The Defense Ministry earlier announced plans to retire most of its outdated SS-18 Satan, SS-19 Stiletto and SS-25 Sickle (Topol) ICBMs and replace them with SS-27 Sickle-B (Topol-M) and RS-24Yars missiles by 2021.

Russia has also deployed 4-ton mobile Iskander-M missiles in Kaliningrad north of Poland. It’s a violation of the INF treaty and is designed to carry nuclear warheads to a range of 400 kilometer (250 miles) and fly in a quasi-ballistic trajectory to confuse missile defense systems. Putin denied this week that Iskander missiles are in Kaliningrad, but the US knows better—though they choose not to challenge Russia.



But it takes 24 hours to make 600-mile journey from Portsmouth base – was Putin testing our response time?

  • Russian vessel detected 30 miles away from Scotland last night

  • Only ship available to respond was on south coast of England

  • Tensions heightened when aerial photos showed ship full of missiles

By Mark Nicol | Daily Mail

January 4, 2014

A fully armed Royal Navy warship was scrambled to challenge a missile-carrying Russian vessel  in the waters off Britain just days before Christmas, defence sources revealed last night.

In a calculated test of Britain’s reduced naval capacity in the North Sea, the Russian warship came within 30 miles of the coast.

It was detected nearing Scotland, but the only ship the Royal Navy had available to respond after Ministry of Defence cuts was in Portsmouth, resulting in a delay of 24 hours until it was in position.

The threatening approach towards Britain’s territorial waters triggered a top-secret Navy and Air Force operation co-ordinated by the military top brass at the Permanent Joint Headquarters (PJHQ) bunker at Northwood, just outside London.

RAF reconnaissance aircraft tracked the progress of the Russian warship as it neared north-east Scotland, and the tension heightened when aerial photographs revealed the ship was carrying a full payload of guided missiles.

Commanders at PJHQ decided to send the new Type 45 destroyer HMS Defender, which is Britain’s immediate-response ship during a national security crisis.


A Russian cruiser came within 30 miles of the British coast but the Navy only had one ship to respond (file image)

A Russian cruiser came within 30 miles of the British coast but the Navy only had one ship to respond (file image)


The Russian ship waited in the Moray Forth, a stretch of water  that flows into Loch Ness, for Defender to arrive, as if her captain were recording the Navy’s response times.

At the time, Defender was in dock at Portsmouth. Her crew were forced to make the 600-mile journey around the coastline, because budget cutbacks mean there are no maritime patrol vessels sailing off Scotland.

A defence source said: ‘This was no exercise – the Russian ship was behaving very aggressively in a stretch of water bordering Britain’s territorial waters.

‘They were watched very closely by the RAF and it was agreed that HMS Defender should block the Russians’  passage.

A tense stand-off ensued when Defender reached the Moray Firth as crews tried to establish intentions
A tense stand-off ensued when Defender reached the Moray Firth as crews tried to establish intentions


‘Defender was fully equipped with Sea Viper surface-to-air missiles and guns capable of firing 40kg shells as far as 18 miles. Her captain and crew knew this was the real deal and were prepared to engage.’

A tense stand-off ensued when Defender reached the Moray Firth. While the MoD last night declined  to explain the specific international protocols adhered to at such a delicate moment, The Mail on Sunday understands the crews exchanged radio messages in an attempt to establish each other’s intentions.

No shots were fired but Defender’s 190-strong crew remained at battle stations throughout the confrontation.

The British crew then watched as the Russian ship retreated. They followed it north to the Baltic Sea, where a Russian task force was on legitimate manoeuvres. Defender then sailed back to Scotland, docking in Glasgow on Friday.

Last night, Russian expert Jonathan Eyal, from the military think-tank the Royal United Services Institute, said Russia had intended to intimidate Britain.

The 600-mile voyage

He added: ‘The Russian fleet, which is growing in strength  and expanding its sphere of influence, wanted to show a presence  in the North Sea and sail as close  as possible to the national sea boundary.

‘The Russians knew exactly what they were doing. They were saying, “We are back in business in the North Sea and we are powerful.”

‘They knew how far they could sail before they would be required to withdraw.

‘The Russians may also be inspecting nuclear installations in Scotland, with a view towards the independence referendum. Certainly the Russians would see the country as more vulnerable if it were no longer part of Britain.

‘The approach was part of a pattern of behaviour, and the action is more threatening when considered in this context.

‘Last year Russian military jets approached Swedish airspace and only withdrew when the Swedes scrambled their aircraft.’

After the confrontation between Defender and the Russian ship, which is believed to have begun  on December 20, the Russian military news agency Interfax-AVN released a statement claiming  that the vessel was sheltering in the Moray Firth because of adverse weather conditions.

This is the second such incident  in two years. In December 2011, the aircraft carrier Admiral Kuznetsov, anti-submarine ship Admiral Chabanenko and escort ship Yaroslav Mudry sailed close to Scotland before being challenged by the Royal Navy.

Defender is the fifth of the Navy’s six state-of-the-art Type 45 destroyers – she was built in Glasgow, which is one of her two affiliated cities. The other is Exeter.

The MoD refused to comment last night for operational reasons.



by Dave Hodges –

February 26, 2013

United States has not been attacked on the home front for 200 years dating back to the War of 1812. There exists a plethora of confirming information to support the fact that America’s days may be numbered and that we are totally unprepared for what is coming.

obama the communistRussia, through the traitorous cooperation and complicity of President Obama, is positioning its assets in order to attack Alaska.  Before I piece together the many elements of the planned Russian “surprise attack”, it is important for America to understand that it takes a communist to bring communism to America. Obama was bred by communists, raised by communists, educated at the finest schools with communist money, his political career was launched by communists and his controllers in the White House are communists.  In this article I will clearly establish the fact that Obama is the lynchpin of a multigenerational plan to hand America over to the Russians and to the Chinese communists.

Obama did not just wake up one day and decide to weaken American defenses and hand over the country to the Russian communists. Obama was groomed for this position for the past several years. He is indeed the right communist, at the right time,  whose mission is to bring America the most crippling form of communism the world has ever seen.

Russian Defectors Have Warned the US About This Moment

High-profile Soviet defectors have been telling American intelligence agencies for decades that the Russians have engaged in a multigenerational plot to destabilize America prior to the takeover in which both the Russians and the Chinese will unleash a ferocious military assault upon our country.

To match feature USA-RUSSIA/SPYThe high-ranking defector, Sergei Tretyakov, who repeatedly warned Americans that Russia’s core government had never abandoned the Cold War and still aimed to destroy the United States. In his later years, he said his main goal was to “wake up” the American people to the deadly threat posed to them by the former Soviet Union. His death was reported as a cardiac event, however, his family remains suspicious. Tretyakov joined a plethora of others who defected from the former Soviet Union in order to warn the American people about a planned attack sponsored by the Russian government with assistance from within the American government.

Former Soviet defector, Yuri Bezmenov, a well renowned media/propaganda expert defected to the United States. in 1970, and subsequently exposed the KGB’s subversive tactics against American society. Yuri Bezmenov has conducted a number of interviews in which he explains how Marxist ideology is deconstructing America’s values by controlling the media and which would ultimately serve to demoralize the country, destabilize the economy, and provoke crises in order to Sovietize the United States.   Bezmenov is well known for revealing Russia’s doctrine of “ideological subversion”, a slow, long-term multi-decade process of media-based brainwashing in which the sole purpose is to confuse, confound, and destroy the moral base of America. Can anyone argue that our country’s values represent a debasement of our national sense of morality? Every perversion known to mankind in now honored in our media. Christians are out and hedonists are in. Loyal husbands and fathers are out and a philandering lifestyle is a honored “virtue.” On this point, the Russians have won.

Former Russian Colonel Stanislav Lunev has the distinction of being the highest ranking Russian military officer to defect to the United States after doing so in 1992, after Boris Yeltsin came to power. Lunev’s information was considered to be so volatile, but accurate, that the CIA, DIA, FBI, NSA placed Lunev, where he remains to this day, in the FBI’s Witness Protection Program. Lunev reported that Russia’s military, despite “losing the cold war”, continues in its war preparations which are designed to conquer the United States by stealth

Anatoliy Golitsyn, a high-ranking KGB defector who fled to the United States in order to warn Americans about the secret Russian plan to attack the United States. Golitsyn is generally considered to be among the first and most revealing on the subject of the secret Russian plans to attack. Having authored the The Perestroika Deception in which Golitsyn wrote about the deceitful intent behind the Leninist strategy in which the present-day Communists are actively pursuing as they fake American style democratization efforts in Russia. According to Golitsyn, the short-term strategic objective of the Russians is to achieve a technological convergence with the West solely on Russian terms and mostly through a series of one-sided disarmament agreements. According to Golitsyn, after the United States military is eliminated as a strategic threat to Russia, the long-range strategic Russian plan is to pursue Lenin’s goal of replacing nation states with collectivist model of  regional governments as a stepping stone to global governance. In order to achieve their final goal, Golitsyn states that Russia, after lulling America to sleep, will join with China in order to attack the United States from both the outside and inside as he detailed that the Soviets and the Chinese will be officially reconciled and enact a “scissors strategy” in which China will attack the US through the southern border and Russia through northern border by way of Alaska. As the reader will clearly see in the following paragraphs, Obama is the catalyst in making these long-range communist plans come to fruition.

Obama the Communist

Obama has been surrounded by nothing but communists for all of his life. From Obama’s real father, Frank Marshall Davis, to the husband and wife communist terrorist team of Bill Ayers and Bernadine Dohrn from the Weathermen Underground terrorist organization, Obama has known nothing but Marxist communist philosophy in his formative years. The late Senator, Joseph McCarthy, is rolling over in his grave due to the fact that a sitting President has such a retrograde pattern of communist associations and still managed to attain the presidency.

Former FBI Weatherman Task Force supervisor, Max Noel, notes that the FBI utilized a CARL test when it conducted background checks on various suspects. The acronym CARL stands for Character, Associates, Reputation, and Loyalty used to assess candidates fitness to hold the highest office in the country. On each of these four points of power, Obama fails and fails miserably. Like many FBI law enforcement agents and officials, Noel was alarmed by the fact that someone like Barack Obama could capture the presidency. For some unexplained reason, Obama was never vetted before he became a candidate for the presidency by the FBI. This is an unacceptable result of our national security system and is wholly suggestive of internal plot to allow the installation of a blatantly communist advocate into the highest political position in America.

Today, many people have been in a position to now vet the President after Obama’s four years of “fundamentally transforming America“. This particular series will continue to connect the dots of the secretive and nefarious communist background of Barack Hussein Obama and tie his associations, actions and internal belief system to a current coup d’état which is close to capturing all of the vital elements of power in this country.

Comrade Obama’s ascension to the presidency has been a long time in the making. Interestingly,  Barack Obama’s past associates especially the communist terrorists which funded his Harvard legal education and ultimately launched his political career as an Illinois state senator, namely, Bill Ayers and Bernadine Dohrn, have been in lockstep with Obama his entire adult life. However, Dohrn and Ayers were not the first to indoctrinate Obama with the Marxist communist philosophy. For that information, we have to begin with Frank Marshall Davis.

Obama’s real father, Frank Marshall Davis, was a member of the Communist Party and a former Soviet Agent who was under FBI investigation for a total of 19 years.  In 1948, Davis moved from Chicago to Hawaii leaving behind a colleague named Vernon Jarrett, father-in-law of Senior White House advisor, Valerie Jarrett. Yes, the Jarrett’s are communists as well.  Both Jarrett and Davis wrote for a left wing newspaper called the Chicago Defender in which they espoused a communist  takeover of the United States Government. In 1971, Davis, according to Joel Gilbert, reunited with his then nine-year-old son, Barack Obama, and schooled him in the ways of being a good communist for the next nine years.

Chicago Slum Lord, Valerie Jarrett

Chicago Slum Lord, Valerie Jarrett

White House advisers, David Axelrod and Valerie Jarrett, were both “Red Diaper Babies, in which they were the sons and daughters of well-to-do parents who desired communism and lived out their dreams through their children’s revolutionary activities. Other notable red-diaper babies also included  Rahm Emanuel and Eric Holder. Jarrett’s situation is particularly interesting in that her family and the Ayers family have been multigenerational friends which also included a marriage between the two families. Much of the Obama administration is a nest of communists and this should serve to gravely concern every American citizen.

Following the nine years of mentoring and parenting by Frank Davis, Obama made some very important communist connections which ultimately led to him obtaining an impressive  college education financed by some very familiar communist activists’, namely,  Tom Ayers, Con Ed CEO, and then his son Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn. You remember Bill and Bernardine, don’t you?

Bill Ayers Mug Shot

Bill Ayers Mug Shot

The Prairie Fire book was co-authored by Dohrn and Ayers, and, quite unbelievably, it was dedicated to Sirhan Sirhan, Robert Kennedy’s assassin. Former FBI informant, While appearing on The Common Sense Show, Larry Grathwohl, revealed that he testified in a court of law that Ayers and Dohrn had direct involvement in a terrorist plot which killed San Francisco police sergeant, Brian V. McDonnell, by a bomb made and planted by these Weathermen Underground terrorists.

Grathwohl also revealed that he asked Ayers, in a meeting of about 25 well-to do Weatherman, most with advanced degrees from Ivy League Universities, what the Weathermen planned to do when they achieved their goal of a communist take over the government.  Grathwohl stated that Ayers paused for a moment and then said that it was likely that about 50 million Americans will have to be re-educated in concentration camps located in the American Southwest and that about 25 million would have to be eliminated, meaning that they would have to be murdered.  Bill and Bernardine’s Weather Underground had the support of Cuba, East German intelligence and the North Vietnamese. I believe that since Obama was able to secure a second term, and with the power granted to him by the NDAA, that he will fulfill Ayers’ promise to Grathwohl to murder 25 million Americans who cannot be “re-educated”.

Obama’s educational and political benefactors, Ayers and Dohrn, raised a son, Chesa Boudin, who worked for Hugo Chavez , communist dictator in charge of Venezuela. Chesa Boudin was the child of Kathy Boudin and David Gilbert, members of a Weather Underground spin-off group who went to prison for an armored car robbery that resulted in the murders of two police officers and a security guard. Dohrn served seven months for her role in the robbery and this is the reason that she is ineligible to become bar certified as an attorney. Is anyone else uncomfortable with the fact that Ayers and Dohrn were the ones primarily responsible for educating Obama with communist funds and then subsequently launched his political career from their living room? Well, it is true, please read on.

Allen Hulton, a 39 year veteran of the postal service, provided a sworn affidavit to Maricopa County, AZ. Sheriff investigators, led by Sheriff Joe Arpaio, in an effort toward determining whether or not former foreign college student, Barack Obama, is eligible to be placed on Arizona’s 2012 election ballot. After reviewing Hulton’s affidavit, it is apparent that Ayers and Dohrn were in fact  the de facto adoptive parents to this foreign student destined to become the first illegitimate President of the United States. As a result, Obama was treated to the finest Ivy League education that communist backed money could buy as Hulton maintains that the Ayers’ told him that they were financing the education of a promising foreign student at Harvard. Hulton also testified that he met Obama while at the Ayer’s home and he asked Obama what he going to do with all his education, to which Obama politely answered, “I am going to become the President”.

Readers should take note that this is an affidavit, and as such, is formally considered to be evidence, not conjecture or hearsay. There can be no other conclusion that the communist terrorist, Bill Ayers, began grooming Obama to become America’s first communist President during Obama’s college years. Their relationship continues into the present time as it is on record that Ayers visited the White House in August of 2009.

We also know that Obama’s communist affiliations continued well into his adulthood because of the good work of Joel Gilbert  who discovered that Obama was active with a Weathermen Underground  support group known as The May 19th Communist Organization, in New York. Perhaps, this is why Ayers was visiting the White House.

Frank Chapman, a communist activist and a member of the communist front group known as the World Peace Council. Chapman clearly used the term “mole” to describe Obama. He said Obama’s political climb and subsequent  success in the 2008 Democratic presidential primaries was “a dialectical leap ushering in a qualitatively new era of struggle.” Chapman further stated that, “Marx once compared revolutionary struggle with the work of the mole, who sometimes burrows so far beneath the ground that he leaves no trace of his movement on the surface. This is the old revolutionary ‘mole,’ not only showing his traces on the surface but also breaking through. The Communist Party USA backs Obama to the hilt.” It is clear that Obama is their man!

America is at a serious crossroads. The United States is preparing to go to war with Iran and its allies, China and Russia, in a last ditch effort to save the Petrodollar scheme as opposed to letting China and Russia buy Iranian oil in gold. If America loses this struggle, the dollar will collapse. America’s economy is in shambles and the country can ill-afford being purposely run into the ground by a series of red-diaper babies bent on the communist takeover of this country. There can be no doubt about it, Barack Obama is a traitor to this country. He is the culmination of a distinct and purposeful mufti-generational communist plot to install a communist dictator who would weaken this country to the point that it is very vulnerable to an outside Russian attack.

Russian troops have infiltrated the United States and all signs in and around Alaska point to the fact that the Russian attack will commence through the Bering Strait and proceed southward into British Columbia, Oregon, Washington and Idaho.



by Dave Hodges –

February 27, 2013

It is now clear that any Russian attack upon the United States will come through Alaska and I’m of the opinion that Russia will not wait for us to attack Iran before attacking the United States. The following paragraphs will demonstrate why Alaska is so vitally important to the fulfillment of Russia’s communist plans for world domination.

The Heartland Theory

British geographer and military historian, Sir Halford MacKinder, in 1904, wrote an article that changed how politicians and military men viewed the world. It was a perception that influenced Hitler to send his troops eastward in an attack upon Russia in 1940. It was also the driving force that led to the underpinnings for superpower foreign policy which guided foreign policy for both sides during the Cold War. The theory that had so influenced nearly three generations of strategists was called simply, the Heartland Theory.

Basically, Mackinder’s Heartland Theory viewed geo-political military history as a struggle between land-based and sea-based powers. Mackinder believed the world had become a “closed” system, with virtually no new lands left for the Europeans powers to discover, to conquer, and to fight over without creating chaos elsewhere. According to the theory the common denominator for world conflict has been reduced to sea powers vs. land-based powers which would subsequently struggle for dominance of the world, and the ultimate victor would be in a position to set up a world empire. The determining factor in this struggle was physical geography; “Man and not nature initiates, but nature in large measure controls”.

Containing Russia Is the Key to World Peace

From Mackinder’s perspective, Soviet Russia had to be contained within the heartland. Mackinder’s believed that whosoever controlled Eurasia, controlled the world, so long as the controller had access to useable ports. The problem for Russia is that they have so few usable ports thus impacting commerce and the movement of men and material in a time of war. So long as Russian could be prevented from being a major sea power, the forces of the United States and Western Europe were safe. However, if Russia should become a sea power in conjunction with its massive land-based power, Russia could rule the world.

Zbigniew Brzezinski confirms the Heartland Theory, in his book, A Geostrategic Framework for the Conduct of the US-Soviet Contest (pp 22-23), n which he echoed the words of Mackinder when he stated that “Whoever controls Eurasia dominates the globe. If the Soviet Union captures the peripheries of this landmass … it would not only win control of vast human, economic and military resources, but also gain access to the geostrategic approaches to the Western Hemisphere – the Atlantic and the Pacific.”  For Russia, controlling the peripheries of the landmass means controlling Alaska and having access to its ports. This would make Russia the world’s most preeminent land and sea power and the world would have to pay homage to the new global master.

Stalin’s Secret Plans to Invade Alaska In 1951


In 1999, at a conference held at Yale University, previously-secret Russian documents revealed that Russian Dictator Joseph Stalin had undergone extensive planning in preparation to invade North America as early as 1951. The event was one of a series of programs sponsored by the Washington D.C.-based Cold War International History Project (CWIHP), which monitors new documents pertaining to the Cold War. The Yale conference centered on Stalin’s relationship with the United States.

These documents, from the Cold War, revealed that Stalin had a definitive plan to attack Alaska in 1951-52 and had undergone major military preparations in anticipation of the invasion.  Russia has always considered itself to be landlocked and this served as the major motivation for Russia’s planned incursion which would have given Russia access to good sea ports. Stalin subsequently died and the plans were abandoned, at least temporarily.

Suspicious Happenings In Alaska

In light of the evidence, it is abundantly clear that there are clear economic, political and military reasons why the Russians would want to occupy Alaska. My interest in this topic surfaced quite serendipitously as a couple of listeners to my radio program sent me information on the Agenda 21 invasion of small Alaska communities, and oh, by the way, they also reported that they were seeing Russian troops in their respective communities.

alaska map 2

The sighting of Russian troops in small Alaskan towns such Ketchikan, Alaska, got my undivided attention. Ketchikan is the southeastern most city in Alaska. With an estimated population of 8,050. Ketchikan is the fifth-most populous city in the state. Another area where there are civilian sightings of Russian troops is in Sitka, Alaska. The City of Sitka, formerly New Archangel under Russian rule, is located on Baranof Island and the southern half of Chichagof Island in the Alexander Archipelago of the Pacific Ocean. Additionally, one military veteran reports seeing Russian submarines, on a frequent basis, just off the coast. Further, there are civilian reports of Russian vehicles and troops moving through Alaska north of Anchorage. These are only anecdotal accounts and further proof is required in to validate these eyewitness accounts. Yet, there are indeed verifiable, reported media accounts of Russian troops on American soil.

The presence of Russian troops on American soil is very troublesome. America does not need to rely on the anecdotal accounts of Alaskan civilians to be concerned about the presence of Russian troops on American soil. Russian commandos are also “training” at Fort Carson, in Colorado Springs since last spring. Why is this concerning? The United States is about to go to war with Iran for selling its oil to Russia, China and India for gold instead of the Petrodollar. Russia and China have threatened to nuke the United States if it dares to attack Iran. Russia is, and should be considered to be an enemy of the United States.

A Stunning Act of Treason


alaska 2


Obama has given away seven strategic, oil-rich Alaskan islands to the Russians at a time when we could be going to war with Russia. At minimum, the oil, alone, from these Islands should be considered to be a military asset. I remain very concerned that these seven islands in the Arctic Ocean and Bering Sea could also be used as a military staging area from which to invade Alaska and defend its new claims of the mineral rich resources at the North Pole.

The Department of Interior estimates billions of barrels of oil are at stake, related to these seven Islands. Didn’t Obama promise energy independence. Didn’t this proven communist president promise to help the economy bounce back by lessening our dependence on foreign oil? And despite our ongoing economic depression, Obama killed the Keystone Pipeline a few months ago. Perhaps, very soon, America will not need the Keystone Pipeline because Alaska will not be remaining as a viable member of the United States. To those who think that Obama would never sacrifice Alaska to Russia, then please tell us “conspiracy theorists” why he would give away seven Islands, one as big as Delaware, with great natural resources, to the Russians?  This is a case of bold-faced treason plain and simple. Obama and his cabinet should be arrested, tried and sentenced as we would with any traitor. Yet, there is more.

The Giveaway of Alaska

There exists documented facts which support the reasons why Alaska should be placed on high alert.

Russia recently sent four brigades to the Arctic. The Arctic can be used as a staging area for the invasion of the North Pole to protect its recent mineral claims, but more importantly, this area of the Arctic could serve as a base of operations from which to invade Alaska with the help of pre-positioned assets within the state.

In March of 2012, with a microphone left on. Obama made an unguarded comment to Russian leader Dmitry Medvedev to be “more lenient on nuclear issues” because he could be more flexible “after the November election”. Does more flexible mean killing the Keystone Pipeline prior to giving away seven rich Alaskan Islands to the Russians? Does more flexible mean letting the Russians train in Colorado Springs and in Alaska? Does being more flexible mean compromising our defense of Alaska?

More Treason From Obama

Although some journalists have said that they suspect that Obama is preparing to give away Alaska to Russia. I previously did not see how a sitting president could do such a thing and remain in office. However, if Russia were to militarily seize Alaska, that would provide Obama with a plausible excuse in which he claims America was caught off guard and the danger was unforeseen. Obama could best accomplish this by weakening the defenses of Alaska and the evidence is supportive of this suspicion. The evidence does not support a timetable, however, I would guess that this event may transpire in Obama’s last year in office, or possibly in the lame duck session where he cannot be held accountable. This article will hopefully remove Obama’s ability to excuse away the notion that America lost Alaska because it go caught with its proverbial pants down.

The giving away of seven strategic, oil-rich Islands is a good start to support a claim of treason because Obama is purposely weakening the defense of Alaska. Also, local residents along the Alaskan coast have reported to me that the massive over flights along the coast have all but ceased. The F-22′s have disappeared. The Air Force says the flights have been suspended because of oxygen concerns which are impacting the pilots. Then shouldn’t the flights be replaced by F-16′s? What about national security?These over flights have been a staple of Alaskan defense since the Cold War. If we are close to war with Iran and its ally, Russia, then shouldn’t we beefing up our patrols in Alaska?

Recently the ATF asked for gun registration records in Alaska. Perhaps the Russians need to know, in advance, where the most civilian opposition will come from when they take over Alaska.

Are Plans Being Made For a Post-Russian Takeover of Alaska?

It is now on the record that Putin said that he was going to make his country the greatest country, economically, as he said in print that he is claiming part of Alaska. Adding fuel to the fire, it is now clear that Russia is also establishing plans for an Arctic industrialization. In geopolitical and military terms, it could be an easy to claim to make if the military resistance in Alaska is greatly compromised, and it has been.

 The last thing that country should do on a potential front line area is to close military facilities and bases, yet, this is exactly what is happening in Alaska. Obama and the Base Realignment and Closure Commission have been closing bases and/or reducing base operations all through Alaska. It has gotten so bad that the Alaskan Governor hired a lobbyist to prevent military reduction.

Two years ago, a prominent Russia Professor predicted the end of the United States. The professor stated that Alaska would return to the control of Russia and that the United States would be split into six pieces.  John McCain recently said “I think it’s very clear that Russian ambitions are to restore the old Russian Empire. Not the Soviet Union, but the Russian Empire.”

There is also a tunnel from Russia to Alaska being constructed. Are we funding our own demise with our tax money which is designed  to set up Russia’s future? Last summer, Russia challenged west coast detection capabilities of our military by making provocative moves with their submarines inside of our territorial waters. Also, in a stunning move, Putin banned adoptions of Russian children by American parents. Could it be likely that he is looking out for the Russian adoptees as this is a reaction to what Putin knows is coming?


Should we be closing bases on the potential front lines? Should we be failing to patrol off of our coast? Should we allow the unchallenged sightings of surfaced Russian subs close to the coastline? Any one of these events should be considered to be a serious national security concern. Yet, the media and Obama act as if all is well.

There are a lot of dots on this wall to connect. However, there is one monumental dot to seriously consider. Subsequently, I have some final questions. If Obama is willing to give away seven oil-rich Islands in the area of Alaska, during these tough economic times, then what exactly isn’t he capable of doing to the United States? Is the sacrifice of Alaska so far-fetched in light of these other considerations? Aren’t the apparent Russian plans to seize Alaska part of the fulfillment of the Heartland Theory in which Mother Russia propels itself in the status of the world’s super power by making itself both a land and sea power through the seizure of Alaska?

When someone can provide a plausible set of answers to the questions that I have raised here, then I will continue to sound the alarm that “The Russians are coming, the Russians are coming.”



By Dave Hodges | The Common Sense Show
January 19, 2014

As reported on KTAR FM radio, Phoenix, AZ., on January 17, 2014, the cyber attacks upon Target Inc., have Russian mafia fingerprints on the identity theft of over one hundred million Americans. If one knows their Russian history, we know that since the pretend collapse of the “former” Soviet Union, the KGB changed uniforms and ran the Russian mafia which also happens to be the origin source of Putin. The notorious Russian mafia, the Russian KGB, there is no difference. For that matter, the notorious drug running America mafia, the CIA (e.g. Air America, Iran-Contra, creation of the LA cocaine street, cocaine- dealing gangs), there is no difference. The CIA and the KGB do not work exclusively for their host nations. These two rogue organizations do the heavy lifting for the banksters who seek to subjugate humanity and impose a dramatic depopulation agenda. For Bible-believing Christians, I am sure that you will take note of how this is foretold in scripture. I will let all of you fill in the details on the Comment Board connected to this article.

The Last Great American Garage Sale

Both country’s mafia/intelligence operations have acted as currency destabilization forces as well (see Confessions of An Economic Hit Man). Further, my sources tell me that the story about how these two intelligence operations employed economic sabotage agents to facilitate the promotion of the derivatives market which led to the collapse of the European and American financial markets, necessitating the bailouts. Since the declared end of the Cold War, in the late 1980′s, if a Russian citizen wanted Vodka, jeans or food, they obtained these products from the former KGB (aka the Russian mafia) and these products frequently were obtained on the black market, which became bigger than the “legitimate” economy. Noted enemies of humanity, such as George Soros, are part of this movement designed to collapse economies and hold governments hostage. The American derivatives debt is now listed at a hefty $1.5 quadrillion dollars. The entire GDP of the planet is only listed at between $65 trillion and $79 trillion dollars. What the Bastards from Basel have discovered is that the American economy is resilient because the American people still possess a high degree of creativity in some circles. The banksters fear that a currency collapse may not produce the utter devastation of the United States that was once hoped for. This is what George Soros has worked so hard to achieve. Therefore, Plan B has been initiated. Plan B is the invasion of the United States from both within and without.

 Stark Reminders

As a reminder, previous parts of this series have documented the existence of Russian troops on American soil. Personally, in the last 30 days, I have now received 53 email notifications of Russian military troops training on American soil. In the previous article, I documented a bilateral agreement between FEMA and the Russian military to bring tens of thousands of Russian troops to American soil. I also previously noted, through the good work of Sherrie Wilcox, that Russian troops have already been spotted in the US wearing Dept of Homeland Security uniforms. See for just one example. I have previously interviewed, on The Common Sense Show, eyewitnesses to a significant Russian troop buildup in the country, with guests, such as Dr. Susan Helman, and others.

Grave Warnings

On December 22, 2013, I interviewed former deep-cover CIA agent, Dr. Jim Garrow, who was explicit about the presence of both Russian and Chinese troops in America and in Northern Mexico. He noted that the Russians are operating in cooperation with DHS. This is what Sherrie Wilcox uncovered in the abovementioned video. My insider sources have been providing me with this information for the past 18 months and it matches the Garrow account, word for word.

ALL of my sources state that we will have a false flag attack(s) which will be followed by a declaration of martial law and will be largely enforced by Russian and Chinese soldiers. I have also been informed that as communities are forcibly vacated and relocated to detention facilities at stadiums, malls and heretofore secret camps, the remnants, or stragglers, of these communities will be sprayed with specifically designed bio-agents which are specially designed to completely terminate all forms of life which may have evaded the roundups.

I am now just beginning to receive another piece of the puzzle which strongly appears to justify the coming bio-agent attacks. Have you ever wondered why various government agencies are hell-bent on obtaining as much DNA as possible? It is being obtained in order to be used in research.This is research which is designed to bypass certain HLA typings. In the past 48 hours, I have been approached by two whistleblowers who have worked in testing facilities both in California and Arizona. In both cases, these whistleblowers tell stories of research related to methodologies on how to bypass all HLA typings with regard to certain pathogens. The research is so volatile that many of the research personnel have fallen ill.

Most disturbingly, the connecting dots are suggestive of the fact that some entity, within this country, is doing research on how to make a bio-agent so completely destructive so as not to leave any survivors. If 10 people were to be exposed to Ebola, 90% would die agonizing deaths as the victims would meet their collective demise by bleeding out of every cavity in the body as their organs literally melted down. However, 10% would survive because they would possess a special HLA typing which would help them to recover from the pathogen.

The research appears to be seeking to create a pathogen which will be 100% fatal as it will overcome all types of HLA typings. What I am learning from the accounts of both whistleblowers, is that foreign doctors are involved in this research and the experimental subjects medical records are being deleted so as to not leave any trace. My military sources tell me that these pathogens will be delivered through specially designed drones and that both Russian and US intelligence sources are jointly conducting this operation.

Now, to the $64 million dollar question, what does this have to do with Russian troops? The Russians have sufficient motivation to engage in an invasion of the United States because it fits both their national interests to do so and it satisfies the banking masters that they and the CIA both serve. Putin and Obama are playing for the same side. Even if Russia and America goes to war, it is planned because they are taking their marching orders from the banksters which control every single central bank on the planet. The following constitutes the Russian motivation for attacking the United States in order to obliterate our country even when a coming economic collapse may not.

Stalin’s Secret Plans to Invade Alaska In 1951

It has long been in the cards for Russia to invade the US. In 1999, at a conference held at Yale University, previously secret Russian documents revealed that Russian Dictator Joseph Stalin had undergone extensive planning in preparation to invade North America as early as 1951. The event was one of a series of programs sponsored by the Washington D.C.-based Cold War International History Project (CWIHP), which monitors new documents pertaining to the Cold War. The Yale conference centered on Stalin’s relationship with the United States. These documents, from the Cold War, revealed that Stalin had a definitive plan to attack Alaska in 1951-52 and had undergone major military preparations in anticipation of the invasion. Russia has always considered itself to be landlocked and this served as the major motivation for Russia’s planned incursion which would have given Russia access to good sea ports. Stalin subsequently died and the plans were abandoned, at least temporarily.

Historic Russian Policy Dictates An American Invasion Is Inevitable

It is clear that any Russian attack upon the United States will come through Alaska and I am now of the opinion that Russia will not wait for us to attack Iran before attacking the United States. The following paragraphs will demonstrate why Alaska is so vitally important to the fulfillment of Russia’s communist plans for world domination. British geographer and military historian, Sir Halford MacKinder, in1904, wrote an article that changed how politicians and military men viewed the world. It was a perception that influenced Hitler to send his troops eastward in an attack upon Russia in 1940. It was also the driving force that led to the underpinnings for superpower foreign policy which guided foreign policy for both sides during the Cold War. The theory that had so influenced nearly three generations of strategists was called simply, the Heartland Theory.

Basically, Mackinder’s Heartland Theory viewed geo-political military history as a struggle between land-based and sea-based powers. Mackinder believed the world had become a “closed” system, with virtually no new lands left for the Europeans powers to discover, to conquer, and to fight over without creating chaos elsewhere. According to the theory the common denominator for world conflict has been reduced to sea powers vs. land-based powers which would subsequently struggle for dominance of the world, and the ultimate victor would be in a position to set up a world empire. The determining factor in this struggle was physical geography; “Man and not nature initiates, but nature in large measure controls”.

Obama Is Complicit In the Planned Russian Invasion

Obama has given away seven strategic, oil-rich Alaskan islands to the Russians at a time when we could be going to war with Russia. This exemplifies Obama’s treason and is the fulfillment of the MacKinder Heartland Theory. At minimum, the oil, alone, from these Islands should be considered to be a military asset. I remain very concerned that these seven islands in the Arctic Ocean and Bering Sea could also be used as a military staging area from which to invade Alaska and defend its new claims of the mineral rich resources at the North Pole. The giving away of seven strategic, oil-rich Islands is a good start to support a claim of treason because Obama is purposely weakening the defense of Alaska. Also, local residents along the Alaskan coast have reported to me that the massive over flights along the coast have all but ceased. The F-22′s have disappeared. The Air Force says the flights have been suspended because of oxygen concerns which are impacting the pilots. Then shouldn’t the flights be replaced by F-16′s? What about national security? These over flights have been a staple of Alaskan defense since the Cold War. If we are close to war with Iran and its ally, Russia, then shouldn’t we beefing up our patrols in Alaska? Recently, the ATF asked for gun registration records in Alaska. Perhaps the Russians need to know, in advance, where the most civilian opposition will come from when they take over Alaska. Perhaps the Russians need to know which areas to deploy HLA resistant bio-weapons.

Russian troops began to carry out joint anti-terrorism drills in America in May of 2012. What terrorists could they be practicing for? The influx of Russian soldiers maybe began just as a trickle with a couple of dozen of Russians stationed at Fort Carson. However, with the FEMA bilateral agreement, it is clear the floodgates have burst wide open and Obama’s treachery is fully exposed. There exists documented facts which support the reasons why Alaska should be placed on high alert. Russia recently sent four brigades to the Arctic. The Arctic can be used as a staging area for the invasion of the North Pole to protect its recent mineral claims, but more importantly, this area of the Arctic could serve as a base of operations from which to invade Alaska with the help of pre-positioned assets within the state. In March of 2012, with a microphone left on, Obama made an unguarded comment to Russian leader Dmitry Medvedev to be more lenient on nuclear issues because he could be more flexible “after the November election”. Does more flexible mean killing the Keystone Pipeline prior to giving away seven rich Alaskan Islands to the Russians? Does more flexible mean letting the Russians train in Colorado Springs and in Alaska? Does being more flexible mean compromising our defense of Alaska?

More Russian Treachery Revealed

It is now on the record that Putin said that he was going to make his country the greatest country, economically, as he said in print that he is claiming part of Alaska. Adding fuel to the fire, it is now clear that Russia is also establishing plans for an Arctic industrialization. In geopolitical and military terms, it could be an easy claim to make if the military resistance in Alaska is greatly compromised, and it has been.  The last thing that country should do on a potential front line area is to close military facilities and bases, yet, this is exactly what is happening in Alaska. Obama and the Base Realignment and Closure Commission have been closing bases and/or reducing base operations all through Alaska. It has gotten so bad that the Alaskan Governor hired a lobbyist to prevent military reduction. Three years ago, a prominent Russian Professor predicted the end of the United States. The professor stated that Alaska would return to the control of Russia and that the United States would be split into six pieces.  John McCain recently said “I think it’s very clear that Russian ambitions are to restore the old Russian Empire. Not the Soviet Union, but the Russian Empire.” There is also a tunnel from Russia to Alaska being constructed. Are we funding our own demise with our tax money which is designed to set up Russia’s future? Last summer, Russia challenged west coast detection capabilities of our military by making provocative moves with their submarines inside of our territorial waters. Also, in a stunning move, Putin banned adoptions of Russian children by American parents. Could it be likely that he is looking out for the Russian adoptees as this is a reaction to what Putin knows is coming?


To those that say that Russia is a changed nation you are right. Russia has not changed because it is embracing Christianity, its government is decidedly playing for the dark side when it comes to spirituality. The Russians are not embracing democracy as they still kill dissident journalists and the mafia runs the country. To those that think Russia is our friend, you are deluded, naive and vulnerable. Russia is not our friend and if the American military does not step up and stop this madness, you will soon learn how real this threat is. Unlike George H. W. Bush who used to constantly say, “God Bless America”, I really mean it. Short of some kind of spiritual intervention, we are all in a great deal of danger.



by Dave Hodges | The Common Sense Show

January 22, 2014

Why are Russian soldiers in Alaska? Why has Obama facilitated the giveaway of seven Alaskan Islands? Why is the Russian military moving a massive military force into the Arctic? Why is the Arctic becoming a focal point of Russian industrial activity? Why is Obama dismantling the nuclear command structure of the United States? These are the dots on the wall and this article will connect these dots.

The Cold War Between the US Military and the Obama Administration

There is a distinct bifurcation between the United States Military and the Obama administration as witnessed by the sacking of 224 senior military commanders which has transpired during Obama’s tenure as President. Now, with the latest scandal involving 38 senior officers connected to our nuclear arsenal, the number of fired military commanders will surely grow to 262 officers. Never before has this country witnessed the dismantling of its military command structure in such a dramatic fashion. The following paragraphs will make Obama’s intentions clear as the Russian plans to invade the United States are exposed and Obama is complicit to this end.

The facts surrounding the latest scandal, which alleges that 38 military commanders are running a drug operation and routinely cheat on recertification exams, seemed bogus from the very beginning. First, having had a father who was involved in the installation in the first nukes on an American naval vessel, I can attest to the fact that security surrounding such operations is intense. The Military Code of Justice, the presence of draconian and punitive national security oaths as well as rigid security checks for all immediate family members is intense. As a child, I lived through the security checks.

The personnel in our nuclear arsenal, especially in the command positions, are routinely drug tested by outside Federal agencies which are not under the control of the military. I can unequivocally state that there was no drug ring associated with these military commanders. Could cheating on recertification exams have occurred? Certainly, there would have been a collegiality among personnel connected to the nuclear arsenal of this country. Could lines have crossed? Perhaps, but with security the way that it is, the blatant cheating is not probable and did not occur. The competition to serve in the nuclear arsenal is intense. The men and women working in this endeavor are the best and brightest in the military. The likelihood that the senior commanders of the nuclear arsenal were guilty of these offenses would be the metaphorical equivalent of David Rockefeller getting busted for shoplifting a pack of gum from Walmart.

As has been reported and documented, several times before in this column, Obama does not have control over the nuclear arsenal. If the readers will recall, he has attempted to bring the nuclear arsenal under his control as witnessed by his 2013 firings of the three commanders of the nuclear arsenal on such trivial grounds as using fake poker chips, whatever that would entail. My military sources have also confirmed that Obama does not have control of the nuclear arsenal. Obama’s sacking of the three nuclear commanders did not give him the control he desired. So, the President is reaching a little deeper into the nuclear command structure and is attempting to take out the second tier of the nuclear command structure and replace these personnel with his own stooges. There are rumors circulating that Obama may even try and staff the nuclear arsenal with his own private army, the DHS. However, this is generally believed to be a fool’s errand because the technical training is far beyond what any outside body could hope to achieve in a short window of time. As reminder, Dr. Jim Garrow confirmed that the military has blocked all of Obama’s attempts to secure control of the nuclear arsenal while appearing on my radio show on 12/22 (see the radio archives section to access the interview).

Obama will find it nearly impossible to secure control of the nuclear arsenal because the most secure military operation, the security and maintenance of its nuclear weapons program, is so highly compartmentalized, that Obama cannot realistically hope to penetrate and control it. However, Obama is managing to wreak havoc on the efficiency of the command and perhaps this is the end game that Obama’s Russian comrades desire. For, if Obama can weaken the nuclear weapons program by inducing chaos, the Russians would have a decided advantage in any upcoming conflict. And Russia is indeed preparing for war in the Arctic (see below).

As has been documented in this column, the Russians have, at minimum, 5th column troops in Alaska and Obama has compromised the military security of Alaska through a lessening of submarine patrols, the canceling the F-22 over flights and not replacing them with the F-16′s and the giving away of seven strategic, oil-rich Islands.

Further, has anyone else noticed that after the intense barrage of charges against these 38 officers first occurred in the corporate controlled media which convicted these officers of the alleged offenses, there has been a virtual blackout on the coverage of this event? In effect, the media switch was turned on, mission accomplished by the removal of officers dedicated to not letting Obama obtain control of the nuclear arsenal, and then the media switch was turned off following this set-up.

Russia’s Military Objectives

Follow the money and all questions will be answered with regard to America’s enemies, most notably, the Russian government and its military. A clear picture on why Russian soldiers are being spotted in many locations in Alaska is becoming transparent.

The Arctic region is known to hold large amounts of untapped oil and gas reserves. The United Nations previously canceled all previous land claims on the North Pole. This is in response to these territories being at the center of several disputes between the United States, Russia, Canada, to a large degree, and includes Norway and Denmark, to a smaller degree. This dovetails with the giveaway of seven oil rich Islands which should be a part of Alaska but was given away to Russia. Senator Begich from Alaska wrote a letter in response to my claims of treason with regard to the giveaway of these Islands and said that these Islands always belonged to Russia and the proof for this dates back to 1867. Then this should have never been a point of contention in the Alaska media, and it was, when the transfer was made (See the map featured below of the disputed Islands that appeared repeatedly in the Alaskan media at the time of the transfer). My military sources should not be concerned with this giveaway if this was only a benign giveaway, but they are highly concerned as they have pointed out to me that three of the Islands could be ideal origination points for a Russian invasion of Alaska. The other four Islands serve to support Russian military forays into the mineral rich Arctic region. The duplicitous nature of the Begich letter, published by a reader, in the comment section of my website, should be cause for concern because the emerging facts suggest that Russia is preparing to conquer and possess the mineral rich resources of the Arctic.

Operating under the notion that a picture is worth a thousand words, let’s take a look at the seven disputed Islands and Russian mineral retrieval activities in the Arctic.

Now compare the Russian Arctic mineral retrieval activities and the military significance should jump off the page at the reader. There are additional Russian Arctic territorial claims which conflict with US territorial claims. Russia is making several territorial claims in relation to several Arctic shelf areas and is planning to defend their claims to the United Nations. After reading the final section of this article, I believe the Russian intention of obtaining UN approval is merely window dressing. They are preparing to take what they want by whatever means necessary.

For the Russians to realize their Arctic goals, Alaska would have to be neutralized and the groundwork has been laid for this eventuality. Additionally, a successful Russian takeover of the Arctic would depend on the neutralization of America’s nuclear capabilities. This objective is being carried out by Obama as I write these words.

To Obama and Begich,  I would ask both of you if this is just a misunderstanding which can be explained away by using the word, COINCIDENCE, because we know that in the shadowy world of Washington DC and the corporate controlled media, there is no such thing as a conspiracy. Conspiracies aside, Obama and Begich will have fun explaining the following publicized military activities of the Soviet Union which never really died.

Judge By Their Actions, Not By Their Words

All five of the previously mentioned nations, along with China, have territorial and mineral claims with regard to the Arctic and these claims conflict with each other and form the breeding ground for WWIII.

The Russians are in war mode, Arctic war mode. I do not see how any reasonable person could read the following accounts of Russian military buildup in the Arctic and not conclude that the spark for WWIII will not begin here.

Russia is adding 40 new naval ships to its nuclear arsenal in 2014. By the end of 2015, Russia will have nearly as many naval ships as the United States.

Retrofitted combat aircraft from Russia’s Northern Fleet will extend the ranges of their patrol flights over the Arctic in 2014 using a network of revamped Soviet-era airfields.

The Russian fleet’s Tu-142 and Il-38 reconnaissance and anti-submarine warfare aircraft carried out over 30 patrol missions in the Arctic last year. The Russians have announced their intentions to carry out many more such missions.

Ballistic missile submarines make up one part of Russia’s strategic nuclear triad along with land-based ICBMs and the Russian bomber force. The Borey submarine is Russia’s first post-Soviet ballistic missile submarine class and will form the mainstay of the strategic submarine fleet, replacing aging Typhoon, Delta-3 and Delta-4 class boats. The creation of the Borey signals that the Russian economy is in war mode.

Russia ultimately expects to manufacture eight Borey-class submarines by the year 2020. People constantly are asking me for time frames connected to these events and I dismiss such questions as a fool’s errand. However, the deployment of these submarines by 2020 may provide a clue as to the timetable that the globalists are operating under. Oh yes, make no mistake about it, this coming war will not happen without the blessings of the Bastards from Basel.

Additionally, the Russians are commissioning other submarines as well. Russia’s first Project 885M Yasen-class attack submarine, the Severodvinsk, was handed over to the navy at end of 2013. This submarine has been under construction since 1993. This fact goes a long way to justify the claims made by several Russian defectors that the Soviet Union never really fell and always planned to attack the United States at some future date.



by Joel Skousen | World Affairs Brief

January 24, 2014
Dave Hodges, noted for his hyping every future threat imaginable, has finally picked a target which will turn out to be correct—though not for the reasons he proffers in his piece entitled, “Russian Motivations for Attacking the United States”.
The cyber attacks upon Target Inc., have Russian mafia fingerprints on the identity theft of over one hundred million Americans. If one knows their Russian history, we know that since the pretend collapse of the “former” Soviet Union [your editor was the originator of that analysis, and I called it correctly as it was happening, not 20 years later when it is becoming obvious to many], the KGB changed uniforms and ran the Russian mafia which also happens to be the origin source of Putin. The notorious Russian mafia, the Russian KGB, there is no difference.
I have seen zero evidence that Russia helped with the recent ID theft from Target stores, and the KGB wasn’t running the phony collapse of the Soviet Union—their bosses were. Moreover, there is a significant difference between the Russian Mafia and the KGB/FSB. The Russian Oligarchs (the former Communist leaders behind the scenes) were the real power behind the KGB in Russia, and even though Putin has displaced or exiled most of them, the KGB/FSB are still subservient to Putin’s cadre. The KGB/FSB are never going to run the show—they are the enforcers.
Both country’s mafia/intelligence operations have acted as currency destabilization forces as well (see Confessions of An Economic Hit Man [John Perkins]). Further, my sources tell me that the story about how these two intelligence operations employed economic sabotage agents to facilitate the promotion of the derivatives market which led to the collapse of the European and American financial markets, necessitating the bailouts.
Perkins exaggerates his insider connections and only has about half the story right about who controls the government—and it’s not just about money. Hodges’ claimed “sources” are disinfo artists who keep spreading the propaganda that the PTB are intent upon “collapsing the economy.” Dave Hodges, Lindsay Williams and others have been claiming this for two years now, so, why don’t the PTB do it? All they have to do is pull the money supply down, but all the evidence points to just the opposite—the PTB are keeping things afloat and trying hard to keep real inflation below 10%. That’s not a collapse scenario, but rather one of prolonging things for a more deadly agenda. Those that hype collapse eventually have to concoct an excuse to explain away their failures. Here’s what Hodges comes up with:
What the Bastards from Basel have discovered is that the American economy is resilient because the American people still possess a high degree of creativity in some circles. The banksters fear that a currency collapse may not produce the utter devastation of the United States that was once hoped for. This is what George Soros has worked so hard to achieve. Therefore, Plan B has been initiated. Plan B is the invasion of the United States from both within and without.
Actually, no nation has ever collapsed just from economic problems—period. Modern nations only collapse through invasion and war, so Hodges has found the right threat now—but he still doesn’t understand the reason, the motive or how it’s going to turn out.
As a reminder, previous parts of this series have documented the existence of Russian troops on American soil. Personally, in the last 30 days, I have now received 53 email notifications of Russian military troops training on American soil. In the previous article, I documented a bilateral agreement between FEMA and the Russian military to bring tens of thousands of Russian troops to American soil.
The FEMA contract never happened and was cancelled. I suspect it was done just to whip up false hysteria inside the Right wing movement, just like the “buy” orders for billions of bullets, which haven’t been delivered. The reports of Russian troops, outside of a few here on training exchanges (less than a hundred) are bogus—the same with claims of Chinese troops in large numbers across the Mexican border. I have subscribers in those areas who have checked and found the rumors baseless!
On December 22, 2013, I interviewed former deep-cover CIA agent, Dr. Jim Garrow, who was explicit about the presence of both Russian and Chinese troops in America and in Northern Mexico. He noted that the Russians are operating in cooperation with DHS. This is what Sherrie Wilcox uncovered in the abovementioned video. My insider sources have been providing me with this information for the past 18 months and it matches the Garrow account, word for word.
Nice guys like Garrow who claims to be deep cover CIA are making things up or exaggerating. I’ve seen his video interviews, and this kindly old bearded man is just not believable as a CIA insider. He may have had some minor role but he’s leveraging that into false claims of knowing everything about what goes on inside the dark side of government, which just isn’t possible for people on our side. Nobody gets close to the dark side without being very corrupt.Besides, the CIA agreements against talking out of school are seriously enforced, and I suspect Garrow is exaggerating—and he is certainly claiming things about foreign troops that he doesn’t really know—because it’s simply not true as to the numbers he and others are claiming. The only Russians the DHS have hired are those needed to teach our own people how to be thugs but they aren’t working together to overthrow our liberties, they do that separately and for very different agendas.
ALL of my sources state that we will have a false flag attack(s) which will be followed by a declaration of martial law and will be largely enforced by Russian and Chinese soldiers. I have also been informed that as communities are forcibly vacated and relocated to detention facilities at stadiums, malls and heretofore secret camps, the remnants, or stragglers, of these communities will be sprayed with specifically designed bio-agents which are specially designed to completely terminate all forms of life which may have evaded the roundups.
Disinfo agents have been hyping this “false flag attack” since 2012, and all their dates have been wrong—even those that keep saying “very soon,” have long passed. The US will have plenty of thugs capable of rounding up dissidents—they don’t need Russian or Chinese troops which would engender hatred from all Americans.The PTB know that Russia and China are going to go to war with us, but that will be a nuclear attack on America’s military, and not all cities per se. So, they aren’t going to be inviting them in to round up American dissidents. That just doesn’t make sense. And martial law can only can be justified after the war begins when Russia and China are the known enemy. In addition, Hodges has some wild claims about targeted biological warfare attacks on American dissidents:
My military sources tell me that these pathogens will be delivered through specially designed drones and that both Russian and US intelligence sources are jointly conducting this operation.
Biological aerial attacks are extremely difficult to control and will spread far and wide, including to those who perpetrate the attacks. There is zero evidence the US is colluding with Russia to do this jointly on America, nor that such attacks can be limited to small groups of people.
Now, to the $64 million dollar question, what does this have to do with Russian troops? The Russians have sufficient motivation to engage in an invasion of the United States because it fits both their national interests to do so and it satisfies the banking masters that they and the CIA both serve. Putin and Obama are playing for the same side. Even if Russia and America goes to war, it is planned because they are taking their marching orders from the banksters which control every single central bank on the planet.
Hodges has bought into the old disinformation coming from the Rowen Gaither quote–the head of the Ford Foundation that fed Congressional investigator Norman Dodd an excuse to put him off the trail of why the US foundations were supporting communism. Gaither told Dodd that the reason for foundation support of communism was that the White House was ordering them to help facilitate a peaceful merging of the US and the Soviet Union.But, that wasn’t the reason at all–it was a plausible lie to throw him off the trail. The globalists have being building up Russia and China militarily since 1917—as future enemies so that there would be a giant World War someday that would force Americans to yield up what remains of their liberty and join a New World government where we’d lose our sovereignty. That is where, we are headed, not some stupid collusion between Russian and US dark side operators.
The following constitutes the Russian motivation for attacking the United States in order to obliterate our country even when a coming economic collapse may not. In 1999, at a conference held at Yale University, previously secret Russian documents revealed that Russian Dictator Joseph Stalin had undergone extensive planning in preparation to invade North America as early as 1951.
I don’t know how Hodges goes from the Russians helping the US round up dissidents to “obliterating” the country, but he’s off base in both assumptions. The Russian plan is to obliterate military and communication targets and then blackmail the West into submission, but not destroy the entire country. They and the Chinese want to harness these modern economies, and run their own version of the New World Order—not obliterate the West.As for Stalin’s old invasion plan, the Russians have always had contingency plans for attacking the US, but have never been strong enough to be confident of winning, so old historical tales like the Stalin invasion plan of Alaska are highly irrelevant to today’s threats.
It is clear that any Russian attack upon the United States will come through Alaska and I am now of the opinion that Russia will not wait for us to attack Iran before attacking the United States. Obama has given away seven strategic, oil-rich Alaskan islands to the Russians at a time when we could be going to war with Russia. At minimum, the oil, alone, from these Islands should be considered to be a military asset.
His linking of the Iran attack to the Russian attack shows that Hodges is looking for this Russian attack to be imminent (like everything else he predicts). But as I’ve pointed out in many briefings, Russia is several years away from being ready, and so is China. And, how is the oil in the Wrangle islands ceded to Russia a motive for invasion if the US has already given them away?
Russia recently sent four brigades to the Arctic. [but not near Alaska] The Arctic can be used as a staging area for the invasion of the North Pole to protect its recent mineral claims, but more importantly, this area of the Arctic could serve as a base of operations from which to invade Alaska with the help of pre-positioned assets within the state… There is also a tunnel from Russia to Alaska being constructed.
The tunnel claim is bogus too. Will these guys ever own up to their failed claims? I doubt it. I’m not disparaging Hodge’s patriotism, only his reliance on these disinformation sources. He may be sincere, but his “sources” are not, and he’s doing a great disservice to the movement by continually hyping imminent collapse or joint martial law by US and Russian troops.




By Prof Michel Chossudovsky | Global Research

September 25, 2013

The Battle for the Arctic is part of a global military agenda of conquest and territorial control. It has been described as a New Cold War between Russia and America. 

Washington’s objective is to secure territorial control, on behalf of the Anglo-American oil giants, over extensive Arctic oil and natural gas reserves. The Arctic region could hold up to 25% of the World’s oil and gas reserves, according to some estimates. (Moscow Times, 3 August 2007). These estimates are corroborated by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS): ”The real possibility exists that you could have another world class petroleum province like the North Sea.” (quoted by, 25 October 2006)

From Washington’s perspective, the battle for the Arctic is part of broader global military agenda.

It is intimately related to the process of North American integration under the Security and Prosperity Partnership Agreement (SPP) and the proposed North American Union (NAU). The SPP envisages, under the auspices of a proposed  “multiservice [North American] Defense Command”, the militarization of a vast territory extending from the Caribbean basin to the Canadian Arctic.

It also bears a relationship to America’s hegemonic objectives in different parts of the World including the Middle East. The underlying economic objective of US military operations is the conquest, privatization and appropriation of the World’s reserves of fossil fuel. The Arctic is no exception. The Arctic is an integral part of the “Battle for Oil”.  It is one of the remaining frontiers of untapped energy reserves.

The Arctic nations (with territories North of the Arctic circle) are Russia, Canada, Denmark, the US, Norway, Sweden, Finland and Iceland. The first three countries (Russia, Canada and Denmark) possess significant territories extending northwards of the Arctic circle. (see Map).

Copyright BBC

Directed against Russia, which is in the process of claiming part of the Arctic shelf, Washington’s Arctic strategy is tied into a broader process of militarization and territorial integration.

UN Convention on the Law of the Sea

The United States has adopted a unilateral approach to Arctic development. It has refused to approve the 1982 UN Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), which was ratified by both Russia and Canada. A United Nations Committee currently administers the Law of the Sea Convention.

The US transpolar territory is much smaller than that of Russia, Canada and Denmark. US territories bordering the Arctic are limited to the North Alaskan coastline, extending from the Bering straits to the Northeastern Alaskan US-Canadian border. The US has a number of US military bases and installations in Alaska. There are several human settlements on the Northern Slope ( Northern Alaska coastline bordering the Arctic Ocean), including Prudhoe Bay, Barrow and Cape Lisborne. This Northern Slope is rich in oil. It was among the first areas of development of Arctic oil.  The Alaskan pipeline links Prudoe Bay on the North Slope to the port of Valdez in Prince William Sound on the Gulf of Alaska.


Russia, in contrast, has by far the largest border with the Arctic, from the Northwestern city of Murmansk on the Russian-Finnish border, extending over the entire Northern Siberian region, to the Bering Straits, which separate Alaska from the Russian Federation. Murmansk is the largest city north of the Arctic Circle, with a population of more than 400,000 inhabitants. In other words, a large part of the Russian Siberian continental shelf borders the Arctic.

Russia, going back to the Soviet era, had established scientific-military stations on the island of Northern Zemlya as well as in the Francois Joseph archipelago (Franz Josef Land), which is also under Russian jurisdiction. (See map.)  Northern Zemlya was used during the Soviet era for underground nuclear testing.

Russia is now claiming sovereignty (under the International Convention on the Law of the Sea, UNCLOS) over a vast 1,191,000 sq km territory which is part of the Arctic shelf.

This territory claimed by Russia submitted to the UN Committee that administers UNCLOS is said to contain substantial hydrocarbon reserves, on the Arctic seabed:

The 1982 International Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) establishes a 12 mile zone for territorial waters and a larger 200 mile economic zone in which a country has exclusive drilling rights for hydrocarbon and other resources.

Russia claims that the entire swath of Arctic seabed in the triangle that ends at the North Pole belongs to Russia, but the United Nations Committee that administers the Law of the Sea Convention has so far refused to recognize Russia’s claim to the entire Arctic seabed.

In order to legally claim that Russia’s economic zone in the Arctic extends far beyond the 200 mile zone, it is necessary to present viable scientific evidence showing that the Arctic Ocean’s sea shelf to the north of Russian shores is a continuation of the Siberian continental platform. In 2001, Russia submitted documents to the UN commission on the limits of the continental shelf seeking to push Russia’s maritime borders beyond the 200 mile zone. It was rejected.

Now Russian scientists assert there is new evidence that Russia’s northern Arctic region is directly linked to the North Pole via an underwater shelf. Last week a group of Russian geologists returned from a six-week voyage to the Lomonosov Ridge, an underwater shelf in Russia’s remote eastern Arctic Ocean. They claimed the ridge was linked to Russian Federation territory, boosting Russia’s claim over the oil- and gas-rich triangle.

The latest findings are likely to prompt Russia to lodge another bid at the UN to secure its rights over the Arctic sea shelf. If no other power challenges Russia’s claim, it will likely go through unchallenged. (See Vladimir Frolov, Global Research, July 2007)

Russia is basing its claim on the grounds that this portion of the Arctic sea shelf is connected to Russia’s continental shelf, through the 2000 km long underwater Lomonosov ridge. ”According to Russian media, the physical connection to the Russian intercontinental shelf means that the ridge is technically a part of Russia, and therefore open to exploitation.”


The Strategic Role of Canada and Denmark’s Arctic Territories 

After Russia, Canada and Denmark have the largest transpolar territories.

To effectively challenge and encroach upon Russian territorial claims in the Arctic, Washington requires not only the collaboration of Canada and Denmark, but also jurisdiction over their respective Northern territories,  which are considered by Washington as strategic from both a military and economic standpoint.

The US has a military presence in both Canada and Denmark (Greenland). Both countries play an important role in Washington’s Arctic strategy.

Canada’s territory, extends northwards to the Queen Elizabeth archipelago which includes Ellesmere Island bordering onto the Sea of Lincoln, which is part of the Arctic Ocean. Ellesmere Island is part of the Canadian territory of Nunavut.

Alert on Ellesmere Island (located at 82°28′N, 62°30′W) is considered the northernmost human settlement in the world. In practice it operates as a military intelligence station (Canadian Forces Station Alert) is under the jurisdiction of the Canadian military. CFS Alert is 840 km from the North Pole.

The militarization of the Arctic is part of the process of North American integration under the Security and Prosperity Partnership Agreement (SPP). The proposed North American Union (NAU) constitutes a means for the US to extend its sovereignty over Canada’s Arctic territories.

When the creation of US Northern Command was announced in April 2002, Canada accepted the right of the US to deploy US troops on Canadian soil, extending into its Arctic territories:

“U.S. troops could be deployed to Canada and Canadian troops could cross the border into the United States if the continent was attacked by terrorists who do not respect borders, according to an agreement announced by U.S. and Canadian officials.” (Edmunton Sun, 11 September 2002)

In April 2006, Canada formally ratified a renewed North American Aerospace Defense Agreement (NORAD), (“renewed NORAD”), which allows the US Navy and Coast Guard to deploy American war ships in Canadian territorial waters including its Arctic seabed territories. (For further details, see Michel Chossudovsky, Canada’s Sovereignty in Jeopardy: The Militarization of North America, Global Research, August 2007)


Greenland, which is under Danish jurisdiction, constitutes a sizeable landmass bordering the Arctic Ocean.

The Thule Air Force base in Northern Greenland is under the jurisdiction of the US Air Force 821st Air Base Group. It  constitutes the US’s  northernmost military facility (76°32′N, 68°50′W). The military base lies approximately 1118 km north of the Arctic Circle and 1524 km south of the  Terrestrial North Pole. The Thule base is 885 km east of the North Magnetic Pole.

The Thule US Air Force base also “hosts the 12th Space Warning Squadron, a Ballistic Missile Early Warning Site designed to detect and track Intercontinental Ballistic Missiles (ICBMs) launched against North America.”

The Thule base links up to NORAD and US Northern Command headquarters at the Peterson Air Force base in Colorado. The Thule base is also “host to Detachment 3 of the 22d Space Operations Squadron, which is part of the 50th Space Wing‘s global satellite control network.”

Denmark is member of NATO, firmly allied with the US. Both Danish and Canadian territory will be used by the US to militarize  the Arctic. Denmark has also been a firm supporter of the Bush administration’s military agenda in the Middle East.

Canada’s Arctic Military Facilities 

Ottawa’s July 2007 decision to establish a military facility in Resolute Bay in the Northwest Passage was not intended to reassert “Canadian sovereignty. In fact quite the opposite. It was established in consultation with Washington. A deep-water port at Nanisivik, on the northern tip of Baffin Island is also envsaged.

The US administration is firmly behind the Canadian government’s decision. The latter does not “reassert Canadian sovereignty”. Quite the opposite. It is a means to eventually establish US territorial control over Canada’s entire Arctic region including its waterways.

Under the renegotiated North American Aerospace Defense Agreement (NORAD), the US military has access to Canada’s domestic territorial waters including Canada’s sea shelf with the Arctic, which coincidentally also provides Washington under the guise of “North American sovereignty” with a justification to challenge Russia in the Arctic.



Canada recently took over the leadership of the Arctic Council and will be succeeded by the U.S. in 2015

By Dana Gabriel | Global Research

With back-to-back chairmanships, it gives both countries an opportunity to increase cooperation on initiatives that could enhance the development of a shared North American vision for the Arctic. The U.S. has significant geopolitical and economic interests in the high north and have released a new national strategy which seeks to advance their Arctic ambitions. While the region has thus far been peaceful, stable and free of conflict, there is a danger of the militarization of the Arctic. It has the potential to become a front whereby the U.S. and other NATO members are pitted against Russia or even China. In an effort to prevent any misunderstandings, there are calls for the Arctic Council to move beyond environmental issues and become a forum to address defense and security matters.

In May, Canada assumed the chairmanship of the Arctic Council where they will push for responsible resource development, safe shipping and sustainable circumpolar communities. The Arctic Council is the leading multilateral forum in the region and also includes the U.S., Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, Sweden and Russia. During the recent meetings, members signed an Agreement on Cooperation on Marine Oil Pollution Preparedness and Response in the Arctic which seeks to improve coordination and planning to better cope with any such accidents. In addition, China, India, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, along with Italy were granted permanent observer status in the Arctic Council. With the move, China has gained more influence in the region. The potential for new trade routes that could open up would significantly reduce the time needed to transport goods between Europe and Asia. The Arctic is an important part of China’s global vision, as a place for economic activity and a possible future mission for its navy. In order to better reflect the realities of politics in the high north, there are calls to expand the Arctic Council’s mandate to also include security and military issues. 

Writing for the National Post, Rob Huebert of the Canadian Defence & Foreign Affairs Institute explained that, “One issue that has not received much attention is the need to discuss the growing militarization of the Arctic. While the Arctic Council is formally forbidden from discussing military security in the Arctic, the time has arrived to rethink this policy.” He went on to say, “The militaries of most Arctic states are taking on new and expanded roles in the region that go beyond their traditional responsibilities, which may create friction in the region.” Huebert also stressed that, “These new developments need to be discussed to ensure that all Arctic Council member states understand why they are occurring, and increase the confidence of members that these new developments are not about a conflict in the Arctic, but about the defence of core strategic interests.” He further added, “It is easy to see how both the Americans and Russians will become increasingly concerned about the security steps that the other is taking. But now is the time for all to openly discuss these developments so that old suspicions and distrusts do not resurface.”

As part of efforts to strengthen Arctic security cooperation, in June, the Northern Chiefs of Defence Meeting was held in Greenland. It brought together representatives from the U.S., Canada, Denmark, Russia, Sweden, Norway, Finland and Iceland. Gen. Charles Jacoby, Commander of North American Aerospace Defense Command (NORAD) and U.S. Northern Command (USNORTHCOM) also attended the event. The second annual gathering was used as an, “opportunity for direct multilateral and bilateral discussions focused on Northern issues. Topics discussed included the sharing of knowledge and expertise about regional operational challenges; responsible stewardship of the North; and the role Northern militaries can play in support of their respective civil authorities.” The Northern Chiefs of Defence meeting has become an essential forum to address common Arctic safety and security concerns.

Ahead of Secretary of State John Kerry’s trip to attend the Arctic Council Ministerial Session in May, the White House unveiled a National Strategy for the Arctic Region. It outlined strategic priorities including advancing U.S. security interests, pursuing responsible stewardship and strengthening international cooperation. The document acknowledged competing environmental and economic goals, but in the end sets an aggressive agenda for the exploitation of Arctic oil, gas and mineral reserves. In addition, the strategy recommended enhancing national defense, law enforcement, navigation systems, environmental response, as well as search-and-rescue capabilities in the Arctic. It also builds off of National Security Presidential Directive-66 issued by the Bush administration in 2009. In coordination with the new plan, the U.S. Coast Guard has released their Vision for Operating in the Arctic Regionwhich will work towards improving awareness, modernizing governance and broadening partnerships. According toJames Holmes, professor of strategy at the U.S. Naval War College, the Coast Guard and Air Force could become the military’s odd couple in defending America’s Arctic front.

Several months back, Congressman Don Young testified in front of Armed Services Committee in support of Alaska national defense priorities. He proclaimed, “We must be able to project power into the Arctic environment and extensive Arctic training is needed to do that.” Some have pointed out that the true nature surrounding U.S. plans to shift additional missile interceptors to Alaska is not to protect against a North Korean threat, but is instead aimed at control over Arctic resources. Meanwhile, there have also been renewed discussions about Canadian participation in the U.S. anti-ballistic missile shield, a move that could damage relations with Russia and China. In order to enhance its presence and security in the Arctic, the U.S. is increasing cooperation with Canada. This includes expanding joint military exercises and intelligence gathering operations in the region. Professor Michel Chossudovsky of Global Research has described Washington’s militarization of the Arctic as part of the process of North American integration.

In December 2012, the U.S. and Canada signed the Tri-Command Framework for Arctic Cooperation which is part of efforts to further merge USNORTHCOM, Canadian Joint Operations Command (CJOC) and NORAD. A press release explained that the framework is designed to, “promote enhanced military cooperation in the Arctic and identify specific areas of potential Tri-Command cooperation in the preparation for and conduct of safety, security and defense operations.” USNORTHCOM, CJOC and NORAD have also pledged to work closer together with regards to planning, domain awareness, information-sharing, training and exercises, capability development, as well as in the field of science and technology. In the coming years, the Arctic will become an even more important part of North American perimeter security.

While the Arctic remains a region of strategic interest to the alliance, Secretary General Anders Fogh Rasmussen recently rejected a direct NATO presence. For a number of years, Norway has been pushing for NATO to increase its focus in the Arctic and have called for more joint northern exercises. Even though NATO has yet to truly define its role in the area, Arctic member countries are stepping up military and naval operations in the high north. In the future, NATO’s mandate could include economic infrastructure and maritime security. It could also serve as a forum for discussing Arctic military issues. Expanding NATO activity in the region might signal the militarization of the Arctic which could raise tensions with both Russia and China.

There are fears that the Arctic could become an arena for political and military competition. With potential new shipping routes and countries further staking their claims to the vast untapped natural resources, defending strategic and economic interests may lead to rivalries in the region. There is also the possibility that conflicts which originate in other parts of the world could spillover and affect the stability of the Arctic.



January 17, 2014

As the Arctic sea ice melts away at an alarming rate, access to vast oil reserves is opening up – and countries bordering the region are determined to defend their slice of the pie. The polar seabed may hold as much as 15 percent of the world’s undiscovered oil – and 30 per cent of its gas. But as RT’s Marina Portnaya found out, the battle for the region could take a dangerous turn.





RIA Novosti
December 2, 2013

Russian naval forces are set to make the Arctic a priority region, boosting combat training and scouting lesser-known areas of the icy territory in 2014, a navy spokesman said Monday.

The Northern Fleet will conduct sailing and diving expeditions in the Arctic and develop a series of ice-class patrol ships to protect the country’s interest in the region, said Vadim Serga, a captain First Class and spokesman for the fleet’s Western Military District.

Russia has already begun deploying aerospace defense units and constructing an early missile warning radar system near the far northern town of Vorkuta. Completion of that system is planned for 2018.

The Defense Ministry is also renovating the Temp military airfield on the New Siberian Islands in the extreme north.

International competition for influence in the Arctic has stepped up considerably in recent years, with countries like Canada, Denmark, the United States, and Norway all increasing their military presence in the resource-rich region.

It is estimated that the Arctic contains one of the world’s largest reserves of untapped hydrocarbon resources.




Associated Press

December 10, 2013

MOSCOW (AP) — Expanding Russia’s military presence in the Arctic region is among the top priorities for the nation’s armed forces, President Vladimir Putin said Tuesday.

Speaking at a meeting with the top military brass, Putin said that Russia is “intensifying the development of that promising region” and needs to have “every lever for the protection of its security and national interests there.”

He emphasized the importance of the Soviet-era base at the New Siberian Islands, which the military started to overhaul this year. Russian officials have described the facility as key for protecting shipping routes that link Europe with the Pacific region across the Arctic Ocean.

Putin also said that Russia will restore a number of Arctic military air bases that fell into neglect after the 1991 collapse of the Soviet Union.

Russia, the United States, Canada, Denmark and Norway have all been trying to assert jurisdiction over parts of the Arctic, which is believed to hold up to a quarter of the planet’s undiscovered oil and gas. In 2007, Russia staked a symbolic claim to the Arctic seabed by dropping a canister containing the Russian flag on the ocean floor from a small submarine at the North Pole.

Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu said Tuesday that the military next year will form a dedicated group of forces in the Arctic to protect Russia’s national interests in the region.

Shoigu added that the Russian armed forces would also work to expand their presence elsewhere.

He said that the Russian navy will continue to maintain its permanent presence in the Mediterranean, which was restored this year for the first time since Cold War times. Until recently, the Russian navy only made sporadic visits to the area, but it now has a rotating squadron of ships in the Mediterranean.

Russia has been a key protector and ally of Syrian President Bashar Assad and the deployment was part of efforts to project its power.

Shoigu said that Russian forces on the far eastern Sakhalin Island were also beefed up this year. Next year, Russia will set up an air base in its neighbor and ally, Belarus, where a regiment of fighter jets will be permanently based, he said.

Putin, elected to a third presidential term in 2012, has sought to revive Russia’s Soviet-era clout and military might amid a strain in relations with the United States over the U.S.-led NATO missile shield and other disputes.

He reaffirmed on Tuesday his position that the U.S. missile shield would damage the strategic balance. Russia has described the missile defense as a threat to its nuclear deterrent and rejected U.S. assurances that it isn’t aimed against Russian forces.

Putin said that the massive effort to modernize Russia’s military arsenals will continue next year, when the military will commission more than 40 intercontinental ballistic missiles, more than 200 military aircraft and two nuclear submarines, among other weapons.



Published on Dec 10, 2013

Russia will create forces in the Arctic in 2014 to ensure military security and protect the country’s national interests in the region, which President Vladimir Putin has named among the government’s top priorities.


Russian flotilla headed by the flagship of the Northern Fleet, cruiser Peter the Great, September 2013 (Photo from
Russian flotilla headed by the flagship of the Northern Fleet, cruiser Peter the Great, September 2013 (Photo from



December 10, 2013

Russia will create forces in the Arctic in 2014 to ensure military security and protect the country’s national interests in the region, which President Vladimir Putin has named among the government’s top priorities.

Russia is returning to the Arctic and “intensifying the development of this promising region” so it needs to “have all the levers for the protection of its security and national interests,” Putin said on Tuesday at an expanded meeting of the Defense Ministry Board.

He ordered the ministry to complete the formation of new military units and infrastructure in the Arctic next year.

I would like you to devote special attention to deploying infrastructure and military units in the Arctic,” the president said in televised remarks.

Russia is reinstating its military base in the Novosibirsk Archipelago (New Siberian Islands), which had been abandoned by the military in 1993, after the dissolution of the Soviet Union. The islands “have key meaning for the control of the situation in the entire Arctic region,” Putin told the top military brass.

This year, Russia has also started restoring its Arctic airfields including one called “Temp” on Kotelny Island near the city of Norilsk. It is also overhauling urban facilities in Tiksi, Naryan-Mar, and Anadyr.


The surface-to-surface missile cruiser "Pyotr Veliky" (RIA Novosti / Sergey Guneev)
The surface-to-surface missile cruiser “Pyotr Veliky” (RIA Novosti / Sergey Guneev)-

The country is set to continue the revival of other Russian northern airfields as well as docks on the New Siberian Islands and the Franz Josef Land archipelago, Defense Minister Sergey Shoigu said, speaking at Tuesday’s meeting.

There are plans to create a group of troops and forces to ensure military security and protection of the Russian Federation’s national interests in the Arctic in 2014,” Shoigu confirmed.

Additionally, Russian Senator and well-known polar explorer, Artur Chilingarov, suggested reviving the Academy of Sciences’ Polar Commission – a research institution which existed until 1936.

Back in September, Russia announced it was resuming its permanent Arctic military presence. In a symbolic move, it sent 10 warships and nuclear-powered icebreakers along the Northern Sea Route. This is a shipping lane between the Atlantic and the Pacific Oceans, which runs from the Russian northern port city of Murmansk, along Siberia and the Far East.

In recent years, as the race for the Arctic intensified, Russia has repeatedly reiterated that it is set to retain its position in the region for both security and economic reasons, as well as to preserve its national integrity.


The nuclear icebreaker Taimyr (RIA Novosti / Igor Mikhalev)
The nuclear icebreaker Taimyr (RIA Novosti / Igor Mikhalev)-

However, other Arctic nations are not going to give up either in their intention of grabbing a share of the region, believed to be rich in oil, natural gas, and deposits of gold and platinum. According to a US Geological Survey, about 90 billion barrels of oil and 1,670 trillion cubic feet of natural gas are there, making up about 10 percent of the world’s petroleum resources. The dominant portion of these resources is hidden beneath ice that is shared between five nations bordering the Arctic: Canada, Denmark, Norway, the Russia and the US – who have been in a bitter dispute over how to divide up the ‘pie’.

According to the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea, an economic zone belonging to a state is limited to 200 nautical miles from the coastline. That area can only be extended if a country provides evidence that the continental shelf is a geological extension of its territory.

Canada confirmed on Monday that it is preparing to include the North Pole as part of its Arctic Ocean seabed claim in the multi-country push to prove jurisdiction over further territory in the area.

Since 2007, Russia has organized several expeditions to prove that an underwater Arctic mountain range, the Lomonosov Ridge, is part of its own landmass. It says the ridge is a continuation of the Siberian continental platform and it is not isolated from the Russian plateau.

US President Barack Obama in May unveiled a strategy for the Arctic, asserting that nations must protect the region’s fragile environment and keep it free from conflict. The plan also made it clear the US does not want to be left behind as the other countries eye natural resources and exploit potential new sea routes.



Published on Apr 9, 2014


Russian paratroopers have landed on a drifting ice floe in the Arctic Ocean. Never before in modern times have the Russian military exercised here.

The manoeuvres got underway in a week when Russian President Vladimir Putin urged the Federal Security Service – the FSB to develop Russia’s border infrastructure in the Arctic.

He gave no details but last December the president ordered the military to boost its presence in the Arctic and complete the development of an infrastructure there by the end of this year.

It’s believed there are vast untapped reserves of oil and gas in the region which has increasingly become the centre of disputes between the United States, Russia, Canada, Norway and Denmark.



April 15, 2014

With vast gas reserves discovered in the Russian Far North, the race for resources on top of the world is heating up. And as RT’s Marina Portnaya reports relations between countries with claims on the Arctic are quickly going on ice.



Published on Nov 10, 2013



by Joel Skousen | World Affairs Brief

December 27, 2013

As we review 2013 we see several grim threats to our liberties and safety that are looming so large even those with a minimum of discernment are waking up and growing uneasy even as conspiring men feign reform or pretend to ignore the issues. At home the US government has every intention of continuing warrantless spying, the Obamacare rollout and unending debt increases despite growing public disapproval and claims of reform. Abroad, foreign intervention is increasing while the great threats of China and Russia are emerging as real and visible but which our government has no intention of countering. Worse, we can no longer depend on our elected representatives to stop any of this. It’s time to prepare in earnest for the inevitable demise of liberty even if it may not be imminent. When it does come in the next decade, it will be swift and relentless. There will be no turning back.

Both Democrats and the compromised Republican leadership have no intention of putting up any real resistance to the slow and agonizing loss of American Liberty. Their half-hearted opposition to spying, the PATRIOT ACT, and the new NDAA signed into law this week is an assent by silence to the slow erosion of liberty and constitutional protections that continues unabated.

For example, support for Obamacare has plummeted across every spectrum of the public, even among people eager for government handouts. Polls sponsored by pro-government media, like CNN, put support in the mid-30 percentile, which should be sending shock waves through the Democrats in Congress. Instead, it’s full speed ahead with implementation.

Republican House Speaker John Boehner has no intention of bringing up repeal legislation again. Neither does he intend to stop deficit spending nor hold the line on the debt limit. Instead he trotted out conservative Paul Ryan to convince Republicans that the latest budget compromise is “the best we can get.” Ryan is turning out to be one of Boehner’s “useful idiots,” to quote Lenin.

These are all crucial high-profile battles that the Republicans purposely sabotaged and lost. The political capital is spent and the waters of reform are poisoned forever so that even as public support for repeal grows, they have an excuse “not to go there” again. And, Boehner and his lackeys are preparing to sell us out on amnesty as well. That’s coming up early next year.

The courts will also continue their relentless permissiveness of government illegal acts under the guise of protecting us from terror and defending state secrets. I’m not optimistic about the temporary setback for NSA spying that one judge timidly opined was “likely” unconstitutional. The Supreme Court will reluctantly find in favor of “limited” government spying as they have in the past.

Part and parcel of this finding is the government’s continual downplaying of the degree to which it surveils worldwide communications. The spy agencies only admit to collecting “metadata” when we all know they are recording content as well—with which they analyze, sort and build future action lists targeting dissidents and political resistors worldwide. This is only peripherally involved with fighting terror which, like drugs, the government promotes as much as it counters.

Spying, indefinite detention without due process, secret prisons, torture, illegal black operations and the militarization of local police forces is all part of the world government police state they intend to force upon us as soon as the next war justifies such a massive disavowal of constitutional limits and the liberty that is inherent in national and state sovereignty.

As part of this, the push for continual “free trade” agreements with Asian and European nations will continue. While I don’t expect them to be able to fully implement the New World Order with its required taxation and police powers via these preparatory agreements, they certainly are a stepping stone towards getting people accustomed to increased international regulation and control (dubbed “cooperation”).

There is no denying that the pace of attacks against our liberty has picked up speed. This has led to a growing number of fellow commentators on the constitutional Right sounding the alarm about imminent collapse of the dollar and the economy as the catalyst for unmasking martial law and the implementation of tyranny.

I continue to caution people against this superficial analysis, often fomented by government misinformation sources inside the movement feeding disinformation to promoters like Lindsay Williams and others. Pastor Williams may well be sincere in his desire to save the country, but he continues to be deceived by his “insider sources” who have fed him bad tips for the past two years. He’s got a 100% failure rate and yet persists with the same claims, slightly more intense each time around. For a review of my analysis of why the PTB won’t crash the dollar or the economy see this link for the June 29, 2012 edition of the WAB in the archives.

I repeat for the benefit of my new subscribers that no one can be an insider feeding information to the liberty movement (they don’t want to get out) and not be discovered in this age of total surveillance. That includes the so-called “anonymous and confidential” government sources talking to mainstream “investigative” reporters. They are all known to government and every reporter’s phone is tapped constantly. When government takes reporters to court to force them to reveal their sources it is just a cover to keep the public believing in journalistic integrity.

We know what happens to real whistleblowers who reveal the illegal acts of government. They are exposed, maligned and persecuted incessantly. So any “leaker” who is allowed to keep leaking to those on our side every week or month is either not really an insider or is a disinformation expert being allowed to leak by government for manipulation purposes. Some, like the so-called “DHS insider” who talks to the Intel Hub regularly, are just patsies, in my opinion, that think they’ve been given insider access but who really are just being used to deliver disinformation to keep false conspiracies alive.

One of the main tactics of this disinformation about imminent threats is, I believe, to eventually discredit the prepper movement, 99% of which is motivated by these constant claims of imminent economic collapse. Most preppers have spouses or relatives that aren’t completely on board with their claims and consider them “paranoid” and “nuts.” Preppers who continue to regale them with the imminent collapse stories will find themselves embarrassed and increasingly unable to convince their friends and loved ones of even more serious preparations as the real threats get closer.

It isn’t that the economic collapse crowd is wrong about the dire state of our economy and the latest bubble the FED has created. It’s only that they don’t fully understand conspiracy and the larger agenda of the PTB who manipulate the economy. The conspirators have much more to gain by keeping things afloat with artificial stimulus than by letting it collapse. They control the regulatory powers as well and are able to cover up many Ponzi schemes, or at least keep them contained by denying that default ever occurs—as they did in the Greek bond haircuts forced upon investors.

With all of the fast moving events of the past year, you probably won’t be surprised that I am continually asked by subscribers if my estimate of timing has changed or moved up, especially in light of this year’s display of Chinese naval growth and aggressive behavior in the Far East. For the answer, we have to look at the potential for war, which is by far the most likely trigger for change in the world, even economic change.

A foreign attack allows our leaders to evade the blame for the dire situation and it gives them the excuse to take on dictatorial powers, restructure the money system and empower globalist solutions. In an economic collapse without war, they take the full blame, especially when all the FED watchers would know the day the PTB pulled the plug on the economy by cutting new monetary creation to zero. Ever since 2008, they have shown no inclination of pulling the plug on the economy or the dollar. It’s not a blameless rationale for martial law. They have also kept the real rate of inflation below 10%, and as long as they continue to do so, the hyperinflation threat bandied about so often won’t happen.

Here is my current feeling on the timing of war:

1. First, I have to continually remind my listeners that I’ve never given a timetable for when WWIII is going to start. I’ve concentrated on how much time I feel remains before Russia and China are ready to strike. They aren’t the same thing and don’t necessarily coincide. Even if I think they are ready, it still doesn’t mean they will strike. It could still take longer depending on the political climate at the time and whether or not an appropriate excuse has been engendered to justify war. As you all know, historically these excuses are almost always provoked by one side or the other.

2. I’ve said since the beginning of this decade that Russia and China are at least 8-10 years from having sufficient air, missile and naval forces to take on the West. We’re now 6-8 years away from that estimate where “we still have time to prepare.” I still feel confident that Russia and China won’t be ready until at least the beginning years of the next decade. In last week’s brief, I covered the fact that most of their major weapons systems aren’t scheduled to come on line until 2020-2024, so that’s still 8-10 years from now.

3. The following is very important: It is not true that Russia and China are totally unprepared until that magic time they reach optimal readiness. While it is improbable, there is nothing to say they won’t decide to strike earlier, at a lesser state of preparedness. No one is ever totally prepared for war—it’s a matter of high confidence in success, and also a matter of the right timing. As Russia and China get closer to full preparedness, the chance increases that they could grab a political opportunity to strike prior to their planned timetable if they thought they had a good enough opening—one that overcame the disadvantage of moving sooner rather than later. The US could also provoke a crisis that gave them an opportunity to strike that “they couldn’t resist.”

So, while I’m still fairly confident in my feeling that we still have several years to prepare, as we get closer to the next decade and they get closer to being ready, the chances of an early surprise attack increases as they approach full readiness. I don’t think the time will be much shorter but you need to be aware of the possibility. It’s one of the reasons why you don’t want to put off necessary preparations just because you might have more time than previously thought. Don’t try to cut it too close. With that said, let me outline some of the signs that war may be approaching sooner rather than later. I will be watching for these as well in the WAB.

First, it’s important to keep in mind that the mainstream media will increasingly concentrate on China as the problem, not Russia—even though they are both in a temporary alliance to take down the West. One will not go ahead without the other, but for some reason the word has gone out to planners to downplay the Russian threat.

I surmise that the reason Russia is being protected is that Russia provides the continual rationale for more disarmament. It is ironic (if not hypocritical) that the West will dramatize the Chinese threat more than the Russian threat but no overtures or expectations of disarmament will ever be made to China. The West has never even approached China with demands for a disarmament pact and doesn’t appear likely to do so in the future. –Not that China would ever entertain one.

The fact that the US keeps seeking disarmament pacts with the Russians in spite of continual missile manufacturing and cheating on all disarmament treaties is strong evidence that the US is trying to use disarmament to weaken our nuclear deterrence, NOT make the world safe from nuclear weapons. Evading any demands for the Chinese to disarm is even more evidence that the US overtures to Russia on disarmament have nothing to do with “making the world safe from nuclear weapons.”

So, when outlining the signs of war, keep in mind that there are two enemies and either one or both may be engaged in setting the stage for war. Both are already involved in significant and steady rearmament. That isn’t going to change, and they are starting early enough that the West won’t be able to detect a significant uptick in production later on as a sign of war.

Don’t look for Russia or China to necessarily engage in the normal massing of forces at some border as Hitler did. They will use a ballistic missile first strike with a preliminary EMP attack as a means of temporarily paralyzing US and NATO forces as the electrical grid gets taken down. This will be followed by nuclear strikes against ground targets. Once the US military is taken down they figure they can blackmail the rest of the West into submission and amass the necessary invasion/occupation forces while the West is struggling to reorganize after a nuclear strike.

Watch for these provocations that indicate war is getting nearer:

Russia: Russia will continue to contest any additional moves by former satellite states like Ukraine and Georgia moving to closer to EU integration. The latest move by Russia to bribe and threaten Ukraine from making a trade deal with the EU is, I believe, a permanent and hardened position. It won’t be reversed. Despite continued Ukrainian protests, the opposition is controlled and divided and will never be able to overthrow the pro-Moscow direction of the government. Democracy is only a sham in most of the post-Soviet states. Controlled parties on both the Left and Right keep marching inevitably toward more concessions toward Russian hegemony—especially in light of the grip Russia has on the flow of natural gas to Europe and Eastern Europe.

Remember too that the controlled opposition and continued protests also serve Russia’s purposes since she can use them when they turn violent to justify sending in Russian troops to “protect” the millions of ethnic Russians placed in each of these satellite states.

That said, I don’t expect Russia to start getting aggressive with the post-Soviet states until after the US signs another disarmament agreement with Russia. Expect feelers to be put out in 2014 for a typically one sided agreement to be signed before Obama leaves office. This is one of those things, like socialized medicine, that they do while Democrats are in the White House.

China: China has already started to increase provocations with the West in the disputed ADIZ air defense zone claimed by China in the East China Sea, as well as the Chinese naval harassment of US surveillance ships in the South China Sea in international waters. Expect those provocations to continue. China knows that by increasing the overall levels of East-West hostilities, it becomes increasingly difficult for the West to tell when China expects to go to war.

North Korea: Nothing is more telling about this tactic of “obscuration through hundreds of feints” than North Korea’s regular provocations and small military attacks on South Korea over the years. North Korea is China’s puppet state and is the one most likely to provide China and Russia with the trigger event they need for WWIII. As I have explained before, a sudden invasion/artillery attack by NK on South Korea almost guarantees a tactical nuclear response by the US since the North has such overwhelming forces just across the border from Seoul, the SK capitol. If the US uses tactical nukes to contain the onslaught, China could easily use this “first use” to launch it’s planned first strike on US military targets.

Threats against the South happen almost every month and vary in intensity. Just this week, as the UK Daily Mail reported, North Korea warned the West that “war could break out without notice” as Kim Jong-Un tells troops to get combat ready.

The warning came a day after reports that satellite images appeared to show North Korea has started producing fuel rods for its nuclear reactor. The U.S. and South Korea had been wary of possible threats from the North, where tensions have been high since the execution of Kim’s uncle and mentor. The latest saber rattling came as Kim visited his troops on Christmas Eve, according to Al Jazeera.

‘He instructed the unit to put utmost spurs on rounding off its combat readiness … always bearing in mind that a war breaks out without any prior notice,’ reports from state media said. Tens of thousands of troops pledged their loyalty to Kim last week at a parade to mark the anniversary of the death of his father, and former leader.

Satellite images seen by the Johns Hopkins University appeared to show facilities at the North’s scientific research center could be used to make fuel rods for the plutonium reactor. ‘The identification of these facilities indicates a more wide-ranging, extensive effort by North Korea to modernize and restart the Yongbyon complex dating back to 2009 than previously understood,’ the report said. North Korea’s reactor was put back into service earlier this year, after a six-year break.

North Korea’s nasty habit of threatening war and putting troops on alert is a regular occurrence, and so is NK’s breaking of agreements to limit its nuclear weapons productions. Taken in isolation, none of these minor provocations mean war is imminent. But what it does do—very effectively—is make it very hard to tell when they are serious about an attack.

One of the great dangers of NK saber rattling and keeping their enlisted and junior officers hyped up for war is that sometimes the trigger actually gets pulled, as it did when the NK artillery forces shelled Yeonpyeong Island in 2010, killing four South Koreans. They were lucky the US and SK are in such a permissive mood or there might have been a war.



Published on Jan 31, 2014




by Joel Skousen | World Affairs Brief

January 10, 2014

Rick Rozoff, being interviewed by Voice of Russia, is admittedly on the Left and views Russia as a sort of victim of EU aggressive behavior.

Nevertheless, his critical observations about the ongoing attempt by NATO to expand into a global strike force, bringing in all current Western outliers, is correct:

The North Atlantic Treaty Organization is continuing its expansion, at least its efforts to expand globally. Within the last few days we’ve seen overtures made by leading NATO officials to previously neutral countries like Ireland, Finland, Sweden in efforts to recruit them into the alliance.

The Secretary General of NATO Anders Fogh Rasmussen is in Ireland now, but prior to departing for Ireland, which historically has been a neutral nation during the Cold War, he gave an interview to the Irish Times where he extended an invitation essentially for Ireland to join NATO as a full member.

The Deputy Commander of Allied Command Transformation, the NATO command in the United States in Norfolk Virginia, within the last week or two as well, has welcomed Finland which borders Russia, as a strategic partner of NATO and talked about the further integration of that nation into the NATO sphere of influence and military operations.

And then the commander of the military forces, the top commander in Sweden a couple of days ago made a very provocative statement to the effect that if a war ensued between Sweden and Russia (How probable is that, right?) that Sweden wouldn’t last two days against Russia’s military might and that’s why Sweden needs to be in NATO. [Correct, and shows that the Europeans who aren’t controlled globalists are beginning to see the Russian threat for what it is.]

So, as we are seeing there is a concerted effort to consolidate North Atlantic Treaty Organization control over the entire European continent, I mean they are not going to rest until every nation has been pulled in it as a full member.

I’ve long said that I think the US military will be the target of Russia and China’s first strike, and that this will give our global leaders the excuse to push us into accepting a global military force, centered around NATO.


russia attacks america red dawn



by Terresa Monroe-Hamilton

January 30, 2013

It’s difficult to not look at world events these days and feel as though we are sitting on a ticking time bomb. Things are heating up even more and the clock is now at about 30 seconds to midnight.

One wonders where all this will lead… Well, if the current course is kept, straight into hell, probably. That is by design and has been planned on for a very long time.

From Trevor Loudon:

If it comes to war, one joint Russia/China plan is for Russia to nuke the hell out of the continental United States. After Obama has finished decimating what is left of the US nuclear arsenal of course. The Russians will then invade Alaska and parts of Canada, but not the lower ’48. China will then invade across the Pacific. They will lose millions of troublesome young men, but they eventually get a foothold. Then their allies in Latin America will invade across the Mexican border… and the Red Dawn will break.

You can count North Korea in that mix as well. It has always been the plan of the Russians to use Iran as a proxy army to take control of the Middle East and the energy resources at play. But would any of them really come after the US?

The answer to that question is a definitive ‘yes.’ Being separated from most of our enemies by an ocean gives us the illusion of safety, but that should have been shattered after 9-11. However, America’s apathy runs deep these days and most people fell back to sleep or into an encompassing lethargy when a would-be dictator started trashing the Constitution and our God given rights. While we tear ourselves apart as a nation, our enemies are salivating, awaiting the right opportunity to strike.

I contend that Obama is setting us up for just such an attack. And as Trevor Loudon astutely points out, it will most likely come from several enemies at once. With a depleted nuclear arsenal and a massively weakened military, the hour is drawing nigh that an attack will be forthcoming. Think about it… if you were our powerful enemies, what would you do? You would attack of course when your enemy is at their weakest financially and militarily – like right about now. Consider this scenario:

  • North Korea launches 2 or 3 EMPs over the United States with no warning, or so little that we have no time to take evasive measures.
  • Russia invades Alaska and parts of Canada.
  • China launches an attack via the Pacific Ocean with millions of soldiers. The sheer numbers alone would overwhelm our current defenses.
  • Iran, Venezuela and Cuba attack from the South. With a fully open border and with no guard there whatsoever, hordes of terrorists would slash their way through with absolutely no pity or remorse for the bloody trail of bodies left behind.

Now consider if these all happen at once. Not possible, you say?  Both Russia and China have been busy building their military forces up, while the United States has been scaling radically down in that arena. Iran now has nuclear capability as does North Korea. Aside from the energy resources in the Middle East, what would be the biggest prize ever? Bringing down America, invading her and conquering a once free nation. All our enemies need to do is team up, pillage and plunder, then divide the spoils of war. See Sun Tzu. It would be the ultimate redistribution of wealth.

If that is not enough to haunt your dreams, consider this… What if Progressives made deals for themselves with our enemies while betraying our closest ally? For land, resources, slaves, security, power… No? Then tell me why we are being so cozy with the Chinese, or the Muslim Brotherhood, or the Russians for that matter. With Obama’s reelection, he can be much more flexible. Why is Obama deliberately bankrupting our nation? And why is money massively being withdrawn from our banks? It seems to me that Obama and the Communists are really close in their goals for this country. Just this last week, CPUSA was cheering Obama on gun restrictions.

Remember, Communism as articulated in the various Communist documents, asserts that nobody owns anything – that the group owns everything. But because in practice that doesn’t work, an elite self-appointed class takes control and endeavors to enforce the ideals of Communism on the proletariat. Thus, implementing in practice a form of fascism, nominally called “Communism.” The Muslim creeds implement an unabashed fascism from the beginning. So our enemies all have fascism in common. Even those regimes that are nominally Communist, wind up implementing fascism because completely decentralized control doesn’t work when there is no ownership. You see, our enemies have a lot in common ideology wise and they all want the United States’ land and resources.

So, while our Progressives have been calling for the end of the Constitution, the Chinese have been busy buying up billions in real estate here in the US. They are now buying up our utilities and natural resources as well. They are buying up major companies such as battery makers as well. This is just Communist foreplay. The problem with the US is that we are an instant gratification society. Long range planning for us is what is for dinner tonight. Long range planning for our enemies is the demise and conquest of America.

We hear very little in the media about what is facing us militarily. Even Pravda sees more clearly what is going on in the States than many Americans do. As the gathering red storm advances on America, will we react in time to save ourselves?

When the EMPs and nuclear weapons begin to fly, it will be a little too late to rally the troops to our defense.



By Michael Snyder

November 7, 2013

While Barack Obama is busy gutting the U.S. nuclear arsenal, Russia and China are rapidly preparing for the day when they will nuke the United States.  To most Americans, it sounds very strange to hear that Russia and China are concerned about nuclear war.  After all, isn’t the Cold War over?  Isn’t that what politicians from both major political parties keep telling us?  Unfortunately, the truth is that Russia and China both consider the United States to be their number one geopolitical threat, and both nations have been systematically strengthening and updating their strategic forces.  At the end of last month, Russia held a large-scale military drill that involved the launch of four nuclear missiles, and the Chinese government released a major report for the public which included maps showing what would happen to major U.S. cities in the event of a nuclear attack by Chinese submarines.  Obama may blindly believe that wishful thinking and unilateral disarmament will keep the United States safe, but Russia and China are taking a much different path.  Both of them believe that a military conflict with the United States in the future is quite likely, and they are rapidly preparing for that eventuality.

The major nuclear drill conducted by Russia at the end of last month made headlines all over the planet…

Russian strategic forces carried out a large-scale surprise military drill on Wednesday, launching four nuclear missiles that were closely monitored by U.S. intelligence agencies, U.S. officials said.

The drill began around 9:00 am ET and included the test launch of two land-based intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs) and two submarine-launched ballistic missiles (SLBMs).

But this was far from an isolated incident.  In fact, it has been reported that Russian missile forces will hold more than 200 drills during the second half of 2013.

Things have very much changed in Russia since the end of the Cold War era.  Back then, Russia did not have a lot of money to put into the military.  But now Russian President Vladimir Putin is working very hard to strengthen and modernize Russian nuclear forces…

Russia is developing several new missiles, including a weapon U.S. intelligence agencies have assessed as a covert intermediate-range nuclear missile called the RS-26 that is being developed and tested in apparent violation of the 1987 Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces Treaty.

The Russian government has denied the RS-26 violates the INF treaty and claims it is a new ICBM, which some arms compliance experts say is a violation of the 2010 New START treaty.

Russia is also developing a new submarine-launched ballistic missile and a new class of missile submarines.

The missile submarines are of particular concern.  Russia has introduced a new “near silent” nuclear submarine which is far quieter than anything the U.S. currently has…

The Borey Class submarine, dubbed Vladimir Monomakh, has a next generation nuclear reactor, can dive deeper than 1,200 feet, and carries up to 20 nuclear intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBM).

Each of these “Bulava” ICBM’s can carry ten detachable MIRV warheads, what they call “re-entry vehicles,” capable of delivering 150 kiloton yields per warhead

These subs have the capability of approaching the coastline of the United States without us ever even knowing that they were there.

Most Americans do not realize this.

Most Americans also do not realize that Russia has more spies inside the United States today than it did at any point during the Cold War.

Russia is more of a threat to the United States today than it ever has been before, but the American people are completely and totally oblivious to this.

Meanwhile, China is publicly bragging about what their nuclear submarines could do to us.

Late last month, the Chinese government released a report which included maps which showed the projected results of a nuclear strike on major U.S. cities.  This report was heavily covered by government-controlled media outlets in China such as China Central TV, the People’s Daily, the Global Times, the PLA Daily and China Youth Daily.

The following are a couple of excerpts from that report…

“If we launch our DF-31A ICBMs over the North Pole, we can easily destroy a whole list of metropolises on the East Coast and the New England region of the U.S., including Annapolis, Philadelphia, New York, Boston, Portland, Baltimore, and Norfolk, whose population account accounts for about one eighth of America’s total residents.”


“Because the Midwest states of the U.S. are sparsely populated, in order to increase the lethality, [our] nuclear attacks should mainly target the key cities on the West Coast of the United States, such as Seattle, Los Angles, San Francisco, and San Diego.”

In recent years, China has been working hard to develop a new generation of inter-continental and submarine-launched nuclear missiles.  The following is from a recent article posted on the Washington Free Beacon

China is rapidly expanding its nuclear forces with new missiles, submarines, and warheads. At least one of the warheads is based on warhead designs stolen from U.S. nuclear weapons laboratories in the 1990s, U.S. officials have said.

The submarine-launched missiles that they have been developing are of particular concern.  The following is from a recent article posted on

China’s sub fleet is reportedly the world’s second-largest, with about 70 vessels. About 10 are nuclear-powered, and four or more of those are nuclear ballistic submarines.

In 2010, the Type 094 Jin class entered the service. It is capable of launching 12 to 16 JL-2 missiles with a range of about 8,700 miles, covering much of the continental U.S. with single or multiple independently targetable re-entry vehicle warheads.

Do you remember a few years ago when a Chinese submarine fired a test missile from just off the west coast of the United States?

The U.S. Navy did not even know that the sub was there.  If that missile had been fired directly at Los Angeles, it would have been incinerated long before the U.S. government could ever have responded.

Are you starting to get the picture?

In response, the Obama administration will not even comment on this latest Chinese report…

The Obama administration declined to comment on Sunday on provocative state-run Chinese media reports outlining Beijing’s nuclear war plans, including land-based and submarine-launched missile strikes on U.S. cities that would kill up to 12 million people.

State Department spokeswoman Marie Harf and Pentagon spokeswoman Cynthia Smith would not respond when asked about the highly unusual Chinese reports published Oct. 28 in numerous major Communist Party-controlled television and newspaper outlets.

The Chinese reports included maps showing nuclear strikes on Los Angeles and the Pacific Northwest, along with the resulting radiation plumes stretching thousands of miles across the western United States.

You see, the truth is that talking about what China is doing does not fit in with the Obama administration’s “progressive agenda”.  Obama has been systematically disarming America, and most Americans do not even realize that it has been happening.

Most Americans just continue to believe that we still have a very robust strategic nuclear deterrent.

Unfortunately, that is no longer the case.

Back in 1967, the U.S. military had more than 31,000 strategic nuclear warheads.

Since that time, the U.S. strategic nuclear arsenal has been reduced by about 95 percent,

The START Treaty that Obama agreed to back in 2010 will limit both the United States and Russia to a maximum of 1,550 deployed strategic nuclear warheads.

But that is not nearly enough of a reduction for Obama.

Back in June, he declared that “after a comprehensive review” he has decided that the United States can reduce the number of our deployed nuclear warheads by another one-third…

After a comprehensive review, I’ve determined that we can ensure the security of America and our allies, and maintain a strong and credible strategic deterrent, while reducing our deployed strategic nuclear weapons by up to one-third.  And I intend to seek negotiated cuts with Russia to move beyond Cold War nuclear postures.

That would leave us with around 1,000 warheads.

And thanks to the various treaties that we have signed, Russia will know where most of those warheads are located.

So this makes a scenario in which Russia and China collectively conduct a first strike against the United States much more conceivable.  If Russia or China knows exactly where our warheads are, it would be very easy to take most of them out in less than 10 minutes with a submarine-based first strike.

Of course most Americans never even think about such things anymore, and our politicians certainly are not talking about them.

But Russia and China are thinking about these things, and they are rapidly preparing for the day when war comes and they choose to nuke us before we nuke them.



November 3rd, 2013

Both China and Russia, in their own ways, have been engaged in upgrading both their conventional and strategic nuclear forces to be ready for war as a component of their resistance to the Anglo-American Imperium. Nor are the two countries conducting their preparations in isolation from each other, as the meeting between Russian president Vladimir Putin and Vice Chairman of China’s Central Military Commission Xu Qiliang on Oct. 31 underscores. Putin indicated, according to Xinhua, that military cooperation plays a pivotal role in the strategic partnership between Russia and China, and he expressed the hope that the two defense ministries could improve their coordination to further bilateral ties in the future. Xu replied that the China-Russia strategic cooperation has entered a new phase because of the efforts of both countries. Xu added that China is willing to deepen the military exchange and expand cooperation with Russia to boost bilateral ties to a new high.

The week began with China, for the first time, going public about its strategic nuclear missile submarines on Oct. 28, when a slew of articles began appearing in the Chinese media. The People’s Daily [1], on Oct. 31, quoted Chinese military expert Yin Zhuo characterizing China’s strategic missile forces as components of a “counter attack strategy.” That is, “Only when our opponents use nuclear weapons to attack us, will we use nuclear weapons to counterattack them.” While China, like Russia and the U.S., operates a nuclear triad, the strategic missile submarines are considered the most important leg, because their chances of survival should a conflict break out, is in the realm of 85 to 90%, compared to no more than 50% to as little as 5% from the land-based missile and bomber forces.

The Chinese were also clear as to whom they are deterring, as a Global Times [2] article on Oct. 28 made the point. A Chinese nuclear attack on the U.S. would mainly target population centers. Submarine-launched missiles fired from the Pacific would mainly be aimed at West Coast cities, while the land-based DF-31 ICBMs, fired over the North Pole would mainly be aimed at major East Coast cities. The message in such statements is clear.

The Russians, meanwhile, have been conducting their own preparations as well. This week, President Putin ordered a no-notice snap exercise of the strategic missile and submarine forces combined with an air and missile defense exercise on the Kapustin Yar testing range. Two ICBMs and two submarine-launched missiles were live-fired, as were about 15 S-300 and S-400 air defense missiles, during the exercise, which was overseen by President Putin, himself. Putin has ordered at least four such no-notice snap drills, this year, and both he and Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu have indicated that there will be more. The purpose of the drills is to test the war readiness of Russian forces.

While the strategic forces exercise was going on, two TU-160 nuclear bombers have been operating in South America. They arrived in Venezuela on Oct. 28, after a 13-hour flight from their base in the Volga region. On Oct. 30, they landed in Nicaragua. “The crews are now resting and preparing for new missions. They are scheduled to carry out several patrols over the region,” Commander of the Russian Long-Range Aviation, Lt. Gen. Anatoly Zhikharev, reported at a Defense Ministry meeting on Oct. 31.



Senior analyst Gen. McInerney warns that US is in comparable danger to pre-WWII period, specifically from Russian and Iranian hegemonies.

By Ari Yashar& Orli Harari | Israel National News
November 22, 2013

Senior military analyst Lt. Gen. Thomas G. McInerney spoke to Arutz Sheva on Tuesday, warning that rising Russian and Iranian influence, coupled with America’s waning Middle East presence, has put the US in the most dangerous situation it has been in since the 1930s just prior to World War II.

McInerney addressed the global security situation following the “EMPactconference in Washington DC, in which analysts warned that the US is unprepared for an Iranian “Electromagnetic Pulse” attack.

The General urged the world to wake up to the Iranian nuclear threat which he fears may be allowed a free hand following deals in the ongoing Geneva conference.

Aside from the Iranian danger, McInerney noted that spreading Russian influence poses a serious threat.

In particular McInerney highlighted the danger of US President Barack Obama’s handling of longtime US ally Egypt, which has recently turned to Russia. Just on Wednesday reports revealed that Egypt signed a $4 billion arms deal with Russia designed to let Egypt attain parity with the IDF.

McInerney’s warning call, followed by the transcribed statement, appears below:



When you support America you support Israel. That’s fundamental to our society.

We are facing the most dangerous threat that the United States has seen since the 1938-39 timeframe, and we do not realize it, the public does not realize it.

We have an administration that has an entirely different view about the world.

We’re giving a key ally away to the Russians–Egypt. And Egypt is crucial to our success in the Middle East because of its relationship to the (Israeli) peace treaty, number two–the Suez canal, our access, number three–overflight.

And four, for the first time an Arab nation is openly attacking the Muslim Brotherhood, the radical Islamists. And we should be supporting General (Abdel) Al-Sisi, we are not. He’s extremely important.

You’ve seen what’s happened in Syria. We have now legitimized (President Bashar) Assad, we’ve legitimized the Soviet hegemony in the region, as well as the Iranian hegemony.

So we have a very dangerous situation in the world, and fundamentally in two days I believe this administration will acquiesce and pull off the sanctions against the Iranians.

We should double the sanctions, that’s the only thing that’s working. So that’s why I believe it is the most dangerous position the United States has seen since the 30s.

Finally, we are unilaterally disarming the US military, it is very dangerous what’s going on. And all of this is coming together at a very critical time in our history.





“Exercise in Areas that are a 30-second jet flight from Russia’s border”

By Ria Novosti
November 03, 2013

WASHINGTON: The United States and its European allies are set to begin military exercises near Russia’s western borders Saturday, a training operation that has raised hackles in Moscow but will be observed by a Russian Defense Ministry delegation.

The North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) will hold its Steadfast Jazz 2013 exercise primarily in Poland and the former Soviet republic of Latvia, a training that will include some 6,000 troops from the Western military alliance and partner nations.

The exercise, NATO’s largest since 2006, is based on a “fictitious scenario in a fictitious country” and will include land, air, maritime and special operations forces, according to the alliance.

Officials in Moscow have long opposed NATO’s eastward expansion, which has brought former Warsaw Pact countries into the alliance’s fold along with former Soviet Baltic republics Latvia, Lithuania and Estonia.

In late July, Russian Deputy Defense Minister Anatoly Antonov criticized what he described as the “Cold War” spirit of the NATO exercise.

The Polish newspaper Rzeczpospolita reported in June that parts of the planned exercise would take place in areas that are a 30-second jet flight from Russia’s borders.



November 20, 2013

After the 2014 pullout from Afghanistan, NATO is set to stage huge European war games involving 40,000 troops, about seven times the size of the recent drills in the Baltic, with critics in the crisis-hit EU calling it a waste of money.



The Western alliance claims this is to test the members’ capability and teamwork, mainly for reasons of matching America’s commitment to the alliance, as well as keeping their edge after the Afghan mission is over.

The exercises, set to start in 2015, will involve 40,000 troops deployed in Spain and Portugal. NATO land forces commander U.S. Army Lieutenant-General Frederick Hodges told Reuters that “this kind of exercise, this sort of complexity, is going to be the norm,” so the exercises are just the first in a series.

The major reason given by NATO is that troops need to stay sharp and practice their interoperability, especially after Afghanistan, in times of military inactivity.

NATO Secretary-General Anders Fogh Rasmussen has emphasized the importance of Europe’s role in the alliance, in September saying that “European nations can – and should – do more to match America’s commitment.”

But some in Europe say that the EU cannot afford such an expensive venture in times of economic hardship, and that it isn’t really necessary either.

Karl Rehbaum, a former officer with the East German security services, says that “there isn’t any need to put these troops in Europe. I think they would’ve ramped up operations even if Afghanistan wasn’t coming to an end… Instead of a defensive army, they want to make an army of intervention, of aggression. NATO is responsible for three-quarters of global arms spending at a time when many of its members are flat broke.”

In Berlin, for example, a group of demonstrators, known as “Mothers against War,” were downtown recently, holding banners that said “No to Intervention” – a call for Europe to stop throwing money at the military and take care of the pressing economic issues afflicting the continent on a massive scale.

“The population is getting poorer, and wars are getting more expensive. These type of exercises are a threat to society,” one of the demonstrators told RT’s Peter Oliver.

Another said that it was “crazy to think this has anything to do with any rogue state. By holding operations in Europe it shows that NATO is still looking toward Russia.”

The upcoming series of war games comes amid widespread military spending cutbacks throughout NATO, in the wake of the expensive military interventions in places such as Libya and Afghanistan, which were a great drain on resources.

Although the operation is reportedly being done to sustain the troops’ battle readiness and retain coordination, the new war games were announced just days after the Steadfast Jazz exercises that took place in early November, close to the Russian border and much to Moscow’s dismay.

Steadfast Jazz was ostensibly targeting a “fictional enemy,” although it was no secret that alarmists in countries like Latvia, Estonia and Lithuania were entertaining the possibility that Russia would amass its forces at their borders in a bid to conquer them and rebuild the Soviet Union.

Latvian Defense Minister Artis Pabriks told Reuters: “Russia as a country in the last five years has been increasing its assertiveness in the Baltic… ‘Steadfast Jazz’ is important to us, as these are the first exercises where we are really training to defend our territory.”

NATO officials are denying that the exercises were aimed at intimidating Russia, but that did not do much to allay the fears of Russian officials concerned with the bloc inching closer and closer to the country’s western borders.

Suspicions remain with regard to NATO’s upcoming missile defense system, which the organization claims is preparing for rogue-state scenarios from the likes of North Korea or Iran. However, the system would be pointing its weapons directly at Russia. In the latest move, the US and Romania in early November began to revamp their military base in the eastern European country, which is to hold some elements of the ABM shield.

Rasmussen, speaking of the recent Steadfast Jazz exercise, told a news conference in Latvia on November 6 that the games are “of course a signal to anyone who might have any intention to attack a NATO ally, but I don’t expect Russia to have any intention to attack NATO allies, so the Russians shouldn’t be concerned. So you might say it is a signal to whom it may concern.”

Rainer Rupp, a former German intelligence officer with the HVA, believes that the current exercises should be examined against the background of the Afghan experience and that the upcoming games have little to do with European security or keeping everyone ready for whatever scenarios may come.

There, he explains, NATO “could test its interoperability” just as well. However, now, “with NATO countries – especially the United States – leaving Afghanistan beaten like a dog with the tail between its legs, they need to project and show the world that they still have their claws sharpened.” Rupp sees the games as nothing more than “part of a continued effort of…intimidating nations that don’t follow voluntarily the US and European lead.”


November 28, 2013

NATO has kicked off Cyber Coalition 2013, the largest ever exercise of its kind intended to thwart massive, simultaneous attacks on member states and their allies.

A general view of Cooperative Cyber Defence Centre of Excellence by NATO in Tallinn.(Reuters / Ints Kalnins)

A general view of Cooperative Cyber Defence Centre of Excellence by NATO in Tallinn.(Reuters / Ints Kalnins)

The three-day exercise, based at the 27 member alliance’s cyber defense center in Estonia, will include participants from over 30 European states. Some 400 IT, government and legal experts from across the alliance will take part in the operation.

“With around 100 participants in Tartu [Estonia] and over 300 in national capitals from 32 nations, Cyber Coalition 2013 is the largest exercise of its kind in terms of participating countries,” NATO said in a statement.

The exercises are intended to check NATO and its partners’ “technical and operational responsibilities” and review how efficiently participants coordinate their efforts.

The alliance noted that as a host nation, Estonia will provide “exercise infrastructure, training facilities and logistics support.”

“Cyber-attacks are a daily reality and they are growing in sophistication and complexity. NATO has to keep pace with this evolving threat and Cyber Coalition 2013 will allow us to fully test our systems and procedures to effectively defend our networks – today and in the future,” Jamie Shea, Deputy Assistant Secretary General for Emerging Security Challenges at NATO Headquarters, said in a statement. “NATO has to keep pace with this evolving threat.”

NATO has yet to decide if a cyber-attack against one alliance member would entail a collective response as outlined under Article 5 of the Washington Treaty. Currently, cyber security is treated as a national responsibility despite the interconnectedness of member state networks.

Estonia has hosted the NATO Cooperative Cyber Defence Centre of Excellence since October 2008, following a series of cyber-attacks against the country in April of the previous year.

The 2007 attacks saw the websites of the Estonian parliament, banks, ministries, newspapers and broadcasters hit with an unprecedented wave of DDoS (denial-of-service) attacks.

The incident pushed NATO and governments worldwide to reevaluate the importance of network security in modern warfare.

Roland Murof, a military spokesman for the Estonian Defense Forces, said that the games’ scenario includes “simulated multiple, simultaneous attempts to infiltrate information networks with different cyber warfare techniques, including botnets and malware-infected websites.” As the exercise scenario is fictitious, “the attackers are fake organizations supported by fictitious nations and have no link to the real world,” he said, as cited by



Russian military again flies strategic bombers near Alaska



BY: Bill Gertz | Washington Free Beacon
May 6, 2013

Russian strategic bombers conducted flights within the U.S. defense zone close to northern Alaska and the Aleutian Islands last week in Moscow’s latest incident of nuclear saber rattling against the United States, according to defense and military officials.

Two Bear H nuclear-capable bombers were detected flying into the military’s Alaska Air Defense Identification Zone (ADIZ) near the Aleutians, where a strategic missile defense radar is located, and Alaska’s North Slope region by the Arctic and Chukchi Seas on April 28 and 29, military officials told the Washington Free Beacon.

Lt. Cmdr. Bill Lewis, a spokesman with the U.S. Northern Command, confirmed the fighter intercept of the latest bomber incursion but declined to provide details.

“Two U.S. F-22′s from Elmendorf Air Force Base, Alaska, were launched and visually identified Russian aircraft on the night of April 28, as the Russian Air Force flew standard out of area flights near Alaska,” Lewis said.

The bombers did not enter U.S. airspace, he said.

However, the Alaska ADIZ is a formal national security zone used by the military to monitor both civilian and military aircraft. The dispatch of F-22s is an indication the bomber flights posed a potential threat to U.S. territory.

It was the fifth incident of Russian strategic bombers flying against the United States since June, when Bear bombers were intercepted near Alaska during a large-scale Russian strategic nuclear exercise that Russian military officials said involved practice strikes against U.S. missile defense sites in Alaska.

Less than a month later, on July 4, two more Bears flew the closest to the northern California coast that Russian aircraft have flown since the days of the Soviet Union.

Then in February two Bears circled Guam, a key U.S. military hub in the Pacific.

Additionally, Backfire strategic bombers flew simulated strikes against U.S. missile defenses and bases in Japan last month.

U.S. officials say the stepped-up Russian bomber flights are part of Moscow’s attempt to influence U.S. missile defense policies. Russia, along with China, for years opposed U.S. missile defense programs through propaganda and influence operations. Both states want the defenses curtailed to protect their strategic offensive missiles, which are currently being expanded.

The Pentagon in March announced it was adding 14 new long-range missile interceptors to the 30 ground-based interceptors based at Fort Greely, Alaska, and Vandenberg Air Force Base, Calif. Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel, in announcing the added interceptors, also said the Pentagon is canceling an advanced Navy SM-3 interceptor that was to be deployed in Europe and would be capable of shooting down long-range missiles from Iran.

The latest bomber incursion near Alaska also followed the April 14 visit to Moscow by National Security Adviser Thomas Donilon, who presented a letter from President Barack Obama to the Russians on missile defenses. Details of the letter to Russian President Vladimir Putin remain secret but Russian officials described it as containing a number of proposals “promoting dialogue and cooperations.”

Obama was overheard on an open microphone in March 2012 telling then-Russian President Dmitri Medvedev that he would have “more flexibility” in dealing with Russia on missile defenses, an indication he is preparing to make further concessions limiting U.S. missile defenses in future talks.

Administration officials have said publicly there are no plans to limit U.S. missile defenses in the talks.

Moscow is demanding legally binding guarantees that U.S. missile defenses in Europe will not be used to target Russian offensive ballistic missiles.

U.S. officials said Obama appears to be preparing to make concessions to the Russians on missile defenses as a way to seek a new round of strategic arms cuts with Moscow. He is set to visit Russia in September when arms control is expected to be a major topic of discussion.

Northern Command did not announce the April 28 bomber incident and declined to release details on the latest flights as part of the Obama administration’s conciliatory policy of seeking to “reset” ties with Russia.

However, two days after the incident the command issued a press release highlighting its cooperation with the Russian military announcing plans for a joint U.S.-Russian flight exercise designed to counter hijacked aircraft.

The statement said Russian air force officials on April 27 completed talks with Northern Command officials at Peterson Air Force Base, Colo., on the next exercise dubbed Vigilant Eagle 2013.

The exercise will be held in August in Anchorage and at Anadyr, home of a major strategic bomber base in the Russian Far East where the string of bomber flights are believed by U.S. officials to have been launched.

The exercise “will focus on national procedures for monitoring the situation and the cooperative hand-off of a hijacked aircraft from one nation to the other while exchanging air tracking information.”

The exercise series is “an extraordinary and historic opportunity for NORAD and the Russian Federation to coordinate on the response to a mutually acknowledged hijacking threat,” said Joe Bonnet, director of joint training and exercises for NORAD and U.S. Northern Command. “From a participant’s perspective, it is more than a military exercise; it is creating lasting bonds and partnerships extremely valuable for the security of our nations.”

The last exercise in August 2012 was a “computer-assisted” simulation. The next exercise will involve “live-fly” of aircraft.

“This year’s exercise will continue building and strengthening the cooperation and partnership established between the two countries,” the statement said.

Some defense officials and military analysts are questioning why the command would seek to cooperate with the Russians at a time when Moscow is flying threatening bomber missions against the United States.

While the exact nature of the training mission flown by the Bear Hs during the April 28 flight is not known, one official said it was likely targeting practice against the Cobra Dane radar located on Shemya Island in the far western Aleutians. The North Slope flight was probably designed to signal that Russia is preparing to strike the Trans-Alaska Pipeline, the official said.

Retired Air Force Lt. Gen. Tom McInerney, a former Alaska Air Command commander, said: “The Russians continue to play the administration like a fiddle, sending signals that they still have a strategic air force and can project power while the U.S. continues to ground alert squadrons and unilateral disarms.”

“Is this the administration’s idea of ‘reset relations’ with Russia?” he asked.

Retired Air Force Lt. Gen. Trey Obering, a former director of the Missile Defense Agency (MDA), told the Free Beacon last month after the Russian bomber practice against Asian missile defenses that the flights are a clear sign Moscow has no interest in cooperating with the United States on missile defenses.

“I engaged with the Russians regularly as MDA director to propose cooperation on missile defense,” Obering said. “After I retired, I participated in a group led by [former National Security Adviser] Steve Hadley which proposed an architecture which would allow for cooperation without impinging on each nation’s sovereignty and would prevent the disclosure of any sensitive technology or information. These efforts were met with Russian intransigence.”

The Russian opposition and bomber flights mean Moscow will not cooperate with the United States in any meaningful way, Obering said.

As a result, he said, the United States should make no concessions to the Russians and instead should pursue U.S. national security interests in defending American territory and allies.



Nuclear-powered missile cruiser Pyotr Veliky

Nuclear-powered missile cruiser Pyotr Veliky


MOSCOW, September 14, 2013 (RIA Novosti) – With the arrival of Russian military ships in the eastern part of the Arctic Laptev Sea off Russia’s northern coast in recent days the Ministry of Defense said Saturday that Russia now had a permanent military presence in the Arctic region.

“Two days ago a naval task force from the Northern Fleet began major exercises around the Novossibirsk Islands. We arrived there or – more accurately – we have returned there forever,” said Deputy Defense Minister Arkady Bakhin following a meeting chaired by Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu.

Under international law the Arctic belongs to no single country, but the huge area is strategically important for northern hemisphere countries, and is believed to contain huge quantities of hydrocarbons and other minerals.

The Russian task force is led by the heavy nuclear-powered guided-missile cruiser Pyotr Veliky, and includes the large amphibious assault ships Olenegorsky Gornyak and Kondopoga and a variety of other support vessels. The group of ships will take part in exercises around the Novossibirsk Islands, which are located between the Laptev Sea and the East Siberia Sea, Bakhin said.

“It is the first part of tasks set by the Russian president and the Defense Minister for the development and perfection of all sea lanes of the Northern Sea Route,” said Bakhin. The Northern Sea Route is a transport corridor following Russia’s northern coast linking Europe and Asia that is increasingly open to commercial traffic as the climate warms and Arctic sea ice retreats.

The Defense Ministry is also planning to upgrade and open a military airfield on the Novossibirsk Islands that will be able to function throughout the year, according to Bakhin.

Russian Deputy Prime Minister Dmitry Rogozin said in December 2012 that Russia risks losing its sovereignty by the mid-21st century if it does not assert its national interests in the Arctic today.



Tupolev Tu-154

MOSCOW, July 28, 2013 (RIA Novosti) – Russian military inspectors will begin on Sunday a series of monitoring flights over the United States under the international Open Skies Treaty, a Russian nuclear security official said.

According to Sergei Ryzhkov, head of the National Nuclear Risk Reduction Center, Russian experts will carry out two consecutive monitoring missions in a Tupolev Tu-154M/LK-1 aircraft from July 28 through August 12.

“The missions will be carried out from the Travis Air Force Base [in California] and Wright-Patterson Air Force Base [in Ohio],” Ryzhkov said.

“These will be Russia’s 23rd and 24th monitoring flights in 2013 over the territories of the Open Skies Treaty member states,” he added.

Russian inspectors, accompanied by US specialists, will operate surveillance equipment on board of the aircraft as set out in the international Open Skies Treaty.

Under the treaty, each aircraft flying under the Open Skies program is fitted with a sensor suite including optical panoramic and framing cameras, video cameras with real-time display, thermal infrared imaging sensors and imaging radar.

The Open Skies Treaty, which entered into force on January 1, 2002, establishes a regime of unarmed aerial observation flights over the territories of its 34 member states to promote openness and the transparency of military forces and activities.

Russia ratified the treaty in May 2001.



A Russian GPS on U.S. Soil Stirs Spy Fears



WASHINGTON — In the view of America’s spy services, the next potential threat from Russia may not come from a nefarious cyberweapon or secrets gleaned from the files of Edward J. Snowden, the former National Security Agency contractor now in Moscow.

Instead, this menace may come in the form of a seemingly innocuous dome-topped antenna perched atop an electronics-packed building surrounded by a security fence somewhere in the United States.

In recent months, the Central Intelligence Agency and the Pentagon have been quietly waging a campaign to stop the State Department from allowing Roscosmos, the Russian space agency, to build about half a dozen of these structures, known as monitor stations, on United States soil, several American officials said.

They fear that these structures could help Russia spy on the United States and improve the precision of Russian weaponry, the officials said. These monitor stations, the Russians contend, would significantly improve the accuracy and reliability of Moscow’s version of the Global Positioning System, the American satellite network that steers guided missiles to their targets and thirsty smartphone users to the nearest Starbucks.

“They don’t want to be reliant on the American system and believe that their systems, like GPS, will spawn other industries and applications,” said a former senior official in the State Department’s Office of Space and Advanced Technology. “They feel as though they are losing a technological edge to us in an important market. Look at everything GPS has done on things like your phone and the movement of planes and ships.”

The Russian effort is part of a larger global race by several countries — including China and European Union nations — to perfect their own global positioning systems and challenge the dominance of the American GPS.

For the State Department, permitting Russia to build the stations would help mend the Obama administration’s relationship with the government of President Vladimir V. Putin, now at a nadir because of Moscow’s granting asylum to Mr. Snowden and its backing of President Bashar al-Assad of Syria.

But the C.I.A. and other American spy agencies, as well as the Pentagon, suspect that the monitor stations would give the Russians a foothold on American territory that would sharpen the accuracy of Moscow’s satellite-steered weapons. The stations, they believe, could also give the Russians an opening to snoop on the United States within its borders.

The squabble is serious enough that administration officials have delayed a final decision until the Russians provide more information and until the American agencies sort out their differences, State Department and White House officials said.

Russia’s efforts have also stirred concerns on Capitol Hill, where members of the intelligence and armed services committees view Moscow’s global positioning network — known as Glonass, for Global Navigation Satellite System — with deep suspicion and are demanding answers from the administration.

“I would like to understand why the United States would be interested in enabling a GPS competitor, like Russian Glonass, when the world’s reliance on GPS is a clear advantage to the United States on multiple levels,” said Representative Mike D. Rogers, Republican of Alabama, the chairman of a House Armed Services subcommittee.

Mr. Rogers last week asked the Pentagon to provide an assessment of the proposal’s impact on national security. The request was made in a letter sent to Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel, Secretary of State John Kerry and the director of national intelligence, James R. Clapper Jr.

The monitor stations have been a high priority of Mr. Putin for several years as a means to improve Glonass not only to benefit the Russian military and civilian sectors but also to compete globally with GPS.

Earlier this year, Russia positioned a station in Brazil, and agreements with Spain, Indonesia and Australia are expected soon, according to Russian news reports. The United States has stations around the world, but none in Russia.

Russian and American negotiators last met on April 25 to weigh “general requirements for possible Glonass monitoring stations in U.S. territory and the scope of planned future discussions,” said a State Department spokeswoman, Marie Harf, who said no final decision had been made.

Ms. Harf and other administration officials declined to provide additional information. The C.I.A. declined to comment.

The Russian government offered few details about the program. In a statement, a spokesman for the Russian Embassy in Washington, Yevgeniy Khorishko, said that the stations were deployed “only to ensure calibration and precision of signals for the Glonass system.” Mr. Khorishko referred all questions to Roscosmos, which did not respond to a request for comment last week.

Although the Cold War is long over, the Russians do not want to rely on the American GPS infrastructure because they remain suspicious of the United States’ military capabilities, security analysts say. That is why they have insisted on pressing ahead with their own system despite the high costs.

Accepting the dominance of GPS, Russians fear, would give the United States some serious strategic advantages militarily. In Russians’ worst fears, analysts said, Americans could potentially manipulate signals and send erroneous information to Russian armed forces.

Monitor stations are essential to maintaining the accuracy of a global positioning system, according to Bradford W. Parkinson, a professor emeritus of aeronautics and astronautics at Stanford University, who was the original chief architect of GPS. As a satellite’s orbit slowly diverges from its earlier prediction, these small deviations are measured by the reference stations on the ground and sent to a central control station for updating, he said. That prediction is sent to the satellite every 12 hours for subsequent broadcast to users. Having monitor stations all around the earth yields improved accuracy over having them only in one hemisphere.

Washington and Moscow have been discussing for nearly a decade how and when to cooperate on civilian satellite-based navigation signals, particularly to ensure that the systems do not interfere with each other. Indeed, many smartphones and other consumer navigation systems sold in the United States today use data from both countries’ satellites.

In May 2012, Moscow requested that the United States allow the ground-monitoring stations on American soil. American technical and diplomatic officials have met several times to discuss the issue and have asked Russian officials for more information, said Ms. Harf, the State Department spokeswoman.

In the meantime, C.I.A. analysts reviewed the proposal and concluded in a classified report this fall that allowing the Russian monitor stations here would raise counterintelligence and other security issues.

The State Department does not think that is a strong argument, said an administration official. “It doesn’t see them as a threat.”



By Dave Urbanski | The Blaze
November 16, 2013

The CIA and Pentagon have been trying to halt a State Department plan to let Russia’s space agency (Roscosmos) construct within the United States a handful of monitor stations, according to American officials, the New York Times reported.

The fear is that the stations could aid Russian efforts to spy on the U.S. and bolster the accuracy of Russian weaponry, the officials told the Times, adding that the Russians said the monitor stations would dramatically improve their version of the Global Positioning System.

The CIA and other U.S. spy agencies, along with the Pentagon, believe the monitor stations would provide Russia with better accuracy with weapons and an opening to spy on the U.S., the Times noted.

In addition members of Congressional intelligence and armed services committees regard Moscow’s GPS — a.k.a. Glonass (i.e., Global Navigation Satellite System) — with suspicion and want answers from the Obama administration.

“I would like to understand why the United States would be interested in enabling a GPS competitor, like Russian Glonass, when the world’s reliance on GPS is a clear advantage to the United States on multiple levels,” said Representative Mike D. Rogers, Republican of Alabama, the chairman of a House Armed Services subcommittee.

The Times characterizes the State Department’s willingness to let Russia build about a half dozen stations as a way to help repair President Obama’s relationship with Vladimir V. Putin, which took a nosedive after Moscow granted asylum to Edward Snowden and supported Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

The Russian push in this direction is part of a larger global race by China and European Union nations, among others, the Times reported, to perfect their own GPS technology and challenge the dominance of the American GPS.

A former senior official in the State Department’s Office of Space and Advanced Technology told the Times that the Russians “don’t want to be reliant on the American system and believe that their systems, like GPS, will spawn other industries and applications. They feel as though they are losing a technological edge to us in an important market. Look at everything GPS has done on things like your phone and the movement of planes and ships.”

Administration officials have held off a final decision until the Russians give more information and U.S. agencies resolve differences, State Department and White House officials told the Times.



Single review of five silos a controversial New START provision


Ground Based Interceptors at Vandenberg Air Force Base. Russian officials carried out a secret inspection of the base this week / Boeing

Ground Based Interceptors at Vandenberg Air Force Base. Russian officials carried out a secret inspection of the base this week / Boeing


BY: Bill Gertz| Washington Free Beacon

August 22, 2013

Russian officials this week carried out a secret inspection of the U.S. strategic missile defense base in California as part of the New START arms treaty, according to Obama administration officials.

The inspection of five missile defense interceptors is allowed under the 2010 arms accord. The treaty requires cuts of U.S. and Russian deployed strategic warheads to 1,550.

A defense official said the visit was a treaty verification visit hosted by the Defense Threat Reduction Agency.

A State Department official declined to comment on the inspection but confirmed it was related to New START. “Implementation activities under New START are confidential,” the official said.

However, Thomas Moore, a former Senate Foreign Relations Committee professional staff member, said the inspection of the base was a controversial part of U.S. and Russian arms talks leading up to New START that was ratified by the Senate in December 2010.

The United States had opposed including the five Ground-Based Interceptor (GBI) silos in the treaty inspection terms, said Moore, a specialist on arms control issues.

The Russians refused, and because the five silos had been converted from offensive intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) silos, negotiators settled on a single inspection, Moore said, adding that he believed this week’s Russian review was that inspection.

Russia had demanded including the five silos in New START inspection provisions to monitor the conversion of long-range launch tubes into missile defense shooters.

“Russia gets one exhibition visit in the first three years of New START and one more if it ever wants to look at them again, for a total of two inspections,” Moore said. ”But this first one has to be the only one where they get to confirm the distinguishing features that set these five silos apart from a launcher of an ICBM.”

The treaty prohibits converting any additional ICBM silos at Vandenberg to missile defense silos, and the five current GBI silos, built prior to the treaty, were “grandfathered” into the accord.

“The administration agreed with Russia to provide assurances to Russia that the converted ICBM silos ‘remain incapable’ of launching strategic offensive arms [and] record the distinguishing features that set a GBI-converted intercontinental silo apart from a pure intercontinental silo,” Moore said.

The Russian visit from Aug. 18 to Aug. 23 is the only time the Russians will be allowed to look at the GBI silos to confirm that they have not been converted back into ICBMs.

Moore said the visit does not appear to be part of the Obama administration’s effort to show more transparency toward Moscow as a way to placate Russian opposition to missile defenses, especially in Europe.

“Even if this administration was contemplating some more transparency measures for our missile defenses, these five silos at Vandenberg are a settled matter,” he said. “Moscow gets to confirm what we think makes these silos distinct launchers of GBIs, nothing more, nothing less, and only one time.”

Russia issued a unilateral statement in April 2010 saying that its adherence to the New START treaty would be based on “no qualitative or quantitative buildup in the missile defense system capabilities of the United States.

The Senate conditioned its approval of New START in a resolution that specifically rejected the Russian statement on missile defense. It also said the treaty would not impose limits on missile defense deployments beyond the curb on converting additional ICBM or submarine-launched missiles into missile defense launchers, not including the five at Vandenberg.

The Pentagon currently operates two long-range missile defense interceptor bases at Vandenberg and Fort Greely, Alaska. A third base, for the East Coast, is being studied in response to intelligence assessments that Iran will have a missile capable of hitting the United States by 2015.

The missile defense system, which includes satellite and ground- and sea-based radar and sensors, has been activated several times in recent years in response to North Korean long-range missile tests.

The two western-oriented missile defense bases are focused on countering long-range missiles from North Korea.

The Pentagon in March announced that it will add 14 additional long-range interceptors in Alaska following reports that North Korea has fielded at least six road-mobile ICBMs that can hit the United States.

The 14 new interceptors would be added to the 26 currently deployed in Alaska.

The visit by the Russians is likely to prompt concerns on Capitol Hill from Republicans opposed to the administration’s efforts to share missile defense technology with the Russians.

Rep. Mo Brooks (R., Ala.) revealed in May during congressional testimony from Vice Adm. James D. Syring, director of the Pentagon’s Missile Defense Agency, that the administration has sought to declassify sensitive missile defense technology that could be shared with Moscow.

As a result, Brooks drafted legislation that would prohibit the Pentagon from releasing classified missile defense know-how to the Russians, specifically advanced hit-to-kill missile defense interceptor technology.

Brooks said at the time that the admiral’s comments were “confirmation that the administration is actively discussing the declassification of our life-saving missile defense technology [and] further affirms the importance of enacting legislation to prevent our critical weapons technology from falling into unreliable hands.”




Troubles inside US nuke forces run deeper than previously acknowledged.

Troubles inside US nuke forces run deeper than previously acknowledged.


An unpublished study for the US Air Force has revealed that troubles inside its nuclear missile force run deeper than previously acknowledged by officials.
Washington is thought to have as many as 2,650 non-deployed warheads, plus about 3,000 waiting to be dismantled, according to The Center for Arms Control and Non-Proliferation.

The study, which was obtained by the Associated Press, shows that launch officers suffering from “burnout” had their fingers on the triggers of 450 weapons of mass destruction.

Other troubles included behavioral issues like suicide, sexual assaults, and domestic violence.

The study also showed that court-martial rates in the intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) force in 2011 and 2012 were more than twice as high as in the overall Air Force.

The US Air Force provided the confidential study last Friday following a Freedom of Information Act request from AP.

The confidential study added a new dimension to the already-troubled picture of the ICBM force.

The Associated Press has already documented a series of missteps questioning the management of US nuclear forces. The missteps involve lapses among those who operate and support the Air Force’s nuclear missile force.

The recent setbacks include the removal of two senior nuclear commanders last month amid investigations of misconduct and a failed safety and security inspection at a nuclear-missile base in Montana in August.

Also in May, 17 missile launch control officers at Minot Air Force Base, N.D., were taken off duty over what one officer called “rot” inside his nuclear missile unit.

Earlier this month, US Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel acknowledged that there were “troubling lapses” of professionalism within the ranks of US nuclear forces.

US nuclear forces have been rocked by recent disclosures of serious security and leadership lapses, morale problems as well as training flaws.

Air Force and Pentagon officials insist that despite these problems, the US nuclear arsenal is being operated and maintained safely.



By Bill Gertz | The Washington Times

October 18, 2013

Russia will test launch a controversial missile over the next several weeks that U.S. officials say is raising new concerns about Moscow’s growing strategic nuclear arsenal and Russia’s potential violations of arms treaties.

The RS-26 missile is expected to be deployed with multiple supersonic, maneuvering warheads designed to defeat U.S. missile defenses in Europe, U.S. officials told Inside the Ring.

A House defense aide said the new missile appears to violate the 1987 Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces (INF) Treaty, based on recent tests and Russian statements that it is designed to thwart U.S. defenses. The treaty bans missiles with ranges of between 310 and 3,400 miles.

“The Russians are advertising this as a system capable of defeating U.S. missile defenses in Europe,” the aide said. “At the same time, the State Department is accepting Russia’s claim that this is an ICBM and doesn’t violate INF. It can’t be both.”

The Air Force National Space and Missile Intelligence Center reported recently that Russia’s June 6 test of an RS-26 was a test-firing of an intermediate-range missile disguised as an intercontinental ballistic missile.

Russian officials have denied that the RS-26 violates the INF Treaty, claiming it has a range greater than the treaty threshold of 3,410 miles.

However, Moscow officials in recent months have said the INF Treaty must be altered or scrapped to balance China’s growing arsenal of intermediate-range missiles. The Russians also have been quoted in state-controlled press reports as saying the new missile will be used to defeat and destroy U.S. and NATO missile defenses in Europe.

The Obama administration is deploying land- and sea-based defenses in and around Europe to counter Iranian long-range missiles.

Officials familiar with intelligence reports said the next test-firing of the RS-26 is expected in December.

In June, Russian Deputy Prime Minister Dmitry Rogozin described it as a “missile defense killer” after a successful test flight with dummy warheads.

The new missile will be equipped with three multiple independently targetable re-entry vehicles, or MIRVs. What is new is that the warheads are super-high-speed vehicles capable of maneuvering from missile interceptors. The maneuvering warheads are considered advanced technology that will increase the precision targeting of the missile system.

The missile also reportedly will be equipped with a high-performance fuel that boosts acceleration shortly after launch, a feature useful for avoiding anti-missile interceptors.

The U.S. officials commented on the missile development after Russia’s RIA Novosti news agency reported Oct. 3 that the next RS-26 test will be conducted before the end of the year from the Kapustin Yar test range.

The new missile is raising questions under the 2010 New Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty (START). The treaty does not prohibit modernizing strategic weapons but allows each side “to question” whether a new type of strategic arm is being developed.

Pentagon spokesman Lt. Col. Damienn Pickert declined to comment on the RS-26, citing a policy of not discussing intelligence matters.

“Our ballistic missile defense (BMD) capabilities currently protect the U.S. homeland against a limited ICBM attack,” Col. Pickert said. “U.S. BMD systems remain focused on defending from ballistic missile threats like those posed by North Korea and Iran. They are not directed at Russia. We remain confident in the ability of our BMD capabilities to defend the United States and its allies against this growing threat.

The RS-26 will add to Russia’s formidable and growing arsenal, which includes SS-27 and SS-29 road-mobile, solid-fuel missiles; a new submarine-launched nuclear missile called Bulava; and plans for a new silo-based ICBM. Russia also announced plans to build rail-mobile ICBMs that were deployed during the Soviet-era and later dismantled.

Under the 2010 U.S.-Russia New START, both countries are to reduce deployed strategic warheads to 1,550. The treaty, however, does not prohibit Russia’s development and deployment of new strategic missile systems and weapons.

The strategic nuclear buildup is Moscow’s response to U.S. missile defenses, which Russia opposes as threatening its strategic nuclear forces.

The Obama administration has said U.S. missile defenses would not be used against Russian or Chinese nuclear missiles, although both nations have rejected the U.S. claims.

Russian government procurement documents provided the first official confirmation of the RS-26 on Sept. 23 when discussing insurance liability for related to test launches, Russia’s Vedomosti news outlet reported Oct. 1.

A Russian defense official told Interfax this week that the RS-26 “is fitted with advanced warheads that travel at supersonic speeds and are able to perform altitude and course maneuvers.”



by Joel Skousen | World Affairs Brief

October 18, 2013

The Russians have finally moved on from their formidable Topol M missiles and developed a new ballistic missile that has a faster boost phase to thwart the US anti-missile system being placed in Europe. Bill Gertz reports:

The new RS-26 missile will be equipped with three multiple independently targetable re-entry vehicles, or MIRVs. [Multiple Independent Reentry Vehicles]. What is new is that the warheads are [mounted on] SUPER-HIGH SPEED vehicles capable of maneuvering from missile interceptors.

A House defense aide said the new missile appears to violate the 1987 Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces (INF) Treaty, based on recent tests and Russian statements that it is designed to thwart U.S. defenses. The treaty bans missiles with ranges of between 310 and 3,400 miles.

The maneuvering warheads are considered advanced technology that will increase the precision targeting of the missile system. The missile also reportedly will be equipped with a high-performance FUEL that BOOSTS acceleration shortly after launch, a feature useful for avoiding anti-missile interceptors. The Russians are advertising this as a system capable of defeating U.S. missile defenses in Europe.

At the same time, the STATE DEPARTMENT is accepting Russia’s claim that this is an ICBM and doesn’t violate INF. It can’t be both.

That is right. The Russians already pulled out of the INF treaty [Intermediate Nuclear Forces], so why does the US continue to pretend they are in compliance and need to be held to its promises? A missile capable of this much acceleration has to be small enough to be an intermediate missile only. Full-sized ballistic missiles for long range are much too large to have enough acceleration to avoid ABM interceptors.

Once again, we have to ask “How can the US continue to justify increased disarmament of warheads and launch vehicles in the face of this Russian violation of past treaties?” The answer can only be because the US wants this war, and has to keep disarming to help Russia so they have the confidence to finally strike.



by Joel Skousen | World Affairs Brief

October 25, 2013

You will notice an almost total absence of coverage or concern for Russian military growth. It’s like it doesn’t exist in the US media, even when the Russians openly publish it in Russian sources. Here’s an example that should concern us all, as it confirms my estimates of timing relative to when Russia will be ready for a future strike on the West:

(RIA Novosti) – Russia’s Strategic Missile Forces (RVSN) will be fully equipped with fifth-generation missile systems by 2021, a Defense Ministry spokesman said Wednesday. The proportion of modern missiles in the RVSN will reach around 60 percent by 2016 and 98 percent by 2021, Col. Igor Yegorov said.

In addition to the fifth-generation Yars and Topol-M missiles, new command and control centers are being built and new communications, security and other systems put in place, he said. Russia’s missile forces are being modernized in a bid to enable them to penetrate the anti-missile defense systems being fielded by NATO and the United States, Russian officials have said previously.

And, unlike US systems which are purposefully encumbered by humans transmitting codes before launch, the Russians are automating theirs so that human factors won’t be able to block a nuclear launch once initiated:

Russia’s Strategic Missile Forces will use a new-generation automated command and control system from 2016, the Defense Ministry said Thursday. The new system, based on the digital transmission of operations orders bypassing intermediary levels straight to the launch pad, allows the prompt targeting and retargeting of missiles and ensures the effective command and control of all units and subunits, Defense Ministry spokesman Dmitry Andreyev said.

The fifth-generation system will use wire, radio and satellite communication channels that are well protected from jamming and other forms of interference, he added. The system is compact and reliable and boasts low energy consumption, secure information transmission and imperviousness to external impacts, the spokesman said.

Compare this rapidly increasing readiness with the static nuclear silo based defenses the US has, and which are vulnerable to both human errors and external attack. The US missile forces have received a lot of negative publicity of late due to the sacking of its top military commander for gambling and ethics charges. Now, a leak has revealed that a couple of missileer officers have been reassigned for leaving a blast security door open while one was asleep.

The following AP article talks about this technical violation of the rules and promotes some disinformation about the launch of US missiles:

– Air Force officers entrusted with the launch keys to long-range nuclear missiles have been caught twice this year leaving open a blast door that is intended to help prevent a terrorist or other intruder from entering their underground command post, Air Force officials said.

The blast doors are never to be left open if one of the crew members inside is asleep – as was the case in both these instances – out of concern for the trouble an intruder could cause, including the compromising of secret launch codes... The officers, known as missileers, are custodians of keys that could launch nuclear hell.

The last part is only partly true. The missileers have only half the launch codes. They must receive the other part from the “nuclear suitcase” which always accompanies the President. Without getting these launch codes from the president, no missiles can be launched. So this is hype about the silos being in danger of a terror attack.

In fact, even the blast door is not the door to the outside. An unauthorized intruder would have to get past other heavy duty steel doors and get down the secure-code elevator even to approach the blast doors. Entry to that elevator is controlled from an above-ground building where the officers initially enter and have their passes checked. All are secured with armed guards and cameras. All of this security before the blast door is what gives the watch officers some feeling of complacency about the need to keep this door closed if one is sleeping (allowable on a 24 hour shift).
What the article is talking about is the underground launch center, known as a capsule for its pill-like shape, buried in the ground. Each capsule operates 10 Minuteman-3 missiles (3 warheads per missile). The missiles are also underground in reinforced concrete silos with blast doors on top which open for launch.
The real weakness of our system is that we have fixed silos, easily and precisely targeted, while the Russians use mobile launchers which are always being moved around—very hard to find and hit. That is why the US must rely on “Launch on warning,” meaning that once Russian or Chinese missiles are detected by our satellites and on the way, all our missiles must be launched to avoid being hit by the first salvo of incoming warheads. No surface blast door covering the silos is going to withstand a full nuclear ground blast.
That is also why Clinton’s order (PDD-60) in 1997 to the missile forces to “not rely on Launch on Warning” but to “prepare to retaliate afterward” is suicide. This order is still secret and has never been made public, except in synopsis form by Arms Control Today, which helped draft the new nuclear policy.
Our missile forces are still on alert and they still think they are going to launch on warning, but their ability to do so depends on getting the codes from the president. All the globalist handlers of the president have to do to ensure we absorb a nuclear first strike is to not release the launch codes or create some pretense of technical difficulty.Other evidence of Russia emerging from the phony “fall of the Soviet Union” is that she is starting to actively export military equipment to foreign clients: Space reports from Baghdad (UPI):

As Iraq’s government grapples with a rising al-Qaida insurgency in which thousands have been killed, officials say the military has started taking delivery of Russian arms as part of a landmark $4.3 billion contract signed in October 2012… 30 of the all-weather Night Hunter helicopter gunships and 50 Pantsyr S-1 gun-missile short-range air-defense systems.

The 2012 contract marked Russia’s return to a major Middle Eastern market it had dominated during the Soviet era. During Saddam Hussein’s rule, that ended in April 2003, Moscow was Iraq’s main arms supplier.



Four long-range missiles launched in war games

Russian SS-18 rocket (AP)
Russian SS-18 rocket (AP)
BY: Bill Gertz | Washington Free Beacon

October 30, 2013

Russian strategic forces carried out a large-scale surprise military drill on Wednesday, launching four nuclear missiles that were closely monitored by U.S. intelligence agencies, U.S. officials said.

The drill began around 9:00 am ET and included the test launch of two land-based intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs) and two submarine-launched ballistic missiles (SLBMs).

The test firings were unusual because of the number of missiles fired at one time, said officials who discussed some details of the drill on condition of anonymity.

State Department spokeswoman Alexandra F. Bell confirmed the tests and said the long-range missile firings were “conducted consistent with the requirements of the New START Treaty.”

At the Pentagon, spokeswoman Cynthia O. Smith said: ”With regard to Russia’s recent testing of its strategic forces missiles, the United States received the proper notifications prior to the launches.”

Other officials said the tests were notified in advance to the U.S. government as required by a 1988 U.S.-Soviet agreement requiring advance notification of ICBM and SLBM launches. The agreement requires notifying the Nuclear Risk Reduction Center, run by the State Department, of the impending launches within four days of their launch.

Mark Schneider, an arms control specialist, said Russian reports of the exercises described the test firings as a “a major strategic nuclear exercise involving a nuclear war.” The exercises also involved Russian President Vladimir Putin as a commander.

Schneider, a policy analyst at the National Institute for Public Policy, said the last similar Russian strategic exercise took place two weeks before the 2012 presidential election and were described as the first time Putin personally tested an automated communication and management system for nuclear forces.

“Minimum deterrence advocates like to ignore these exercises,” Schneider said. “I think they are very important and point out the need to maintain a strong triad” of missiles, submarines, and bombers.

The missiles test fired were identified by the officials with their NATO code names, including a silo-based SS-18 and a road-mobile SS-25, along with the two submarine-launched missiles, an SS-N-18 and SS-N-23.

The SS-18 is Russia’s largest land-based ICBM with a range of up to 10,000 miles and up to 10 warheads, or multiple, independently-targetable reentry vehicles (MIRVs).

The SS-25 is a road-mobile missile capable of launching up to four MIRVs and has a range of up to 6,200 miles.

The SS-N-18 Stingray missile can be equipped with up to seven warheads and is carried on Delta III missile submarines. It has a range of up to 5,000 miles.

The SS-N-23 can carry up to 10 MIRVs and has a range of up to 5,000 miles. It is deployed on Delta IV missile submarines.

A Kremlin spokesman in Moscow said the “surprise check” of nuclear forces, aerospace defenses, and naval and strategic aviation were ordered by “Commander-in-Chief, President Vladimir Putin.”

“Ballistic missiles were launched, the air defense and missile defense systems were used,” Dmitri Peskov, the spokesman, was quoted by Russian news agencies as saying. “All launches took place as expected. All of the practice targets were hit.”

Other reports identified the exercise as a “snap inspection.”

The SS-25, which Russia calls the Topol, was launched from Plesetsk and the SS-18, called RS-20V, was launched from Dombarovski located near the border with Kazakhstan in Central Asia.

Additionally, Russian forces fired four short-range SS-26 and SS-21 short-range missiles from the Kapustin Yar test center near the Black Sea. Those missiles traveled over 60 miles.

Air defense forces also fired S-400 and S-300 anti-aircraft and anti-missile interceptors at incoming ballistic missile targets at the Kapustin Yar test range.

The strategic missile exercises highlight Moscow’s large-scale nuclear forces build up under Putin.

Russia is developing several new missiles, including a weapon U.S. intelligence agencies have assessed as a covert intermediate-range nuclear missile called the RS-26 that is being developed and tested in apparent violation of the 1987 Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces Treaty.

The Russian government has denied the RS-26 violates the INF treaty and claims it is a new ICBM, which some arms compliance experts say is a violation of the 2010 New START treaty.

Russia is also developing a new submarine-launched ballistic missile and a new class of missile submarines.



Investor’s Business Daily

November 1, 2013

Global Power: Moscow launches four ICBMs in a large-scale nuclear drill as Chinese state media, brandishing detailed maps, show how Beijing’s nuclear submarines can attack U.S. cities. We press “reset,” they press “launch.”

In March 2009, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton presented Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov with a red “reset button” to symbolize improved ties. The era of confrontation when American presidents demanded the tearing down of walls was over. From now on, we would make nice.

Fast-forward to 2012, when President Obama met with Dmitry Medvedev, Russia’s then-president and now prime minister, at the Nuclear Security Summit in Seoul, South Korea.

That was when Obama assured Medvedev he’d have more leeway after his re-election to weaken missile defense. This would help him achieve his dream of U.S. disarmament and bring about, as he expressed in Prague in 2009, “a world without nuclear weapons.”

Apparently the Russians and the Chinese do not share that dream. On Wednesday, Russian strategic forces carried out a large-scale surprise military drill that included the test launch of two land-based intercontinental ballistic missiles and two submarine-launched ballistic missiles.

So while Russia expands and tests its offensive and defensive missile capabilities, President Obama lets our missile capabilities wither and caves to Russian demands to halt previously planned expansion.

To placate Moscow, Obama has already betrayed our allies in Poland and the Czech Republic by abandoning plans to deploy ground-based interceptors and missile defense in those countries.

Our Chinese friends have also noticed that the famous “reset” button has been replaced with one marked “easy.” China’s military carried out on July 24 a third test of a long-range DF-31A road-mobile ballistic missile capable of hitting the U.S. with nuclear warheads.

According to a recently published report by the Air Force National Air and Space Intelligence Center, “China has the most active and diverse ballistic missile development program in the world.”

Last Monday, Chinese state-run media — including China Central TV, the People’s Daily, the Global Times, the PLA Daily, the China Youth Daily and the Guangmin Daily — ran identical, top-headlined reports boasting of the “awesomeness” of the People’s Liberation Army navy’s strategic submarine force.

It is indeed formidable. China’s sub fleet is reportedly the world’s second-largest, with about 70 vessels. About 10 are nuclear-powered, and four or more of those are nuclear ballistic submarines.

In 2010, the Type 094 Jin class entered the service. It is capable of launching 12 to 16 JL-2 missiles with a range of about 8,700 miles, covering much of the continental U.S. with single or multiple independently targetable re-entry vehicle warheads.

What was chilling about the reports is that they included photos and graphics detailing, among other things, damage projections for Seattle and Los Angeles after being hit by Chinese nuclear warheads and the deadly radiation that would spread all the way to Chicago.

“The 12 JL-2 nuclear warheads carried by one single Type 094 SSBN can kill and wound 5 million to 12 million Americans,” the Global Times reported.

“If we launch our DF 31A ICBMs over the North Pole,” the paper added, “we can easily destroy a whole list of metropolises on the East Coast and the New England region of the U.S., including Annapolis, Philadelphia, New York, Boston, Portland, Baltimore and Norfolk, whose population accounts for about one-eighth of America’s total residents.”

Clearly the Russians and the Chinese are not dreaming of a world without nuclear weapons, just of one without American resistance to their ambitious plans.






Russia will have built a new heavy liquid-propellant intercontinental ballistic missile by late 2018, a missile that will prove largely superior to all of its predecessors, including the world’s most powerful strategic missile Voyevoda, (NATO reporting name SS-18 Satan), in terms of combat effectiveness and the ability to penetrate the US missile defence system.

This came in a statement for journalists by the Commander of the Russian Strategic Missile Forces Sergei Karakayev.

He pointed out that it is the deployment of the US global missile defence system, a system that grows more powerful each year that prompted Russia to think of counteraction.

Voice of Russia, TASS



By Joel Skousen | World Net Daily

January 17, 2014

It is ironic that Russia is relatively open about itsmilitary modernization. Most of today’s sources are from the “Voice of Russia,” which used to be called Radio Moscow. Although it would be naive to assume that they are telling all, it does prove my point that the US intelligence agencies are desperately trying to downplay these advances and future threats. These agencies won’t even comment on what the Russians blatantly broadcast to the world (which our media omits as well).

I think that’s because the globalists who control our government intend to continue unilateral disarmament, which I’ll cover shortly. First here’s the latest arms build-up revelation from Voice of Russia.

 Russia will have built a new heavy liquid-propellant intercontinental ballistic missile by late 2018, a missile that will prove largely superior to all of its predecessors, including the world’s most powerful strategic missile Voyevoda, (NATO reporting name SS-18 Satan), in terms of combat effectiveness and the ability to penetrate the US missile defense system.

The US spent a lot of taxpayer money dismantling some of Russia’s old SS-18 missiles, (and handing back all the warheads to Russia) but only until Russia backed out of the deal last year and announced it was keeping the rest of the SS-18’s on station. That’s why this new missile is being built—to provide a replacement for these aging but powerful launch vehicles, and to provide a faster boost phase that is intended to outrun US solid fueled ABM missiles.

 This came in a statement for journalists by the Commander of the Russian Strategic Missile Forces Sergei Karakayev. He pointed out that it is the deployment of the US global missile defence system, a system that grows more powerful each year that prompted Russia to think of counteraction. The missile defence system that the United States plans to deploy in Europe will be able to intercept Russian intercontinental ballistic missiles, deployed in European Russia.

The US claims the European antimissile system is designed to counter Iran’s missile threat, but Russia exposed US perfidy by offering the US a base in southern Russia closer to Iran and the US refused. Russia is the only country in Europe with ICBMs, so it rightly assumes the ABMs are aimed at them. ICBMs and submarine-based ballistic missiles are the backbone of Russia’s nuclear forces. Russia says their missiles are for “containment” of the US, but we know they are preparing for a nuclear first strike on America.

Russia is in full development of missiles capable of evading the US anti-missile defense system—which isn’t hard to do since the US ABM missiles have no warhead. The kinetic tip must make physical contact with the incoming missile to kill it, and that is extremely hard to do at the hypersonic speed of reentry. Here’s Voice of Russia again on the subject:

 Under any possible scenario the Russian Strategic Missile Forces will be capable to withstand the potential of any missile defense system and to ensure fulfillment of tasks, Sergei Karakayev, Commander of the Russian Strategic Missile Forces, has told today.

The only way a ballistic missile warhead can evade is to maneuver, and you need rocket boosters to be integrated into the warhead to do that. That turns each warhead into a small guided missile, and that makes them larger and heavier—hence the need for the new and improved liquid fueled ICBMs to replace the SS-18 remaining on station. Even if the resort to movable control surfaces, that would require a longer warhead with room for a power supply and controls. But control surfaces don’t do well under hypersonic speeds.

Another problem with these larger missiles is that they are not road mobile, but they can be carried on rail cars. Nobody depends on silos anymore except the US—because they want the enemy to know where our missiles are. The US is engaging in nuclear suicide.

 According to Colonel-General Karakaev, the Russian Strategic Missile Forces has six types of missile launches, both stationary and mobile, including the fifth generation Yars and Topol-M launchers, in arsenal. Karakaev noted that effectiveness of any strike force suggests a sustainable resistance to any outer impact, including a nuclear one.

 The Forces account for two thirds of Russia’s nuclear weapons. Possessing a big arsenal of intercontinental ballistic missiles, they are capable of hitting any target anywhere in the world with pinpoint accuracy.

 Their arsenal consists of six missile types – three, based in silos, and three, mounted on rail platforms or trucks. Importantly, the US does not possess truck- or rail-mounted missiles.

 Dr Igor Korotchenko is Editor-in-Chief of the Natsionalnaya Oborona, or National Defence, journal: The might of Russia’s Strategic Missile Forces safeguards a secure future for our country. The latest addition to this might is the RS-24 Yars intercontinental ballistic missile, which can be positioned in a silo or on the back of a heavy truck. A missile of this type carries six independently targeted nuclear warheads of 150 kilotons TNT each. The Forces also possess another truck-mounted intercontinental missile, the Topol-M. It carries a single powerful nuclear warhead, which is capable of wiping out a megacity.

The Russians complain about the US backing out of the ABM treaty, which we should never have signed—since Russia never abandoned her arsenal of ABMs.

 The Forces are taking on a new strategic dimension as the Americans, having withdrawn from the 1972 ABM limitation treaty, continue to refuse to extend binding guarantees that no US missile defense installation on European soil will compromise Russia’s deterrence capability. Powerful missiles capable of smashing through missile defenses are a guarantee in themselves.

But the Russian complaint conveniently omits telling that Russia backed out of the INF treaty (Intermediate Nuclear Forces) after it was found to be violating it, after the cold war ended (a carefully crafted deception). Russia never pulled their INF missiles out of Eastern Europe when the US destroyed its Pershing missiles, and the supposed anti-communist government of the Czech Republic never told the US the missiles were still there.

But with all this Russian cheating, the US steadfastly continues disarming as if it is required to by INF treaty that is already in shambles by Russia cheating. We are regaled almost weekly in the US by stories of Missiliers (Missile Launch Officers) moral being low, implicated in drugs scandals, and cheating on operational readiness exams. We are continually reminded how many billions are spent, hinting that this is a place to cut, now that the “cold war is over.”

 Over 10 years, the estimated cost is $24 billion for ICBMs; $82 billion for nuclear submarines; and $40 million for nuclear bombers, as well as $11 billion for other activities, including DOD research related to nuclear forces that the Congressional Budget Office couldn’t directly attribute to one of the legs of the triad.Great Falls Tribune

Well, the cold war never was over and new a hot war is coming to this country, probably in the next decade. So, it’s no time to disarm, but that’s where we are headed. The Great Falls (MT) Tribune put out this little propaganda piece entitled: “Navy may reduce nuke numbers: Move would give ICBMs breathing room” The essence is that, “if the Navy gives up some of their submarine missiles, the US won’t have to destroy as many land based missiles in our home town.” Is this a jobs issue, or one of National Survival? With thinking like this, we’ve got real problems.

 A recent report from the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists indicated the Navy will begin reducing the total number of deployed submarine launched ballistic missiles by 56. Though there has been no formal announcement by the Navy, the expected reduction could give the current intercontinental ballistic missile force some breathing room.

 Especially when coupled with the reductions that will come from eliminating 50 unused Minuteman III silos in the Malmstrom Air Force Base missile field and 51 empty Peacemaker silos assigned to F.E. Warren AFB in Wyoming and Vandenberg AFB in California.

The Peacekeeper was the largest and most powerful missile the US ever produced. It was dismantled, but not destroyed. The missile guidance and rocket bodies are being stored at Hill AFB and in the West desert of Utah. But if they destroy the silos, these missiles won’t be able to be put back into commission when needed most—as Russian cheating becomes more obvious. The Department of Defense is expected to start implementing the New START plan in May or June of this year (also from the Great Falls Tribune):

 According to a Congressional Research Service report from July 2013, with the launcher reduction on Trident submarines and the elimination of decommissioned silos, as well as the conversion of nuclear bombers to non-nuclear and the elimination of the last nuclear B-52G just before Christmas, the Air Force could potentially retain all 450 silos with only 400 containing missiles at any given time. Montana congressmen in particular have pushed back against an environmental study of ICBMs [to force yet more unilateral disarmament]

 The New START treaty, ratified by the Senate in 2010, limits the United States and Russia to no more than 1,550 deployed warheads; 800 deployed and nondeployed ICBM launchers; submarine-launched ballistic missile launchers and heavy bombers; and to have reduced their deployed ICBMs, SLBMs and heavy bombers equipped for nuclear armaments to no more than 700.

 According to data from the State Department, the U.S. has 809 deployed ICBMs, SLBMs and heavy bombers; Russia has 473. The U.S. has 1,688 warheads on deployed ICBMs, SLBMs and nuclear warheads counted for deployed heavy bombers; Russia has 1,400. The U.S. has 1,015 deployed and nondeployed launchers of ICBMs, SLBMs and heavy bombers; Russia has 894. The deadline to reach those limits is February 2018.

 The last B-52G accountable under New START was destroyed just before Christmas by sawing off the plane’s tail, rendering it useless.

The truth is, the State Department and CIA are lying about Russian numbers. They simply don’t know, and are putting out numbers assuming the Russians are in compliance with all former treaties—which they are not. Our inspectors have never been allowed into the full range of Russian weapons factories or depots—the largest of which is the huge underground complex at Yamantau Mountain in the Urals, east of Moscow. And, the US isn’t counting all the new missiles Russia is building, either. Russia specifically backed out of the Nunn Lugar deal last year, which provided US aid in dismantling old toxic weapons in exchange for inspections, specifically because they didn’t want any more inspections. Go figure!

We haven’t built a new missile in a couple of decades and have no intention of doing so, while the Russians are building at least 12 per year. Nobody knows how many the Chinese are building. And, why should we be disarming at all—even if Russia were complying—when you’ve got China building huge missile forces. Disarmament only works if it is verifiable and if all parties to nuclear missiles are taking part and in equal compliance. We haven’t even suggested to China that she engage in disarmament talks!

It’s not hard to see where this is headed—weakening our nuclear triad in order to induce a growing enemy to remove any fear of striking. The third World War is inevitable and it will put the final nail in the coffin of US liberty and national sovereignty.



By Joel Skousen | World Affairs Brief

January 24, 2014

Last week I wrote that, “The Peacekeeper was the largest and most powerful missile the US ever produced. It was dismantled, but not destroyed. The missile guidance system was being stored at Hill AFB and the rocket bodies are being stored at in the West desert of Utah.”

That statement was based on reports at the time by government officials that the missiles were going to be stored at Hill. The government was giving the impression that this move could be reversed, but apparently that didn’t happen. One of my sources with direct knowledge of the situation at Hill AFB told me,

The missile guidance set inertial platform (a rotating ball), gyros, accelerometers, etc. were destroyed after Peacekeeper(PK) was shut down. (The PK guidance set was much more advanced and accurate than the current Minuteman guidance set.) The PK rocket motors are still stored at Lakeside, West of the Great Salt Lake. Lakeside is part of Hill AFB. [However,] The PK rocket motors were turned over to the Rocket System Launch Program (RSLP) for various space launch needs.

He agreed that there is almost no possibility of returning these powerful missiles to service. To do so, they would have to develop a new guidance set, which could be interchangeable with the Minuteman Missile, which needs it—but I don’t think they want that one upgraded either.




By Alexei Anishchuk

May 31, 2013

MOSCOW (Reuters) – Russia plans to resume nuclear submarine patrols in the southern seas after a hiatus of more than 20 years following the break-up of the Soviet Union, Itar-Tass news agency reported on Saturday, in another example of efforts to revive Moscow’s military.

The plan to send Borei-class submarines, designed to carry 16 long-range nuclear missiles, to the southern hemisphere follows President Vladimir Putin’s decision in March to deploy a naval unit in the Mediterranean Sea on a permanent basis starting this year.

“The revival of nuclear submarine patrols will allow us to fulfill the tasks of strategic deterrence not only across the North Pole but also the South Pole,” state-run Itar-Tass cited an unnamed official in the military General Staff as saying.

The official said the patrols would be phased in over several years. The Yuri Dolgoruky, the first of eight Borei-class submarines that Russia hopes to launch by 2020, entered service this year.

Putin has stressed the importance of a strong and agile military since returning to the presidency last May. In 13 years in power, he has often cited external threats when talking of the need for a reliable armed forces and Russian political unity.

Fears of a nuclear confrontation between Russia and the United States has eased in recent years, and the Cold War-era foes signed a landmark treaty in 2010 setting lower limits on the size of their long-range nuclear arsenals.

But the limited numbers of warheads and delivery vehicles such as submarines that they committed to under the New START treaty are still enough to devastate the world. Putin has made clear Russia will continue to upgrade its arsenal.

Russia’s land-launched Intercontinental Ballistic Missiles (ICBMs) would fly over the northern part of the globe, as would those fired from submarines in the northern hemisphere.

Both the Borei-class submarines and the Bulava ballistic missiles they carry were designed in the 1990s, when the science and defense industries were severely underfunded.

Russia sees the Bulava as the backbone of its future nuclear deterrence, but the program has been set back by several botched launches over the past few years.



Russian Akula Submarine / AP

BY: Bill Gertz | Washington Free Beacon
August 14, 2012

A Russian nuclear-powered attack submarine armed with long-range cruise missiles operated undetected in the Gulf of Mexico for several weeks and its travel in strategic U.S. waters was only confirmed after it left the region, the Washington Free Beacon has learned.

It is only the second time since 2009 that a Russian attack submarine has patrolled so close to U.S. shores.

The stealth underwater incursion in the Gulf took place at the same time Russian strategic bombers made incursions into restricted U.S. airspace near Alaska and California in June and July, and highlights a growing military assertiveness by Moscow.

The submarine patrol also exposed what U.S. officials said were deficiencies in U.S. anti-submarine warfare capabilities—forces that are facing cuts under the Obama administration’s plan to reduce defense spending by $487 billion over the next 10 years.

The Navy is in charge of detecting submarines, especially those that sail near U.S. nuclear missile submarines, and uses undersea sensors and satellites to locate and track them.

The fact that the Akula was not detected in the Gulf is cause for concern, U.S. officials said.

The officials who are familiar with reports of the submarine patrol in the Gulf of Mexico said the vessel was a nuclear-powered Akula-class attack submarine, one of Russia’s quietest submarines.

A Navy spokeswoman declined to comment.

One official said the Akula operated without being detected for a month.

“The Akula was built for one reason and one reason only: To kill U.S. Navy ballistic missile submarines and their crews,” said a second U.S. official.

“It’s a very stealthy boat so it can sneak around and avoid detection and hope to get past any protective screen a boomer might have in place,” the official said, referring to the Navy nickname for strategic missile submarines.

The U.S. Navy operates a strategic nuclear submarine base at Kings Bay, Georgia. The base is homeport to eight missile-firing submarines, six of them equipped with nuclear-tipped missiles, and two armed with conventional warhead missiles.

“Sending a nuclear-propelled submarine into the Gulf of Mexico-Caribbean region is another manifestation of President Putin demonstrating that Russia is still a player on the world’s political-military stage,” said naval analyst and submarine warfare specialist Norman Polmar.

“Like the recent deployment of a task force led by a nuclear cruiser into the Caribbean, the Russian Navy provides him with a means of ‘showing the flag’ that is not possible with Russian air and ground forces,” Polmar said in an email.

The last time an Akula submarine was known to be close to U.S. shores was 2009, when two Akulas were spotted patrolling off the east coast of the United States.

Those submarine patrols raised concerns at the time about a new Russian military assertiveness toward the United States, according to the New York Times, which first reported the 2009 Akula submarine activity.

The latest submarine incursion in the Gulf further highlights the failure of the Obama administration’s “reset” policy of conciliatory actions designed to develop closer ties with Moscow.

Instead of closer ties, Russia under President Vladimir Putin, an ex-KGB intelligence officer who has said he wants to restore elements of Russia’s Soviet communist past, has adopted growing hardline policies against the United States.

Of the submarine activity, Sen. John Cornyn (R., Texas), member of the Senate Armed Services Committee, said, “It’s a confounding situation arising from a lack of leadership in our dealings with Moscow. While the president is touting our supposed ‘reset’ in relations with Russia, Vladimir Putin is actively working against American interests, whether it’s in Syria or here in our own backyard.”

The Navy is facing sharp cuts in forces needed to detect and counter such submarine activity.

The Obama administration’s defense budget proposal in February cut $1.3 billion from Navy shipbuilding projects, which will result in scrapping plans to build 16 new warships through 2017.

The budget also called for cutting plans to buy 10 advanced P-8 anti-submarine warfare jets needed for submarine detection.

In June, Russian strategic nuclear bombers and support aircraft conducted a large-scale nuclear bomber exercise in the arctic. The exercise included simulated strikes on “enemy” strategic sites that defense officials say likely included notional attacks on U.S. missile defenses in Alaska.

Under the terms of the 2010 New START arms accord, such exercises require 14-day advanced notice of strategic bomber drills, and notification after the drills end. No such notification was given.

A second, alarming air incursion took place July 4 on the West Coast when a Bear H strategic bomber flew into U.S. airspace near California and was met by U.S. interceptor jets.

That incursion was said to have been a bomber incursion that has not been seen since before the Soviet Union collapsed in 1991.

It could not be learned whether the submarine in the Gulf of Mexico was an Akula 1 type submarine or a more advanced Akula 2.

It is also not known why the submarine conducted the operation. Theories among U.S. analysts include the notion that submarine incursion was designed to further signal Russian displeasure at U.S. and NATO plans to deploy missile defenses in Europe.

Russia’s chief of the general staff, Gen. Nikolai Makarov, said in May that Russian forces would consider preemptive attacks on U.S. and allied missile defenses in Europe, and claimed the defenses are destabilizing in a crisis.

Makarov met with Army Gen. Martin Dempsey, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, in July. Dempsey questioned him about the Russian strategic bomber flights near U.S. territory.

The voyage of the submarine also could be part of Russian efforts to export the Akula.

Russia delivered one of its Akula-2 submarines to India in 2009. The submarine is distinctive for its large tail fin.

Brazil’s O Estado de Sao Paoli reported Aug. 2 that Russia plans to sell Venezuela up to 11 new submarines, including one Akula.

Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said Moscow’s military is working to set up naval replenishment facilities in Vietnam and Cuba, but denied there were plans to base naval forces in those states.

Asked if Russia planned a naval base in Cuba, Lavrov said July 28: “We are not speaking of any bases. The Russian navy ships serve exercise cruises and training in the same regions. To harbor, resupply, and enable the crew to rest are absolutely natural needs. We have spoken of such opportunities with our Cuban friends.” The comment was posted in the Russian Foreign Ministry website.

Russian warships and support vessels were sent to Venezuela in 2008 to take part in naval exercises in a show of Russian support for the leftist regime of Hugo Chavez. The ships also stopped in Cuba.

Russian Deputy Premier Dmitri Rogozin announced in February that Russia was working on a plan to build 10 new attack submarines and 10 new missile submarines through 2030, along with new aircraft carriers.

Submarine warfare specialists say the Akula remains the core of the Russian attack submarine force.

The submarines can fire both cruise missiles and torpedoes, and are equipped with the SSN-21 and SSN-27 submarine-launched cruise missiles, as well as SSN-15 anti-submarine-warfare missiles. The submarines also can lay mines.

The SSN-21 has a range of up to 1,860 miles.



Ships near nuclear submarine base at Kings Bay, Ga.

BY: Bill Gertz | Washington Free Beacon
April 25, 2014


RUSSIANSUBA Russian submarine / AP


A Russian intelligence-gathering ship has been operating off the U.S. East Coast and near the Gulf of Mexico for the past month, the Pentagon said Thursday.

“We are aware that the Russian ships Viktor Leonov and Nikolay Chiker are currently operating in waters that are beyond U.S. territorial seas but near Cuba,” said Lt. Col. Tom Crosson, a Pentagon spokesman. “We respect the freedom of all nations, as reflected in international law, to operate military vessels beyond the territorial seas of other nations.”

The Leonov is an intelligence gathering ship outfitted with high-tech electronic spying gear. The Chiker is an ocean-going naval tug that has been accompanying the spy ship on its mission.

Pentagon officials suspect the ships were part of a spying operation since March against the U.S. nuclear missile submarine base at Kings Bay, Ga. and other U.S. military facilities

Both ships were detected operating off the coast of Florida near the U.S. Naval Station Mayport, Fla., which is south of the Naval Submarine Base Kings Bay.

The Russian intelligence gathering coincides with heightened tensions between the United States and Russia over Moscow’s recent military annexation of Ukraine’s Crimea.

An official said it is possible that the electronic spying is related to watching U.S. nuclear missile submarines as part of a Russian nuclear exercise.

According to Russian military press reports, some 10,000 Russian troops and 1,000 pieces of military equipment of the Strategic Missile Forces took part in an exercise April 17 to 19—coinciding with the transit of one of the ships, the Chiker, to Cuba from the coast off northern Florida on April 19.

“The exercises will test the cohesiveness and skills of units and commands in the process of alerting and the achievement of training objectives under various circumstances and in any time of the day,” Russian defense spokesman told Interfax.

The Chiker also is known to support submarines and is equipped with lift capability for servicing Russian submarines.

U.S. officials said in 2012 a Russian Akula attack submarine was detected operating near the East Coast. The Navy denied the sub sailed undetected in the Gulf of Mexico.

Crosson declined to comment further on the Russian naval activities. “It wouldn’t be appropriate for me to talk about the operations of non-U.S. vessels operating beyond U.S. territorial seas,” he said.

According to military enthusiast websites, the Leonov is a Vishnya-class medium intelligence ship home ported in Severomorsk and is part of the Kola Peninsula naval forces.

The ship was commissioned in 1988.

The ships are designed for signals and communications intelligence gathering through an array of ship-borne sensors. It also is equipped with two 30-millimeter guns and anti-aircraft missiles.

Wire services reports indicated the Leonov docked in Havana in February and March, and again this month.



  • Russian Vishnya-class Viktor Leonov has been operating beyond U.S. territorial waters near Kings Bay nuclear submarine base in Georgia
  • Ship was also spotted near U.S. Naval Station in Mayport, Florida
  • The CCB-175 boat measuring 300 feet long and 47.5 feet wide docked in Havana, Cuba, in February 2014

By Snejana Farberov | Daily Mail

April 25, 2014

A Russian intelligence-gathering ship accompanied by a tugboat has been roaming the waters off the East Coast and the Gulf of Mexico for the past month, the Pentagon revealed Thursday.

Agency spokesman Lt. Col. Tom Crosson said the Russian vessels Viktor Leonov and Nikolay Chiker have been operating beyond American territorial seas near the coast of Cuba.

‘We respect the freedom of all nations, as reflected in international law, to operate military vessels beyond the territorial seas of other nations,’ the official stated.

Eavesdropping: The Pentagon says the intelligence-gathering ship Viktor Leonov has been operating in international waters off the East Coast for the past month

Strategic location: The Vishnya-class spy boat may have been targeting the U.S. nuclear missile submarine base in Kings Bay, Georgia,


The Viktor Leonov CCB-175 boat, which measures 300 feet long and 47.5 feet wide, was first sighted in Cuba back in February, when it docked in Havana.

The Russian Vishnya-class vessel with a crew of 200 sailors carries high-tech electronic surveillance equipment and weaponry, AK-630 rapid-fire cannons and surface-to-air missiles.

At the time, neither Cuba nor Russia acknowledged or explained the presence of the spy ship in Havana.

According to media reports, the Leonov made additional trips to the island nation 30 miles from Florida in March and earlier this month.

Officials with the U.S. Department of Defense suspect that since March, the Leonov and the Chiker have been part of an intelligence-gathering operation targeting the U.S. nuclear missile submarine base in Kings Bay, Georgia, as well as other key military installations on the East Coast,The Washington Free Beacon reported.

The pair of Russian vessels also have been detected in the vicinity of the U.S. Naval Station in Mayport, Florida.

According to a recent article in the Russian-language Armenian news outlet, the ocean-going tug Nikolay Chiker was also sighted earlier this month near the Kennedy Space Center in Cape Canaveral.

The sightings coincided with a large-scale Russian nuclear exercise involving 10,000 troops and 1,000 pieces of equipment, which took place between April 17 and April 19.

The appearance of the Leonov and the Chiker in such close proximity to American shores comes at a time when tensions between the U.S. and Russia are extremely high due to the ongoing conflict in Ukraine.



By Bill Gertz | The Washington Times

July 31, 2013

The Russian military recently dispatched a guided-missile warship to Cuba as part of what U.S. officials say are growing military, intelligence and economic ties between Moscow and Havana.

The missile cruiser is the Moskva, the flagship of the Russian Black Sea fleet, according to state-run Russian news reports.

“The cruiser Moskva and the large seagoing tanker Ivan Bubnov set off for Havana on the fourth week of their long-distance deployment,” a fleet spokesman told Interfax-AVN on Friday. On the way, the ship conducted a test launch of a cruise missile, he said.

After Havana, the warship will visit Caracas, Venezuela; Managua, Nicaragua; and Praia Port in the Cape Verde Islands off eastern Africa.

The visit to Cuba is part of what the U.S. officials said is a push by Moscow to boost relations with Cuba in the military, energy and transportation sectors.

The effort was kicked off in February when Russian Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev announced that Moscow is canceling most of Cuba’s Soviet-era debt, estimated at close to $30 billion, while he denounced the U.S. embargo against the communist island nation.

The closer ties also appear related to Russian efforts to maintain influence in the region after the death of leftist Venezuelan leader Hugo Chavez and the expected retirement of Cuban President Raul Castro in the coming months.

Russian military ties with Cuba were bolstered during a visit to Havana in April by Russian Chief of Staff Gen. Valeri Gerasimov.

U.S. officials said Gen. Gerasimov’s visit included stops at Cuban military and intelligence sites and was viewed as an indication that Moscow wants to step up both its military and intelligence presence in Cuba.

During the Soviet period, the Russians operated a large electronic spying facility at Lourdes, near Havana, that was capable of intercepting most U.S. communications in the southeastern United States. It was less than 100 miles off the coast of Key West.

Now there are signs that the Russians want to return to Lourdes for more electronic spying.

The Russians also are assisting the Cubans economically with offshore oil prospecting, plans for a new international airport near Havana and deliveries of Russian passenger jets.

The warship visit follows Panama’s recent seizure of a North Korean freighter covertly ferrying Soviet-made missiles and aircraft from Cuba to North Korea, in apparent violation of U.N. sanctions on Pyongyang over its missile and nuclear tests.



by RT

August 03, 2013

A surface combatant squadron of the Russian Navy arrived in Cuba on Saturday for the first time in four years. The Cuban government announced the fleet was there for a “friendly visit.”

The unit consists of the flagship of the Black Sea Fleet, missile cruiser ‘Moscow’, the large anti-submarine ship ‘Vice Admiral Kulakov’ of the Northern Fleet and a number of supply and service ships. The squadron visited the port of Havana to replenish supplies.

The ships were greeted by an artillery salute, a naval band and a few hundred onlookers as they arrived in the Bay of Havana.

Russian diplomats and the foreign military attaché accredited in Havana paid a visit to the ‘Moscow’ missile cruiser. Tourists will also be able to visit the cruiser on Monday, Cuba’s government announced.


Cubans watch as the "Moskva" Russian guide missile cruiser (R) and destroyer " Vice Admiral Kulakov" (L) moor at Havana's harbour, on August 3, 2013.(AFP Photo / Adalberto Roque)

-The Russian cruiser "Moskva" enters Havana Harbor in Havana August 3, 2013.(Reuters / Stringer)



Paul Joseph Watson
Thursday, August 2, 2012

A report out of Pravda quotes President Vladimir Putin as saying that Russia has moved strategic nuclear missiles to Cuba in response to the United States’ continuing efforts to encircle Russia in Eastern Europe.

The article, written by Lyuba Lulko, explains how Russia is reviving its military operations in Vietnam, Cuba and the Seychelles.

In October 2001, President Vladimir Putin announced that the Lourdes radio-electronic center on the island had been shut down as a “gift” to President George W. Bush on the basis of promises given by Bush that the U.S. missile defense system would never be deployed in Eastern Europe.

However, with the missile defense system under the auspices of NATO now reaching “interim operational capability” in Europe at the end of May, that promise has been shattered.

“The Russian Federation has fulfilled all terms of the agreement. And even more. I shut down not only the Cuban Lourdes but also Kamran in Vietnam. I shut them down because I gave my word of honor. I, like a man, has kept my word. What have the Americans done? The Americans are not responsible for their own words. It is no secret that in recent years, the U.S. created a buffer zone around Russia, involving in this process not only the countries of Central Europe, but also the Baltic states, Ukraine and the Caucasus. The only response to this could be an asymmetric expansion of the Russian military presence abroad, particularly in Cuba,” the report quotes Putin as saying.

“With the full consent of the Cuban leadership, on May 11 of this year, our country has not only resumed work in the electronic center of Lourdes, but also placed the latest mobile strategic nuclear missiles “Oak” on the island. They did not want to do it the amicable way, now let them deal with this,” added Putin.

According to the report, Cuba, which was angered by the original decision to shut down the radio-electronic center, has agreed to allow Russia to locate the missiles on Cuban territory because of its fears over new U.S. military bases in Colombia.

Whether the quotes attributed to Putin are accurate or not remains to be seen. They appear nowhere outside of the original Pravda piece.

Once the primary mouthpiece of the Soviet Communist Party, Pravda’s influence has now declined rapidly. The online version is managed by former journalists who worked for the original newspaper but other than that the two versions are separate entities.

Speculation that Russia was re-building its nuclear infrastructure in preparation for a potential future conflict came with the news that 5,000 new nuclear bomb shelters were being constructed in Moscow to be completed by the end of 2012.

Officials justified the move by saying they wanted the entire population of Moscow to be able to reach a nuclear bomb shelter within minutes. China has also built huge underground bomb shelters, outpacing the United States whose bomb shelters from the cold war era still remain as they were at the time or have been decommissioned.

The prospect of Russia moving nuclear missiles to Cuba obviously harks back to the 1962 Cuban missile crisis, which marked the closest moment that the world came to World War III and a potential nuclear holocaust.

Given the gravity of Putin’s alleged statements, don’t expect to wait too long for Russian authorities to deny the quotes featured in the Pravda report.




VEN_S-300 Antey-2500_03ABR13_Notitarde

APRIL 5, 2013


( Caracas – Air defense missile systems arrived at the port of Puerto Cabello, Venezuela, from Russia, containing mobile missile system components and long range anti-aircraft missiles S-300VM Antey-2500 , according to local newspaper Notitarde . In the images shown, there are trucks transporting launch tubes for missiles 9M82M . The newspaper counted at least twelve tubes.

The S-300VM Antey-2500 missile system was acquired by Venezuela in September 2009 , to be operated by the Aerospace Defense Command Structure (CODAI), which is assigned to the Strategic Operational Command (CEO) of the National Armed Forces.



The missile systems are made ​​up of several components including a command post, circular radar, missile launch vehicles, transport vehicles recharging missiles, 9M82M missiles, and maintenance vehicles.  The S-300VM Antey-2500 missile is capable of knocking down aerial targets (i.e. ballistic missiles, cruise missiles, aircraft) within a radius of 200 kilometers, up to 30,000 feet.




As far as we know, Venezuela has also purchased Russian mobile missile system S-125 Pechora 2M , short range, and  Buk-M2 , medium range. The Pechora 2M has apparently already been received in its entirety, while the Buk-M2 missile systems are pending delivery.







Published on Oct 20, 2012 by 

The world is getting increasingly unstable. Debt levels are unsustainable, world financial markets are calling for constant bailouts, and the US is continuing to antagonize the Middle East with military intervention. Any number of these crises can lead to a break down in the social order of the high density urban areas of the United States. Could you survive without public utilities or supermarkets through a winter? Are there enough people around you that are prepared to band together and help one another during social unrest? More and more people are reevaluating their living arrangements to be prepared for prolonged disasters. But what if you have to stay in a big city for work? Have you developed some contingency plans? Are you located in a part of the city that will allow escape through the rural byways? Have you made a transportation plan? And, what can be done to secure your home now in case you can’t get out in a crisis? Strategic Relocation has the answers.



Alex Jones talks with World Affairs Brief publisher, author and retreat consultant Joel Skousen.


One of the signs I look for in the approach to a globalist world war is that the government and the media suddenly change course and start warning about the threat (without ever apologizing for their former appeasement). That isn’t happening—they are still covering for both Russia and China. But when it does begin, then you’ll know that war is inevitable, that it’s too late to stop. The belated warnings are so that the PTB can’t be accused of not warning us—even though it was clearly too late. – Joel Skousen | World Affairs Brief,  March 8, 2013






By Peter Symonds
1 May 2013

A paper published in mid-April by the Washington-based think tank, Centre for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS), is a chilling indication of the discussions underway and the preparations being made within the US defence establishment for nuclear war.

CSIS strategic analyst Anthony Cordesman is dismissive of nuclear arms control treaties and negotiations, declaring that developing arms races in Asia and the Middle East “demand a strategy that looks beyond arms control and considers a much grimmer future.”

Cordesman leaves no doubt as to what that future might be. The title of his paper, “Red Lines, Deadlines, and Thinking the Unthinkable: India, Pakistan, Iran, North Korea and China”, is a direct reference to the Cold War strategist Herman Kahn who coldly calculated a strategy for fighting and “winning” a nuclear war.

As Cordesman notes: “Early in the thermonuclear age, Herman Kahn warned the world that it had to ‘think about the unthinkable’: The consequences of an actual nuclear war, and consider which side—if any—might ‘win’.” He continued: “The end of the Cold War seemed to put an end to the need for such thinking, but recent developments in North Korea and Iran make it all too clear that there is still a need for such horrifying yet ‘realist’ analysis.”

In his book “On Thermonuclear War” written in 1960, Kahn argued that life would go on after a devastating nuclear exchange, whether hundreds of millions died or only a few major cities were destroyed. It was necessary, he claimed, for Americans to accept the consequences, no matter how horrifying, because without the willingness to push the button, nuclear war preparations were just an elaborate bluff.

The CSIS paper has a particular significance. Cordesman is well-connected within American defence, intelligence and foreign policy circles, having served at senior levels in the State Department, the Defence Department and acted as consultant on a range of military issues including as part of the Strategic Assessment Group in 2009 that helped devise Obama’s strategy for the AfPak war.

The CSIS has been closely associated with Obama’s “pivot to Asia” that is aimed at containing China. A report last July commissioned by the US Defence Department, entitled “US Force Posture Strategy in the Asia Pacific Region”, identified “China’s rising power, influence and expectations of regional pre-eminence” as “the most significant problem for the United States in Asia today.” It assessed the US military repositioning and build-up already underway in Asia in preparation for any war with China and outlined further steps that could be made.

Cordesman devotes the bulk of his paper to the prospects of a nuclear war involving India/Pakistan, Iran and North Korea, leaving China to last. In each case the paper provides a detailed assessment of the nuclear capabilities of the rival states and assesses the strategic consequences of a nuclear conflict in brutally “realist” terms.

On South Asia, the paper warns that the arms build-up could lead to nuclear war, as both India and Pakistan have “a history of overreaction, nationalism, and failure to demonstrate stability and restraint in arms control.” It expresses concern that neither “has really thought out the consequences of a nuclear exchange beyond the ‘Duke Nukem’ school of planning: who can kill more of the enemy.”

But Cordesman’s ghoulish conclusion is that a South Asian nuclear war—a conflict that would bring death and suffering to tens if not hundreds of millions—would not affect the US and its allies. “The good news, from a ruthlessly ‘realist’ viewpoint,” he states, “is that such a human tragedy does not necessarily have serious grand strategic consequences for other states, and might well have benefits… Some fallout perhaps, but not that much in terms of serious radiation exposure measured in rads. The loss of India and Pakistan might create some short term economic issues for importers of goods and services. However, the net effect would shift benefits to other suppliers without any clear problems in substitutions or costs.”

On Iran, Cordesman is preoccupied with the consequences of a US-led “preventative strikes” against the country’s nuclear facilities and military. He acknowledges that Iran has no nuclear weapons but regurgitates the unsubstantiated claims that it intends to build them. The paper notes that such attacks could well drive Tehran into constructing a nuclear bomb, triggering a regional arms race and the need for a US nuclear build-up in the Middle East. All of this heightens the risk of a nuclear war, especially involving Israel, which already has a significant nuclear arsenal. Having surveyed the dangers, Cordesman is pessimistic that the current sanctions can force Iran to dismantle its nuclear facilities and concludes that “some redlines are deadlines and make it time to act.” In other words, the US should launch “preventative strikes” on Iran in the near future.

On North Korea, the paper acknowledges the very rudimentary and limited character of Pyongyang’s nuclear arsenal and delivery systems. Its concerns about North Korea focus primarily on China and how to exploit the tinderbox on the Korean Peninsula to the advantage of US imperialism. While making no reference to Obama’s pivot, Cordesman is clearly making his calculations in the context of Washington’s aggressive drive to strengthen alliances throughout Asia and to “rebalance” its military forces in preparation for a potential war with China.

Cordesman makes clear that North Korea is a convenient pretext to put pressure on China, not only to bring Pyongyang under control, but to press for other concessions, including limits on its military and nuclear capacity. Admitting that “North Korea is only part of the problem,” he suggests that the US could “tacitly encourage” its allies, South Korea and Japan, to create “at least precision-guided conventional missile forces and possibly nuclear forces as a local regional counterbalance to the Chinese nuclear effort.” In other words, while “scarcely a desirable option”, the US should consider deliberately fuelling a nuclear arms race in North East Asia as part of US war preparations against China.

Cordesman’s analysis of North Korea makes clear that his central preoccupation is China—not conflicts between India/Pakistan, or Israel/Iran, which would not have “grand strategic consequences” for US imperialism. His two-page section on China is as disturbing for what it omits as for what it contains. Unlike the preceding sections, the paper avoids making any analysis of the devastating consequences of a nuclear war between the US and China, which would inevitably draw in all nuclear powers and condemn what remained of humanity to barbarism.

The omission is by no means accidental. Cordesman is well aware that what he is advocating—the preparations for nuclear war with China—has horrific implications for the American people, and humanity as a whole, and will provoke resistance and opposition. Nevertheless, he is emphatic in opposing Obama’s talk of a “zero option”—that is, the elimination of the US nuclear arsenal through arms reduction talks with Russia. “Quite frankly,” he states, “it is both incompetent and intellectually dishonest to decouple China’s expanding nuclear and missile forces from the US and Russian strategic and theatre nuclear balance.”

The US should not “fail to assess Chinese nuclear weapons developments as openly and transparently as it assesses its other military options, or somehow talk about zero options as if the nuclear arms race in Asia was not now more important in terms of deterrence and warfighting risks than the nuclear balance with Russia and Europe,” the paper concludes.

The Obama administration has never had the slightest intention of eliminating the US stockpile of nuclear bombs or the imposing array of intercontinental ballistic missiles, nuclear submarines and strategic bombers that can deliver them anywhere in the world. The arms talks have been the means for disguising the maintenance and ongoing modernisation of the American nuclear strike capacity, which far exceeds those of its rivals. According to estimates cited by Cordesman, the US has approximately 5,113 nuclear warheads, compared to China’s total of about 240.

The CSIS paper is clearly part of discussions taking place in the top levels of the American state apparatus. It points to a broader shift in policy—to make preparations for fighting “an actual nuclear war” and “winning.” Significantly, the chief target is China, which is also the central focus of the Obama administration’s “pivot to Asia.”

Far from diminishing the dangers of nuclear war, the end of the Cold War has heightened it. The rivalries that were regulated within the framework of detente have been let loose and are now intensifying dramatically under the impact of the global economic crisis. US imperialism is determined to offset its historic decline by using its military might to maintain world dominance. It regards China as a dangerous potential rival that has to be dealt with sooner, rather than later.

The preparations for conventional and nuclear war are taking place behind the backs of the American people and the people around the world. The willingness of US strategists like Cordesman to devise realistic plans that involve the annihilation of hundreds of millions of people raises the necessity of the people to react sooner, rather than later.





by Dave Hodges | The Common Sense Show

The upcoming Grid EX II drill, taking place on November 13th, is ostensibly designed to simulate a power grid take down which would endanger the safety of millions of Americans. The two primary goals of the drill consist of preparations for an attack upon the grid and the use of foreign military assets to support the drill. The scenario is premised on the notion that the attacks will be primarily nuclear in origin.

Many have been wondering if the November 13th Grid EX II drill is going to result in a false flag attack in which the power grid of United States will be taken down and martial law will be implemented and enforced through the use of foreign mercenaries.

Certainly, the false flag nature of the 9/11 attacks, the 7/7 London bombings and the Boston Marathon bombings certainly provides some degree of credence to these suspicions. However, I’ve been wondering if the Grid Ex drill would be the same as the Boston Marathon bombings. The answer is both yes and no, but first let’s look at the requisite and related background facts.

“We Can No Longer Just Depend On Our Military…”

Presidential candidate, Obama, made a bold 2008 campaign announcement regarding the use of private assets (i.e. Brown Shirts) in order to fulfill his national security goals as he made the following statement:

“We cannot continue to rely only on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives that we’ve set. We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded.”



There are some campaign promises that this president has fulfilled. It is clear, in the present context, that Obama was promising to raise an army of “Brown Shirts” that “would be just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded”. This civilian national security force is a three-headed monster. DHS, along with its acquisition of 2.2 billion rounds of ammunition and its 2700 armored personnel carriers, is the executive head of this new army of unconstitutional thugs which will head the upcoming martial law enforcement troops. The other two parts of this force would be the Chinese and Russian soldiers who are presently training on American soil during the upcoming Grid EX II drill. I have just described the composition of the new martial law enforcement army and all of us should be highly concerned.

The Russians Are Our Enemy

Several weeks ago on my talk show, I posed the open question as to why FEMA would sign a bilateral agreement with the Russian military to permit Russians to train on American soil. My most immediate concern has to do with the fact that Russians have repeatedly threatened to nuke the United States if we invaded Syria or Iran in the fall of 2012. I also raised the point that FEMA is a Federal agency designed to respond to natural disasters. Why would we need the Russian military to help us with a response to a natural disaster? Are the National Guard units going to be disbanded? Has our military grown so inept that they cannot be counted on? Or, is it more likely that the Russians will not hesitate to fire on American citizens during a martial law crackdown, subsequent gun confiscation as well as the deportation of dissident Americans to re-education camps?

The following is a quote from the Russian Emergency Situations Ministry:

“The Russian Emergency Situations Ministry and the USA Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) are going to exchange experts during joint rescue operations in major disasters. This is provided by a protocol of the fourth meeting of the U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission Working Group on Emergency Situations and seventeenth meeting of Joint U.S.-Russia Cooperation Committee on Emergency Situations, which took place in Washington on 25 June.

The document provides for expert cooperation in disaster response operations and to study the latest practices. In addition, the parties approved of U.S.-Russian cooperation in this field in 2013-2014, which envisages exchange of experience including in monitoring and forecasting emergency situations, training of rescuers, development of mine-rescuing and provision of security at mass events.”

Don’t be deceived America, this is not just another example of international cooperation between two nations. As far back January of 2012, Russia threatened nuclear war and the threat was issued by the outgoing Russian ambassador to NATO, Dmitry Rogozin, when he said that “Russia has given Iran its bear hug and warns Israel and the West that an attack on Tehran would be considered an attack on Moscow”….

The nuclear attack threatened of the former Russian NATO ambassador is not the only time that the Russians have threatened to nuke the United States. Two years ago, the Russians threatened to nuke targeted American sites in retaliation for a nuclear shield that the US erected in Europe. The unmistakable conclusion is that the Russian government is an enemy of the United States and as such their military does not belong on our soil in any way shape or form.

Not only will Russian troops be used in the upcoming Grid EX II drill, they will be used to police major events on American soil. This is martial law desensitization training in which the Russians are trained to interact with American citizens. In short, these enemies of the Republic are a part of the new martial law enforcement troops and this development defies belief.

Obama has opened the backdoor and let our enemies in the country in this version of the ultimate “Trojan Horse” scenario. This also explains why Obama is turning the United States military upside down on its ear with his endless series of purges of our military leadership. Obama knows that most of our present military leadership is not on board with the treason coming out of the White House. Therefore, Obama is reshuffling the deck in an attempt to find American generals and admirals who will do his unconstitutional bidding.

The Chinese Are Our Enemy

For the first time in American military history, the United States is allowing the communist Chinese troops to train on American soil. Like the Russians, the Chinese military will be a part of the upcoming Grid EX II drill in which they will be providing military support by a simulated attack of a rogue “third world nation” upon the US and its power grid infrastructure. The Chinese will have boots on the ground from November 12-14 in Hawaii.

This is an incredible act of treason being committed by the White House. The Chinese government is the enemy of the American people. Just like Russia, the Chinese have threatened to nuke the United States over a potential invasion of Syria and Iran. Just like Russia, the Chinese have been involved in the purchase of Iranian oil for gold which undermines the Petrodollar. The latter is a direct attack on the United States economy. In my book, when a nation threatens to nuke us and attacks our economic interests, they should be considered to be a hostile enemy and should be kept at arm’s length.

The leader of the Communist regime’s delegation, Major General Zhu, became infamous worldwide after telling reporters in 2005 that the dictatorship in Beijing would deploy nuclear weapons against major American cities in the event of a conflict over Taiwan. Further, both Chinese President Hu and Major General Zhang Zhaozhong have threatened the United States with nuclear war if they invade either Iran or Syria.

Do the above statements sound like the statements of a trusted friend that we should let be a part of a highly sensitive operation involving the defense of our power grid? What is more likely, is that the Chinese, like the Russians, are receiving martial law training on American soil in the upcoming Grid EX II drill.

Interestingly, the only nation on the face of the earth which possesses a sufficient number of troops to effectively garrison the United States is China. Military estimates tell us that six million troops would be needed to occupy this country in a martial law takeover. The Chinese certainly have that capability. Hawaii would prove to be an optimal staging from which to send massive amounts of Chinese soldiers to this country in order to enforce martial law. Could the Grid EX II drill also provide cover for a Chinese military buildup on American soil? And why would the Chinese be willing to engage in such an undertaking?

The Chinese own much of our debt. It is not hard to conceive of the fact that the IMF would strike a deal with the Chinese which promised debt collection through the seizure of American hard assets in exchange for occupying the country.

Obama Is a Traitor

Before you Obama supporters tell me that this president would not be this stupid, or this president would never be that treasonous so as to endanger the country by using troops from enemy countries to participate in a highly sensitive exercise with huge national security implications, I would refer you to a previous article that I wrote on the fact that Obama was bred by communists, raised by communists and had his political career launched by communists to do what he’s doing today. This is not hyperbole, these are well documented facts that I would encourage all skeptics to read by clicking on the hypertext links, view the evidence for yourself and then do your own research. There is only one correct interpretation. Obama was put into office to deindustrialize the US through the introduction of cap and trade policies and to destroy the sovereignty and individual civil liberties of American citizens by putting the country under martial law. He is succeeding on both fronts.

We in the alternative media, do not have time to deal with the skepticism of America’s sheep any longer. The situation is dire and deserves immediate attention and exposure if we have any hope of turning back the dark future that some have planned for the citizens of this country. It might already be too late.

The short answer to this problem is that this president needs to be impeached and immediately removed from office.

Grid EX II Drill On November 13-14

Will the upcoming Grid EX II drill be a cover for a massive false flag attack that will usher in the final destruction of civil liberties and imposition of martial law? Although I share many of colleagues concerns regarding the false flag possibilities for this week’s drill, I’ve concluded that the upcoming drill is just what seems to be, a drill. However, it is a drill with a serious and ominous twist as I have grave concerns that Russian and Chinese troops are a part of this drill.

As the Boston Marathon bombings ended up being a dress rehearsal for martial law, so too is the Grid EX II drill a dress rehearsal for a false flag attack upon American soil involving the take down of the power grid at some future date. This will be followed by a declaration of martial law and will be enforced by foreign troops, under the direction of DHS, who will not hesitate to shoot and kill noncompliant American citizens.

I would challenge anyone reading these words to provide me with the slightest bit of justification in relation as to why the major enemies of our Republic, namely China and Russia, are being permitted anywhere near a sensitive drill such as the Grid EX II drill. China and Russia are clear enemies of the United States and do not belong anywhere within our territorial boundaries for any purpose whatsoever, especially near a highly sensitive emergency drill.

If this is too far-fetched for your worldview, then please tell me what are these foreign troops doing here? Is America that short on traffic cops, that low on Highway Patrolmen or are we expecting an alien invasion from Alpha Centauri and we need the Russian and Chinese firepower? There is nothing short of the ridiculous that justifies this kind of treason that we see coming out of the White House.

Relevant DOD Video

In August 2008, I attended a town hall meeting sponsored by Congressman Trent Franks that was held at my local church. Franks played a 20 minute Department of Defense video which was based on the scenario of terrorists detonating two nuclear weapons high above the mid Continental United States. The resulting explosions produced and EMP burst which took down the electrical power grid. The video mentioned that the Naval War College also conducted a study in which it was determined that within two years following this event, 90% of all Americans would be dead. The Naval War College/DOD scenario reminds one of the television show, Revolution. Congressman Franks attempted to use this DOD creation as a justification to increase military spending. Five years later, I view this presentation is a portend of things to come.

Ask yourself an important question, if the United States ever experienced multiple a series of nuclear bomb detonations, who would be in charge of rescue and forced relocation efforts? The answer is the very agency who has signed a bilateral agreement with Russia to train for emergencies. It would be the very agency who will be working with the Communist Chinese military in Hawaii on November 12 through the 14th. That agency would be FEMA who operates under the direction of DHS. These are the two agencies who are primarily responsible for implementing the Grid EX II drill which is utilizing Chinese and Russian troops.


Did you know that this drill is being “managed” by the Security Prosperity Partnership (SPP)?  SPP is the North American Union. The announcement of Grid EX II was released, not on FEMA’s website, but on This is a clever move which allows for elite to more effectively manage this drill for their own purposes.

Although I cannot discount the fears that many have that Grid EX II is a false flag operation in the works, I think it more likely that this is a dress rehearsal trial run for the real event.  I believe that in the future we will see a power grid take down, followed by the declaration of martial law and the use of enemy foreign troops to enforce that martial law. I also believe that the it is likely that a future grid take down will also include a banking take down, as well, that will occur the third day of the blackout when people are rioting for food and too occupied to notice. This would allow the central bankers to establish a new world currency under the literal cover of darkness.

I think some individual caution is in order in preparation for this week’s events. However, I strongly believe that the worst is yet to come.





by Dave Hodges | The Common Sense Show

The following material is grim, very grim. Let me get the dramatics out of the way in the very beginning. If a nation-wide EMP attack ever takes place in America, given our present level of preparedness, it will prove to be the most cataclysmic event in human history.

This is an article that I did not want to write. However, it is an article which represents completely known information but is normally not available outside academic and government sponsored conferences. I have synthesized and simplified much of the research in the hope of making the material understandable and useful to the general public.

Many authors who would write such an article would be immediately be accused of fear-mongering. In this instance, I believe there is much to fear. Short of a 3 mile-wide asteroid ilanding n the ocean, I cannot think of a more devastating event than an EMP attack. If anything, the scenarios I present are on the very conservative side.

I strongly concur with my Congressman, Trent Franks, that an EMP attack is the most devastating event that our country could ever face. Congressman Franks represents a small group of Congressmen who have desperately been trying to attract attention to the possibility that a nation-wide EMP attack would prove more devastating than if a dozen of our cities were to be hit by a nuclear attack. America could mostly recover from the latter, but there might not be any recovery from a nationwide EMP attack.

This article is not an inventory of all things that could go wrong following an EMP attack, it is a cross-section. Suffice it to say that there would be nobody who would be left untouched by an EMP attack.

Our Power Grid Is Very Vulnerable

Our power grid is susceptible to hurricanes, flooding, lightening strikes and Corona Mass Ejections (CME). The grid is also vulnerable to Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP). Dr. John Casti, author of the book, X Events The Collapse of Everything states that EMP is only something that we have known about since the 1950′s when the United States detonated nuclear weapons in above-ground testing in the South Pacific. When one sets off a nuclear weapon. a pulse is emitted which “short circuits” all electronics and permanently damages them.

In 2010, an executive summary from the Federal Energy and Regulatory Commission, warned that an EMP would destroy the power grid, or at minimum, would seriously damage it. The most malicious threat would be a High Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP).  A HEMP attack would have a devastating impact on all the normal channels of government coordination and communication, including intelligence and data gathering assets, and nuclear forensics. Indeed, with a  severe societal breakdown, the basic continuity of government agencies would be at risk. Under such circumstances, it is judged unlikely that the source of a  HEMP attack, given even a minimal attempt to disguise it, would ever be known.

Our constitutional freedoms and liberties as well as our 300 million handguns would prove to be an effective deterrent against an occupying force.

If the globalists desire totally to collapse the resistance of America an EMP/HEMP would be an excellent method to eliminate the American civilian threat. The cap and trade extreme environmentalists would jump for joy because all industrial activity would be immediately halted.

In two years following an EMP attack, with the majority of people dead (see below), there would be no opposition to a Chinese/Russian military occupation for the remaining populace.

You say, that you don’t believe that this will happen? Then explain to me why the Russians and the Chinese are being allowed to participate in Grid EX II (see the previous article)? Until this question can be satisfactorily answered, then we must view their presence on our soil as provocative to say the least.

Adding to the likelihood that an EMP would be used to subdue this country is the fact that United States military system is protected against EMP and the American businesses and the general public are not. Therefore, critical infrastructure controlled by the globalists could survive while the rest of us fight for our survival.

The Most Devastating Delivery Method of a HEMP

Most experts agree that the most effective delivery method for a nation-wide EMP, or HEMP attack would be the Club-K Container Missile System.  In its advertised versions, it is designed for launching four or six cruise missiles, it could obviously be converted for a long-range ballistic missile. A Scud-D ballistic missile would fit quite easily into this container as well. These delivery devices would be readily available on the open market and a cargo ship could be rigged to launch such missiles.

I have publicly heard Congressman Trent Franks speak to the fact that ah EMP attack would likely consist of two high-altitude nuclear explosions over the mid-continental United States. The resulting EMP, or HEMP to be more accurate, would take out the power grid.

Grid EX II

I emphatically stated in my last article that I do not believe that the November 13-14 Grid EX II drill will produce an EMP event. I want to emphasize that it is not likely that a false flag EMP attack will occur this week as part of the Grid EX II drill. However, it is highly likely that such an attack will take place in our future. Remember, outgoing DHS director, Janet Napolitano, stated in her August 2013 farewell address that it is not a matter of if but when such an attack will occur.

Even if the attack did not take the form a false flag attack, Russia, China and North Korea all possess devastating EMP capabilities. Russia is considered the leader in EMP weapons technology.

I want to emphatically reiterate that I am highly concerned about the presence of two nations, who have both threatened to nuke the United States in the past two years, and the fact that they are being allowed to participate in the simulated take-down drill involving our power grid. Treason or insanity? You decide.

The reasons that I do not think that we will see a false flag event, despite the fact that this event is unfolding like so many false flag events of the past (e.g. 9/11, 7/7 London bombings and the Boston Marathon bombing), is due to the fact that the bad guys are not ready.  The military’s leadership has not been sufficiently purged and Obama needs more time to complete an absolute takeover of the American military from a leadership standpoint. Secondly, the martial law troops consisting of the Russians and Chinese, both a part of Grid EX II, need to be trained how to carry their roles on American soil.

I do believe that it is likely that we will see sporadic power outages in isolated portions of the country as a part of a beta test. However, just like the EBT beta test a few weeks ago, the event should not last very long, and if you are unlucky enough to get caught in the in the wrong place at the wrong time, don’t panic.

Just like the Boston Marathon bombing, the Grid EX II is a dress rehearsal for the event and the subsequent martial law enforcement from the Chinese and Russian troops which are participating in the drill.

A Cross-Section of Effects of A HEMP

Nearly all of the commercial sector is not protected. Most data backups of commercial systems are protected from just about every other threat, but not protected against EMP; and most data backups are located within the area likely to be affected by the EMP attack. Computer systems and the information they contain are especially vulnerable.  In the old Dark Angel television series used to say, As Max says in the narration in the first episode of the old Dark Angel television series, “ . . . the electromagnetic pulse turned all the one and zeros into plain old zeros . . .”

An EMP attack would literally send thousands of small and mid-sized businesses in the United States into bankruptcy in less than a millisecond. Other than your printed statements, the banks would have no records of your ledger sheet.


Education records would be destroyed and only hard copies of transcripts would serve as the remnants of an extinct system. If there is a silver-lining, at least Common Core would stop wreaking its havoc on American students before the damage was too widespread.


America would see catastrophic conditions immediately take place in our hospitals and convalescent centers. Within a few days, old age homes would lack the resources and services of the staff to help preserve the lives of those who are virtually helpless. Patients on the operating table would stand a good chance of not surviving. Hospital backup generating systems would be rendered unusable. Food and water would become a scarce resource. Many hospital personnel would walk off the job by the beginning of the third day. The only medical personnel that would stay would be those that live too far away from home to walk. People would not be able to get their life-sustaining medications and services, most of which are electrically powered. Our worst fears would be realized


In one of the most dramatic effects, airplanes would fall from the skies. Untold thousands of people would immediately plunged to their death. And their deaths might be considered merciful compared to the fate that the majority of the rest of us would face over the next two years. Most automobiles will not work unless they have all pre-electrical parts. Even then how long would gasoline be available? Many people on the various subways, would be hopelessly trapped depending on the time that an electromagnetic pulse would be released. And we can all be sure, that the release of an EMP, through false flag planning, would occur at the optimal time to ensure the maximum loss of life.

Schools and Children

One of the most tragic developments arising from an EMP attack with the fate of schoolchildren geographically isolated from their parents who have already commuted to work. Reuniting parents and their children would be next to impossible for the majority of Americans who have a 30 minute commute or more to work (20 miles). In an earlier article this year, I identified and detailed the questionnaire which went out to all school personnel which was inventorying  staff school sets such as  law enforcement experience, construction as well electrical and engineering talents. Sounds like a strange set of skills to be surveying at our public schools. What do the originators of this document know that they rest of us should?

If you were a teacher, how long would you stay on the job and ignore the welfare of your family?

Getting home and reuniting with family will be problematic.


Your cell phones, your land lines, text, twitter, emails and faxes will not work. Nearly all broadcast stations, especially television stations, would go off the air.  Due to the high level of computerized automation, the equipment in most radio and television studios would be so completely destroyed that most commercial stations would be damaged beyond repair. Radio studios are actually more vulnerable to permanent damage than many portable radio receivers. When America emerges from the event, the NSA police state surveillance grid would be permanently in place for the extreme martial law dictatorship that will follow.

According to a statement of Damon Penn, a DHS official, made to a committee of the U.S. House of Representatives on July 8, 2011, a limited number of critical radio stations are being retrofitted with some EMP protection.  However, most of us will be without the benefit of mass communication.  Smoke signals anyone?

Somewhere between 250,000 to 500,000 people will die in the first few minutes. Perhaps as many as 1-2 million would be dead within three days.

Water Borne Diseases

The greatest threat to human survival, in the aftermath of HEMP, the public’s availability to obtain clean drinking water. This access would be greatly imperiled.

In 2010, when Haiti was hit by a major earthquake which killed over 200,000 people, the misery did not stop with the survivors. Six weeks following the earthquake, Haiti announced its first cholera outbreak in over a century. The cholera outbreak went on to claim 8000 more lives. The disease thrives in places where there is insufficient water treatment, poor sanitation and inadequate hygiene. This is what precisely would happen in most areas following an EMP attack.

Keeping drinking water clean and separate from human sewage and other contaminates would prove to be humanity’s biggest challenge. Cholera would also prove to be the biggest threat to long term survival. It is likely that in the 24 months following the event, that most people would succumb to cholera and other water-borne diseases.

Cholera is a horrible disease which grants its victims a very painful and agonizing death. In the 20th century, human lifespan in United States increased by 35 years. Thirty of those 35 years was due to improvements in sanitation. Following an EMP attack, effective sanitation would all but disappear.

Access to Water

Human beings require approximately 2 Liters of water per day in order to survive. If we do not get that water, we will die in approximately 5 days. With regard to a HEMP attack, our water supplies are especially vulnerable. The power to distribute water is highly concentrated within the United States. Only eight municipalities provide 82% of the drinking water in the United States.

There are multiple technologies which are used to pump water from the source to its final destination. Some require no electricity, however, most do. And even if your water system was powered by non-electrical means, how would the personnel and staff, who monitors and maintains your water supply, get to work without proper transportation?

In all of Southern California, the water must make its way over mountains. What will happen when all electricity is gone? The resulting casualty rates stemming from civil disorder and death due to lack of water would be unimaginable.

In a time of a HEMP attack, the availability of water, as well as the safety of water would come into question for the vast majority of Americans. The availability of clean water supplies would be the most critical threat and would claim the most victims.

These grim possibilities makes one wonder why T. Boone Pickens is buying up the Ogallala reservoir. What does he know that the rest of should know?


The food supply would be imperiled as well. What do crops need to grow? With hydroelectric power gone, where would the water come from for many food-growing regions in the country? Our food supplies would dry up and disappear, thus exacerbating the threat.

Most people will perish within 30 days of famine, thus, making water shortages the greatest threat to survival.
Social Chaos

Survivors would undoubtedly form collectives to forcefully procure food and water. The levels of violence would be horrific. Yet, I was unable to locate any government or academic documents which attempted to project how bad it will get. It is safe to say that it will be a waste of time to call 911 and that every person would be under threat of attack 24/7/365.

How Bad Will It Get?

Sociologists tell us that there are five levels of societal development.

1. Nomadic Hunting and Gathering

2. Horticulture and Pastoral

3. Agriculture

4. Industrial

5. Post-industrial.

Much of America is entering into the Post-Industrial phase. An EMP attack would reduce most Americans to a violent existence in the first stage, Nomadic Hunting and Gathering. Without easy access to water, most would not be able to maintain a Horticulture and Pastoral society for long. And those that did would face dire threats from those seeking resources. This would be make the death curve for the elderly and the infirm skyrocket. Child mortality would be dramatically rise. I am not predicting a return to 10,000 Years BC. However, a pre-Revolutionary War existence would largely be out of reach because of the lack of obtainable clean water. Water is the organizing foundation for any society. Society, as we know it, would collapse.


I have read the Naval War College projections which tell us that within two years of the event, 90% of all Americans would be dead. In the video below, Congressman Franks predicts a 60% mortality rate. The fact remains that nobody know for certain how many of us would perish. However, it is safe to say that most of us would perish.

I will close the most grim article that I have written with the words of Congressman Trent Franks who at the seven minute mark tell us his view of the expected casualty rates following an EMP attack.





By Dave Hodges | The Common Sense Show

How much coverage has the Grid EX II blackout drill received  from mainstream media? Zero.

How much coverage has the presence of Chinese and Russian soldiers on U.S. soil received from the same? Zero.

How Much Coverage Has Congressman Trent Franks Given to the EMP Threat to Our Power Grid?

Congress may have a minuscule nine percent approval rating, but I am starting to like my congressman. Trent Franks (R-AZ) from the 8th District, is a lone voice in the wilderness. Congressman Franks has become the voice of reason, exhibiting a Ron Paul type of courage in the face of the EMP threat and what it could mean to our power grid, and most importantly to our collective survival.

On November 6, 2013, Congressman Franks wrote a very pointed and blunt letter to Frederick Gorbet, the chairman of the Board of Trustees for the North American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC). Franks jointly addressed his letter to Gary Cauley, the President and CEO of the same organization.

In the letter, Congressman Franks sounds like a man who has had enough, is as mad as hell and is not going to take it anymore. Franks obviously sees the dire threat posed by an EMP grid take down and is increasingly frustrated with the “Pollyanna’s” who are acting irresponsibly in the face of the threat, especially when some of these people are positions of responsibility when it comes to protecting the public from a prolonged and catastrophic blackout.

In the letter, Franks points out that on “October 27, 2013, National Geographic aired a docudrama entitled American Blackout. The film showed what our countrymen and nation would experience in the event of a cyber attack on the US bulk power distribution system and a resulting shut down of the grid for 10 days. If anything, the serious hardships, dislocation, physical destruction, deaths and societal breakdown portrayed in this docudrama are likely understated“. In my last article, a Franks video was played in which he said an EMP take down of the grid would result in 60% of Americans dying as a result of the event. The Naval War College puts the death rate at 90%.

Franks goes on to chastise NERC for the statements of one of its member electric utilities, the Kissimmee Utility Authority which issued a statement, in response to the film, which clearly chastised the National Geographic docudrama by stating that the threats were overblown. Franks made it clear in his letter, that if anything, the threats of the docudrama were grossly understated! Further, Franks went on to say that the time frame which encompassed the blackout, two weeks, was an additional understatement and “that a sustained blackout would be catastrophic”.  Franks also accuses NERC and its member utilities of historically under-representing the seriousness of the threat of an EMP attack and a subsequent power grid take down.

The main thrust of the Frank’s letter focuses on his lack of trust and sincerity that NERC will bring to the table in testing the nations power grid vulnerabilities in the November 13-14, 2013, Grid EX II drill. The Franks’ letter to NERC turns into an outright condemnation in which he accuses the main sponsor of the Grid EX II. NERC, as being ” dismissive”  and that “the blackout possibilities represents a catastrophic threat to the United States of widespread power loss for potentially months or years that could result in American society tearing itself apart and a horrific loss of human life.“

Franks goes on to challenge NERC to disavow the dismissive comments regarding the blackout threat addressed by the Kissimmee Utility Authority. Franks further challenges NERC when he says that “If, however, NERC and others involved in planning and executing Grid EX II are dismissive of those who believe such vulnerabilities exist-and it the planners are intent on using the exercise to hide, rather than expose, the shortcomings-Grid EX may actually be a grave disservice to the consumer, to the public more generally and perhaps to America’s vital national security”.

We’re actually witnessing a Congressman who is exhibiting a high degree of integrity and courage in taking on this issue on behalf of the American people.

Congressman Trent Franks is actually saying that NERC is not to be trusted in their past statements and their actions exhibit the reasons behind the mistrust.

The entire Frank’s letter can be accessed at this link.

Franks Takes Action

Franks, in combination with Representative Pete Sessions, the chairman of the House Rules Committee, has jointly sponsored H.R. 3410, the Critical Infrastructure Protection Act, which asks the electric industry leaders pointedly: “In light of these dangers, we want to establish whether you and the North American Electric Reliability Corporation share the view of the utility in Kissimmee? …Or do you believe the public should be concerned that the grid may be offline for extended periods?”  Franks and Sessions are attempting to compel NERC to go on the record with an official position as to the potential threat of an EMP attack upon our infrastructure.

Last week, the Washington Times published an article authored by Frank J. Gaffney, Jr., a leader of the EMP Coalition and President of the Center of Security Policy. In the article, Dr. Peter Pry of the EMP Coalition, offered four litmus tests that will determine the validity and forthrightness of the Grid EX II drill. Gaffney went to express concerns of the Grid EX II drill when he stated that  “If Grid EX II fails to exercise such daunting – yet all-too-realistic – scenarios, NERC and the participating utilities must be held accountable for not only keeping the American people in the dark, but possibly for condemning them to that condition indefinitely.”

In reading between the lines, I think it is likely that Trent Franks, Pete Sessions and Frank Gaffney, Jr. smell a rat in the Grid EX drill which will commence this morning. I am not going to mince words, the Grid EX II drill has little, if anything to do with testing the grid for vulnerabilities. The purpose of the drill is becoming increasingly clear and the direction that this is taking is very ominous.

The False Flag Overtones of Grid EX II

Although I do not believe that a false flag attack will take place during this drill, other than a few selected beta-tested sporadic blackouts, I believe that the Grid EX II drill is a precursor for an upcoming false flag attack and is also serving as an intelligence gathering activity for foreign entities, namely, the Chinese and the Russians who will take down the grid at a predetermined time. I believe that this drill will show them how to accomplish the takedown. And I believe that time will coincide with a currency collapse because it will easy to usher in a new fiat currency under the cover of darkness. .

As a reminder, in the past 11 months, and as recently as August 27, former Homeland Security director, Janet Napolitano, stated very clearly that it is not a matter of “if” the power grid goes down, but “when” the power grid goes down!

Napolitano’s concerns are bolstered by the fact that two of our enemies are participating in this present drill. As I have documented in recent articles, both the Chinese and the Russians have publicly threatened to nuke the United States over the Syria and Iran conflict. If your neighbor threatens to shoot you in the face, are you going to trust him with your innermost secrets and then hand him the keys to your car? That is exactly what we have done with regard to letting the Chinese and Russians anywhere close to a drill that shows them how vulnerable our power grid is. And the purveyors of this drill are not even taking the threats seriously as pointed out in the Franks’ letter. I do not believe that NERC could be this stupid. Treason is a more descriptive term than stupidity with regard to NERC and this President.

These are the express concerns of an American citizen that are now being echoed both directly and indirectly by two members of Congress.

How much more are we going to take?



Just think. A nuclear device carried aloft by an Iranian rocket somewhere near the Gulf of Mexico and a blinding flash is seen in the skies.

Within 12 to 18 months, experts predict, 90 percent of Americans would be dead.

That’s the catastrophic threat from the resulting electromagnetic pulse signal, or EMP, that an conference addressed in August 2012.

Computers would cease functioning, and every system that relies on those components – food and fuel deliveries, communications, production, manufacturing, travel and everything associated – would halt.

Forstchen cited a 2004 study on the impact of such an assault on America.

“Testimony in that study said 90 percent, let me repeat that, 90 percent of all Americans will die within 12-18 months of an EMP attack,” he said.

Kahlili warns that Iran already has been practicing with missile launches from ships that simply put the payload straight up and high in the sky.

“That is the signature … of training for an EMP launch.”

Kahlili confirmed it would take only 60 seconds for such a warhead to be launched, and the result would “destabilize the entire infrastructure of the United States within hours.”







Mac Slavo
December 20, 2013

At last count, there are eight countries in the world that have officially designed, developed and tested nuclear weapons. Another two (Israel and Iran) deny they have built or are building such weapons, but the probability that Israel has them and that Iran is building them is believed by members of the international community to be extremely high.

Image: Nuclear Explosion (Wikimedia Commons).

That being said, it’s only a matter of time before a madman at the helm in any of these ten nuclear-armed states decides to push the button. With the global economy in shambles, the world’s super powers mobilizing military assets, and hundreds of trillions of dollars in unservicable debt soon to be realized by the financial community, how long before history rhymes with previous large-scale events that culminated in the fall of the Roman empire or the World Wars that  devastated tens of millions of lives in the 20th century?

War, it seems, is inevitable. Not just because of the many problems faced by mankind, but because of the nature of mankind itself.

Whether that war is a widespread nuclear conflict involving the world’s super powers, or a more limited event in the middle east involving Pakistan and India, according to a new report published by the International Physicians for the Prevention of Nuclear War, a nuclear engagement (even a limited one) would lead to widespread destruction across planet earth, with at least 2 billion people at risk of starvation or death.

The kicker? The effects will be so long-lasting, according to the author of the study, that there’s pretty much nothing we can do to survive it:

The threat of nuclear war has been embedded in global consciousness since the invention of the atomic bomb. Most fears are focused on blast radius and radioactive fallout; but the long-term effects of a nuclear conflict could be far more concerning.

According to new research from the International Physicians for the Prevention of Nuclear War and Physicians for Social Responsibility, a phenomenon known as “nuclear famine” is keeping experts up at night. The study estimates that more than 2 billion people are at risk.

Its author, Ira Helfand, says even a limited nuclear war could lead to “the end of civilization.”

Helfand theorizes it could occur in stages. The first is climate change. Existing literature shows that a regional nuclear war between India and Pakistan could drastically affect temperatures throughout the world. A 2007 study published in Atmospheric Chemistry and Physics predicts that the soot created by such an event could reduce temps by 1.25°C per year for at least a half-decade.

This would wreak havoc on global crops.

The final stage of this catastrophe is starvation.

With his best guess, Helfand breaks the at-risk into three groups: (a) 870 million people already facing malnourishment, (b) grain-importing nations, and (c) the entire population of China. The first group gets more than 75% of its nutrition from grain, and a significant portion would not be able to afford higher prices.

Grain-importing nations, like South Korea, Japan, most of North Africa, and the Middle East, would be hard hit by trading partners who suddenly decide to stop exporting. Additionally, China’s 1.3 billion citizens would use up their rice and wheat reserves in a few months, and international hoarding may make open-market purchases impossible.

As Helfand has said: ”This is a disaster so massive in scale that really no preparation is possible. We must prevent this.”

With the vast majority of the world’s nations still unable to build the bomb, a blanket approach could work. ICAN pleads that the “very survival of humanity depends on nuclear weapons never being used.” via IPNNW Study

The nuclear-armed nations of the world didn’t just build these weapons so they can look at them. Sure, our leaders may claim these weapons are merely deterrents designed to prevent war, but the fact is, advanced weaponry has always been used for the purposes of conquering. Our modern era is no different.

We came dangerously close during the Cuban missile crisis in the early 1960′s. Cooler heads prevailed that day.

And even if starting a war is unintentional, it could happen. On at least one occasion, in 1983, the United States and Russia were literally minutes away from a full-scale confrontation under both country’s policies of mutually assured destruction. It turns out that was a false alarm – but the world was almost destroyed as a result. This is one of the incidents we know about, and given the secrecy behind such military operations, it’s quite possible that there have been more.

The bottom line is that we must assume these weapons will be used at some point – that should be a given. What we don’t know is the scale of the nuclear engagement. It could be that Russia, the United States, Israel, China and North Korea just start lobbing intercontinental ballistic missiles by the hundreds, in which case we’re all pretty much toast. Or, it could be a limited war, with the conflict in India and Pakistan finally coming to a head.

Whatever the case, even if those dropped bombs detonate thousands of miles away from you, there is a strong likelihood that you will feel the direct effects in the form of an almost immediate climate change, food scarcity, extreme price rises, and the riots and looting that are sure to follow.

As with any disaster, whether its a nuclear war, global financial collapse, or a natural disaster, we can fully expect the worst of the worst. As the IPPNW report notes:

We would have to expect panic on a far greater scale following a nuclear war, even if it were a “limited” regional war,  especially as it became clear that there would be significant, sustained agricultural shortfalls over an extended period.

It is probable that there would be hoarding on an international scale as food exporting nations suspended exports in order to assure adequate food supplies for their own populations.

Though the report suggests it is impossible to prepare for such an event, one could argue that survival is certainly possible.

Assuming we survive the nuclear impact and fallout because we live in a strategic location (or just got lucky!), your most immediate concerns would be food, water and self defense, all of which must be considered before such an event occurs if you intend to improve your odds of survival.

Surviving a nuclear winter will, of course, not be easy. According to the report, two billion people could die as a result – probably within a matter of months or a year. A similar scenario would play out should a disaster like a Super EMP weapon or solar flare take out our national (or global) power grid.

Regardless of the disaster, the aftermath, like any crisis or emergency, is survivable.

From the standpoint of preparedness, this means having long-term food stores and a preparedness plan to go along with them. You’ll first need to survive the initial “die-off” as millions of people search for food and resources. Then, when your own food stores run out, you’ll need to be able to produce your own by way of micro-farming and raising your own livestock.

What it will boil down to is adaptability. We can’t predict what will happen or what we will face. But understanding the potential threats, how to mitigate them when they occur, and the options we have available should our best laid plans fail gives us a much better chance of surviving disasters than just pretending like they can’t ever happen.





General Jerry Boykin discusses his background and training in understanding Marxist insurgencies and how current government actions parallel Marxist tactics.



Published on Jan 21, 2014

































by Douglas J. Hagmann

Some might be surprised to learn that the fate of America’s economy has already been determined, verified and announced by the Obama White House. Yet, it has received scant attention from the corporate media. In 2011, economist Kyle Bass interviewed a senior member of the Obama administration about its planned solutions for fixing the US economy and trade deficit [i].

Among the questions he asked was about U.S. exports and wages, but the question itself was not nearly as important as the response he received from this senior administration official. In fact, this single, seven word response clarifies everything, explains everything, and leaves little else to discuss: “We’re just going to kill the dollar.”

There it is, the entire agenda in one short sentence. It explains everything we’ve been seeing domestically and globally. That one statement makes every other question irrelevant, or otherwise answers all economic questions and explains everything. Nothing else matters. I urge you to ponder that statement and all that it implies. Doing so will provide you with the clarity to understand not only what is taking place today, but what is yet to come.

It is important to note the specificity of the word “kill.” Stated in the active voice, it means an unambiguously intentional and deliberate act. The murder of our national currency, the United States Dollar (USD), is the ultimate agenda to be implemented under Obama. To “kill” our national currency will subvert the United States and destroy it from within. This begs a number of questions, including what type of Americans would actually have, as their objective, the destruction of our national currency? To whom do they hold their allegiance, if not to the American people whose life’s work as well as the toil of our ancestors is represented in the form of wealth held in U.S. dollars? Does this make any sense to us, as Americans? The answer of course is “no.”

By its very definition, to kill our national currency is an act of high treason by those engaged in this activity. It undermines the very sovereignty and survival of our nation, and will have a life-changing impact on every citizen in the U.S. It will also impact every nation and the people of every nation on the planet, as the USD is presently the world’s reserve currency. It is an act that should result in the filing of criminal charges against the conspirators, a trial of their peers and if convicted, a death sentence. It’s that serious.

According to my source, we are past the point of no return. We will not be able to stop what is coming, but must be wise enough to prepare and “get out of the way.” The murder plot involving the death of the dollar did not begin with Obama, but he and other conspirators have accelerated the plans, plots and schemes for its demise.

The ultimate objective is to implement an international currency in tandem with a system of global governance. The problem is that most people are not thinking large enough, nor do they understand the magnitude of the lie. They are not seeing the larger picture as their focus is diverted elsewhere. For example, they focus on various tentacles of the octopus such as the gun confiscation initiative, the DHS armament acquisitions and economic woes as independent and unrelated events. They are not.

Meanwhile, others continue to adhere to, or even perpetuate the dual party meme of governance, holding dearly to the notion that there is a practical difference between the Republican and Democrat parties. Have we not seen sufficient evidence that they are now of one party acting in concert with each other? They cannot see the collusion and backroom deals, and continue to hope that the next election will finally change the unchangeable continuity of agenda.

Most of the elected officials are on board with the subjugation of the United States to a global system of governance. Some are actively facilitating this agenda, while others are making nominal objections on the stage of political theater while hoping to earn a seat at the global table. It’s entertainment for the globalists, distraction of the masses, and diversionary fodder for the talking heads in the media.

America has become a captured operation – captured from within. Think of the Vichy French, internal collaboration with the enemy, or softening the ground for a full takeover from within. The takeover of America has already happened, the collaborators have already been installed, and we are now on a path to complete subjugation of a larger global system of governance. If you continue to doubt this, how else would you explain the numerous examples of our dual-party governmental acquiescence of self destruction?

Those who are pleased about the new record setting stock-market highs and various other manipulated statistics that indicate our economy is improving will be the most vocal critics of this report and who will attempt to discredit the validity of the information offered here. The more intellectually astute will look beyond the statistics offered for mass consumption not only to identify the deliberately manipulated data, but to understand what is actually driving these false hopes, figures and data. It is a magic show, and many are still captivated by the magicians’ many diversions, failing to realize that we are engaged in a global war while being simultaneously hobbled by enemy infiltrators from within.

One reason we are seeing new stock market highs is the rush to the dollar from other currencies, especially in the Eurozone. Another reason is the monetization of our debt by the Federal Reserve, despite the previous denials of Ben Bernanke and others.

Simply put, the plan by the globalists, or the central bankers and those behind them, is to create this rush to the USD like passengers from sinking ships to lifeboats. Once the lifeboats are filled to capacity, they will be sunk, and the United States Dollar will be completely worthless. As in such a scenario, many will not make it. Many will die from what is coming. The level of evil behind this plan is incomprehensible to the normal human mind.

We are at war with Russia. After removing Qaddafi from power in Libya, the Obama-Clinton black-ops plan was immediately put into action. Benghazi was the logistics hub for arming the anti-Assad terrorists by our own State Department covert operatives who were shipping millions of tons of weapons to Syria via Turkey and other staging areas. Russia was aware of our actions, and through the attack at the CIA operations center in Benghazi by proxy forces, exposed this operation to the world while putting a stop to this operation. It seems that everyone except the Western media reported what had taken place.

The “dirty little secret” that explains why we have not been told the truth about Benghazi is quite simple. The efforts to overthrow Assad from power are continuing, except the arms and munitions shipments are now originating primarily from Croatia. Overthrowing Assad would pose a direct threat to Russia, both militarily and economically. Are we to expect Russia’s Putin to simply accept this without response? No. So what is Russia doing to subvert our efforts? He is waging war against America, striking at the weak underbelly of our economy which is the “oil backed” dollar as identified in Michael Reagan’s article, Building on a Kernel of Truth.

Sadly, the Obama regime is doing nothing to protect us from this asymmetrical war. It’s as if they are allowing it to take place.

Although it was reported in The New York Times, few have paid attention to last week’s meeting between Chinese President Xi Jinping and Russian President Vladimir Putin in Moscow, but it was an extremely important event in terms of the planned murder of the U.S. dollar. An alliance is being forged between Russia and China to replace the USD as the reserve currency, already severely weakened by the policies of those in power, with a gold backed currency.

While reports do exist that cite the hoarding of gold by China and Russia, they are purposely under reporting their collective reserves. Meanwhile, Americans can’t even get honest answers to the amounts of our own gold reserves held in Fort Knox or the Federal Reserve. Don’t people find this reluctance for audit and inspection a bit curious if not outright suspicious?

The battle is being waged not only by military might but by a currency war. We are “being played” through our military involvement in the Middle East, including our covert operations against Syria at the behest of Saudi Arabia. Unlike Iraq, the war in Syria will explode, turn hot, and we will be engaged in an ominous battle that will quickly expand and turn deadly. Weakened militarily through the policies of the Obama regime, coupled with an already weakened economy, the U.S. will suffer consequences unlike anyone might imagine or is willing to address. It is a recipe for disaster planned and initiated by the global elite behind the central banking system, including those in our own government. We have been set up from within, lied to, and now, we are about to see exactly what this globalist system has in store for not only the United States, but every nation of the world.

It is critical to understand that the take-down of the U.S. will be the result of an asymmetrical war that includes the weakening of our military, our economy, and a direct assault on our ability to keep the dollar as the world reserve currency and protect the free flow of oil and energy to the United States.

Within the last week, China held a surprise naval exercise in the South China Sea. Meanwhile, Russia displayed their resurgent military might in the Black Sea. These exercises were conducted as U.S. military forces are spread thinly across many areas in the world. Is anyone paying attention here?

Just as certain a collapse of the dollar is coming, so will be chaos on the streets of America caused by this plan “to kill the dollar.” The central bankers and the leaders selected to govern each country have effectively used the Hegelian Dialectic [ii] to implement their agenda. Just as stated by George H.W. Bush on September 11, 1990, their predetermined solution of a “New World Order” is being formed before our very eyes. They’ve told us what they are doing, but we have chosen not to listen or failed to understand what was being said.

The U.S. has always been the firewall against the globalists. By their persistence, infiltration of global elitists into our government, and covert subversion from within, we are being led to slaughter. A view from space, looking at the larger picture of events for which many have questions, a clearer picture emerges. There will be some who dare to resist the pillaging of our bank accounts, the erosion of our rights, and the enslavement that comes with the dismantling of America.

The dust clouds visible on the far horizon that watchmen have been reporting for decades can now be seen as an attacking army of barbarians, whose fighters are now on the ladders and cannons are breaching our empire’s outer walls. Who knows how long the inner walls of our empire will survive the next wave of their coming attack.

Perhaps Ernest Hemmingway said it best in referencing John Donne from his novel of the same name… “And therefore never send to know for whom the bell tolls; It tolls for thee.”




by Brandon Smith

August 21, 2013

Even after seven years of writing macroeconomic analysis for the liberty movement and bearing witness to astonishing displays of financial and political stupidity by more “skeptics” than I can count, it never ceases to amaze me the amount of blind faith average Americans place in the strength of the U.S. dollar. One could explain in vast categorical detail the history of fiat currencies, the inevitable destruction caused by inflationary printing and the conundrum caused when any country decides to monetize its own debt just to stay afloat — often, to no avail.

Bank bailouts, mortgage company bailouts, Treasury bond bailouts, stock market bailouts, bailouts of foreign institutions: None of this seems to phase the gibbering bobbleheaded followers of the Federal Reserve cult.  Logic and reason and wisdom bounce like whiffle balls off their thick skulls. They simply parrot one of two painfully predictable arguments:

  • Argument No. 1: There is no way foreign countries will ever dump the U.S. dollar because they are so dependent on American consumers to buy their export goods.
  • Argument No. 2:There is no way the dollar’s value will ever collapse because it is the dominant petro-currency, and the entire world needs dollars to purchase oil.

I have written literally hundreds of articles over the years dismantling the first argument, pointing out undeniable signals that include:

  • China’s subtle dumping of the dollar — using bilateral trade agreements with other developing nations and, more recently, major economic powers like Germany and Japan
  • The massive gold-buying spree undertaken by China and Russia — even in the face of extreme market manipulation by JPMorgan Chase and Co. and CME Group Inc.
  • The dumping of long-term U.S. Treasuries by foreign creditors in exchange for short-term Treasuries that can be liquidated at a moment’s notice.
  • The fact that bonds now are supported almost entirely by Fed stimulus. When the stimulus ends, America’s ability to honor foreign debts will end and faith in the dollar will crumble.
  • Blatant statements by the International Monetary Fund calling for the end of the dollar’s world reserve status and the institution of special drawing rights (SDRs) as a replacement.

The second argument held weight for a short time, only because the political trends in the Mideast had not yet caught up to the financial reality already underway. Today, this is quickly changing. The petrodollar’s status is dependent on a great number of factors remaining in perfect alignment, socially, politically and economically. If a single element were to fall out of place, oil markets would explode with inflation in prices, influencing the rest of the world to abandon the greenback.

The Dollar Is A Paper Tiger

Some might argue that oil discoveries in the Midwestern U.S. could be used to counter the disruption of oil pipelines in the Middle East, and certainly, there is much untapped oil in America.  However, to claim that this oil would somehow negate a crisis is naive, primarily because oil supply is not the ultimate issue; the dollar’s petro-status IS the ultimate issue.  That status is dangerously reliant on the continued stability of Western friendly regimes in the East.  We can produce all the oil we want within our own borders, but if the dollar loses global standing as the world reserve, we will STILL see a massive debasement of our currency’s value, we will still see collapse, and I guarantee, most of our domestic oil will end up being exported as payment to foreign creditors just to satisfy outstanding debts.

The dollar is no more invincible than any other fiat currency in history. In some ways, it is actually far weaker than any that came before. The dollar is entirely reliant on its own world reserve status in order to hold its value on the global market. As is evident, countries like China are already dumping the greenback in trade with particular nations. It is utterly foolish to assume this trend is somehow “random” rather than deliberate. Foreign countries would not be initiating the process of a dollar dump today if they did not mean to follow through with it tomorrow. All that is left is for a cover crisis to be conjured.  Existing tensions in the Mideast signal a pervasive crisis, most likely an energy crisis, in the near term.



Contributed by Valentin Mândrăşescu, Editor of Reality Check @ The Voice of Russia.

May 12, 2013

The status of the US dollar as the world reserve currency gives the US a number of advantages over other countries. The world’s most important commodities are priced and traded in dollars, even if most of these commodities are not produced in the US. The fact that the world’s financial system is based on the dollar allows the Federal Reserve to export inflation to other countries, while the Federal Government runs a huge deficit with impunity.

So far, only China has been active in challenging the dollar supremacy. The internationalization of the yuan is an official priority of Chinese leaders. Currency swap agreements with major trade partners like Brazil, France, or Australia are small but important steps in the Chinese strategy. Changing the world financial system is not an easy task and certainly a very challenging undertaking for China. Now, it seems that Beijing has found an ally in the Kremlin. And there appears to be a consensus between the BRICS countries: the urgent necessity to dismantle the dollar system.

A week before the recent BRICS summit in Durban, the Kremlin administration has silently produced a document (PDF) which describes the Russian strategy in the context of BRICS cooperation. The document makes for a fascinating read for anyone brave enough to plow through the dense Russian legalese. The strategy has been designed in the “inner circle” of Vladimir Putin’s team, so it is safe to assume that it represents the official view on the BRICS future.

In Russia, politics are Byzantine; the fact that the Kremlin decided not to hide the document or leak it to a chosen few journalists, but publish it outright is a very strong signal, a very vocal angry signal directed at the US. A signal that the Western media chose to ignore.

In the recitals section of the document, the authors point out that “there is a common desire of the BRICS partners to reform the outdated global financial and economic framework that doesn’t take into account the growing economic weight of the emerging markets.” Moreover, the Russian strategists view the BRICS as a tool to reform the way the world is being governed. Then the document hammers home its message:

Russia assumes that, given enough political will of the leadership of the BRICS countries to advance their cooperation, this alliance can become one of the key elements of a new system for global governance, primarily in the economic and financial domains.

Move aside New World Order! The BRICS are coming to change the world.

The goals are clear. In the section titled “Strategic goals,” the first point on the BRICS’ agenda is the reform of the world financial system in order to make it “fairer, more stable, and more efficient.” In the later chapters, it is spelled clearly that this “reform” is actually a dismantling of the dollar system.

It is worth noting that the place of this issue in the list of the BRICS’ priorities speaks volumes about its importance. Judging by the order of priorities, depriving the dollar of its status as the world reserve currency is more important than “preventing breaches of sovereignty” (a.k.a. the “Syrian problem”) or “expanding economic cooperation.”

The language used in this document indicates that it has been written or strongly influenced by Sergei Glaziev, the president’s economy advisor, who is known for masterminding the economic aspects of the Eurasian Union between Russia, Belarus, and Kazakhstan. Glaziev has repeatedly accused Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke of starting “a currency war” against the emerging markets. He also believes that Bernanke’s policy will ultimately lead to a military confrontation: “the conservation logic of the current financial and political system leads to a further escalation of military and political tensions, including the start of a major war” (read more).

A whole chapter of the strategy document is dedicated to step-by-step instructions on dismantling the existing global financial system. The list of measures includes:

  • Reformation of the world currency system in order to create a representative, stable and predictable system of world reserve currencies;
  • Reduction of the risks of destabilization of currency and equity markets linked to massive cross-border flows of capital;
  • Increasing the use of national currencies in the trade between BRICS countries;
  • Increasing the level of cooperation between BRICS countries in order to promote their interest in the domain of world trade;
  • Strengthening the BRICS Exchange Alliance;
  • Creating independent rating agencies.

Since the Durban Summit, at least one of those measures has been implemented: RT reported that “China’s Dagong Global Credit Rating agency is to set up the joint venture with US-based Egan-Jones Ratings Co (EJR) and Russia’s RusRating JSC to challenge the three major US ratings agencies.” As BRICS countries try to achieve the rest of their stated goals, it remains to be seen if the dollar system survives the joint onslaught of the biggest emerging economies.






August 8, 2013

A Ministry of Foreign Affairs (MFA) “urgent bulletin” being sent to Embassies around the world today is advising both Russian citizens and companies to begin divesting their assets from Western banking and financial institutions “immediately” as Kremlin fears grow that both the European Union and United States are preparing for the largest theft of private wealth in modern history.

According to this “urgent bulletin,” this warning is being made at the behest of Prime Minister Medvedev who earlier today warned against the Western banking systems actions against EU Member Cyprus by stating:

“All possible mistakes that could be made have been made by them, the measure that was proposed is of a confiscation nature, and unprecedented in its character. I can’t compare it with anything but … decisions made by Soviet authorities … when they didn’t think much about the savings of their population. But we are living in the 21st century, under market economic conditions. Everybody has been insisting that ownership rights should be respected.”

Medvedev’s statements echo those of President Putin who, likewise, warned about the EU’s unprecedented private asset grab in Cyprus calling it “unjust, unprofessional, and dangerous.

In our 17 March report “Europe Recoils In Shock After Bankster Raid, US Warned Is Next” we noted how Russian entities have €23-31 billion ($30-$40) in cross-border loans to Cypriot companies tied to Moscow, and €9 billion ($12 billion) on deposit with Cypriot banks [as compared to the €127 billion ($166 billion) being kept in similar circumstances by 60 of the United States largest corporations in offshore accounts to avoid paying American taxes] which are in danger of being confiscated by EU banksters.

Unbowed by the misery they have inflicted upon the entire continent, however, and in spite of Russian warnings,European Union officials hardened their stance against Cyprus today by announcing that if the Cypriot government did not allow the raiding of private bank accounts by Monday they would be forced to destroy their banks, which remain closed for the seventh straight day and have no signs of opening soon.

In an editorial agreeing with Russian leaders anger against the EU over Cyprus, Canada’s Globe and Mail News Service further writes:

“The parliament of Cyprus was right this week to reject a proposal to confiscate money from modest-sized bank deposits. The idea was a reductio ad absurdum of the euro zone’s policy on the sovereign debt of some of its member-countries.

It would be better for the government of Cyprus to default outright on some of its obligations rather than to seize part of the savings of the proverbial widows and orphans, as well as retirees or those approaching retirement – while purporting to levy a tax. This is especially true in a country that has deposit insurance for up to €100,000, in order to protect small savers.

Until a few years ago, Cyprus – which is really the ethnically Greek section of Cyprus, the Turkish section being a de facto protectorate of Turkey – had a fiscal surplus, but its close relationship to Greece resulted in a downturn when Greece fell into a severe recession. The government’s debt in itself is still manageable, but Cypriot banks have become shaky because of their loans to Greece.”

In the face of massive popular outrage, however, Cypriot MPs spectacularly voted earlier this week against the EU plan to steal their bank depositors money, thus leaving the Euro Zone reeling, a situation that was, in fact, created by European banksters who had forced Cyprus banks to lend money to nearly bankrupt Greece in the first place.

Even worse may be what is in store for the Americans, who on 31 January  lost an unlimited US government guarantee that was granted on over $1.5 trillion of their bank deposits during the 2008 financial crisis to assure skittish customers that their cash was safe.

According to Kremlin sources, though, President Obama’s sudden visit to Israel this week, the first he has made since being elected in 2008, was to personally warn top Israelis of his regimes “plan” to begin confiscating his citizen’s bank deposits too.

Interesting to note is that the Obama regimes “master plan” to steal their citizen’s wealth that is no longer protected was detailed by the global management consulting giant, and the world’s leading advisor on business strategy, The Boston Consulting Group (BCG) who in their 2011 September report titled Collateral Damage: Back to Mesopotamia? The Threat of Debt Restructuring warned of the US governments plan confiscate up to 30% of not just the Americans people bank accounts, but also of their other wealth.

The highly respected Zero Hedge financial newsletter in commenting on this dire  BCG report grimly stated:

“Denial. Denial is safe. Comforting. Religiously and relentlessly abused by politicians who don’t want nor can face reality. A word synonymous with “muddle through.” Ah yes, that “muddle through” which so many C-grade economists and pundits believe is the long-term status quo for the US and the world just because it worked for Japan for the past three decades, or, said otherwise, “just because.”

Well, too bad. As the following absolutely must read report, which comes not from some trader of dubious credibility interviewed by BBC, nor even from an impassioned executive from a doomed Italian bank, but from consultancy powerhouse Boston Consulting Group confirms, the “muddle through” is dead. And now it is time to face the facts.

What facts? The facts which state that between household, corporate and government debt, the developed world has $20 trillion in debt over and above the sustainable threshold by the definition of “stable” debt to GDP of 180%.

The facts according to which all attempts to eliminate the excess debt have failed, and for now even the Fed’s relentless pursuit of inflating our way out this insurmountable debt load have been for nothing.

The facts which state that the only way to resolve the massive debt load is through a global coordinated debt restructuring (which would, among other things, push all global banks into bankruptcy) which, when all is said and done, will have to be funded by the world’s financial asset holders: the middle-and upper-class, which, if BCS is right, have a ~30% one-time tax on all their assets to look forward to as the great mean reversion finally arrives and the world is set back on a viable path.

But not before the biggest episode of “transitory” pain, misery and suffering in the history of mankind. Good luck, politicians and holders of financial assets, you will need it because after Denial comes Anger, and only long after does Acceptance finally arrive.”

To the evidence that the masses of Americans or Europeans average citizens will begin protecting themselves against this apocalyptic outcome their remains little evidence as their so-called “mainstream” media continues to cover-up this coming catastrophe. But, and as Russia has now warned, the time for protecting oneself is fast running out, and the only survivors will be those who listened.



By Marc Bennetts – Special to The Washington Times

November 13, 2013

MOSCOW — Predicting the imminent collapse of the U.S. dollar, a Russian lawmaker submitted a bill to his country’s parliament Wednesday that would ban the use or possession of the American currency.

Mikhail Degtyarev, the lawmaker who proposed the bill, compared the dollar to a Ponzi scheme. He warned that the government would have to bail out Russians holding the U.S. currency if it collapses.

“If the U.S. national debt continues to grow, the collapse of the dollar system will take place in 2017,” said Mr. Degtyarev, a member of the nationalist Liberal Democrat Party who lost in Moscow’s recent mayoral election.

“The countries that will suffer the most will be those that have failed to wean themselves off their dependence on the dollar in time. In light of this, the fact that confidence in the dollar is growing among Russian citizens is extremely dangerous.”

The bill would partially revive a Soviet-era ban on the dollar. It would prohibit Russians from holding dollars in the country’s banks, and banks would be unable to carry out transactions in the dollar.

However, Russians still would be able to buy or sell dollars while abroad and hold dollar accounts in foreign banks.

Russia’s Central Bank and the government would be exempt from the law.

Russian financial analysts were largely critical of the bill, which they suggested was more about making political capital on the back of rising anti-U.S. sentiment in Russia than protecting the country’s economy.

“The American financial system, despite all its existing problems, remains the most stable and low-risk in the world,” said financial analyst Andrei Shenk.

He also warned that the bill would harm Russia’s investment climate.

Another analyst warned that the bill would strip Russians of the ability to flee the country to seek greater political and social freedoms.

“The right to the free exchange of currencies is a fundamental element of capitalism,” said Moscow-based economics analyst Igor Suzdaltsev. “It allows citizens to leave the country when a dictatorship is imposed by selling their property and exchanging their assets for the necessary currency.”





On October 19, 2011, Lionel said that regardless of what the mainstream media said, it really didn’t matter who won the 2012 Presidential election. The script has been written for the past 25 years to make the United States part of a One World Government system.







By Dave Hodges |

August 21, 2013

I would like to believe that if I were to ever to decide to sell my pride, my integrity and my future, that it would come at a steep price and not for table scraps. Unfortunately, half of the working population in America is allowing itself to be destroyed for mere table scraps that are being handed down by the elite.

Indeed, America is being destroyed from within and the destruction is going according to plan. There are more Americans dependent on the federal government than ever before in our country’s history and the net result spells disaster because these rates are unsustainable.

Not only do Americans no longer make anything, over half of all work-eligible  Americans no longer work. The number of Americans receiving food assistance has surpassed the number of full-time private sector workers in the United States. There are 97 million full-time workers in the U.S. and a mind-boggling 101 million American receive food benefits.  Currently, a record 47 million Americans participate in food stamps. The Food Stamps program has a monthly average of 46.7 million participants, or 22.5 million households. Food stamps alone had a budget of $88.6 billion in FY 2012.  The USDA describes Food Stamps as the “largest program in the domestic hunger safety net.”

The USDA also offers nutrition assistance for pregnant women, school children and seniors.  The National School Lunch program provides 32 million students with low-cost or no-cost meals daily; 10.6 million participate in the School Breakfast Program; and 9 million receive benefits from the Woman, Infants and Children program each month, the latter designed for low-income pregnant, breastfeeding, and postpartum women and children younger than five years old. Over 3 million children at day care centers receive snacks through the Child and Adult Care Food Program. There’s also a Special Milk Program for schools and a Summer Food Service Program, through which 2.3 million children received aid in July 2011 during summer vacation. And there are dozens of other programs that you and I are paying for.

But wait, it gets worse as the Department of Agriculture estimates that the 101,000,000 on welfare currently participate in at least one of the 15 separate food programs offered by the USDA. The USDA estimates the cost of these food programs to exceed at least $114 billion in fiscal year 2012.

The population of the U.S. is 315 million people. This means nearly a third of every man, woman and child in the United States receives some form of food aid from the government. The USDA says the number of Americans on food stamps is a “historically high figure that has risen with the economic downturn.”  It is more accurate to say that America has been economically conquered by the communists who paved the way for Obama to be put into power.

The Net Effect of the Welfare State

The net effect of this massive welfare state is obvious. First, these people pay no tax, contribute nothing of value to society and constitute an extreme burden to the prosperity and potential of the country. This burden is exacerbated by the fact the elite and their corporations pay no tax.

Some people understandably need to be on public assistance, but many do not. However, when we see 5 and 6 generations of welfare recipients from the same family, something is terribly wrong. When we review some of the old footage of the reasons why people voted for Obama, they said things like they were going to pay for their bills with “Obama money”, or he gave me an “Obama phone.” Obama appeals to people and organizations who get a disproportionate share of the people’s money (e.g. bailouts) and Obama appeals to the something for nothing crowd (e.g. Obama phone recipients). Prior to the 1960′s people in distress got help from the Church, or the Salvation Army, not public money. Look at how long people in this country “game” the system.




Nearly half of all welfare recipients in this program are receiving taxpayer money for two years or longer. This is outrageous! Is the government seriously telling us that people cannot find a job in 1, 2 or 5 years or more?

If someone is unemployed for more than two years, it is time to find any job that the welfare recipient can perform, even if that means shoveling excrement in a sinkhole in Louisiana. Society does not owe any able-bodied person a living.

I am sick of working my rear end off so half the country does not have to work. I am weary of paying massive taxes so Wall Street can realize more profits. And it is all part of the plan. If the government can control the resources of half the country, then they control half the country by default.

Many of these people on welfare are capable of working. While receiving welfare payments, all able-bodied people should be made to sweep the streets and pick up dog feces in the park in order to get a share of what you and I earn. Instead, we get far too many bums who play the system, generation after generation.

I know, I know, here come the allegations of racism. Whenever the underclass is busted for their slovenly ways, the race card gets played. Ladies and gentlemen, this is not about race. The following chart breaks down the racial composition of welfare recipients. You race card players might be surprised at the demographic breakdown.



Whites and blacks are equally partaking in the welfare system, so please spare me the racism comments. Ineptitude, laziness and gamesmanship runs equally through all types of human beings.

Personal Dignity Sold for Table Scraps

Where is the pride in one’s own accomplishments? Where has the satisfaction gone which was once associated with building a life that has meaning rather than being a blood sucker that lives off the efforts of others?

Obama is winning in creating a passive America in which criminal regimes like his can thrive and I am sick of it. Half of the working population in this country on some form of welfare? Really? And people are seriously defending this lunacy?

When somebody is paying your bills for weeks, then it turns into months, followed by years and then generations, that person/family is robbed of all their pride and self-respect. Just remember, when someone else is supporting you day after day and year after year, that someone owns you. And spare me the nonsense that I am being heartless towards the elderly and handicapped. Nobody is arguing that the elderly and handicapped do not deserve our help, they do. However, half of the country is not handicapped or elderly. And if half of the country is legitimately out of work with no options, then this country needs to begin a revolution against the establishment.

Please tell me why should I fund an Obama phone, while that same able bodied person is allowed to sit on their butt? All the able-bodied people need to be required to do public work projects before getting a dime of my money and they should be drug tested prior to the application process. If we were to do these things, just watch the unemployment and welfare rates dramatically decrease. But to the majority of the Obama supporters, work is a four letter word.

What does not surprise me is that so many sold out to the globalists. What does surprise me is how cheaply they were bought and paid for.

Obama and his minions are laughing at us. They know that government-dependent people will vote to take our guns away, accept carbon taxes and passively accept the death panels of Obamacare. They know that these ignorant people will never challenge the dumbing down of our American education system.  Obama knows that the helpless in this country will never rise up against the establishment in anger. Obama knows that he was the right man at the right time who was brought forth to destroy this country once and for all. Everything is going according to plan as half of us are selling our futures for table scraps.


What most Americans fail to realize is that the destruction of America has been planned for and is currently underway. The craziness coming out of Washington is not the result of incompetent politicians. Rather, the politicians are doing the bidding of Wall Street in order to accomplish a complete take down of this country. This is being accomplished in such a stealth manner, that the American people will have no idea what’s happening to them until it is too late.

A Rookie Leads America Down the Primrose Path

The fact that this country was ignorant enough and gullible enough to elect a man with such a questionable background with no accomplishments, to his name, which would represent anything of value, is reason enough to say that America made her own bed and now must lie in it.

Amazingly, Obama only served one term in the State Senate of Illinois and only a partial term in the U.S. Senate prior to being elected president. Don’t you wish you could virtually start at the top with almost no experience like Obama did? What was this country thinking when they elected a man that very few knew anything about and a man who had done virtually nothing except raise hell in Chicago as a “community organizer?”  The fact of the matter was that Obama was fast-tracked to become president because he had an agenda.  His agenda was to purposely destroy the American economy.

In order to achieve this goal, Obama subsequently drew from his experiences derived from the days of his communist laden youth which culminated in him following the strategies of Cloward and Piven and the Weatherman Underground.

The Authors of the Obama Blueprint

Please allow me introduce you to the people whose writings inspired Obama to complete the task of collapsing of our economic system, Richard Cloward and Francis Fox Piven. Cloward and Piven authored the Cloward-Piven strategy which has been a long time coming and is now fully in place in the United States.


Cloward and Piven present at the signing of NAFTA. This plot has been a long time coming.


This isn’t some conspiracy theory being set forth as these two former Columbia professors wrote about collapsing the economy and how they planned to do it in the article they co-authored in the 1960′s called, “Mobilizing the Poor: How it Could Be Done.” Six months after the initial publication, it was published in The Nation, under the title “The Weight of the Poor: A Strategy to End Poverty.”

Both publications were inspired by their belief in “social justice and fundamentally transformative change in America.” Interesting choice of words don’t you think?  Didn’t Obama say something about fundamentally transforming America during his election campaign in 2008?

Inspired by the riots in LA in 1965, Cloward and Piven wrote and published their article which outlined the best way to bring about the kind of extreme radical social change that would economically destroy America. In their estimation, the plan would be designed to overwhelm the system by the implementation of a massive welfare state and by overloading the government bureaucracy with so many impossible demands the system would eventually collapse.

There are presently 97 million full-time working Americans as compared to 101 million Americans receiving some form of welfare. One would have to conclude that Cloward and Piven eventually achieved their goal of overwhelming the American economy through Obama’s presidency.

Cloward, Piven and the Weatherman Underground

Mix in a little homicidal terrorism, and the Weatherman Underground fully embraced Cloward and Piven’s strategies. TARP, representing the greatest wealth transfer in American history, is another example of collapsing the system and the plan had its roots in the partnership of philosophy between the Weathermen and Cloward and Piven. TARP was largely written by the Apollo Alliance, whose alumni include Obama appointee, Van Jones. In New York, the Apollo Alliance is headed by Weather Underground co-founder, Jeff Jones, who was a partner and close friend to Bill Ayers in the radical terrorist group and in whose living room Barack Obama launched his political career in Chicago.

George Soros is the source of funding for most of these radical groups.  Soros and Jeff Jones also went into one of the poorest sections of New York and gave away hundreds of thousands of dollars worth of our stimulus money.

The ACORN connections are infamous. These “community organizers” are receiving untold billions in taxpayer money, despite massive voter registration fraud and corruption. Still, Congress won’t turn off the spicket. Does it sound like someone is trying to overload the system in the spirit of Cloward and Piven?

Obama Has Been Groomed for the Presidency For a Long Time

Comrade Obama’s ascension to the presidency has been a long time in the making. Interestingly, Barack Obama’s past associates especially the communist terrorists which funded his Harvard legal education and ultimately launched his political career as an Illinois state senator, namely, Bill Ayers and Bernadine Dohrn, have been in lockstep with Obama his entire adult life. However, Dohrn and Ayers were not the first to indoctrinate Obama with the Marxist communist philosophy. For that information, we have to begin with Frank Marshall Davis.

Obama’s real father, Frank Marshall Davis, was a member of the Communist Party and a former Soviet Agent who was under FBI investigation for a total of 19 years.  In 1948, Davis moved from Chicago to Hawaii leaving behind a colleague named Vernon Jarrett, father-in-law of Senior White House adviser, Valerie Jarrett. Yes, the Jarrett’s are communists as well. Both Jarrett and Davis wrote for a left-wing newspaper called the Chicago Defender in which they espoused a communist  takeover of the United States Government which contained many of Cloward and Piven’s strategies. In 1971, Davis, according to Joel Gilbert, was reunited with his then nine-year-old son, Barack Obama, and schooled him in the ways of being a good communist for the next nine years.

Adding more fuel to this communist fire, it is interesting to note that both Senior White House Advisers, David Axelrod and Valerie Jarrett were both “Red Diaper Babies, in which they were the sons and daughters of well-to-do parents who desired to live under communism and lived out their dreams through their children’s revolutionary activities. Other notable red-diaper babies also include such notables as Rahm Emanuel and Eric Holder. The Obama administration is just one big happy “red” family aren’t they?

Valerie Jarrett’s situation is particularly interesting in that her family and the Ayers family have been multi-generational friends which also included a marriage between the two families. Much of the Obama administration is a nest of communists and this should gravely concern every American citizen.

Following the nine years of mentoring and parenting by Frank Davis, Obama made some very important communist connections which ultimately led to him obtaining an impressive college education financed by some very familiar communist activists’, namely, Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn.


Bill Ayers, the father of Obama's political career.


The Prairie Fire book was co-authored by Dohrn and Ayers, and, quite unbelievably, it was dedicated to Sirhan Sirhan, Robert Kennedy’s assassin. While appearing on The Common Sense Show, former FBI informant, the late Larry Grathwohl, revealed that he testified in a court of law that Ayers and Dohrn had direct involvement in a terrorist plot which killed San Francisco police sergeant, Brian V. McDonnell, by a bomb made and planted by these Weathermen Underground terrorists.

Grathwohl also revealed that he asked Ayers, in a meeting of about 25 well-to do Weatherman, most with advanced degrees from Ivy League Universities, what the Weathermen planned to do when they achieved their goal of a communist take over the government. Grathwohl stated that Ayers paused for a moment and then said that it was likely that about 50 million Americans will have to be re-educated in concentration camps located in the American Southwest and that about 25 million would have to be eliminated, meaning that they would have to be murdered. Bill and Bernardine’s Weather Underground also had the support of Cuba, East German intelligence and the North Vietnamese. I believe that in Obama’s second term, and with the power granted to him by the NDAA, that he is very capable of fulfilling Ayers’ promise to Grathwohl to incarcerate 50 million innocent Americans.

During the Vietnam war era, Ayers championed black civil rights and he and Dohrn further chastised white society for their treatment of blacks. Grathwohl also revealed that Ayers wanted to support the beginning of a race war by killing whites, from supposed black villains, and then blaming whites in order to begin a race war. How eerily similar does this sound to the Charles Manson Family and their Helter Skelter plans to execute that very same objective? Perhaps we now know why Obama’s Justice Department were the ones that would not let go of the Trayvon Martin case. This is the same strategy of creating racial division, just applied in a different generation.

While Grathwohl was infiltrating the Weathermen, Ayers ordered FBI infiltrator, Grathwohl, to blow up a Detroit police substation to which Grathwohl said that a nearby restaurant , where many blacks ate would suffer many casualties. Ayers replied that some have to die for a revolution to proceed. This is the man who was the father of Obama’s political career.

Ayers and Dohrn raised a son, Chesa Boudin, who worked for Hugo Chavez , the communist dictator formerly in charge of Venezuela. Chesa Boudin was the child of Kathy Boudin and David Gilbert, members of a Weather Underground spin-off group who went to prison for an armored car robbery that resulted in the murders of two police officers and a security guard. Dohrn served seven years in prison for her role in the robbery and this is the reason that she is ineligible to become bar certified as an attorney. Is anyone else uncomfortable with the fact that Ayers and Dohrn were the ones primarily responsible for educating Obama with communist funds and then subsequently launched his political career from their living room? Well, it’s true, please read on.

Who Paid for Obama’s College Education?

Allen Hulton, a 39 year veteran of the postal service, provided a sworn affidavit to Maricopa County, Arizona sheriff investigators, led by Sheriff Joe Arpaio, in an effort to determine whether or not the former foreign college student, Barack Obama, was eligible to be placed on Arizona’s 2012 election ballot. After reviewing Hulton’s affidavit, it was apparent that Ayers and Dohrn were in fact the de facto adoptive parents to this foreign student destined to become the first illegitimate President of the United States. As a result, Obama was treated to the finest Ivy League education that communist backed money could buy as Hulton maintains that the Ayers told him that he was financing the education of a promising foreign student at Harvard. Hulton also testified that he met Obama while at the Ayer’s home and he asked Obama what he going to do with all his education, to which Obama politely answered, “I am going to become the President.” Readers should take note that this is an affidavit, and is formally considered to be evidence, not conjecture or hearsay. There can be no other conclusion that the communist terrorist, Bill Ayers, began grooming Obama to become America’s first communist President during Obama’s college years. Their relationship continues to the present time and it’s on record that Ayers visited the White House in August of 2009.

We also know that Obama’s communist affiliations continued well into his adulthood because of the good work of Joel Gilbert  who discovered that Obama was active with a Weathermen Underground  support group known as The May 19th Communist Organization, in New York. Perhaps, this is why Ayers was visiting the White House.

Frank Chapman, a communist activist and a member of the communist front group known as the World Peace Council. Chapman clearly used the term “mole” to describe Obama. He said Obama’s political climb and subsequent success in the 2008 Democratic presidential primaries was “a dialectical leap ushering in a qualitatively new era of struggle.” Chapman further stated that, “Marx once compared revolutionary struggle with the work of the mole, who sometimes burrows so far beneath the ground that he leaves no trace of his movement on the surface. This is the old revolutionary ‘mole,’ not only showing his traces on the surface but also breaking through. The Communist Party USA backs Obama to the hilt.” It is clear that Obama is their man!

Crisis Creation

Cloward and Piven instructed activists, such as the one’s in the Weathermen Underground, that if a crisis did not exist, promote or manufacture one by exaggerating some threatening predicament. Global warming and healthcare would certainly fit the description, wouldn’t it?

Obamacare is turning America into a nation of part time workers to avoid the regulations and taxes associated with the program and this will undoubtedly bankrupt most small businesses.

The primary agenda of bringing on an economic collapse was achieved through the development of contrived economic crises designed to weaken the economy. Does this make anyone else think of the free trade agreements, NAFTA and CAFTA, in which we have seen millions of jobs leaving for overseas labor market after Wall Street got Congress to do away with American jobs by eliminating tariffs’. Say goodbye to the poster child for this plan, Detroit. However, Detroit is not alone, St. Louis and Cleveland will be the next major cities to declare bankruptcy. The Cloward and Piven designed collapse is occurring right here, right now.

And then of course, we come full circle to the explosion of the American welfare state in which half of the work eligible population are on some form of welfare. Please tell me what business could survive with half of its employees still getting paid while producing nothing? The same principle applies to a country as well.

Cloward and Piven as well as the Weatherman Underground have conspired through the ages to bring down America. Obama’s administration is following Cloward and Piven’s plan to collapse the government through the destruction of the economy and through the use of free trade agreements. Nothing short of a miracle can save this country from economic destruction.  President Obama is your mortal enemy. He represents forces which have declared war on America.


The Deliberate Dumbing Down of America

Recently, I conducted a survey of a cross-section of Americans in which I asked the following two questions:

(1) Please describe the two key elements of a free trade agreement .

In my rubric, the correct answer would have included (1) the owners of manufacturing relocate their factories in foreign cheap labor markets; (2) the owners of manufacturing are able to ship their foreign goods back into America duty free (i.e. without tariffs).

(2) Describe one group who wins and one group who loses as a result of free trade agreements.

In the rubric, the correct answer would have identified the winner as the owners of the means of production who take advantage of the fact that tariffs do not apply to them and they have dramatically lowered their labor costs as a result. Respondents should have identified the loser in a free trade agreement as the person who loses their job because of the growth of cheap, foreign labor.

The Results Demonstrate Abject Ignorance

Out of 200 respondents who answered question one, only 2% (n=4) of those surveyed identified the two elements of a free trade agreement. Most of the respondents (45%) expressed the opinion which essentially stated or implied that free trade agreements are good for America because “we are free to trade with whoever we want.”

Out of 200 respondents, over half (57%) believes that America is better off for having free trade agreements. About the same number (55%) could not identify one group that loses as a result of a free trade agreement except for those “who don’t want to participate.”

It is interesting to note that all participants have incomes of under $150,000. Over half of the participants have income of under $60,000. The data shows that these people are the most vulnerable to free trade agreements.

I have concluded that Americans do not even know what has hit them as we continue our slide into third world status. Yes, America you have almost arrived to third world status. If one takes away the top 1% in our country, we are a third world country. When more of us are on welfare (101 million people) than are working (97 million people), we have become a welfare state. A welfare state is representative of absolute poverty. At this rate, our poverty will soon rival the poverty rates of any third world nation.

If I were to make a sports analogy, our team is behind by 20 point in the 4th quarter and the players and their fans think that they are winning.

FYI On Free Trade Agreements

NAFTA and CAFTA have removed millions of jobs from our country. Eighty six percent of our manufacturing base is gone. From a national defense perspective, this is a prescription for destruction because in a protracted military conflict, factories are typically converted to war production centers in times of war.  Now that our manufacturing base is gone, the implication is clear that for the first time in our history, we are vulnerable to being militarily occupied.

Ignorance Abounds

In our recent history, being classified as middle class implied someone who was educated, lived in relative comfort and had a good degree of discretionary income. Today, what is left of the American middle class represents a growing trend in functional illiteracy, a woeful level of ignorance about current events, massive debt, little to no savings and a lifestyle that can best be described as one that is hanging on for dear life.

I’m not talking about the temporarily unemployed or the disabled. I am talking about absolutely able-bodied people who are capable of work and who will not work. Here are some examples of their rationale for staying on welfare.

“As a working poor, I would like more hours, can’t find them. As far as working the welfare recipients for their benefits, I’m sure the capable ones would go to work if they could make a reasonable amount of wages. Minimum wage(or lower), is not enough to live on, it has not come close to keeping up with expenses in the last 50 years.”

The above person is capable of working full-time. If his present employer isn’t providing enough hours to make ends meet, then get a second job. If this person is typing a response to an article on the internet defending his use of welfare, he could instead be typing his resume to send out instead. Is there any reason why the above person is not at least getting a job in telemarketing?

According to some welfare recipients, they are performing a patriotic duty by helping to create a brand new economy by being one of those who administer benefits to those who will not work.

“I guess it never occurred to the author that these social programs create jobs. If we stopped “welfare” tomorrow, how many people will find themselves out of work?”

There is a hidden pearl of wisdom in the above response from a presumed user of welfare in that there is even a secondary economy emerging to administer the benefits for those who will not work. Isn’t this akin to a Ponzi scheme? And with all Ponzi schemes, they always come crashing down.

Then of course we get people who are addicted to the system and engage in denial to lessen the psychological sting of having a life that produces nothing and only exists because of the indentured servitude of American taxpayers.

“Here’s the problem with the whole theory that millions of people are dependent on government. It’s simply not true.”

Cloward and Piven Have Won

The free trade agreements destroyed millions of American jobs and drove tens of millions of Americans to welfare. Many forget the cumulative effect of a free trade agreements. Not only did millions of people lose their jobs, but the reduction of spending power from the millions who are unemployed impacts the well-being of those in the service industries. The ripple effect from the free trade agreements explains how over half the potential work population in the United States end up on welfare.

Welfare has replaced the jobs lost to the free trade agreements. If 101 million Americans simply lost their jobs as a result of NAFTA and CAFTA, there would have been a revolution. Instead, the globalists have instituted a system of learned helplessness, in which people are conditioned to believe that their actions don’t make a difference because government will always take care of them.

Bad News On the Horizon

The cold hard fact is that over half the country is unemployed and underemployed and it is about to get a whole lot worse. Obamacare is going to turn America into a nation of part-time workers.  Further, there are many more free trade agreements on the horizon.

The Free Trade Area of the Americas is being implemented as we speak. This agreement creates a free trade agreement from the tip of South America to the North Pole. It also erases all borders with regard to immigration

HR 1777 is a bill making its way through Congress which provides for American taxpayer dollars to be used to build the necessary infrastructure to construct factories in Africa’s 54 countries. I have dubbed HR 1777 the ‘African Free Trade Agreement.” More jobs lost to another free trade agreements.

There is one more monolithic free trade agreement which is being brought online through administrative fiat called the Trans Pacific  Partnership (TPP) and its impact will be bigger than NAFTA.

The amount of free trade agreements is inversely correlated to the number of remaining American jobs. In a few short years, there will be no American economy as we know it and very few people are standing up and protesting.  Why?

Welfare: The New American Way of Life

The Cloward and Piven disciple, President Obama, is following the plan to collapse America to the letter as seven out of every eight jobs that have been emerged since his inauguration, have been part-time jobs.

The Cato Institute states that a New York welfare recipient earns more money than a first year teacher. Why work? Who cares if this president, who was bred and groomed by known communists such as Bill Ayers, are dismantling this country piece by piece.

At one time, I believed that if we in the truthful media could raise enough awareness, we could stem the tide. I no longer believe that to be the case. There is no way to rally the nation I would now call the United States of Idiocracy. The coming conflict will  need new leaders and that is what the alternative media is creating.

One person wrote a comment to one of my articles which I fear is prophetic in which he said:

“First we tried the “soap box” and we found out that didn’t work.
Second, we tried the “ballot box” well that didn’t work either.
Third, the only box left is the “ammo box”.

Before you civil war advocates jump up and down and say “it’s about time,” I would invite you to read Sherman’s March to the Sea. There are very few winners in a civil war and most of you reading these words have grown too soft to endure the hardships that would accompany a civil war.

The fundamental question remains, how do we convince the tens of millions of able bodied people on welfare to not accept their fate and stand up for their rights, when a new study by the Cato Institute demonstrates that 13 states pay welfare benefits of more than $15 per hour and 35 states pay welfare benefits which exceed minimum wage? The short answer is that we will not hear from them until their welfare benefits are cut off when the system collapses. Then all hell will break loose.



Michael Snyder
Economic Collapse

August 22, 2013

If you could stay home and relax all day and actually make more money than you do at your current job, would you do it?

That sounds crazy, but this is actually a very real dilemma for millions upon millions of Americans.  According to a shocking new study that was just released by the Cato Institute, people on welfare are actually better off than minimum wage workers in 35 U.S. states.  And in 13 states, those on welfare actually do better than those making $15 an hour.  So why bother?  It is very difficult to find a job in this economy, especially a good one.  As I mentioned yesterday, seven out of every eight jobs that have been “created” since Barack Obama has been president have been part-time jobs.  Why slave away flipping burgers, stocking shelves for some retail giant or working for some temp agency when you could just sit home and make more money collecting government checks?  Yes, there is definitely a minority of Americans that hate the idea of becoming dependent on the government and would never want to take advantage of the system like that, but that minority seems to be shrinking.  At this point, about half the country gets money from the government each month anyway, so why not collect “your share”?  If someone is offering to give you something for free, it is only human nature to be at least a little bit tempted.  And right now the federal government is making it extremely tempting to give up on work entirely and become a permanent welfare check collector.

Before people start getting really upset, let me once again reiterate that most of the people that are receiving financial assistance from the government actually need it.  Not everyone is abusing the system, and not everyone is using their food stamps to buy lobster.

Poverty in the United States has absolutely exploded in recent years, and our economy simply does not produce enough jobs for everyone anymore.  We certainly do not want those without jobs to go hungry or to be sleeping in the streets.

But what we have today is a situation where there is a huge incentive in many states to actually give up on work entirely and become a dependent of the state instead.

According to the Cato Institute, someone in the state of New York that goes on welfare can bring home more in money and benefits than an entry-level school teacher makes in an entire year…

The federal government funds 126 separate programs targeted towards low-income people, 72 of which provide either cash or in-kind benefits to individuals. (The rest fund community-wide programs for low-income neighborhoods, with no direct benefits to individuals.) State and local governments operate more welfare programs. Of course, no individual or family gets benefits from all 72 programs, but many do get aid from a number of them at any point in time.

Today, the Cato institute is releasing a new study looking at the state-by-state value of welfare for a mother with two children. In the Empire State, a family receiving Temporary Assistance for Needy Families, Medicaid, food stamps, WIC, public housing, utility assistance and free commodities (like milk and cheese) would have a package of benefits worth $38,004, the seventh-highest in the nation.

While that might not sound overly generous, remember that welfare benefits aren’t taxed, while wages are. So someone in New York would have to earn more than $21 per hour to be better off than they would be on welfare. That’s more than the average statewide entry-level salary for a teacher.

If you are going to live off of welfare, the key is to pick the right state.  Not all states offer the same level of benefits.

In some states, you have to make far more than the minimum wage before it pays not to be on welfare.  In fact, there are 12 different states where you actually have to make more than $15 an hour before you start doing better than welfare recipients…

Nationwide, our study found that the wage-equivalent value of benefits for a mother and two children ranged from a high of $60,590 in Hawaii to a low of $11,150 in Idaho. In 33 states and the District of Columbia, welfare pays more than an $8-an-hour job. In 12 states and DC, the welfare package is more generous than a $15-an-hour job.

Of course not all welfare recipients take advantage of all of the programs that they are eligible for.  But if you do know how to work the system, you can live very comfortably at the expense of the government in many states.

So what is the solution?

Well, it would be great if we had enough jobs for everyone, but that is definitely not the case.  In fact, the U.S. economy is probably going to continue to lose good jobs in the years ahead if current trends continue.

Unfortunately, that also means that poverty and dependence on the government are likely going to continue to grow, especially when the next major wave of the economic collapse strikes.

If you want to get an idea of where we are headed, just look atDetroit.  Once upon a time, Detroit actually had the highest per capita income in the entire country.  But now it is a rotting, festering, bankrupt hellhole where tens of thousands of stray dogs freely roam the streets…

As many as 50,000 stray dogs roam the streets and vacant homes of bankrupt Detroit, replacing residents, menacing humans who remain and overwhelming the city’s ability to find them homes or peaceful deaths.

One Humane Society official that recently visited the city to help deal with the dog crisis described what she witnessed as “almost post-apocalyptic“…

The number of strays signals a humanitarian crisis, said Amanda Arrington of the Humane Society of the United States, based in Washington. She heads a program that donated $50,000 each to organizations in Detroit and nine other U.S cities to get pets vaccinated, fed, spayed and neutered.

Arrington said when she visited Detroit in October, “It was almost post-apocalyptic, where there are no businesses, nothing except people in houses and dogs running around.”

“The suffering of animals goes hand in hand with the suffering of people.”

But don’t laugh at Detroit.

The rest of the country is going down the exact same path.

Just recently, Charles Nenner told Newsmax TV that another recession is rapidly approaching that that it is “going to be bad”…

Technical analyst Charles Nenner didn’t mince words when asked about the United States facing another recession.

“It’s going to be bad,” Nenner told Newsmax TV in an exclusive interview.

And it looks like the folks in Washington are getting very concerned about all of the economic warnings signs that we have been seeing as well.

Just this week, Barack Obama “held a special, closed door meetingwith the heads of the U.S. government’s financial, monetary and oversight agencies. It included members of the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the CFTC, the SEC, and the Federal Housing Finance Agency.”

So why did Obama gather all of the top financial officials for a secret closed door meeting?

John Embry told King World News that he thinks it is because the administration is deeply alarmed about what is happening in the financial markets…

I firmly believe the reason the President has called this meeting today is because if interest rates in the U.S. continue to rise, it could really unleash something disastrous. We are talking here about the possibility of a meltdown. It’s interesting that the President would call in that many big hitters, the head of every significant financial agency in the United States, as well as the Fed and the Comptroller of the Currency, etc — this is a very large meeting today.

I’ve always believed that the global financial crisis of 2008 was just the opener. We have now bought the better part of 5 years now through unlimited money creation. But as we head into this next massive, and what I believe will be a larger round of destabilization, I want KWN readers around the world to understand that the central planners don’t have the same weapons to fight this global financial crisis. This is why I believe they are desperately attempting right now, today in this meeting, to stave off this crisis.

And the truth is that our “leaders” in Washington have good reason to be concerned.  If interest rates keep going up rapidly we are going to be in for a world of hurt.

Sadly, most Americans seem to have already forgotten how painful 2008 was, and that was only a preview of coming attractions.

The worst economic crisis in the history of the United States is on the horizon, and most people are going to be absolutely blindsided by it.

I hope that you are getting prepared while you still can.







Susanne Posel
Occupy Corporatism
March 13, 2013

James Clapper, director of National Intelligence spoke to the Senate Intelligence Committee this week on the assessment that the federal budget cuts will “jeopardize our nation’s safety and security.”

Clapper says that the loss of “thousands of FBI employees” and thousands of analysts “may risk missing an early sign of an attack.”

This week Jay Carney, White House press secretary admitted that Obama’s “approach to deficit reduction is asking everyone to pay their fair share.” However Obama does not include an actual balancing of the budget, but rather a vague promise to “bring out debt to GDP below 3 percent.”

Capitol Hill is working hard on $1 trillion in new taxes. This blueprint was introduced by Senator Patty Murray, Senate Budget Committee chairwoman.

Murray claims this will quash sequestering with the promise of $100 billion in economic stimulus and job training. Over a decade, the deficit would be reduced by $800 billion based on statistics provided by the Congressional Budget Office. The US Department of Education (DoE) would be empowered to create a work force of skilled citizens that could perform a function in lieu of higher learning.

This qualifies students to technical programs that reduce critical thinking and create a generation of slaves to wage earnings and dependent of the federal government. While the White House cancelled tours due to budget cuts, many “assistants” for the Obama administration are continuing to make an estimated 6 figures with Obama advisers making over $100,000 annually.

Social programs such as the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) have taken a hit from the budget cuts forcing more Americans to possibly become homeless. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has announced the release of undocumented illegal immigrants because of the sequester cuts.

Although this is asserted as a possible threat to national security, DHS said that they had no choice based on budget cuts. Janet Napolitano, Secretary of DHS remarked: “I don’t think we can maintain the same level of security at all places around the country with sequester as without sequester.”

US veterans are being kept from grants for housing and furthering their education from the GI Bill. The US Army has cancelled their acceptance for applications regarding the Tuition Assistance program.

Other educational programs were cut by the Air Force, Marines and Coast Guard. According to the Department of Labor (DoL), assistance for granting US veteran’s employment has been slashed through budget decreases. This leaves more than 10,000 veterans without access to job-training with assistance.

On March 6th, during the Senator Rand Paul filibuster distraction, The US House of Representatives have approved HR 933, the appropriations bill for Fiscal Year 2013 to allocate $982 billion to the Department of Defense (DoD), Military Construction (MC), the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and Planned Parenthood.

The passage of this legislation “provides[s] necessary funding flexibility to ensure that our military is well-equipped, our veterans receive the care they have earned, and tax dollars are used wisely and where they are most needed.”

Hal Rogers, chairman of the House Appropriations Committee, said: “The House did the right thing today by passing this legislation. As we try to get our fiscal house in order, it’s important to come together on issues where we can agree – avoiding a government shutdown, providing our people with essential services, and supporting our troops and veterans. This bill sets the stage for a meaningful – and needed – discussion on how we can best address our nation’s finances. Now, I urge the Senate to pass H.R. 933 quickly and send it to the President for his signature. Congress must do its duty to ensure that our national defense remains sound at all times, and our economy continues on the path to growth and recovery.”

In the text of the bill it cites that Hagel must provide reports on active policies and procedures with regard to surveillance drone missions within the domestic US that are conducted by the Pentagon.

The bill reads: “The conferees understand that the Air Force has policies and procedures in place governing the disposition of UAV collections that may inadvertently capture matters of concern to law enforcement agencies. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure constitutional protections and proper separation between the military and law enforcement. It is unclear if other Services and Defense agencies have similar policies and procedures in place, or if these policies and procedures need to be revised or standardized. Therefore, the conferees direct the Secretary of Defense to report to the congressional defense committees on the policies and procedures in place across the Services and Defense agencies governing the use of such collections and to identify any additional steps that need to be taken to ensure that such policies and procedures are adequate and consistent across the Department of Defense.”



Susanne Posel
Occupy Corporatism
March 11, 2013

The US House of Representatives have approved HR 933 , the appropriations bill for Fiscal Year 2013 to allocate $982 billion to the Department of Defense (DoD), Military Construction (MC), the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and Planned Parenthood.

The passage of this legislation “provides[s] necessary funding flexibility to ensure that our military is well-equipped, our veterans receive the care they have earned, and tax dollars are used wisely and where they are most needed.”

Hal Rogers, chairman of the House Appropriations Committee, said: “The House did the right thing today by passing this legislation. As we try to get our fiscal house in order, it’s important to come together on issues where we can agree – avoiding a government shutdown, providing our people with essential services, and supporting our troops and veterans. This bill sets the stage for a meaningful – and needed – discussion on how we can best address our nation’s finances. Now, I urge the Senate to pass H.R. 933 quickly and send it to the President for his signature. Congress must do its duty to ensure that our national defense remains sound at all times, and our economy continues on the path to growth and recovery.”

Inside the bill a provision that the DoD divulge information about the classified drone surveillance program and is seeking answers to questions from the Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel.

In the text of the bill cites that Hagel must provide reports on active policies and procedures with regard to surveillance drone missions within the domestic US that are conducted by the Pentagon.

The bill reads: “The conferees understand that the Air Force has policies and procedures in place governing the disposition of UAV collections that may inadvertently capture matters of concern to law enforcement agencies. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure constitutional protections and proper separation between the military and law enforcement,” begins the measure. “However, it is unclear if other Services and Defense agencies have similar policies and procedures in place, or if these policies and procedures need to be revised or standardized. Therefore, the conferees direct the Secretary of Defense to report to the congressional defense committees on the policies and procedures in place across the Services and Defense agencies governing the use of such collections and to identify any additional steps that need to be taken to ensure that such policies and procedures are adequate and consistent across the Department of Defense.”

In 2005 Department of Homeland Security (DHS) initiated the process of obtaining drones to be specially equipped to become encompassing surveillance tools to use against the American people.

These specific drones are used to monitor US southern and northern borders; yet are now being utilizes by the Federal Bureau of Investigations (FBI), the Secret Service (SS), the Texas Rangers, and local law enforcement to identify citizens carrying firearms and tracking them through cell phone use.

The very same day of the approval by House, Senator Rand Paul preformed a theatrical filibuster of John Brennan’s nomination for director of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), demanding that Attorney General Eric Holder and President Obama clarify whether or not they believed Americans could be murdered by the US government using “lethal force” i.e. drones.

After the 13 hour spectacle, Paul was informed during an interview with Megan Kelly on FoxNews that Holder had written a second letter addressed to Paul. Convienently it was delivered to the FoxNews station and not Paul himself.

The letter stated that Obama does not have the right to kill unarmed and non-combative Americans on American soil.

Paul claimed a victory with this “answer”; however it is glossed over in the mainstream media that the response from Holder did not clarify who is a combatant. Based on the National Defense Authorization Act, anyone can be suspected of being a combatant by having alleged ties to a terrorist group.

Without further inquiry, Paul was suffice with Holder’s answer, yet the public is now wondering what the federal government’s definition of combatant is? Yet over the last year, and certainly most recently, it is becoming clear that enemy combatants of the federal government are Constitutionalists, Patriots, conspiracy-minded people who are anti-government and according to Holder’s letter to Paul, those persons would still be subject to targeted asssassinations using “lethal force” such as drones.

Last week the Southern Poverty Law Center published propaganda document entitled, “The Year in Hate and Extremism” was recently published by the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC). This report criticizes Patriots are a viable threat to the US government and places them in the same category as other right-wing extremists.

The report reads: “Capping four years of explosive growth sparked by the election of America’s first black president and anger over the economy, the number of conspiracy-minded antigovernment “Patriot” groups reached an all-time high of 1,360 in 2012, while the number of hard-core hate groups remained above 1,000. As President Obama enters his second term with an agenda of gun control and immigration reform, the rage on the right is likely to intensify.”

SPLC states that Patriots are convinced of a movement toward One World Government which causes them to act out in an extreme manner, organize against the current administration and recruit more citizens at an all-time high.

SPLC has redefined extremism to include the Patriot Movement as groups of Americans that believe conspiratorially that the US government will confiscate the guns, redact their 2nd Amendment rights and impose tyrannical regime controls.

According to a White House Blog website, the Obama administration is working to “counter online radicalization” by “violent extremist groups” such as “al-Qaeda and its affiliates and adherents, violent supremacist groups, and violent ‘sovereign citizens’.”

The White House claims that “these groups use the Internet to disseminate propaganda, identify and groom potential recruits, and supplement their real-world recruitment” with “resources to propagate messages of violence and division.” Through the exploitation of “popular media, music videos and online video games”, allegedly there are “countless opportunities “to draw targets into private exchanges” and provide “violent extremists with access to new audiences and instruments for radicalization.”

The US government stated they will combat these extremist groups by “raising awareness about the threat and providing communities with practical information and tools for staying safe online.” They are solidifying their relationships with private sector corporations involved in technology to implement “policies, technologies, and tools that can help counter violent extremism online.”

In early 2012, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) released a report entitled “Homeland Security and Intelligence: Next Steps in Evolving the Mission” which outlined in part on how to redirect efforts of the federal government from international terrorism toward home-grown terrorists and build a DHS-controlled police force agency that would control all cities and towns through the use of local police departments.

DHS maintains that “the threat grows more localized” which necessitates the militarization of local police in major cities in the US and the training of staff from local agencies to make sure that oversight is restricted to the federal government.

Countering online extremism is a task allocated to the DHS who have identified “behaviors, tactics, and other indicators that could point to potential terrorist activity.” DHS will host conferences for local police departments and federal partners to attend that will provide education on countering extremism.

Other “training initiatives” include “hundreds of thousands of front line officers” who are the ground-force infantry needed by DHS to “prevent” extremist activities.



by TERRY A. HURLBUT | From the Trenches World Report

January 31. 2013

Last year my fellow editor warned of a coup d’état in America. In case any reader has any doubt, Barack Obama and his allies have removed all doubt in the last several weeks. And in the process have made America ripe for rebellion. But if the right people stand up and lead, the results need not be as chaotic as one might suppose.

Coup d’état, Exhibit A: The Newtown Incident

The Newtown Incident needs no further description. Or does it? Did Adam Lanza steal three weapons, and use them at the Sandy Hook Elementary School, all by his lonesome? Dwight Kehoe at TPATH pointed out that the mainstream media first reported one thing, then changed their story. They first said Lanza might have had a Bushmaster AR-15 with him at the school, but left it in his automobile. Then they started saying something radically different, as if they had said it all along. One can imagine Winston Smith at the Ministry (Department?) of Truth rushing out a memo to them and obligingly destroying old copy. Except that it’s too late. Someone cobbled together some original footage and uploaded it to YouTube. You can play it below. (To any Department of Truth wannabes: don’t even think you can quash it now. The resistance, when it forms, will have copies.)

Speaking of media accountability: MSNBC charged yesterday that some heartless viewers “heckled” the father of one of the pupils who died at Sandy Hook, after he had the temerity to ask “who in this room needs an assault weapon.” The only problem was: he asked the question, and they answered him. (And did everyone miss the other father of a victim, who said guns were not the problem?)

Today, no one doubts that twenty pupils and eight adults died that day. What people do wonder about is: Did Adam Lanza act alone? Or did he have help? Or not so much help, as “handlers” who shot him, “threw down” their weapons next to his body, and vanished into the woods? Play the third embedded video. Listen carefully to the back-and-forth on the radio, beginning at the 3:13 mark. Police clearly describe at least two shooters. Not satisfied? Play the fourth video, which is the source of the third.

How is this relevant? Well, when you’re planning a coup d’état, and want popular support for it, you don’t wait for that support to “just happen.” You drum it up. And sometimes, if one episode does not “convince” the people, maybe several will. Why, then, do we now see at least one such gunfire episode a week beginning about a month after the Newtown Incident? Coincidence? Ian Fleming said this about coincidence:

Once is happenstance, twice is coincidence, and the third time it’s enemy action.

Coup Exhibit B: Gun Control Redux

Last week, Senator Diane Feinstein (D-CA) released her proposed “assault weapons ban” to the public. Or to be more specific, gun rights journalist David Codrea got the text and published it to; you may read it below.

Two problems. First, the Feinstein bill exemptsgovernment officials and their bodyguards. That’s special pleading. Second, the Feinstein bill includes handguns and shotguns. Everyone who cared to know, knew this was coming. You should also remember that in 1995, Feinstein said what she really thought of the idea ofanyone, except a law-enforcement officer or an active-duty military member, having a gun:

If I could have gotten 51 votes in the Senate of the United States, for an outright ban, picking up [every gun]… Mr. and Mrs. America, turn ‘em all in.

Except that she won’t turn hers in. Nor will New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg’s bodyguards. Not that they should. But protection of their persons is not a special privilege, available to them alone.

If you’re planning a coup d’état, it helps if the people have no guns and cannot resist you.

Coup Exhibit C: DHS Buys Ammunition

Why is the Department of Homeland Security buying millions, even billions, of rounds of ammunition? The news of these massive bullet buys does not come only from “the usual suspects.” This article, going back to September 19, 2012, came from Arutz-7. From Israel. Arutz-7 pointed out a few interesting items:

  • Many of these rounds are hollow-point rounds. They expand on impact.
  • Many other of these rounds can go through walls.
  • The Social Security Administration also bought 174,000 rounds. Why?
  • The military started preparing for riots in the streets.

And then there’s this piece in Business Insider. This article discusses a continued pattern of ammo buys by DHS and other agencies. It also discusses whether the agents are shooting up all those rounds in training. Two things:

  1. Training for all these agents would need 15 to 20 million rounds a year. DHS is buying many more rounds than that.
  2. What’s happening to the spent brass? The spent brass usually goes back to the ammo maker for recycling and re-use. Not this time. Yes, the Army is destroying some of that brass (though Congress told them to stop doing that). But not all of it. Not this many rounds. Not by a long shot (pun intended).

Again, if you’re planning a coup d’état, you need to be ready to shoot a lot of people.

And in case you don’t get that point, DHS is buying 7,000 of the same weapons they don’t want the people to have. Hypocrisy? Worse than that. It’s special pleading:

Do as I say, not as I do.

Or, put another way:

Rank has its privileges.

Rank. The Constitution does not recognize such rank. But the politicians pushing gun control clearly stand on their own rank. If they’re planning a coup, you know why.

Coup Exhibit D: Loose Talk of Scrapping the Constitution

A law professor should know better. But Georgetown University Law Professor Louis M. Seidman actually said to abolish the Constitution. (Here is the source.) That, of course, would force us to re-argue the case for our rights. Well, obviously if you’re planning a coup d’état, you want to make sure that the people have no rights, except those you grant. In other words, the people’s rights are whatever you say they are, any time you say it.

Mark Levin was afraid of a Supreme Court being the sole arbiters of the Constitution. Professor Seidman would have people get used to one man making that decision.

Coup Exhibit E: Fomenting Trouble

Actor Stephen Boyd, as Marcus Valerius Messala, new Tribune and Commander of the Garrison of Jerusalem (Ben-Hur, MGM, 1959), almost dismissively tells his predecessor:

There’s always some rabble-rouser stirring up trouble.

Well, how if the government itself were stirring up trouble? The Rev. William Owens, accuses. He said it on the Capitol steps yesterday, in answer to the 23 executive orders (for that is what de facto President Obama called them, no matter what semantic distinction anyone might care to make) that Barack Obama signed.

Oh, what a perfect excuse! When riots break out, people cry out for someone to restore order. And the government is then ready, with its billions of rounds of ammunition, and armed with the same weapons they took from the people. That’s the perfect recipe for a coup d’état.

And what is a coup d’état? It’s what happens when a group of people take over one part of the government from within, then use that part to destroy the other parts and rule alone.

Can anyone stop it?

Yes. And what’s more, the group of people best qualified to stop it, are starting to wake up to the danger. Who are these people? Your local sheriff – if he fully knows his duty under the Constitution, and at common law.

Sheriff Joe Arpaio of Maricopa County, Arizona, signaled his understanding. He flatly refuses to confiscate guns. And if he has to, he will go to war with any federal agency who tries to take guns away from his fellow lawful residents.

Twenty-eight of twenty-nine sheriffs in Utah protested Obama’s executive orders and likewise vowed to stand on the Constitution.

These are only some of the 225 sheriffs who have taken a similar stand. They belong to the new Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers’ Association that Richard Mack, former Sheriff of Graham County, Arizona (and plaintiff in Printz v. US) founded. Here is the latest list. It includes Sheriff Donald Smith of Putnam County, New York – the same county that refused to cooperate with The Journal News when they were publishing gun owners’ names and addresses. (They have since taken their map down and now admitted that forty percent of the names and addresses shouldn’t have been on it!)

So if the federal government tries a coup d’état against the Constitution, they will have these 225 sheriffs to deal with. And anyone else who has guns and refuses to hand them over.



Daniel Taylor
May 1, 2013

On this first of May, 2013 – a day celebrated by communists in their struggle for “liberation” – it is appropriate to reflect on the communist agenda. Many of its goals have manifested systemically in the decades gone by. Whether or not you believe there is a conscious agenda behind the changes we are witnessing is irrelevant. Forget the “Communist” label for a moment and recognize these labels for what they are: Different ways of describing despicable tyrants making their move for total control. As we can see with the examples below (of which there are many more) the political and social aspects of our country have been successfully altered.

As entered into the Congressional Record of 1963:

“Discredit the American Founding Fathers. Present them as selfish aristocrats who had no concern for the “common man.””

– FEMA has been caught on video instructing local police that the founding fathers were America’s first terrorists.

– In 2009 a leaked Missouri Information Analysis Center (MIAC) document listed Ron Paul and Libertarians as terrorists

– West Point’s Combating Terrorism Center lists “anti-federalists” as a terrorist group. As the document states, “They… espouse strong convictions regarding the federal government, believing it to be corrupt and tyrannical, with a natural tendency to intrude on individuals’ civil and constitutional rights… they support civil activism, individual freedoms, and self government.”

“Discredit the American Constitution by calling it inadequate, old-fashioned, out of step with modern needs, a hindrance to cooperation between nations on a worldwide basis.”

– New York mayor Michael Bloomberg, in response to the Boston bombings, says that the U.S. Constitution will “have to change”. Of course, it is in the name of increased security.

– In December of last year, the New York Times published an article by Louis Michael Seidman, professor of constitutional law at Georgetown University, which proudly admonished “Let’s Give Up on the Constitution.” Seidman dares to blame our problems on following the constitution, which he calls “evil” and “archaic”.

– In waging the war on terror after 9/11 the Bill of Rights was an inconvenience that Bush administration officials sought to remove. President Obama has continued down the same path with the NDAA and other unconstitutional measures.

“Break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscenity in books, magazines, motion pictures, radio, and TV.”

The prevalence of pornography in today’s society is nothing short of shocking. Its impact on society is corrosive, which is why it must be promoted if a revolutionary group wants to alter the social landscape. According to the Washington Post, 1 in 6 women are addicted to porn. In 2004 Dr. Jill Manning testified before the U.S. Senate regarding the impact of pornography on marriage in the United States. She presented statistics gathered from lawyers around the country. She found that, “56 percent of divorce cases involved one party having an obsessive interest in pornographic websites.” As Kevin Skinner writes in Psychology Today, “If half of the people divorcing claim pornography as the culprit, that means there are 500,000 marriages annually that are failing due to pornography.”

“Support any socialist movement to give centralized control over any part of the culture–education, social agencies, welfare programs, mental health clinics, etc.”

The Cloward–Piven strategy is going full force under the Obama administration. This socialist strategy, developed in 1966 by Richard Cloward and Frances Fox Piven, sought to push welfare on the masses in order to create division and economic crisis. A program of “wealth redistribution” is then presented as a solution. Under Obama, welfare is at an all time high. From 2007 to 2011 the number of food stamp recipients rose 70% to 45 million. A 1966 article published in the The Nation outlined the plan,

“A series of welfare drives in large cities would, we believe, impel action on a new federal program to distribute income, eliminating the present public welfare system and alleviating the abject poverty which it perpetrates… These disruptions would generate severe political strains, and deepen existing divisions among elements in the big-city Democratic coalition: the remaining white middle class, the white working-class ethnic groups and the growing minority poor… a national Democratic administration would be con-strained to advance a federal solution to poverty that would override local welfare failures, local class and racial conflicts and local revenue dilemmas. By the internal disruption of local bureaucratic practices, by the furor over public welfare poverty, and by the collapse of current financing arrangements, powerful forces can be generated for major economic reforms at the national level.”

Regardless of its political label, tyranny is rising in the United States of America. It is the responsibility of every upstanding citizen to denounce it and work to restore the values and liberty loving spirit that sustained our ancestors.



From Greg Swank

You are about to read a list of 45 goals that found their way down the halls of our great Capitol back in 1963. As you read this, 39 years later, you should be shocked by the events that have played themselves out. I first ran across this list 3 years ago but was unable to attain a copy and it has bothered me ever since. Recently, Jeff Rense posted it on his site and I would like to thank him for doing so.

Communist Goals (1963) Congressional Record–Appendix, pp. A34-A35 January 10, 1963


Mr. HERLONG. Mr. Speaker, Mrs. Patricia Nordman of De Land, Fla., is an ardent and articulate opponent of communism, and until recently published the De Land Courier, which she dedicated to the purpose of alerting the public to the dangers of communism in America.

At Mrs. Nordman’s request, I include in the RECORD, under unanimous consent, the following “Current Communist Goals,” which she identifies as an excerpt from “The Naked Communist,” by Cleon Skousen:

[From "The Naked Communist," by Cleon Skousen]

1. U.S. acceptance of coexistence as the only alternative to atomic war.

2. U.S. willingness to capitulate in preference to engaging in atomic war.

3. Develop the illusion that total disarmament [by] the United States would be a demonstration of moral strength.

4. Permit free trade between all nations regardless of Communist affiliation and regardless of whether or not items could be used for war.

5. Extension of long-term loans to Russia and Soviet satellites.

6. Provide American aid to all nations regardless of Communist domination.

7. Grant recognition of Red China. Admission of Red China to the U.N.

8. Set up East and West Germany as separate states in spite of Khrushchev’s promise in 1955 to settle the German question by free elections under supervision of the U.N.

9. Prolong the conferences to ban atomic tests because the United States has agreed to suspend tests as long as negotiations are in progress.

10. Allow all Soviet satellites individual representation in the U.N.

11. Promote the U.N. as the only hope for mankind. If its charter is rewritten, demand that it be set up as a one-world government with its own independent armed forces. (Some Communist leaders believe the world can be taken over as easily by the U.N. as by Moscow. Sometimes these two centers compete with each other as they are now doing in the Congo.)

12. Resist any attempt to outlaw the Communist Party.

13. Do away with all loyalty oaths.

14. Continue giving Russia access to the U.S. Patent Office.

15. Capture one or both of the political parties in the United States.

16. Use technical decisions of the courts to weaken basic American institutions by claiming their activities violate civil rights.

17. Get control of the schools. Use them as transmission belts for socialism and current Communist propaganda. Soften the curriculum. Get control of teachers’ associations. Put the party line in textbooks.

18. Gain control of all student newspapers.

19. Use student riots to foment public protests against programs or organizations which are under Communist attack.

20. Infiltrate the press. Get control of book-review assignments, editorial writing, policy-making positions.

21. Gain control of key positions in radio, TV, and motion pictures.

22. Continue discrediting American culture by degrading all forms of artistic expression. An American Communist cell was told to “eliminate all good sculpture from parks and buildings, substitute shapeless, awkward and meaningless forms.”

23. Control art critics and directors of art museums. “Our plan is to promote ugliness, repulsive, meaningless art.”

24. Eliminate all laws governing obscenity by calling them “censorship” and a violation of free speech and free press.

25. Break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscenity in books, magazines, motion pictures, radio, and TV.

26. Present homosexuality, degeneracy and promiscuity as “normal, natural, healthy.”

27. Infiltrate the churches and replace revealed religion with “social” religion. Discredit the Bible and emphasize the need for intellectual maturity, which does not need a “religious crutch.”

28. Eliminate prayer or any phase of religious expression in the schools on the ground that it violates the principle of “separation of church and state.”

29. Discredit the American Constitution by calling it inadequate, old-fashioned, out of step with modern needs, a hindrance to cooperation between nations on a worldwide basis.

30. Discredit the American Founding Fathers. Present them as selfish aristocrats who had no concern for the “common man.”

31. Belittle all forms of American culture and discourage the teaching of American history on the ground that it was only a minor part of the “big picture.” Give more emphasis to Russian history since the Communists took over.

32. Support any socialist movement to give centralized control over any part of the culture–education, social agencies, welfare programs, mental health clinics, etc.

33. Eliminate all laws or procedures which interfere with the operation of the Communist apparatus.

34. Eliminate the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

35. Discredit and eventually dismantle the FBI.

36. Infiltrate and gain control of more unions.

37. Infiltrate and gain control of big business.

38. Transfer some of the powers of arrest from the police to social agencies. Treat all behavioral problems as psychiatric disorders which no one but psychiatrists can understand [or treat].

39. Dominate the psychiatric profession and use mental health laws as a means of gaining coercive control over those who oppose Communist goals.

40. Discredit the family as an institution. Encourage promiscuity and easy divorce.

41. Emphasize the need to raise children away from the negative influence of parents. Attribute prejudices, mental blocks and retarding of children to suppressive influence of parents.

42. Create the impression that violence and insurrection are legitimate aspects of the American tradition; that students and special-interest groups should rise up and use ["]united force["] to solve economic, political or social problems.

43. Overthrow all colonial governments before native populations are ready for self-government.

44. Internationalize the Panama Canal.

45. Repeal the Connally reservation so the United States cannot prevent the World Court from seizing jurisdiction [over domestic problems. Give the World Court jurisdiction] over nations and individuals alike.



Book names names, details strategies to ‘transform’ U.S.

by Jerome R. Corsi | World Net Daily
August 19, 2013

NEW YORK – New Zealander Trevor Loudon has just published an encyclopedic new 689-page volume, “The Enemies Within: Communists, Socialists and Progressives in the U.S. Congress,” to accompany his 668-page 2011 book, “Barack Obama and the Enemies Within.”

In both volumes, Loudon has proved himself to be among the foremost experts in the world investigating and reporting the penetration of communists, socialists and the current group of “progressives” affiliated with Democratic Party politics who portray themselves as liberals.

In his 2011 book, Loudon presented documented evidence that Barack Obama’s rise in politics was not an accident, but a conscious, decade-long effort by the radical left to promote a candidate with African roots. Obama, he said, was packaged as an engaging and seemingly harmless Trojan Horse radical, sent to Chicago to refine his skills running for office as a Democratic Party politician.

It is impossible to read “Barack Obama and the Enemies Within” without being convinced that Obama’s education in communist ideology stretches from the extracurricular education he received from Communist Party mentor Frank Marshall Davis in Honolulu to his recruitment as a New Party candidate in Chicago, with strong ties to the Democratic Socialists of America.

Loudon continues naming names in his current volume, “The Enemies Within,” which documents how extensively communists, socialists and progressives have penetrated the U.S. Congress, running on the Democratic Party ticket.

The goal of these radicals in Congress, Loudon demonstrates, is the same goal Obama announced when running for president in 2008, to transform the United States from the constitutional republic established by its Founding Fathers into a radical socialist state. The aim is to be achieved through passing extensive social welfare legislation designed to bankrupt a government adhering to concepts of private property and private enterprise.

In an insightful essay on the Democratic Socialists of America, Loudon emphasizes the impact on U.S. radicals of the late Italian Communist Party theoretician Antonio Gramsci, whose writings from prison declared that the “working class revolution” is a dead end, arguing instead that communism can best be achieved “by infiltrating civil society – political parties, churches, labor unions, universities, the media, community groups, etc., to turn them into revolutionary vehicles.”

Similarly, Loudon documents how the Communist Party of the USA itself has adopted a stealth plan to achieve revolutionary goals by decisions made in the 1970s to infiltrate and manipulate the Democratic Party. The plan is to form alliances with the radical elements in organized labor in conjunction with radicals in the African-American community and the feminist movement to establish a progressive coalition on the left that could dominate the national political agenda for decades to come.

His essay on the Institute for Policy Studies provides extensive evidence that the IPS, operating today with the distinction of being oldest – founded in 1963 – and most influential of the far left “think tanks” in Washington, D.C., “works closely with several U.S. Marxist groups, but is particularly close to the Democratic Socialists of America.”

The congressional profiles of current members of Congress provides extensive evidence of radical leftist ties in the backgrounds of top Democratic Party legislators, including Democratic Party Sens. Barbara Boxer, Dick Durbin, Tom Harkin, Barbara Mikulski, Elizabeth Warren, Ed Markey, Debbie Stabenow, Al Franken, Sherrod Brown, Ron Wyden, Jeff Merkley, Patty Murray and Tammy Baldwin.

In the House of Representatives, Loudon profiles the radical left background of Democratic Party Reps. Nancy Pelosi, Louis Gutierrez, John Conyers, Charles Rangel, Marcy Kaptur, Peter DeFazio, Sheila Jackson Lee, Jim McDermott and dozens more.

Loudon’s profiles of the radical lawmakers is extensively footnoted, complete with photos, news clips, website screen captures and quotations from published sources that leave no doubt as to the authenticity and accuracy of his allegations.

In documenting the success with which the radical left has captured the politically correct core of Democratic Party politics since the 1970s and the end of the Vietnam War, Loudon joins bestselling author Paul Kengor, who published in 2010 “Dupes: How America’s Adversaries Have Manipulated Conservatives for a Century,” followed in 2012 by “The Communist: Frank Marshall Davis, The Untold Story of Barack Obama’s Mentor.”

What authors Loudon and Kengor show is that communism in America did not die with the fall of the Berlin Wall. It is alive and well, with ties that run deep today with Barack Obama in the White House and the radical leftist Democrats serving in the halls of Congress.

Loudon will be in Washington, D.C., at the National Press Club Aug. 20 to participate in the all day conference “The Crisis in American Journalism and the Conservative Response,” hosted by the public policy group America’s Survival Inc.

Joining Loudon, who is listed on the program to speak about his book “The Enemies Within,” will be Kengor, presenting his new book, “All the Dupes Fit to Print: Journalists Who Have Served as Tools of Communist Propaganda.”



By: Terresa Monroe-Hamilton

Hangman of the CSSR: The above stamp and FDC, issued in 1947, commemorate the 30th anniversary of the Communist Putsch in Russia.

Matt Bracken wrote a short story on September 11, 2012, entitled: What I Saw At The Coup. Does the date sound familiar? It should. That is the date of Benghazigate on the 9/11 anniversary of 2001. There was no justice for the almost 3,000 who perished in 2001 and likewise, no justice for those that perished in Libya on 9/11. Just more political grandstanding, gun running, war, death, atrocities, the furthering of radical Islam and manipulation by Progressive elites. Suppression of the masses, the shredding of constitutional rights and the transformation of America into a Marxist dystopia. Russian Roulette is no fun without a loaded gun and so it goes for American politics these days.

Bracken’s story is a prescient view into our future if we are not careful. It deals with a secret plan by the Administration and their foot soldiers to purge America of her Conservative ‘trouble makers.’ It entails taking America to war with Iran and then while the country is in chaos brought on by cyber sabotage, terror cell attacks, Anthrax attacks in our mail and shipping services and a couple of dirty bombs for added effect, beginning the purge in America of the first 2,000 loudest Conservative voices that are a thorn in their side — namely bloggers. Using Cass Sunstein propaganda and disinformation on the Internet, initially these people are said to have had heart attacks, gone on vacation, embezzled funds and fled the country, you name it — they disappeared. In reality they are shot and incinerated. Then others are rounded up on an on-going basis. All the while our military is being ravaged abroad because our President put boots on the ground in Iran where they could be slaughtered instead of using bombing raids, special forces etc. Officials and Justices are routinely blackmailed to comply. Doesn’t sound so far-fetched now, huh?

The Brazil Business: Communism in Brazil

After several months of this, the roughly 200 million armed Americans start striking back. The media is targeted first for treason, then public officials. In the end, the American despots meet the fate of all such tyrants, at the end of a noose or a gun. Justice is served.

I believe Bracken’s story is well-written and highly plausible. God help us. Although, I would add a caveat to the story. The patriots in his story would have to move fast because our enemies abroad are not stupid. They are watching for our weak low point. If our military was being decimated and our patriots purged, what better time to invade? China, Russia and Iran would be salivating. Just a point of fact.

But, if we are going down the ‘conspiracy hole,’ let’s really dive, shall we?

World Socialist Web Site: The Weapon Arsenal by Diego Rivera, part of the cycle Ballad of the Revolution or Political Vision of the Mexican People, 1928, Copyright Olga’s Gallery, “”

The global Arab Spring is spreading at the speed of flying pigs. It is on our very own doorstep with our communist neighbor, Brazil. Syria is a ticking nuclear bomb that will set off a chain reaction for WW III, Egypt is slipping into a new Dark Age and Jordan teeters on the edge of a black hole of demise.

Spies and traitors abound as well. Edward Snowden is being heavily defended by WikiLeaks and this morning word comes by way of Moscow, he is going through Moscow, then to Cuba, then to Venezuela and now Ecuador — he’s doing a world tour of our enemies’ countries. You are known by your friends and your adversaries. I’m sure that Snowden and Assange will compare notes in their Marxist vacation spot while plotting the demise of the West.

As the chaos intensifies, perhaps the purge has already begun and we did not notice.

berfrois: Detail of Lenin, Man, Controller of the Universe, Diego Riviera, 1934

I recommend a book that has just come out: The Way of the Knife: The CIA, a Secret Army, and a War at the Ends of the Earth, the latest book by Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Mark Mazzetti.

In the book, Mazzetti lays out how Obama is using the CIA as his own hit squad these days. With the revelations of wiring tapping, data collection, IRS intimidation, unconstitutional raids, unwarranted arrests and the deadly use of drones, this becomes very believable. Obama has reversed the roles of the Army and the CIA, so he can use his personal touch to decide who is captured, who lives and who dies:

And just as the CIA has come to take on tasks traditionally associated with the military, with spies turned into soldiers, so has the opposite occurred. The American military has been dispersed into the dark spaces of American foreign policy, with commando teams running spying missions that Washington would never have dreamed of approving in the years before 9/11. Prior to the attacks of September 11, the Pentagon did very little human spying, and the CIA was not officially permitted to kill. In the years since, each has done a great deal of both, and a military-intelligence complex has emerged to carry out the new American way of war.

Responsibility 2 Protect has been twisted to be used by a dictator who has acquired and honed a taste for revenge and blood, while furthering a worldwide Caliphate. Execution by drone has become commonplace and accepted by many. The Shadow War has gone global.

From the Tenth Amendment Center:

An informative piece written by two of Mazzetti’s New York Times colleagues illuminates much of the macabre methodology of aggregating the names of enemies of the state to President Obama’s proscription list.?? Recounting the scene at one of the regularly scheduled Tuesday intelligence briefings at the White House, Jo Becker and Scott Shane wrote, “The mug shots and brief biographies resembled a high school yearbook layout. Several were Americans. Two were teenagers, including a girl who looked even younger than her 17 years.”

It cannot be too soberly restated that these seemingly cold-blooded conferences are occurring every week in the Oval Office and are presided over by the president.

That last fact is essential if one is to understand the era into which our Republic has entered. The president of the United States, in this case Barack Obama, sits in a chair in the White House rifling through dossiers of suspected terrorists. After listening to the advice of his claque of counselors, it is the president himself who designates who of the lineup is to be killed. As the New York Times explains:

Mr. Obama has placed himself at the helm of a top secret “nominations” process to designate terrorists for kill or capture, of which the capture part has become largely theoretical. He had vowed to align the fight against Al Qaeda with American values; the chart, introducing people whose deaths he might soon be asked to order, underscored just what a moral and legal conundrum this could be.

Then you have an ever growing list of those who have “disappeared” already or who have died. Perhaps these are coincidental, but one wonders. Bracken mentions the “Breitbart Syndrome.” I believe that Andrew died of natural causes, but the lines are being blurred here. Michael Hastings of BuzzFeed looks to have died in an accident by speeding his car into a tree, where it blew up into a fireball and the engine block was thrown far away. He was working on stories concerning Democrats and spying. Probably an accident, but how can you tell any more?

Let’s put it this way… as a blogger on the Right. If someday I disappear, you can be assured I did not have a heart attack, go on vacation in New Zealand or embezzle funds. Just sayin’. We face an American Night of Long Knives. Look to the Bracken Effect and an American Communist Putsch if we do not change course and soon.



Michael Snyder
Economic Collapse
Aug 8, 2013

The Russian Bear is stronger and more powerful than it has ever been before.  Sadly, most Americans don’t understand this.  They still think of Russia as an “ex-superpower” that was rendered almost irrelevant when the Cold War ended.

Credit: Wikimedia Commons

And yes, when the Cold War ended Russia was in rough shape.  I got the chance to go over there in the early nineties, and at the time Russia was an economic disaster zone.  Russian currency was so worthless that I joked that I could go exchange a 20 dollar bill and buy the Kremlin.  But since that time Russia has roared back to life.  Once Vladimir Putin became president, the Russian economy started to grow very rapidly.  Today, Russia is an economic powerhouse that is blessed with an abundance of natural resources.  Their debt to GDP ratio is extremely small, they actually run a trade surplus every year, and they have the second most powerful military on the entire planet.  Anyone that underestimates Russia at this point is making a huge mistake.  The Russian Bear is back, and today it is a more formidable adversary than it ever was at any point during the Cold War.

Just check out the following statistics.  The following are 18 signs that Russia is rapidly catching up to the United States…

#1 Russia produces more oil than anyone else on the planet.  The United States is in third place.

#2 Russia is the number two oil exporter in the world.  The United States is forced to import more oil than anyone else in the world.

#3 Russia produces more natural gas than anyone else on the planet.  The United States is in second place.

#4 Today, Russia supplies 34 percent of Europe’s natural gas needs.

#5 The United States has a debt to GDP ratio of 101 percent.  Russia has a debt to GDP ratio of about 8 percent.

#6 The United States had a trade deficit of more than half a trillion dollars last year.  Russia consistently runs a large trade surplus.

#7 The United States has an unemployment rate of 7.4 percent.  Russia has an unemployment rate of 5.4 percent.

#8 Since Vladimir Putin first became president of Russia, the Russian economy has grown at a very rapid pace.  The following is fromWikipedia

Under the presidency of Vladimir Putin Russia’s economy saw the nominal Gross Domestic Product (GDP) double, climbing from 22nd to 11th largest in the world. The economy made real gains of an average 7% per year (1999: 6.5%, 2000: 10%, 2001: 5.7%, 2002: 4.9%, 2003: 7.3%, 2004: 7.2%, 2005: 6.4%, 2006: 8.2%, 2007: 8.5%, 2008: 5.2%), making it the 6th largest economy in the world in GDP(PPP). In 2007, Russia’s GDP exceeded that of 1990, meaning it has overcome the devastating consequences of the recession in the 1990s.

During Putin’s eight years in office, the industry grew by 75%, investments increased by 125%, and agricultural production and construction increased as well. Real incomes more than doubled and the average salary increased eightfold from $80 to $640. The volume of consumer credit between 2000–2006 increased 45 times, and during that same time period, the middle class grew from 8 million to 55 million, an increase of 7 times. The number of people living below the poverty line also decreased from 30% in 2000 to 14% in 2008.

#9 According to Bloomberg, Russia has added 570 metric tons of gold to their reserves over the past decade.  In the United States, nobody seems to be quite sure how much gold the Federal Reserve actually has left.

#10 Moscow is the second most expensive city in the world.  Meanwhile, the United States actually has the unfriendliest city in the world (Newark, New Jersey).

#11 More billionaires live in Moscow than in any other city on the globe.

#12 The Moscow metro system completely outclasses the subway systems in Washington D.C. and New York City.

#13 The United States has the most powerful military on the planet, but Russia is in second place.

#14 Russia has introduced a new “near silent” nuclear submarine which is far more quiet than anything the U.S. has…

The Borey Class submarine, dubbed Vladimir Monomakh, has a next generation nuclear reactor, can dive deeper than 1,200 feet, and carries up to 20 nuclear intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBM).

Each of these “Bulava” ICBM’s can carry ten detachable MIRV warheads, what they call “re-entry vehicles,” capable of delivering 150 kiloton yields per warhead

#15 While Barack Obama is neutering the U.S. strategic nuclear arsenal, Vladimir Putin is working hard to modernize Russian nuclear forces.

#16 Russian missile forces will hold more than 200 drills during the second half of 2013.

#17 Russian Prime Minister Vladimir Putin made headlines all over the world when he climbed into the cockpit of Russia’s new “fifth generation” fighter jet and announced that it was far superior to the F-22 Raptor.

#18 It is estimated that Russia has more spies inside the United States today than it did at any point during the Cold War.

Unfortunately, whenever I write an article about Russia I find that most people simply do not get it.  They will make statements such as “the Cold War is over” or “Russia is our friend” which show a complete and total lack of understanding of the current geopolitical situation.

Russia has been steadily building a stronger relationship with China, and collectively they represent the number one strategic threat to the United States.

Someday this will become abundantly clear to the American people.  Hopefully it will not be too late by the time they realize it.



by Paul Craig Roberts

I spent the summer of 1961 behind the Iron Curtain. I was part of the US-USSR student exchange program. It was the second year of the program that operated under auspices of the US Department of State. Our return to the West via train through East Germany was interrupted by the construction of the Berlin Wall. We were sent back to Poland. The East German rail tracks were occupied with Soviet troop and tank trains as the Red Army concentrated in East Germany to face down any Western interference.

Fortunately, in those days there were no neoconservatives. Washington had not grown the hubris it so well displays in the 21st century. The wall was built and war was avoided. The wall backfired on the Soviets. Both JFK and Ronald Reagan used it to good propaganda effect.

In those days America stood for freedom, and the Soviet Union for oppression. Much of this impression was created by Western propaganda, but there was some semblance to the truth in the image. The communists had a Julian Assange and an Edward Snowden of their own. His name was Cardinal Jozef Mindszenty, the leader of the Hungarian Catholic Church.

Mindszenty opposed tyranny. For his efforts he was imprisoned by the Nazis. Communists also regarded him as an undesirable, and he was tortured and given a life sentence in 1949.

Freed by the short-lived Hungarian Revolution in 1956, Mindszenty reached the American Embassy in Budapest and was granted political asylum by Washington. However, the communists would not give him the free passage that asylum presumes, and Mindszenty lived in the US Embassy for 15 years, 79% of his remaining life.

In the 21st century roles have reversed. Today it is Washington that is enamored of tyranny. On Washington’s orders, the UK will not permit Julian Assange free passage to Ecuador, where he has been granted asylum. Like Cardinal Mindszenty, Assange is stuck in the Ecuadoran Embassy in London.

Washington will not permit its European vassal states to allow overflights of airliners carrying Edward Snowden to any of the countries that have offered Snowden asylum. Snowden is stuck in the Moscow airport.

In Washington politicians of both parties demand that Snowden be captured and executed. Politicians demand that Russia be punished for not violating international law, seizing Snowden, and turning him over to Washington to be tortured and executed, despite the fact that Washington has no extradition treaty with Russia.

Snowden did United States citizens a great service. He told us that despite constitutional prohibition, Washington had implemented a universal spy system intercepting every communication of every American and much of the rest of the world. Special facilities are built in which to store these communications.

In other words, Snowden did what Americans are supposed to do–disclose government crimes against the Constitution and against citizens. Without a free press there is nothing but the government’s lies. In order to protect its lies from exposure, Washington intends to exterminate all truth tellers.

The Obama Regime is the most oppressive regime ever in its prosecution of protected whistleblowers. Whistleblowers are protected by law, but the Obama Regime insists that whistleblowers are not really whistleblowers. Instead, the Obama Regime defines whistleblowers as spies, traitors, and foreign agents. Congress, the media, and the faux judiciary echo the executive branch propaganda that whistleblowers are a threat to America. It is not the government that is violating and raping the US Constitution that is a threat. It is the whistleblowers who inform us of the rape who are the threat.

The Obama Regime has destroyed press freedom. A lackey federal appeals court has ruled that NY Times reporter James Risen must testify in the trial of a CIA officer charged with providing Risen with information about CIA plots against Iran. The ruling of this fascist court destroys confidentiality and is intended to end all leaks of the government’s crimes to media.

What Americans have learned in the 21st century is that the US government lies about everything and breaks every law. Without whistleblowers, Americans will remain in the dark as “their” government enserfs them, destroying every liberty, and impoverishes them with endless wars for Washington’s and Wall Street’s hegemony.

Snowden harmed no one except the liars and traitors in the US government. Contrast Washington’s animosity against Snowden with the pardon that Bush gave to Dick Cheney aide, Libby, who took the fall for his boss for blowing the cover, a felony, on a covert CIA operative, the spouse of a former government official who exposed the Bush/Cheney/neocon lies about Iraqi weapons of mass destruction.

Whatever serves the tiny clique that rules America is legal; whatever exposes the criminals is illegal.

That’s how the United States became the USSR.



(Before It’s News)

ARE Americans practicing Communism? This has ALWAYS been their Plan.

Read the 10 Planks of The Communist Manifesto to discover the truth and learn how to know your enemy…

Karl Marx describes in his communist manifesto, the ten steps necessary to destroy a free enterprise system and replace it with a system of omnipotent government power, so as to effect a communist socialist state. Those ten steps are known as the Ten Planks of The Communist Manifesto… The following brief presents the original ten planks within the Communist Manifesto written by Karl Marx in 1848, along with the American adopted counterpart for each of the planks. From comparison it’s clear MOST Americans have by myths, fraud and deception under the color of law by their own politicians in both the Republican and Democratic and parties, been transformed into Communists.

Another thing to remember, Karl Marx in creating the Communist Manifesto designed these planks AS A TEST to determine whether a society has become communist or not. If they are all in effect and in force, then the people ARE practicing communists.

Communism, by any other name is still communism, and is VERY VERY destructive to the individual and to the society!!

The 10 PLANKS stated in the Communist Manifesto and some of their American counterparts are…

1. Abolition of private property and the application of all rents of land to public purposes.
Americans do these with actions such as the 14th Amendment of the U.S. Constitution (1868), and various zoning, school & property taxes. Also the Bureau of Land Management (Zoning laws are the first step to government property ownership)

2. A heavy progressive or graduated income tax.
Americans know this as misapplication of the 16th Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, 1913, The Social Security Act of 1936.; Joint House Resolution 192 of 1933; and various State “income” taxes. We call it “paying your fair share”.

3. Abolition of all rights of inheritance.
Americans call it Federal & State estate Tax (1916); or reformed Probate Laws, and limited inheritance via arbitrary inheritance tax statutes.

4. Confiscation of the property of all emigrants and rebels.
Americans call it government seizures, tax liens, Public “law” 99-570 (1986); Executive order 11490, sections 1205, 2002 which gives private land to the Department of Urban Development; the imprisonment of “terrorists” and those who speak out or write against the “government” (1997 Crime/Terrorist Bill); or the IRS confiscation of property without due process. Asset forfeiture laws are used by DEA, IRS, ATF etc…).

5. Centralization of credit in the hands of the state, by means of a national bank with State capital and an exclusive monopoly.
Americans call it the Federal Reserve which is a privately-owned credit/debt system allowed by the Federal Reserve act of 1913. All local banks are members of the Fed system, and are regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) another privately-owned corporation. The Federal Reserve Banks issue Fiat Paper Money and practice economically destructive fractional reserve banking.

6. Centralization of the means of communications and transportation in the hands of the State.
Americans call it the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Department of Transportation (DOT) mandated through the ICC act of 1887, the Commissions Act of 1934, The Interstate Commerce Commission established in 1938, The Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Communications Commission, and Executive orders 11490, 10999, as well as State mandated driver’s licenses and Department of Transportation regulations.

7. Extension of factories and instruments of production owned by the state, the bringing into cultivation of waste lands, and the improvement of the soil generally in accordance with a common plan.
Americans call it corporate capacity, The Desert Entry Act and The Department of Agriculture… Thus read “controlled or subsidized” rather than “owned”… This is easily seen in these as well as the Department of Commerce and Labor, Department of Interior, the Environmental Protection Agency, Bureau of Land Management, Bureau of Reclamation, Bureau of Mines, National Park Service, and the IRS control of business through corporate regulations.

8. Equal liability of all to labor. Establishment of industrial armies, especially for agriculture.
Americans call it Minimum Wage and slave labor like dealing with our Most Favored Nation trade partner; i.e. Communist China. We see it in practice via the Social Security Administration and The Department of Labor. The National debt and inflation caused by the communal bank has caused the need for a two “income” family. Woman in the workplace since the 1920′s, the 19th amendment of the U.S. Constitution, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, assorted Socialist Unions, affirmative action, the Federal Public Works Program and of course Executive order 11000.

9. Combination of agriculture with manufacturing industries, gradual abolition of the distinction between town and country, by a more equitable distribution of population over the country.
Americans call it the Planning Reorganization act of 1949 , zoning (Title 17 1910-1990) and Super Corporate Farms, as well as Executive orders 11647, 11731 (ten regions) and Public “law” 89-136. These provide for forced relocations and forced sterilization programs, like in China.

10. Free education for all children in public schools. Abolition of children’s factory labor in its present form. Combination of education with industrial production.

Americans are being taxed to support what we call ‘public’ schools, but are actually “government force-tax-funded schools ” Even private schools are government regulated. The purpose is to train the young to work for the communal debt system. We also call it the Department of Education, the NEA and Outcome Based “Education” . These are used so that all children can be indoctrinated and inculcated with the government propaganda, like “majority rules”, and “pay your fair share”. WHERE are the words “fair share” in the Constitution, Bill of Rights or the Internal Revenue Code (Title 26)?? NO WHERE is “fair share” even suggested !! The philosophical concept of “fair share” comes from the Communist maxim, “From each according to their ability, to each according to their need! This concept is pure socialism. … America was made the greatest society by its private initiative WORK ETHIC … Teaching ourselves and others how to “fish” to be self sufficient and produce plenty of EXTRA commodities to if so desired could be shared with others who might be “needy”… Americans have always voluntarily been the MOST generous and charitable society on the planet.

Do changing words, change the end result? … By using different words, is it all of a sudden OK to ignore or violate the provisions or intent of the Constitution of the united States of America?????

The people (politicians) who believe in the SOCIALISTIC and COMMUNISTIC concepts, especially those who pass more and more laws implementing these slavery ideas, are traitors to their oath of office and to the Constitution of the united States of America… KNOW YOUR ENEMY …Remove the enemy from within and from among us.



Susanne Posel
Occupy Corporatism
March 16, 2013

In 1963, the Communist Goals were introduced into the Congressional Record under Appendix, pp. A34-A35.
Albert Herlong, House Representative from Florida, brought the “Current Communist Goals” that are outlined by Cleon Skousen in the book entitled “The Naked Communist”.

The 45 goals that were supposed in Congressional presentation by Herlong have either come to pass or in the process of being implemented. Without the knowledge of the American public, these ideals were introduced to our US government to alter the perspective of our Constitutional Republic to incrementally turn the tide from freedom to Communism.

The difference between Socialism and Communism is: “Socialism and communism are alike in that both are systems of production for use based on public ownership of the means of production and centralized planning. Socialism grows directly out of capitalism; it is the first form of the new society. Communism is a further development or ‘higher stage’ of socialism.”

The transition stage we are seeing from Constitutional Republic to Socialism is leading us to a Communist dictatorship.

In respect to gun-control, number 42 states: “Create the impression that violence and insurrection are legitimate aspects of the American tradition; that students and special-interest groups should rise up and use ["]united force["] to solve economic, political or social problems.”

In Indiana, Dan DeHaven, the Lake Station Schools Superintendent, stated that a teacher at Edison Junior-Senior High School was suspended for writing a message to his students on the chalkboard.

The message read: “A) You are idiots!!!!!!!! B) The guns are loaded!!! C) Care to try me ?????????”

Students took pictures of the message with their cell phones and alerted school staff members.

DeHaven explained that he will be speaking to the local police about the incident because “we take this situation very seriously; safety is very serious to us.”
In other over-reactions concerning gun control, a 7 year old child was suspended for allegedly shaping a Pop-Tart in a gun and saying “Bang, Bang!”

The school suspended the boy for two days, supporting the teacher’s contention that this was a threatening situation. The school maintained in a letter to the boy’s parents that: “A student used food to make an inappropriate gesture.”

Fort Myers, Florida was the scene of a brave teenager who took a gun from a classmate on a school bus who aimed the firearm “point blank” with the intent to shoot.

Although the teenager wrestled the weapon from his classmate, he was later suspended from school for being involved in an incident involving a gun. This suspension will remain indefinite until the results of an investigation can be finalized.

In the spirit of making our country safer, two schools in the Bronx, New York were put on lockdown after a student reported that another student may have a gun on the school premises. When the gun was located; it turned out to be a Nerf gun that fires foam darts. The lockdown lasted for hours.

Parents who came to retrieve their children were delayed because of the over-reaction of school officials.

Another instance of over-reaction occurred when a 5 year old was sent home from school for building a LEGO gun. The boy was actually suspended from school and sent home with a letter from Hyannis West Elementary School officials that explained to the parents that their son had built a “gun” during a stay at the after-school program.

The parent immediately recognized the insanity of the situation. The father remarked: “It’s not like he’s designing a machine gun.”

Gun control debates have included the idea that mental illness plays a big part as those who are diagnosed with a mental disorder can become violent without notice toward themselves or others. It is the public contention that such individuals must be stopped from ever being able to legally own a firearm.

A study published last year in the New England Journal of Medicine by Dr. William Cooper, pediatrics and preventive medicine professor at Vanderbilt University, claims that Ritalin and Adderall (two pharmaceutical drugs used to treat ADHD) can prevent the mind of hyperactive children from becoming criminals. Cooper contends that these drugs should continue to be administered through adulthood to prevent criminal activity later in life.

Cooper said: “There definitely is a perception that it’s a disease of childhood and you outgrow your need for medicines. We’re beginning to understand that ADHD is a condition for many people that really lasts throughout their life.”

The findings of the study showed:

• Thirty – seven percent of convicts were pre – diagnosed with ADHD
• It was likely that ADHD medication was used in 32% of male convicts and 41% of female
• ADHD suffers were likely to commit burglary or theft
• Four thousand of the 23,000 crimes researched were violent

According to the National Institutes of Health (NIH), ADHD is treated with stimulants such as Methylphenidate (Ritalin, Metadate, Concerta, Daytrana), Amphetamine (Adderall), or Dextroamphetamine (Dexedrine, Dextrostat). These drugs have been approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for children as young as 6 years old.

The accepted treatment of ADHD has a list of dangerous side effects such as:

• Being anti – social or withdrawn
• Feeling hopeless, worthless
• Extreme suicidal thoughts
• Panic attacks
• Insomnia
• Aggressive and/or violent behavior
• Sudden changes in mood/behavior

The Karolinska Institute is one of the leading pharmacological research institutions that clarify the field of clinical medicine with the push of the use of drugs to treat physiological and psychological issues. Thirty percent of medicinal training and 40% of medical academic research is conducted at the Karolinska Institute in Sweden and all lectures are translated into English and taught in universities in the US.

Dr. Andrew Adesman, chief of developmental and behavioral pediatrics at the Steven and Alexandra Cohen Children’s Medical Center, confirms through past research that adults who were diagnosed with ADHD as children are more likely to:

• Get into driving accidents
• Consistently lose jobs
• Divorce spouses
• Be arrested or commit some criminal activity

Adesman admits that not all children marked as ADHD go on to become criminals or divorcees, and that the majority of them simply grow out of the behavior. Yet, Adesman still maintains that despite the fact that ADHD is a phase of childhood that rarely carries into adulthood that “collectively, people with ADHD are at risk for a range of poor outcomes.”



By Kris Zane | Western Journalism

A dark, oppressive cloud hovering over America.

We are in the throes of the worst terrorist attack since 9/11. Poison-laced letters are making their way through the mail. Bomb threats are now a daily occurrence. Boston is being managed like a war zone, with other cities quickly falling in line.

With all of this going on, Barack Hussein Obama stood in the Rose Garden yesterday and threw what can only be described as a temper tantrum.

He didn’t get his way—universal background checks for all gun sales—and proceeded to threaten and cajole America for daring to engage in the democratic process.

If it would have been any other day in America, we would have chocked it up to a normal occurrence in the Obama administration.

But it was not a normal day. And there won’t be a normal day for a while.

How could Barack Obama stamp his foot and shake his fist in the midst of a crisis for something that a recent poll said about 4% of the public thinks is important? It doesn’t make sense. It is like something out of a Twilight Zone episode.

It only makes sense if the something that is eaten away at this country, oppressing us, and poisoning us like a toxic cloud, is Barack Hussein Obama.

North Korea is threatening nuclear war, the Middle East is slowly being taken over by the Muslim Brotherhood (who we happen to be in bed with), and our economy is on the verge of collapse as we approach a $20 trillion national debt.

And what is Barack Hussein Obama doing? Playing golf. On another vacation. Hosting a star-studded, multi-million dollar “soul music” celebration and throwing tempter tantrums.

It doesn’t make sense.

It only makes sense if the something that is eating away at this country is in fact Barack Hussein Obama.

And that is exactly what is happening.

It is time to accept the truth, however hard to swallow as Americans, that Barack Hussein Obama’s goal is to destroy the United States of America.

Go ahead, let everyone cry “conspiracy theorist” until hell freezes over. There is no other explanation.

Obama has turned America into a police state, with TSA agents’ presence expanding by the day.

Cameras peek into every nook and cranny of public space.

Bush’s Patriot Act has been discarded for something completely new: simply spy on everyone and everything.

The Utah Data Center in Bluffdale, built by an army of 10,000 construction workers and due to open in September, will be the biggest spy center in the world.  The one million square foot facility is so massive that it can store every single electronic communication for the next 100 years—and still have room to spare.

What exactly will the Utah Data Center be storing? Emails. Telephone calls. Tweets. Facebook posts. Travel records.  Credit card transactions. Bank records. Stock market trades. Google searches. In a word: everything. Oh, and by the way, this will all be done without a warrant, without a subpoena, and without any due process at all.

And this is just the beginning. What good is a surveillance state unless you have a totalitarian government to operate it?  And all totalitarian governments require some type of crisis to usher in the supposed saviors. For Hitler, it was hyperinflation, with the Reichstag fire as the cherry on top. With Obama, it will be the collapse of the dollar followed by total economic collapse.

Conspiracy theory?

According to a highly-placed source in the intelligence community, as reported in the widely read article “Intelligence Insider: Obama Administration Agenda to Kill U.S Dollar,” this is exactly what Obama is planning. The first thing to go will be the stock market, falling free fall, losing 95% of its value. Next, Obama will kill the dollar. Last but not least, the U.S. economy will be buried in a shallow grave in an act of Obamanation.

Progressives, wake up. Republicans, open your eyes. Obama’s no moderate, no liberal, and no Democrat. He’s a globalist, through in through.

The intelligence insider goes on to say that after the collapse of the stock market, the dollar, and finally the entire U.S. economy—long after the European Union has collapsed—a call for a world currency and world government will be shouted from the highest globalist mountains,  supposedly to avert another worldwide economic crisis—no doubt with Barry Obama as the Pied Piper leading us into destruction.

America will become only a dim memory.

Want to know what America—or what is left of America—will look like under a continued Obama presidency?

Remember how the Left cheered when their hero Senator Obama vowed to close Gitmo? When their Messiah won the presidency, he not only didn’t close Gitmo but put the terrorists’ trials in indefinite limbo.

According to a prisoner’s statement smuggled out on April 14:

I’ve been detained at Guantánamo for 11 years and three months. I have never been charged with any crime. I have never received a trial.

Yes, there’s trouble in paradise. Gitmo is a model of what America will become under Obama’s second term. Prepare for indefinite detention. Prepare for a total surveillance society. And prepare for a New World Order.

America is dying.  Welcome to Obama’s fundamental transformation of America.




by Dave Hodges –

America is coming to a nexus point in our history.   America has already entered the second of three stages on the path to revolution. I emphatically have called for nonviolent resistance against the bankers who have hijacked our government. However, I also provided a caveat which clearly stated that if the globalists initiate a major false flag operation, or a series of false flag operations as an excuse to roll out martial law, we should not militarily resist.

However, if the roll out of martial law includes the beginnings of numerous roundups, mass detainments without due process of law and eventual exterminations, the people will have no choice but to resist.

There is no question that America is headed down the path toward revolution. A war might temporarily forestall the possibility of enacting genocidal policies towards the American people which would could accompany a complete takeover of our country. However, it is prudent, at this point, to assess the threat.

Three Possible Outcomes Resulting From the Coming Tyranny

The first possible outcome resulting from the impending collapse of the Petrodollar could lead to a Federal Reserve led war against Iran, China, Russia, North Korea and India.

The second outcome could include a “soft” form of martial law in which life would not be much different that it is today. As long as people do not resist the imposition of fully visible banker controlled government, they could be relatively safe and my admonitions regarding buying local, banking with in state-owned and small banks as well as engaging in unregulated bartering and trading as much as possible could constitute passive, yet effective forms of resistance.

The third possible outcome would result in the establishment of a brutal form of martial law resulting in mass detentions in concentration camps and widespread exterminations.

This article examines the evidence supporting the fact that the present administration is preparing to enact their own version of martial law that will result in the detention and widespread extermination of millions of American citizens.

Is An American Holocaust Around the Corner?

If one seeks the answer to this question, one should always look to history first. Humans are creatures of habit, and we reflexively follow what we have been taught or conditioned to accept as the norm.

Every Genocide Has Three Requirements.

1. A totalitarian government must be so entrenched that any individual liberties must be eviscerated

2. The nation’s legal structure must support and even facilitate the abuse of its suspected dissidents.

3. The paramilitary infrastructure must be constructed prior to facilitating the carrying out of the holocaust.

In this spirit we must realize that every act of civil disobedience, every act of revolution and every act of tyrannical genocide committed by a government, requires a trigger event. And the trigger event usually comes in the form of a false flag event.

For the Nazis, this trigger event included burning down the Reichstag and blaming the Communists as an excuse to declare martial law. What will be the trigger event for a possible genocidal holocaust committed against American citizens? No one can say for sure. However, when one seeks the answer, on should always look to history first. I would say that the government will first line up its legal mechanisms against the private ownership of guns. The government needs to remove as much of the opposition as possible and gun confiscation is always a catalyst on the road to genocide.

The incremental plan to seize American guns is clearly underway and it should scare the hell out of all Americans because in the 20th century, there were 17 major genocides committed against civilian populations resulting in a death toll of around 260 million people. Everyone of these genocides was preceded by gun confiscation which rendered the intended victims defenseless against the slaughter that awaited them. Can there be any doubt in that governments, in general, are the biggest threat to longevity on the planet? Subsequently, when the government is ready to completely seize our guns, they will be in need of a false flag event, so horrific, so catastrophic, that the American people will be afraid to speak in defense of Second Amendment rights. The leading candidates for a false flag attack of this magnitude would a potential mass attack on a major sporting event (e.g. Super Bowl). The detonation of a nuclear device designed to frame a patriot group, such as a Second Amendment supporting advocacy group. Of course, there is the persistent Operation Bluebeam theory as well. In actuality, there is no shortage of convenient false flag targets, therefore, it is difficult to accurately know the target ahead of time. Rest assured, that the target(s) have already been selected by the globalists and the plans to carry out this false flag event are already in place.

If you are looking for a reliable sign from which to gauge when the globalists are going to make their final move, you should be looking for the most reliable historical indicators. This would be a false flag attack followed by the government totally disarming the public. When these two events happen in close proximity to each other, it is time to run for the hills, both literally and figuratively.

The Legal Infrastructure of Genocide

The legal infrastructure is in place which gives the government means from which to begin to carry out either a general genocide or simply to targets specific groups for elimination.

The following legal acts by the government represents a blueprint for the roll out of total tyranny. There are, no doubt, some people who are reading this article and will no doubt be thinking that America will never experience a modern day holocaust. I understand your skepticism.Therefore, it is important that all readers of this multi-part series do their own research and form their own conclusions. Below, I have provided links to what I call the Legal Infrastructure of Tyranny.

Each of the following acts contain a hypertext link to a legal interpretation of the act. If you are having any doubts about what has been said in this article and its three previous companion parts, then I DARE you to research the following and tell me that you are not now an enemy of the state and that to do nothing is to acquiesce to your own sealed fate.

The Legal Infrastructure of a Genocidal Government

The Military Commissions Act

The Patriot Acts I and II

The John Warner Defense Act

The National Defense Authorization Act

Quantitative Easing or printing the U.S. Dollar until it no longer has any value

Here is another take on the NDAA, the most egregious piece of legislation ever perpetrated against the American people by its government.



Has anyone ever bothered to ask this illegitimate government the following questions?

1. Why did TruTV ban replays of Jesse Ventura’s Conspiracy Theory’s airing of the FEMA Camp report?

2. Why was the MIAC report written by DHS?

3. Why does Obama continue to use false flag events as a pretext to seize our guns?

STOP! If you have not done your research on the five genocidal legislative acts listed above, then you are wasting your time moving on to the next part of the article because the contents will not make any sense. If you have the courage to face the truth, take a moment and review these five acts, now.

If you are convinced that Americas are in a great deal of danger as a result of these acts, read them again, memorize them, so you can quote chapter and verse to your neighbors and then present them with the same challenges that I have presented to you. The facts are unmistakable, that if the globalists so choose, America is headed down the path to its own modern day holocaust as the legal infrastructure is in place.

 Tyranny Has Its Own Unique Infrastructure

The greatest threat to a totalitarian regime are people like you and I who will not go along with the tyranny. Now that you have read and studied the Legal Infrastructure of Genocide, it should be clear that every word you that you electronically speak and write is recorded. Many of us the alternative media have been told, on a consistent basis, that a threat matrix score has been complied on every citizen based upon the massive data mining that has taken place on every American citizen since 9/11. Some insider sources also indicate that an assassinations list has also been constructed and will be acted upon when martial law is rolled out. If you are one on of the fortunate ones that has not caught the ire of the electronic surveillance mechanisms in America, you may still have a dossier which requires you to be incarcerated for the good of the country and in the interest of national security.

Housing Dissidents With Dangerous Ideas

All totalitarian regimes must have a place to house targeted groups and potential dissidents until the last societal remnants of protest are removed. It worked for Hitler, Stalin and Mao and now the same plan is being put together by Obama.

fema camp workers

The construction and staffing of FEMA Camps, is now fully admitted by the mainstream media. KBR’s complicity in the construction of these camps, as well as the activation and staffing of these Bill Ayers type of re-education camps, has been fully acknowledged. Do you know where Hitler got the idea for concentration camps? Surprisingly, he got the idea from the unqualified subjugation of Native Americans into reservations.  Life can be ironic because the concept concentration camps is on the verge of coming full circle.

Citizen Dehumanization and Travel Restrictions

It worked for Hitler, Stalin and Mao and now the same plan is being put together by Obama. The last thing a fascist dictatorship wants to permit is the unsanctioned gathering of dissident people. When two or more dissidents gather, revolution may be on their minds. Therefore travel must be tightly controlled.

There is a byproduct benefit to controlling travel, citizens can also be conditioned that they are the property of the state. Not only do the TSA perverts commit felonies against our flying public every day, as these pot-bellied perverts grope our mothers and our children, they are in the midst of rolling out a far-reaching VIPER program which would make Hitler’s Gestapo jealous. In the near future, if you want to travel on the street, go to a mall, attend a sporting event, enter a  school, attend the prom, board a bus or a train or travel from one city to another on the highway, you will be subjected to the same TSA felonious and invasive search protocols in the pursuit of any of the aforementioned activities.

This is all part of the conditioning process in which the average citizen is being programmed to accept that it is the government that is the sovereign, not the people, and your body does not belong to you or your God, you are the unqualified property of the state.

The Rise of Unsanctioned Paramilitary Forces

It worked for Hitler, Stalin and Mao and now the same plan is being put together by Obama. During the 2008 Presidential campaign, Obama promised the rise of American Brown Shirts as he stated, “We cannot continue to rely only on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives that we’ve set. We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded.”



Obama has now authorized DHS to use paramilitary organizations to enforce the coming Obama version of martial law. And of course, there are the omnipresent, voter intimidation thugs of Obama’s ACORN. With the purchase of 2.2 billion rounds of ammunition to with 2700+ armored vehicles, it is clear that DHS is the army of the central bankers.

Obama has now authorized DHS to use paramilitary organizations to enforce the coming Obama version of martial law. And of course, there are the omnipresent, voter intimidation thugs of Obama’s ACORN, and of course, there is the omnipresent Blackwater.

Can’t We Find A Political Solution?

Psychologist Martha Stout , faculty member in psychiatry department at Harvard Medical School, estimates in her book, The Sociopath Next Door, that as many as 4% of the population are conscienceless sociopaths who have no empathy or feelings of remorse with regard to the suffering caused by their inhumane acts. Political figures have double the rates of sociopathic behavior of the general population. And Wall street financiers may possess sociopathic rates which are three times that of politicians!  Does anyone really think we are going to find justice from people such as these?


The purpose of this article was merely to assess whether the Obama administration has the infrastructure needed to carry out genocide against the American people. The facts demonstrate that there exists the legal, political and paramilitary forces needed to carry a holocaust. This is why the American people must NEVER surrender their guns under any circumstances. The only missing element needed to begin to carry out genocide under a martial law crackdown is present except for the fact that American citizens are still armed.



by Dave Hodges –

The contents of this article are controversial and the potential consequences are frightening. I did not rely on only source of information to bring this information to the attention of the public. Personally known, but unnamed ex-intelligence sources, who have previously proven the veracity of their knowledge and trustworthiness were the original bearers of this information. Second, a known and highly respectable source will be cited as the second source. However, the best source of the following information is the undisputed paper trail of government documents, legislative actions and Executive Orders are the third and the most reliable source of this information.

Credibility of Sources

I have been approached by the proverbial unnamed sources who are personally known to me, over the past week, in order to use me as a mouthpiece to spread the word to as many as possible, that the globalists are going for broke and are moving to destroy and enslave all nations, but none will be subjugated with the furor that is the United States because our country is the biggest threat to their plans of world domination.

I would never expect anyone to accept the unquestioned word unnamed sources. However, the use of unnamed sources can point us in directions which serve to validate their warnings to the American people if there statements can be backed up by other means. Subsequently, I will be being relying on a named source, who partially validates the claims put forth in this article. In addition, I have searched for a correlation between what I have been told and what I can find in government documents which would point to the validity of the scenario which will be laid out here in this article. I am shocked at how easy it was to cross-validate the globalist intentions through a cursory examination of government documents.

 Source #1: Unnamed Former Intelligence Sources

Cutting right to the chase, the globalists have commenced their reign of terror. I was told last October by these same sources that false flag attacks were being planned. I was further told that several more false flag attacks are planned, in “Battle Ground America” in the same time frame, because it makes hard for the public to see the correct tree in a dense forest of possibilities.

Please note that it is confirmed that the government is planning three anti-terrorist drills in major cities in the next 24 days. Additionally, the New York subway system will have “harmless gas” released in a simulated chemical weapons attack. Hard to know which one, if any of these, will a false flag attack in the making. In fact, I have been told that it is standard operating procedure that the globalists have multiple plans on the same day, and execute the most opportune.

I have been told that following the attack in Boston, the next wave of false flag attacks will consist of chemical and biological attacks along with another school shooting. The trump card will be a tactical nuclear weapon. Who will get the blame? There are two targets of opportunity, namely, Syria and/or Iran. These attacks will provide the excuse for martial law (for our protection of course) and the pretext to launch a war to defend the Petrodollar.

What Will It Be Like to Live Under Martial Law?

My former intelligence sources state that the internet will be taken down immediately as the globalists see it as an opportunity to galvanize the masses against the criminals who will subjugating the country. All bank accounts, pension funds and 401K’s will be frozen and stolen. Extreme travel restrictions will be put in place. Random house to house searches will be conducted. What will they be looking for? Of course, they will be looking for guns and the false flag events will give them the pretext to do so. And they will also be looking for known trouble makers.

Who Will He Be Aiming At Tomorrow?

Look at the Youtube videos of Boston martial law and you will have a great idea of why the Boston event went down the way that it did.

My sources report that many of the rounded up people will be sent to re-education camps, if not outright executed. Also, food will be rationed, the use of utilities will be limited to certain times of day. Searches of homes in which the authorities will be looking for food and water supplies will be conducted and violators will have their products seized and they will be arrested. People will be given food ration cards similar to WWII. The anticipated propaganda to sell this to the public will be that it is for the war effort. Shopping malls, stadiums and other public venues will be the gathering site for people who are hungry or are seeking safe refuge. However, these centers carry the risk of being random extermination centers and a prelude to stack and pack living conditions forced upon them by the authorities. There will be a draft, both for the military and civilian work brigades. In other words, all people will become the unquestionable property of the state. All major corporations and natural resources will be nationalized under the direction of DHS and under Executive Order. If these mandates are fully implemented, we will be living in hell on earth. Is there any collaborating information and/or data which could serve to bring credibility to these reports? Read on, the confirmations will be undeniable.

#2 Source: My Recent Conversation With Pastor Lindsay Williams

Late last week, I responded to an email request made by Pastor Williams to appear on my talk show to share some startling details of what he has been told is coming by some of his global elite friends.  Lindsay related to me that the dollar could be collapsed as early as the end of the year and martial law will be imposed. The world’s economy is going to fail and what he described to me reminded me of the story line of the NBC hit series, Revolution, in which America disintegrates into a series of feudal societies all struggling against each other in a fight to the death scenario.  To paraphrase what Pastor Williams told me, I would summarize his message by saying that the people in charge will control everything.

The next and obvious question is if there is any confirming written proof of what my ex-intelligence sources and Pastor Williams are stating?

#3 Source: The Government Documents Which Validate the “Speculation”

There is a trail of governmental paperwork which confirms what many in high places are beginning to leak out. Further government documents are quite clear on these points. Further, I think the country should be asking why are so many prominent bankers leaving America? I first became aware of this fact as Jim Marrs revealed this fact on my show, last fall. 

Read further, the motivation for departing banksters should become apparent.

Why Impose Martial Law This Soon?

Why is the move to lock down America proceeding with such rapidity? Simple, too many of us have awakened to the tyranny that is unfolding. False flag events come and go and an increasing number of people are seeing right through games being played, such as planning terrorist training drills which coincide with a major false flag operation.

When the Oklahoma City bombing happened, the country reacted with horror. When 3,000 people were killed on 9/11, more people started asking questions. When the London and Madrid bombings took place, a few of us noticed the coincidence of terrorist training drills and the actual event. When the latest “terrorist bombing” took place in Boston, the “koolaid drinking CNN believers” are in the clear minority, for we have the globalist playbook and have caught on to their old familiar script and as a result we no longer believe their lies.

Late last year, I detailed how former intelligence operatives were bugging out to seek a safe haven in prepared getaways from the calamities that the globalists were enacting with the intent of seizing total control of the country through martial law which would be followed by a series of false flag attacks.These are the same two people who have temporarily broken their silence to bring me the first set of information offered in the first part of this article.

The Boston Marathon bombing shook them up and they claim that this is the opening salvo in this subjugation of the American people. The martial law situation in Boston was the beta test for everything from gun confiscation to the arresting of dissidents (i.e. anyone who disagrees with this criminal administration).

Based upon what these for intelligence types were telling me, I have been calling for a false flag event to begin the tipping point of the coming tyranny. The Boston bombing is the trigger event.  Make no mistake about it, we are going to war to protect the endangered Petrodollar. And martial law will be simultaneously ushered in after a series of false flag events.

Dissidents Will Be Removed or Worse

The NDAA has provided this criminal administration with all the “authority” to secretly arrest and even murder dissidents without a trial. The NDAA can be viewed as nothing but an East German Stasi enforcement mechanism which did the same in the hell that was East Germany. Thus, the claims of the intelligence sources about removing dissidents for “re-education or worse” is now within the grasp of this administration

Food As a Weapon

work-for-food-2One of the items I view as credible from my intelligence sources is that the government will use food to control the population.

Even Ray Charles could see that Obama is setting the table to take his place among Stalin, Hitler, Pol Pot, Castro and Mao as another despot in the long line of tyrannical leaders who would grant themselves the authority to subjugate the masses by using food as a weapon. Americans desperately need to look at history in order to understand what happens every time the people of a government allows the government to control its food supplies and farms.

In hindsight, I have often wondered how prophetic was Obama’s campaign speech when he promised to fundamentally transform America? This was actually one campaign promise that Obama is trying to keep. NSSM 200 has come full circle, but in this case, it is specifically aimed at the American people.  History show us that Socialists, Communists, Islamists and Marxists, use food and the production of food as a weapon against their own people in order to solidify power and control. We could soon be seeing the same thing.

I venture to say that most individuals who get their “news” from the mainstream media would hold fast to the belief that the benevolent U.S. government would never use food as a weapon against the American people. Someone should remind these “sheeple” that this is the same U.S. government which has been caught shipping drugs into Mexico under Operation Fast and Furious which has resulted in the deaths of a half dozen U.S. law enforcement officials. Yes, this is the same government which has turned a blind eye to HSBC bank setting up fictitious bank accounts in order to launder money derived from the profits of drug trafficking and running guns and then turning around and sending this money to fund various terrorist organizations. Yes, this is the same government which permits the Federal Reserve to send trillions of American dollars in order to bail out their own personal banking interests in Europe. Yes, this is the same U.S. government , through the TSA, which commits second degree sexual assault on airline travelers under the guise of protecting Americans from the very terrorists that they are complicit in funding through organizations such as the HSBC bank. Therefore, it is prudent to ask the question, would the United States use food a tool of governmental policy in order to control its population? Unfortunately, this question has already been answered in the affirmative.

Further, the use of food by the U.S. government has been a matter of official U.S. governmental covert policy since 1974-1975.In December, 1974, National Security Council directed by Henry Kissinger completed a classified study entitled, “National Security Study Memorandum 200: Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas Interests.” The study was based upon the unproven claims that population growth in Lesser Developed Countries (LDC) constituted a serious risk to America’s national security.

In November 1975 President Ford, based upon the tenets of NSSM 200 outlined a classified plan to forcibly reduce population growth in LDC countries through birth control, war and famine. Ford’s new national security adviser, Brent Scowcroft, in conjunction with CIA  Director, George H. W. Bush, were tasked with implementing the plan and the secretaries of state, treasury, defense, and agriculture assisted in the implementation of these insane genocidal plans.

NSSM 200 formally raised the question, “Would food be considered an instrument of national power? … Is the U.S. prepared to accept food rationing to help people who can’t/won’t control their population growth?” Kissinger has answered these questions when he stated that he was predicting a series of contrived famines, created by mandatory programs and this would make exclusive reliance on birth control programs unnecessary in this modern day application of eugenics in a scheme that would allow Henry to have his cake and eat it too in that the world would finally be rid of the “useless eaters!”

Third world population control, using food as one of the primary weapons, has long been a matter of official covert national policy and a portion of President Obama’s Executive Order (EO), National Defense Resources Preparedness is a continuation of that policy. Only now, the intended target are not the LDC’s but, instead, the American people.

With the stroke of his pen, Obama has total and absolute control over all food where his Executive Order states:

e)  “Food resources” means all commodities and products, (simple, mixed, or compound), or complements to such commodities or products, that are capable of being ingested by either human beings or animals, irrespective of other uses to which such commodities or products may be put, at all stages of processing from the raw commodity to the products thereof in vendible form for human or animal consumption.  “Food resources” also means potable water packaged in commercially marketable containers, all starches, sugars, vegetable and animal or marine fats and oils, seed, cotton, hemp, and flax fiber, but does not mean any such material after it loses its identity as an agricultural commodity or agricultural product.

(f)  “Food resource facilities” means plants, machinery, vehicles (including on farm), and other facilities required for the production, processing, distribution, and storage (including cold storage) of food resources, and for the domestic distribution of farm equipment and fertilizer…”

This unconstitutional Executive Order is particularly disturbing in that it clearly states that the government has control over anything that is “capable of being ingested by either human beings or animals…”  If you thought that you and Fido were going to get through coming food crisis by storing and consuming dog food, think again.

How will farmers maintain the nation’s food supply when all fertilizer, their farm equipment and all of their vehicles are under the control of this sociopathic  President or the next power-hungry President?

The term “all food storage facilities” includes your refrigerator, your pantry and even the very food in your cabinets as well as what is on your kitchen table. In short, anywhere you keep food is now under the control of the government and can be redistributed.

Have you recently been scratching your head in bewilderment as you watch on the news as the Amish have had their farms raided, raw milk producers have been jailed and the kids running lemonade stands have been shut down and ticketed? Now you know why these abuses are being perpetrated by the government in that it represents a mere conditioning process designed to get all U.S. citizens used to the idea that the government owns all food and food production.

The most clever aspect of this Executive Order is that no Hegelian Dialectic (i.e., false flag event) is needed as a pretense to seize food and imperil survivability. Section 201(b) of the Obama EO clearly states that this EO is enforceable under both emergency and non-emergency conditions.”

The warning issued by the unnamed intelligence sources certainly seems more credible given these set of circumstances. 

Through the National Defense Preparedness Act, Obama is following in the footsteps of Hitler and Stalin and we should all be worried, very worried.

More Executive Orders Validating the Ex-Intel Claims

The paper trail not only points to what is coming, the evidence is overwhelming. We are headed for an Orwellian nightmare like no dictator has ever been able to impose on any country at any time in world history. Here is a partial list of Obama’s Executive Orders along with a brief description.

Government Control Over All Fuel and Transportation

Executive Order 10990

Allows the government to take control over all modes of transportation, highways, and seaports.

Executive Order 11003

Allows the government to take over all airports and aircraft, including commercial aircraft.

Executive Order 11005

Allows the government to take over railroads, inland waterways, and public storage facilities.

Executive Order 10997

Allows the government to take over all electrical power, gas, petroleum, fuels, and minerals.

Government Control Over All Food and Water

Executive Order 10998

Allows the government to take over all food resources and farms


The Ability to Enslave the American People

Executive Order 11000

Allows the government to mobilize civilians into work brigades under government supervision.

Executive Order 11001

Allows the government to take over all health, education, and welfare functions.

Executive Order 11002

Designates the Postmaster General to operate national registration of all persons.

Executive Order 11004

Allows the Housing and Finance Authority to relocate communities, build new housing with public funds, designate areas to be abandoned, and establish new locations for populations.

Ability to Grant the President Total Dictatorial Control

Executive Order 11051

Specifies the responsibility of the Office of Emergency Planning and gives authorization to put all Executive Orders into effect in times of increased international tensions and economic or financial crisis.

Executive Order 11310

Grants authority to the Department of Justice to enforce the plans set out in Executive Orders, to institute industrial support, to establish judicial and legislative liaison, to control all aliens, to operate penal and correctional institutions, and to advise and assist the President.

Executive Order 11049

Assigns emergency preparedness function to federal departments and agencies, consolidating 21 operative Executive Orders issued over a fifteen year period.

 Intentions or Games?

The correlations between the ex-intelligence sources, Pastor Williams and the government paper trail appears strong. However, one should ask themselves a question. Are these acts merely the product of a set of politicians having too much time on their hands? If the government was not planning on a complete martial law shut down to accompany the coming WWIII, then what are all these laws and Executive Orders about? For myself, I have concluded that we in the patriotic dissident crowd are in a great deal of danger. I would never ask anyone to act based upon my writings. However, I hope I have encouraged many of you to do your own research and form your own best conclusions and course of action for you and your family.

Final Thoughts

Still Not Convinced? Then why did DHS purchase 2.2 billion rounds of hollow point bullets? Who do they plan on shooting?

Why Is DHS Practicing Shooting At These Targets?

dhs targets

Who are these coffins for?

 FEMA Coffins



Kurt Nimmo and Alex Jones has received a document originating from Halliburton subsidiary KBR that provides details on a push to outfit FEMA and U.S. Army camps around the United States. Entitled “Project Overview and Anticipated Project Requirements,” the document describes services KBR is looking to farm out to subcontractors. The document was passed on to us by a state government employee who wishes to remain anonymous for obvious reasons.

Services up for bid include catering, temporary fencing and barricades, laundry and medical services, power generation, refuse collection, and other services required for temporary “emergency environment” camps located in five regions of the United States.

Internment Camp Services Bid Arrives After NDAA

KBR’s call for FEMA camp service bids arrives soon after the Senate overwhelmingly passed the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) which permits the military to detain and interrogate supposed domestic terror suspects in violation of the Fourth Amendment and Posse Comitatus.

Section 1031 of the NDAA bill declares the whole of the United States as a “battlefield” and allows American citizens to be arrested on U.S. soil and incarcerated in Guantanamo Bay.

A number of civil liberties groups have come out in strong opposition to the legislation, most notably the Japanese American Citizens League (JACL), the nation’s oldest and largest Asian American civil and human rights organization.

In a letter addressed to Congress, S. Floyd Mori, the national director of JACL, said the NDAA is the first time that Congress has scaled back on the protections provided by the Non-Detention Act of 1971. Mori said the legislation, if enacted and put into use, would be reminiscent of the unconstitutional indefinite detention of Japanese Americans during World War II.

KBR Instrumental in Establishing Camps in 2006

In 2006, KBR was awarded a contingency contract from the Department of Homeland Security, allegedly to support its Immigration and Customs Enforcement facilities in the event of an emergency, Market Watch reported.

The contract was effective immediately and provided for establishing temporary detention and processing capabilities to expand existing ICE Detention and Removal Operations Program facilities in the event of an emergency influx of immigrants into the U.S., or to support the rapid development of new programs, KBR said. The contract may also provide migrant detention support to other government organizations in the event of an immigration emergency, as well as the development of a plan to react to a national emergency, such as a natural disaster, the company explained.

The regions indicated in the KBR document.

Army Releases Civilian Inmate Labor Program Document

Soon after KBR’s announcement, a little-known Army document surfaced. Entitled the“Civilian Inmate Labor Program,” the unclassified document describes in detail Army Regulation 210-35. The regulation, first drafted in 1997, underwent a “rapid act revision” in January 2005 and now provides a policy for the creation of labor programs and prison camps on Army installations.

National Emergency Centers Act

In 2009, the National Emergency Centers Act or HR 645 was introduced in Congress. It mandates the establishment of “national emergency centers” to be located on military installations for the purpose of providing “temporary housing, medical, and humanitarian assistance to individuals and families dislocated due to an emergency or major disaster,” according to the bill.

In addition to emergencies, the legislation is designed to “meet other appropriate needs, as determined by the Secretary of Homeland Security,” an open ended mandate which many fear could mean the forced detention of American citizens in the event of widespread rioting after a national emergency or total economic collapse, as Paul Joseph Watson noted in January of 2009.

Also in 2009, the Army National Guard began posting advertisements calling forInternment/Resettlement Specialists, a fact noted by, Prison and other alternative media outlets but ignored by the establishment media.

Precursor: Rex 84 Mass Detention Operation

Rex 84, short for Readiness Exercise 1984, was established under the pretext of a “mass exodus” of illegal aliens crossing the Mexican/US border, the same pretense used in the language of the KBR request for services.

During the Iran-Contra hearings in 1987, however, it was revealed that the program was a secretive “scenario and drill” developed by the federal government to suspend the Constitution, declare martial law, assign military commanders to take over state and local governments, and detain large numbers of American citizens determined by the government to be “national security threats.”

Rex 84 was devised by Col. Oliver North, who was with the NSC and appointed liaison to FEMA. John Brinkerhoff, the deputy director of “national preparedness” programs for FEMA, and North designed the plan on a 1970 report written by FEMA chief Louis Giuffrida, at the Army War College, which proposed the detention of up to 21 million “American Negroes” in the event of a black militant uprising in the United States.

DHS Coordinating Occupy Arrests

Following a crackdown by police on Occupy Wall Street protesters around the nation, Oakland, California, mayor Jean Quan mentioned during an interview with the BBC that she was on a conference call with leaders of 18 US cities shortly before a wave of raids broke up Occupy Wall Street encampments across the country. It was later discovered that the FBI, the Department of Homeland Security and other federal police agencies had coordinated the often violent response to the protests.

New York Rep. Peter King, who heads up the House Homeland Security Subcommittee, signaled a sense of urgency when he said the federal government has “to be careful not to allow this movement to get any legitimacy. I’m taking this seriously in that I’m old enough to remember what happened in the 1960′s when the left-wing took to the streets and somehow the media glorified them and it ended up shaping policy. We can’t allow that to happen.”

The federal government responded similarly in the 1960s and 70s when the FBI organized and unleashed its unconstitutional secret police under the covert banner of COINTELPRO.

In addition to the DHS characterizing Americans supporting states’ rights and the Constitution as terrorists, the Defense Department’s Antiterrorism and Force Protection Annual Refresher Training Course in 2009 advised its personnel that political protest amounts to “low-level terrorism.”

Elements of the Police State Coming Together

The KBR document is more evidence that the federal government has established internment camps and plans to fill them with dissidents and anti-government activists that have been demonized consistently by the establishment media.

The NDAA was crafted precisely to provide the legal mechanism for tasking the military to round up activists it conflates with al-Qaeda terrorists. The plan was initially envisioned by Rex 84 and in particular Operation Garden Plot, an operational plan to use the Army, USAF, Navy, and Marine Corp. in direct support of civil disturbance control operations. It has since added numerous elements under the rubric of Continuity of Government, the overall war on terror, civil disturbance and emergency response.

The government has patiently put into place the crucial elements of its police state grid and overarching plan for the internment of political enemies.

We are quite literally one terror event away from the plan going live. As the DHS and the establishment media keep telling us, the next terror event will be on American soil and not the work of al-Qaeda but domestic patriot political groups. The FBI has specialized in creating domestic terrorists – or rather patsies – and shifting the blame over to their political enemies.





The U.S. Jails More People Than Any Other Country. The U.S. has the world’s highest incarceration rate, with Department of Justice data showing more than 2.2 million people are behind bars, equal to a city the size of Houston. Read more here-



by Dave Hodges –

May 7, 2013

Is America following down a path which could culminate in the government carrying out acts of genocide against select members of its population? There is increasing internet “chatter” which addresses this topic and many are beginning to discuss the possibility for the first time. I began to wonder the same and began to actually research the patterns of genocide in an attempt to determine if America is in trouble.

The fundamental research question associated with this paper is as follows. “Is the United States moving down a predictable path towards genocide based upon Stanton’s thesis.”

Brief Summary of the Stanton Genocidal Thesis

In 1996 Gregory H. Stanton presented a briefing paper to the State Department which included the eight stages of genocide. Stanton postulated that genocide is a process that is predictable, but is not necessarily a linear process. The stages of genocide do unfold in both a predictable and chronological order. Further, earlier stages continue to operate even as the process continues to progress.

Stanton identifies the eight stages as classification, symbolization, dehumanization, organization, polarization, preparation, extermination and denial. Subsequently, I researched where America is at in reference to these eight stages. The following paragraphs are the result my research.

Stage One: Classification

Stanton asserts that all cultures categorize people into “us and them” groups. The divisions are often made by using the variables of ethnicity, race, religion and nationality. Examples from history include Germans and Jews, Hutu’s and Tutsi’s. Bifurcated societies which lack mixed categories, such as Rwanda and Burundi, are the most prone to having genocide.

America is in the process of giving back the progress made by such pioneers as Martin Luther King. Blacks, whites, Hispanics, Asians and Native Americans are increasingly polarizing away from the common theme that we are all God’s children in which most of us share our unique American heritage.

The Trayvon Martin/George Zimmerman case typifies the increasing division between blacks and whites as Obama threw fuel on the fire by commenting on a local criminal investigation and inflamed the racial feelings associated with the case.

Illegal aliens have been another source of divisiveness and the intense animosity was best exemplified through the controversy of  SB 1070.

We exacerbate the divisions among our people in the welfare debates. With 47% of the country on some form of public assistance, there is a growing resentment among workers who feel they are supporting bums who will not work. Accurate or not, the division is growing.

Younger police officers no longer see the general public as their ally. Rather, they are trained to see all civilians as the enemy.

In short, America has no shortage of classifications which are being used to divide and conquer. On this point, America has met the first criteria on the road to genocide.

Stage Two: Symbolization

Sociologists and anthropologists tell us that classification and symbolization are universally common to every society. However, it is reaching alarming levels in contemporary America.

I was never an Obama fan. However, I thought his election had demonstrated how Americans were no longer going to divide themselves along racial lines and we would begin to truly carry out the meaning of Constitution and work together to solve our problems. Unfortunately, the opposite has happened. The races are further apart than ever before. For example, we hear phrases which serve to differentiate individuals. For example, I see reference to terms such as the “African-American community, or the Latino Community, or the Asian Community.” It is never the “White community” because that would be considered to be racist. when actually, it is Obama who is promoting racism.

What is a black community? I know black people who live in my community. They do not live in some gated community for only black people. I work with people from all ethnic and racial backgrounds. They don’t come out of some ethnic or racial enclave to join me at work. We are neighbors and often friends, yet, the establishment media and their labels are serving to create damaging symbols which are creating unnecessary tensions between various groups. The present terminology is deceptive and divisive and serves to separate human beings who might otherwise get along.

Someone who is a homosexual has to be labeled in sexual preference terms. Why? Why should we care what people do behind closed doors? Isn’t that for God to judge? Judge not lest you be judged. But the corporate controlled media has polarized gays from straights, blacks from whites, citizens from illegal’s, and on and on and on. Why create the symbolic differences? When one is robbing someone blind, they often distract them by creating imaginary enemies, vilify each side with symbols which degrade the polar opposite. Welcome to the divided nation that is America.

America has entered into the hyphenated race wars courtesy of the globalists and their controlled media. One just cannot be a respectable black person who is an American. He/she has to be an African-American. One cannot enjoy the pride of being from a Spanish speaking country, they have to be labeled a Mexican-American. My father’s family is from Germany, and I am not labeled a German-American. Why not? Because German-Americans, Italian-Americans, French-Americans are overwhelmingly white. The symbolism of skin color differences are not there and the globalists cannot gain any traction through hyphenating European descendents. Why can’t we just all be Americans without the hyphens? Because the globalists use this as a vehicle to divideand conquer. I am not minimizing the validity of celebrating the merits of one’s own cultural/racial background, regardless of ethnicity and skin color, I am espousing the virtues of finding a common American identity to better facilitate our mutual cooperation in solving our problems. However, that is not the globalist agenda. They seek to keep us distracted, keep us divided by destroying our sense of nationalism, through this artificial symbolism, and the day will come when all of us hyphenated people will never know what has hit us and we will unfortunately lack the common identity to band together against the forces that seek to enslave us.

We even condition our children to accept symbolic labels as schools make student wear RFID student cards or face suspension. The airports have become the symbolic manifestation of the enslavement of the American people as we are being conditioned to being groped and sexually assaulted by the TSA, and their blue uniforms and pot bellies are symbols of how we are to be treated by the government.

America meets the second criteria on the path to genocide.

Classification and symbolization do not always result in genocide unless they are followed by dehumanization.

Stage Three: Dehumanization

“Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists” – George W. Bush

Who will ever forget this inane statement by one the most intellectually deprived persons to ever serve in the White House? Bush’s message was simple, if you disagree with the government, you are a terrorist. In contemporary American society, this is the ultimate dehumanization as it is the 1950’s Red Scare version of being labeled a communist.

Today the list of dehumanized individuals has increased a 1000 fold as the MIAC report and the recent DHS intelligence briefing are dehumanizing veterans, Ron Paul supporters, Second Amendment supporters, Constitutionalists and Libertarians as domestic terrorists.

The above mentioned groups are not Americans, DHS is labeling them as sovereign citizens who lurk around every corner ready to set off a deadly biological, chemical or nuclear attack. This is total dehumanization. The TSA’s grabbing of our genitals is total dehumanization and we are allowing ourselves to be conditioned, lock, stock and barrel.

Sociologists tell us that dehumanization overcomes the natural barriers against the urge to murder. Media hate propaganda is removing the last barriers to this natural prohibition. America is well on the way to being conditioned to accept genocide as a matter of national policy.

Genocidal cultures lack constitutional protections which would protect contrary speech. In genocidal cultures contrary speech should be treated differently and we are seeing this with the state of Minnesota as they will soon be requiring veterans to have their former military status noted on the drivers license.

America has mostly completed the third stage of genocide, the dehumanization of anti-governmental groups and selected enemies of the state.

Stage Four: Organization

Genocide is always carried out by the government. They often using militias to provide deniability of state responsibility, but genocide is always state sponsored.

At this stage, plans are made for genocidal killings. Do we have such plans in the United States? Why yes we do!

Why did DHS buy 2.2 billion rounds of ammunition? Why did DHS purchase 2700 armored personnel carriers?

Is it hunting season at DHS? Who is the game? Over five rounds of ammunition for every man women and child in America.

There are 800 detention facilities that are being fully staffed and operational. Guillotines and box cars with rows of shackles are the new toys of the NWO give new meaning to the following Biblical phrase:

“Rev. 20:4-”And I saw the souls of them who were beheaded for the witness of Jesus and for the word of God…”

Why has FEMA ordered 20,000 box cars and 30,000 guillotines?

Why was the NDAA passed which allows the government to secretly arrest, detain, and murder citizens. Remember, Holder has asserted that Obama has the authority to murder America with drones.

Why was the National Defense Resources Preparedness Executive Order passed? This order allows conscription for both civilian and military duty. All food is controlled by the government. All resources, including bank accounts, businesses and industry are controlled by the government under martial law conditions. This Executive Order gives the President the authority to declare martial law on his/her volition.

America, is this enough preparation for you?

America has met the fourth requirement on the path to becoming a genocidal society.  Now let’s look at stage five.

Stage Five: Polarization

Stanton states that in stage five, extremists drive the groups apart and begin to broadcast polarizing propaganda. The corporate controlled media does a wonderful job of doing just this very thing  every single day. Immediately, after the bombs were exploded at the Boston Marathon, one of the major CIA’s mouthpieces, Wolf Blitzer speculated on air if the bombs were detonated by a “patriot group”.

Further, the media would have one believe that anyone who wants a real investigation into Sandy Hook is a “conspiracy theorist”, as if investigations are somehow an extremist act. Since 95%+ of the major media is owned by the globalists, should we be surprised that the media is a tremendous polarizing agent?

Also in stage five, Stanton postulates that extremist operatives target the moderates from one’s own group in order to eliminate any derivation of the mission from within. Generally speaking, moderates are in a position to be the most able people capable of stopping the coming genocide. Therefore, anyone who is perceived to not be on board, are the first to be marginalized, arrested and killed.

Although Obama is not presently murdering dissenting moderates within his ranks who are not on board with his brand of tyranny, he is purging senior officers in the command ranks of the military for the slightest disagreement with him.

Last fall, Obama purged two senior command officers in the Middle East in a potential war zone, thus risking these very commands. Subsequently, Obama needlessly endangered a large portion of the military in favor of establishing his absolute dominance over his subordinates.

Obama fiddled, with regard to the threat at Benghazi,  and subsequently, Ambassador Stephens was murdered. The former commander of AFRICOM, General Carter Ham, and the commander of Carrier Task Force Three, Admiral Charles M. Gayouette, were fired when they attempted to rescue Chris Stephens in violation of their orders. However, the reckless and unprecedented action of firing these commanders came at a critical time in the Middle East as the US was making hints at attacking Syria and Iran at the time. Despite the high levels of tension in the Middle East, Obama was willing to sacrifice military leadership to purge two commanders who refused to be his accomplice to the murder of Ambassador Stephens. In addition, General Joseph Dunford, the Marine Corps’ second in command, suddenly stepped down as well, presumably because he also took issue with idly standing by while a group of barbarians raped and killed an American ambassador. Further, CIA Director, David Patreaus was fired during the same time frame for having an extramarital affair. Nobody, but the CNN Kool-aid drinkers, believes the official explanation for the Patreaus departure. Obama has purged 17 senior level officers.Soldiers who attempt to rescue and ambassador against orders, might be hesitant to give the order to fire upon unarmed American citizens when given the directive from the President.

Although Obama is not murdering the moderates under his command, he is removing them from positions of power nonetheless and as such, is accomplishing the polarization he desperately seeks.

civil disobedienceStanton’s genocidal theory presupposes that all polarization emanates from the government. However, polarization can be a two way street. If the government, through a series of provocations, such as passing extreme gun control/gun confiscation legislation, can force the people to take to the streets, the same objectives can be achieved. In other words, is the current administration pushing a sizable number of citizens to react violently? Is Obama trying to force America into a winner take all civil war? Before you would say no, I would invite you to decide for yourself as you take a look at the April 28th poll run by Farleigh Dickinson University’s Public Mind Poll.  Registered voter participants were surveyed on whether they believe it will necessary to revolt against government in order to protect our liberties. The results are stunning and are revealed below.


These results are indeed quite telling in that 30% of surveyed registered voters feel that an armed revolution may be necessary in order to protect our American liberties. Over 44% of Republicans answered yes, while only 18% of democrats answered in the affirmative.

Polarization can occur at several levels and the Obama administration, at the behest of his puppeteers, are doing a marvelous job of polarizing the country.

Therefore, I have concluded that this administration is in the process of meeting the fifth goal of polarization. This process is not completed but it definitely is a work in progress.

Polarization can occur at several levels and the Obama administration, at the behest of his puppeteers, are doing a marvelous job of polarizing the country.

Therefore, I have concluded that this administration is in the process of meeting the fifth goal of polarization. This process is not completed but it is definitely a work in progress.

So far, this administration’s report card, is five for five, with regard to the first five stages of Stanton’s blueprint for America’s coming genocide.

Stage Six: Preparation

In the preparation stage on the path to genocide, potential victims are identified and separated out often because of their ethnic or religious identity. Sometimes, the death lists are created because of political beliefs and political affiliation.

History shows that the process of creating death lists is normally secretive and incremental in terms of implementation. At first, the intended targets are merely listed as “people of concern.”  Specific members of potential victim groups are required to display identifying symbols. This is usually followed by the expatriation of property. This is subsequently followed by forced segregation under the color of discriminatory law. Victims are often to forced to live in segregated ghettos, are deported to a concentration camp or are confined to a famine-struck region and are starved to death.

Are these things happening in America today and do our citizens have any cause for concern in this area?

Enemies of the State: The New Christians Are the Old Jews

Ron Trowbridge, an undersheriff with the Prowers County, Colo., Sheriff’s Office detailed a presentation, on behalf of Homeland Security (DHS) in which Colorado State Patrol Trooper, Joe Kluczynski, gave a two hour presentation on the “sovereign citizen” movement. The message was clear to all in attendance. If Christians take the Bible too literally, they should be considered to be a domestic terrorist threat under the label of what DHS is referring to as being a sovereign citizen.

Lt. Col. Rich warned his subordinates to not back down from “bad Christian behavior” for “when they see behaviors which are inconsistent with Army values, don’t just walk by. Do the right thing before it becomes a problem.” Further, the warning has been given to flag Christians and put them on no buy lists for guns. Rich’s briefing dovetails with the same kind of anti-Christian rhetoric recently presented to Colorado law enforcement officials in La Junta, Colorado in which Christians were prominently displayed in as domestic terrorists if the take the Bible too literally.

The Pentagon should change their name to the Pentagram as the military has confirmed that they have eliminated the free exercise of religion as proselytization is not permitted on military bases. “Religious proselytization is not permitted within the Department of Defense,” spokesperson Nate Christensen stated. Atheists, like the majority who are in charge of the environmental movement at the United Nations have no equivalent restriction. The United States government is officially in the business of religious discrimination and First Amendment is now officially dead.

Labeling and Criminalizing the Exercise of the First Amendment

Who could ever forget the infamous East German Stasi inspired MIAC Report in which the mainstream of America are considered terrorists by the government for the following behaviors.

- If you’re an anti-abortion activist, you are a domestic terrorist

- If you support the Second Amendment, you are a domestic terrorist

- If you display political literature supporting a third-party candidate or a certain Republican member of Congress, you are a domestic terrorist

- If you possess subversive literature, such as “End the Fed” literature you very well might be a member of a domestic paramilitary group, you are a domestic terrorist

- If you supported you supported any former third-party presidential candidates like Texas Rep. Ron Paul, Chuck Baldwin and former Georgia Rep. Bob Barr, you are a domestic terrorist

- If you are a returning veteran, you are a domestic terrorist

- If you are a “conspiracy theorists” (as if two people would never get together to conspire to break the law) who believe, for example, that the United States, Mexico and Canada will someday form a North American Union, you are a domestic terrorist

- If you are a “Militia member” most commonly associated with 3rd party political groups,” you are a domestic terrorist

- If you display Constitutional Party, Campaign for Liberty or Libertarian material, you are a domestic terrorist , you are a domestic terrorist

- If you are in possession of the Gagsden “Don’t Tread on Me” flag or the widely available anti-income tax film “America: Freedom to Fascism,” you are a domestic terrorist according to the banksters who have hijacked our government

- If you believe that bankster thugs have hijacked the legitimate government, it is presumed you are a domestic terrorist

The Attack On Veterans

If the government ever decided to enact a policy of national genocide, veterans would be America’s first line of defense. They would have the ability to organize and train their local community to resist the impinging tyranny. They would be the leaders of any guerrilla war movement, which surely would characterize any resistance movement.

Veterans are presently receiving letters from the Veterans Administration which state that they must submit to a competency hearing (Editor’s note: without probable cause) and  “A determination of incompetency will prohibit you from purchasing, possessing, receiving, or transporting a firearm or ammunition. If you knowingly violate any of these prohibitions, you may be fined, imprisoned, or both pursuant to the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act, Pub.L.No. 103-159, as implemented at 18, United States Code 924(a)(2),” the letter reads. This is a blatant attempt to disarm the majority of veterans all across the country in a concerted effort to neuter the last line of defense against the encroaching wave of tyranny sweeping this country.

For the sheep who cling to the false hope that the government would never do this to a veteran, you can read the Connelly VA letter here.

The Minnesota Department of Motor Vehicles, which hopes to have the policy implemented by 2015, cites an inherent mental health threat by veterans as their main reason for devising the plan.

“We’ve seen what these savages are capable of all over CNN and MSNBC,” says DMV director, Greg Olson. “Out of all the millions of men and women who have deployed to combat zones this past decade, there are literally a dozen, perhaps even two,  who have come home and committed atrocious acts. That’s way too big a chance. We can’t risk having these people hidden in our community and will be making sure they’re easily identifiable to law enforcement personnel and citizens in general.”

The new policy commands law enforcement personnel, once they have contact with a suspected veteran to “Phase One will consist of the officer identifying an individual’s vet status on his or her driver’s license,” he says. “Once the officer realizes what he or she is dealing with, Phase Two will kick in and they will immediately unsheathe their pistol and drawdown on the potential psychopath. Then, at Phase Three, the officer will be given free reign to search the individual’s vehicle for weapons and dead bodies. If, and only if, the officer doesn’t find anything, then he will subsequently release the veteran and thank them for their service.” It is time to a civics quiz boys and girls.

How many amendments to the Constitution did Commissar Olson just violate?

Unlawful detention: Fifth Amendment Violation

Unlawful Search and Seizure: Fourth Amendment Violation

Right to Free Association (i.e. being a Veteran): First Amendment Violation

Make no mistake about it, Minnesota’s unconstitutional and criminal actions against veterans is the equivalent to handing veterans an ID marked with the J stamp as it is the proverbial bulls eye on the back. And please allow me to re-emphasize, that without armed veterans, any resistance against a move to commit government sponsored wholesale genocide against selected American groups is doomed to failure. America needs it veterans to protect the country from this administration. They are the modern day equivalent of the Minutemen and this is their Lexington and Concord.

Detention Camps

Stanton mentioned that as a prelude to extermination, dissidents and other undesirables must be rounded up prior to extermination. Why not kill them where they stand? It is for the same reason that the Gestapo and Stalinists rounded up the majority of the Jews and political dissidents in the wee morning hours. No witnesses!  There would be no visible signs to alert and possibly panic the general population that a massive genocide was underway.

Are there political dissident camps in the United States?

Jessie Ventura did an excellent job of exposing the three necessary elements and features of the detention camps which include the actual existence of the camps, proper staffing and legislative support for FEMA camps. They are political prison camps plain and simple and the evidence is convincing.



Still, there will be some who will minimize the proof that the government is preparing a home away home for many of us because of personal fear and subsequent denial.

CBS news admits that FEMA camps are real.  A report revealed the true existence of a FEMA shelter camp, set up in the aftermath of Hurricane Sandy,  became home for victims of Sandy and is located in Oceanport, New Jersey. This camp contains 40 acres of emergency housing and is located in the parking lot of a race track. The camp is complete with hot meals and hot showers. The CBS report interviewed a representative of FEMA who sells the camp as a refuge for first responders to the storm and then at the end of the interview, as an afterthought, acknowledges that 200+ storm victims and at the time of the report, more refugees were showing up every day.

Reporters were not permitted to enter the FEMA facility amid reports that the “new residents” were reporting  that the heating, food and general overall comfort of the camp is not as good as good FEMA people were reporting.

The following excerpts speak as to why federal agencies hire spokespersons. FEMA Camp spokesperson, Scott Sanders must have been absent from work the day that Reed Kozlow was interviewed by a local reporter.  “You hover around waiting for the call. When the phone rings I can go. It’s all about the group,” said one of the FEMA workers at the camp, Reed Kozlow. Kozlow went on to state that  “Whatever a community needs we provide. For Sandy we set up 12 camps to help.”  The Koslow statement is very interesting, because the CBS report leaves the viewer with the impression that this was a single FEMA camp facility and an isolated incident. Yet, Kozlow admits that there is a camp in Meriden, Connecticut, where he brought in big generators, “as big as pickup trucks” with many odds and ends which he compared to setting up a small city complete with light and heat for the victims. And curiously, he admitted to installing fencing around the camp. Fencing? Why would a “FEMA rescue camp” need fencing? The better question is, why would they be keeping people out? And why would that be the case, since they are a rescue facility? The most logical explanation is that FEMA Camps are set up to detain, not to protect and the “facing in fencing” is standard FEMA issue which is why we see fencing designed to restrict movement.



FEMA camps are being activated and very soon they will be staffed by 100,000 new intern specialists currently being recruited by the Army and the National Guard. And as if the establishment of 800 enslavement and extermination centers is not enough, the globalists have left clues which clearly signals their intentions as well as a fair amount of their game plan. In order to inflict maximum casualties for the desired emotional reaction from the American people, namely fear and submission, malls and sports stadiums are conspicuously effective targets for imaginary terrorists especially when one considers that the Simon Property Group, the largest owner of malls in North America, as well as all of the professional sports leagues have just entered into a “See Something, Say Something” partnership with the Department of Homeland Security.Simon properties have offered their malls as “housing centers” to be used by DHS should a mass relocation of the public be deemed necessary.

Need Job? Out of Work?  FEMA Camps are hiring.

If you are out of work and would like a job guarding and exterminating the rest of us, you do your part to serve the NWO and apply here.

Death Lists

Stanton identifies death lists as a surefire indicator that a government sponsored genocide is imminent.

The existence of the Civilian Inmate Labor Program is a page right out of the Nazi playbook. Historically, slave labor and genocidal extermination camps go hand in hand with detention and enslavement being the prelude to mass murder.

There are the rumored Red and Blue lists in which people, prior to the declaration of martial law are taken from their homes and either put into slave labor camps and systematically starved to death or our immediately executed.

Red List – These are enemies of the NWO. Two weeks before martial law they could be taken from their homes and flown to camps for immediate extermination. Generally, these are people in leadership roles or other public positions.

Blue List – Also enemies of the NWO but not necessarily leaders. After martial law these people could be rounded up for “re-programming” in the camps. Survivors will be used mostly for slave labor.

The evidence for Red/Blue lists are mostly derived from anecdotal or unnamed sources and these sources typically do not inspire confidence. However, when the anecdotal evidence is examined in the context of the other elements of Stanton’s Hypothesis, it is probable that death lists do exist and are secretly contained within the well-established police state surveillance grid controlled by DHS and the NSA. Watch the following short video and tell me what the hell is a Red Zone which appears at about 3:50 into the video?



Along these lines, in 2004, FEMA placed an order with Gunderson steel for 107,200 full-length railroad cars, each with 143 pairs of shackles, capacity for 15,329,600 prisoners. And of course it is now public knowledge that DHS has ordered over 2.2 billion rounds of ammunition and 2700 armored personnel carriers.

Are there guillotines awaiting American threats to “national security?” View this video and decide for yourself.



Pre-crime arrests, indefinite detention, all in violation of the Constitution, have become mainstream policy for this present administration.

On New Year’s Eve of 2011, Obama signed the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) into law which makes it legal to detail and incarcerate citizens, indefinitely, without using the due process of law. How clear does it have to be? Are FEMA Camps (real) death lists (rumored) and Guillotines (anecdotal proof) that farfetched within this context? Even if the existence of death lists and guillotines cannot be fully confirmed within the current context, shouldn’t we still ask ourselves what all the rest of this is all about? The establishment of the police state grid reminds me of the old Soviet saying in which they sarcastically proclaim that the last capitalist will sell the last rope to be used in the last execution of that last capitalist. Remember, you are paying for your own demise.

Control of Food

This just leaves us with one more element of Stanton’s sixth stage and that would be the control of food.

Over the past 18 months, the country has witnessed numerous Federal swat team raids of raw milk producers including the harassment of the Amish of all people. These are undoubtedly beta tests for the complete seizure of America’s food supply. And this is all made possible by Obama’s March 16, 2012, executive order entitled, The National Defense Resources Preparedness.  This executive order states that the President alone has the authority to take over all resources in the nation (labor, food, industry, etc.) as long as it is done “to promote nation defense.” Case closed.

Nearly all of Stanton’s preconditions for the fulfillment of the sixth stage of unfolding genocide have been met with the possible exception of death lists. Certainly, the FEMA camps are not vacation centers and one cannot presume that they will come out more healthy than they when they were involuntarily housed at these centers.

Stage Seven: Extermination

The good news is that mass exterminations of American citizens is not being overtly carried out right now by the present administration. I know that many people will say that the genocide has already begun and they will undoubtedly bring up the subjects of Chemtrails, GMO’s, Fluoride, etc.  I am not denying that these variables and several other toxins are not having a deleterious impact on human health. However, the only topic under investigation in this series is the question of mass murder being carried out by government sponsored entities against selected elements of the population.

Although there are no exterminations taking place on American soil, it is clear that our country is on a train which is gaining momentum, having passed six stages on the way to genocide. The trains next stop is unquestionably extermination unless the American people can launch an amazing rally and take back the country. However, at this point, it would probably take a civil war to take America back because our country has become such a nation typified by passivity that it probably does not have the collective guts to rise up and fight back because most of us still have food on our collective tables. Meanwhile as the train races toward genocide, it it’s gaining momentum.

What Will the Extermination Look Like?

The best predictor of future events are past events. On that basis, let’s take a short look ahead as to how Stage Seven, Extermination, could potentially look like to many Americans, when it finally unfolds.

It is the Christmas season of 2014. A lot has happened in the past year. The trigger event leading to the trouble that we are presently in started when the banks closed their doors when it was announced that Iran had planted a computer virus which brought down the computerized banking system. Actually, that was a lie. It was another in the long line of false flag events which was designed to help the globalists gain control over everything.

At first, personal banking assets were frozen and then they just disappeared. Most Americans were left without the means to pay their mortgage, or to buy food and medicine. Then the rioting and looting began, and martial law was declared. War was simultaneously launched and Iran was attacked which may bring Russia and China into the conflict.

The first stage of the Extermination stage was underway when the bankers, who have seized control over the government, left the entire western half of the nation exposed to invasion. By prior agreement, the Chinese, fully in control of the Panama Canal, began moving north and, along with North Korea, eventually entered the America’s underbelly in the Southwest. The Russians crossed the Alaskan Land Bridge and decimated Alaska and Northwest Canada.

In a replay of the SS Nazi death squads entering Russia in 1940, entire geographic areas were targeted for extermination by the conquering hordes. Many in the West and the Northwest were summarily executed by the death squads. Many were rounded up and sent to camps where they worked as slave labor until they were no longer needed and were subsequently eliminated. By prior arrangement, the Chinese and the Russians do not enter into the Eastern two-thirds of the country. The Agenda 21 dream of turning the entire west into a wilderness wasteland was realized.

In the Eastern two-thirds of the country, the martial law government let the people stay in their homes so long as they deeded their house back to the bank. It became illegal to store more than three days of food and water. Americans were forced to turn in their guns. Any citizen caught with a gun was committing a capital offense and public executions were summarily carried out. Everyone, even the disabled, were assigned to work brigades. Some work brigade duty consisted of going to your regular job. Most work brigade duty consisted of performing work for the government. Food and gas was rationed. A dusk to dawn curfew was instituted. Two separate drafts, a public sector military draft and private sector government/NGO draft, were instituted (i.e. slaves to the corporations). Despite the horror that had become America, your family had somewhat adjusted until the day your six year old repeated something you had said about the “old” American Constitution at school. The teacher reported your family to the Principal, who in turn, filed an electronic “see something-say something” report with the Department of Homeland Security. You were now a target for re-education and that meant being sent to a camp. Yet, your family was totally unaware of what was coming based upon the innocent statement of your child.



It is 4AM, and an armored personnel carrier, with a “Department of Homeland Security” emblem displayed on the driver’s side door, accompanied by three black canvass covered trucks pulls up in front of you home. A dozen well-armed men quickly exit the vehicle and train their guns on the windows of your home. Another team exits one of the trucks and forms a protective perimeter for the black garbed terrorists surrounding your house. The troops on the perimeter were tasked with arresting anyone of your neighbors who peers out the window or worse yet, might be videotaping the proceedings. These government terrorist events have happened enough times before that most of the people know not to look out their windows when they hear noises in the early morning hours. With the lights off in the house, the parents run to their children’s rooms to make sure they do not look out the window. Your neighbors remain quiet and are just relieved that the wolf has passed by their door one more time.


genocide break down door


You and your family are fast asleep when the battering ram breaks down your front door. By predesign, from the schematics of your home, the heavily armored swat team enters every bedroom yelling and screaming. Everyone in your family is awakened with a gun pressing against their body while the intruders are incessantly yelling commands designed to terrorize and gain compliance from your family. The government terrorists would prefer not to kill you in your home, but they will not hesitate to do so if you resist.

Your family members are immediately bound and gagged, so that when they rush you from your house, to the waiting transport trucks, your screams of terror cannot alert your neighbors as to the reign of terror that is occurring in your peaceful neighborhood.

Scantily clothed and with no shoes on your feet, you are boarded onto one truck, you attempt to yell to your children that you love them because you know the drill, as you know that you will never see them again. But your muffled sound, goes unheard by your children thanks to the gag covering your mouth. Your spouse is boarded onto a second truck and your children onto a third truck. All are shackled including the children. Then the trucks quickly speed off into the night.

You arrive at a processing center and are dressed in a prison uniform. You are boarded onto a train, traveling all afternoon, until you arrive at a concentration camp, the kind of camp that you have only heard rumors about. And at this point, you realize that a new chapter in human history has begun.

It is a hellish future that I want nothing to do with.  Still, there are those that will deny that the first six stages are making the seventh stage possible. However, I see no other conclusion when we collectively examine the hard evidence presented.

Stage Eight: Denial

In writing the first four parts of this article, I have been accused of being a member of the lunatic fringe or an undercover operative for DHS.

Some readers have angrily protested that a genocide could never happen on American soil. A few expressed outrage as they asked me how dare I disparage my country and my government with unsubstantiated charges of laying the foundation for future genocide?  “This is America, by God, and we don’t commit genocide.” Really?

Crimes Against Humanity Committed On American Soil

According to Ward Churchill, a professor of ethnic studies at the University of Colorado, the reduction of the North American Indian population from an estimated 12 million in 1500 to barely 237,000 in 1900 represents a vast genocide. In fact, biological warfare was committed against the Native Americans.

Ward Churchill writes that on June 20, 1837, the U.S. Army began to dispense diseased “trade blankets” to the Mandan Indians (one of the tribes which aided the Lewis and Clark Expedition). The blankets were presented to the Mandans at Fort Clark in present-day North Dakota. Churchill states that the blankets had been taken from a army infirmary in St. Louis which had been previously quarantined for smallpox. and the Mandans became symptomatic on July 14 leading a local medical official to advise the Indians to scatter and seek refuge in the villages in nearby villages, thus, the pandemic commenced as it was spread far and wide.This was a clear cut case of biological warfare committed against a civilian population.

President Andrew Jackson was instrumental in the events leading up to what historians call the Trail of Tears. President Jackson’s policies toward Native Americans involved the ethnic cleansing of several Indian tribes. This is not unlike what Obama and his DHS and military minions are in the early stages of doing to Christians. Genocide happened to the Cherokee and it is beginning to happen the followers of Jesus.  Just substitute Christians for Native Americans in the template, and you’ll get the idea of what lies ahead.

Trail of Tears

Under President Andrew Jackson, 17,000 Cherokees were forced off their land in 1838 and had to undertake the long journey across the Trail of Tears. Historical parallels conjure up images of the Death March to Bataan and the Nazi persecution of Jews in the Warsaw Ghetto. Make no mistake about it, this was an ethnic cleansing inspired genocide carried out with forethought and malice in what became one of the darkest chapters in American History as 4,000 Cherokees died on the Trail of Tears from malnutrition, exposure, and disease.




Some of the darkest days in history took place under Hitler’s Final Solution. Interestingly, John Benefiel claims that Hitler actually got the idea for his concentration camps from the “Final Solution” treatment of Native Americans.



And let’s not forget the the biggest genocide in the history of the planet, namely, abortion, and this heinous persecution of God’s most precious creatures has taken place right here on American soil. Some abortions are medically necessary. The vast majority are not. Tragically, adoption centers have waiting lists of loving parents ready to open their homes and their hearts. Through Planned Parenthood, we have institutionalized genocide against the helpless.

We presently live under a despotic President who is forcing Catholics to fund abortions against their religious doctrine. This is evil personified. Since abortion became “legal” in the early 1970’s, 53 million innocent human beings have been the victims of this horrific genocide and now it is official governmental policy. And please spare me the political correctness arguments. To hell with political correctness, we are talking about mass murder, make no mistake about it.

Someone needs to speak for those who cannot. And there are still people who do not think genocide can happen here despite the fact that six of the eight Stanton stages of national genocide have been fulfilled in modern day America and we are in the midst of an ongoing holocaust which surpasses Hitler and Stalin.

There have been genocides in America, there is presently a genocide in America, and the biggest genocide in American history is right around the corner.

This leaves us with the final stage in the Stanton genocidal hypothesis, Denial. Stanton states that leaders will attempt to hide the genocide from world. However, this stage could be a moot point for this present administration, because if the globalists achieve the complete takeover of the world’s economy and subsequently their governments, there will be nobody left to conceal the truth from.

If we allow the banksters who have hijacked our government to continue with their psychopathic policies, they will write the next chapter of history and Ron Paul supporters, Christians, Second Amendment supporters, Constitutionalists and Libertarians will be the next generation of Native American genocidal victims.

Through the NDAA and the National Resources Defense Preparedness Executive Order (13603), Obama already has built-in escape clauses into his heinous preparations on the road to the enslavement of the American people and ultimately to genocide. By some twisted logic, he has granted himself the authority to commit secret arrests and murder whether it be carried out by drones, robots or DHS jack-booted thugs backed up by their 2.2 rounds of newly acquired ammunition. Thanks to a series of Obama Executive Orders and the NDAA, enslavement culminating with genocide will soon be official national policy.

If we ever allow Obamacare to become fully implemented on January 1, 2014, with all of its euthanasia policies, we will never recover as a nation. Make no mistake about it, Obamacare is not about healthcare, it is about enslavement and the full implementation of systematic genocide.

We Are Out of Time and Out of Options

At this point, all options should be on the table. We have been conquered by the mega-bankers. We are being ruled by a sociopathic elite who do not play by any set of rules.  I am still hopeful that the military will rise up and take back our country against this illegitimate government because I am quite sure that the sheep that now inhabit America do not possess the intestinal fortitude to do it themselves.

America has a little over seven months to reverse the suicidal direction that the nation has undertaken.  If America does not change course now, we will witness the darkest days within our national borders unfold right before our eyes.  God Help us!





In Obama’s America, the military must forsake their constitutional oath in favor of blind allegiance to their new commander.

By Anthony Gucciardi | Story Leak
November 3, 2013

And whether it’s top nuke commanders being removed for failing to play ball with the global elite, or just silencing potential whistleblowers, top military generals are now speaking out about the ‘mass purge’ within the United States military.

One such general, a recipient of the Medal of Honor, has now gone on record in speaking with news organization WND about the mass culling of high level military officers on behalf of the Obama administration. Retired Army Maj. Gen. Patrick Brady says that the attack on high level military personnel is so great that it has now obliterated the morale of troops at large, but is more importantly centered in terminating any high level individual that will not go along with the plan.

“There is no doubt he (Obama) is intent on emasculating the military and will fire anyone who disagrees with him,” the retired general told WND.

General Brady’s admission comes just after two of the top nuclear commanders in the United States were terminated and suspended amid the high level military intelligence we released surrounding the secret transfer of nuclear weapons from a Texas Airforce base to South Carolina. And while the terminations were originally reported on by the Associated Press, who has been covering the issue in depth and even hinting towards our coverage of the missing nuke within their reports, it was revealed by the agency that the terminations and suspensions were actually found out through leaked emails.

In other words, the mass purge of military officials was never truly intended to meet the public eye. But even in the face of government secrecy surrounding the issue, numerous news organizations and media figures have now come out and highlighted the purge of top nuke commanders and others. From Michael Savage launching an investigation into the missing nuke issue and calling for answers, to WND questioning officials over the military intelligence.

Overall, the new media has forced this issue into the spotlight, reaching millions with the powerful information that has been confirmed time and time again by scenarios like Senator Lindsey Graham’s same day speech regarding a nuclear strike on the exact destination of the nuclear warheads. Meanwhile, the establishment has been busy in attempting to eliminate high level military officers who will not blindly follow commander Obama on his every unconstitutional demand.



Army intel official: Increasingly, ‘to make colonel and higher is all politics’

by F. Michael Maloof | World Net Daily
November 13, 2013

WASHINGTON – The extraordinarily large number of senior military officials being relieved of duty during the Obama administration – nine generals and flag officers this year alone and close to 200 senior officers over the last five years – is part of the creation of a “compliant officer class,” according to a U.S. Army intelligence official.

Since WND’s ongoing coverage of what some top generals are openly calling a “purge” of senior military officers who run afoul of Obama or his agenda, some military personnel have been speaking out.

According to a veteran Army intelligence official who spoke to WND on condition of anonymity, there is within the armed forces a major concern that a “compliant officer class” is being created by the Obama administration. So much so, he said, that it’s becoming harder and harder to find “senior officers with a pair of balls in there [the military] now that would say no to anything.”

“Maybe at the rank of major or below, and possibly there are some in SOF (Special Operations Forces), but to make colonel and higher is all politics,” he said.

To underscore this concern, the official said almost no public concern was expressed by officers to the recent repeal of the “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” policy or the decision to allow women into front-line combat.

“I didn’t read one piece of resistance to the DADT repeal, and I haven’t seen one peep about females in the infantry,” he said.

His comments echo those of retired generals who have expressed alarm over the high rate of dismissals of high-ranking officers in the Obama administration.

Retired Army Maj. Gen. Patrick Brady, a recipient of the U.S. military’s highest decoration, the Medal of Honor, told WND Obama’s agenda is decimating the morale of the U.S. ranks to the point that members no longer feel prepared to fight or have the desire to win.

“There is no doubt he (Obama) is intent on emasculating the military and will fire anyone who disagrees with him” over such issues as “homosexuals, women in foxholes, the Obama sequester,” said Brady, former president of the Congressional Medal of Honor Society.

Not only are military service members being demoralized and the ranks’ overall readiness reduced by the Obama administration’s purge of key leaders, but colonels – those lined up in rank to replace outgoing generals – are quietly taking their careers in other directions.

Retired Army Lt. Gen. William G. “Jerry” Boykin, who was a founding member of Delta Force and later deputy undersecretary of defense for intelligence under President George W. Bush, says it is worrying that four-star generals are being retired at the rate that has occurred under Obama.

“Over the past three years, it is unprecedented for the number of four-star generals to be relieved of duty, and not necessarily relieved for cause,” Boykin said.

“I believe there is a purging of the military,” he said. “The problem is worse than we have ever seen.”

Boykin said the future of the military is becoming increasingly concerning because of the departure of its leaders who decline to jump onto Obama’s agenda, which critics have described as socialist.

“I talk to a lot of folks who don’t support where Obama is taking the military, but in the military they can’t say anything,” Boykin said.

As a consequence, he said, the lower grades therefore have decided to leave, having been given the signal that there is no future in the military for them.

Regarding compliance with the new social order in the military, the Army intelligence official told WND that as far as women in combat is concerned, he is “pretty sure” Army officers will “cheat to make sure one gets through basic training, as opposed to the Marine Corps which tends to be the last to lower its standards.”

As a consequence, he said, the Army is reevaluating physical fitness test standards that will “accommodate all genders, meaning lowering the standards.”

The point has been debated hotly as Obama moves women into all parts of the military. Obama supporters call for equal effort assessments for women and men doing the same physical stress tests., while critics call for equal results, which is crucial in war.

“Without going too far down the rabbit hole,” he said, “I can tell you, having been in the infantry, that basic training isn’t a big deal. Where the females are going to get damaged is during the field training exercises and/or combat deployments.”

He also pointed out that the Army is pushing to “get rid of ‘toxic leadership.’ They’re even talking about a 360-degree evaluation system for officers, where the troops get a say on the officers’ performance.”

He indicated that this type of evaluation could portend the departure of many more officers, many for questionable reasons.

He said “toxic leadership” has been viewed as a result of the wartime environment where people were promoted too fast, or their performance wasn’t scrutinized very closely.

“I guess that’s the long way of saying probably a lot of officers need to be relieved,” he said.

That concept was outlined in a 2005 “Strategy Research Project” paper at the U.S. Army War College at Carlisle Barracks in Carlisle, Pa. It examined the issue of “destructive leadership styles,” which apparently the Army believes continues to exist in the officer ranks and would be subject to purging.

The paper, authored by Col. Denise F. Williams, identified characteristics of toxic leadership to include incompetence, malfunctioning, maladjusted, sense of inadequacy, malcontent, egotism, arrogance, selfish values, avarice and greed, among others.

The Army Times recently cited “toxic leadership” as referring to cases of misconduct and abuse of authority by military leaders, which have “proliferated across the services in recent years.”

In one case, which it called bizarre, a Navy commander was fired after subordinates complained that he poked them in “appallingly inappropriate places with his flashlight.”

A retort from one reader was that, “I would never make it in this kinder, gentler Army. I wonder what happened to mission first. We won our war and a war hasn’t been won since. The only thing toxic in my day was gas.”

Boykin has told WND that the rate of dismissals has approached 200 in the past five years and that officers were dismissed on suspicion of disloyalty or suspected disagreement with the Obama administration on policy or force-structure issues.

He added that a number of officers have been relieved of duty for no given reason.

“Morale is at an unprecedented low,” Boykin said.

“Officers want to train for war but are not allowed to” because of other distractions such as allowing openly homosexual personnel in the military, the integration of women into the infantry and rules of engagement that favor “political correctness over our ability to fight to win.”

This sentiment was echoed by a Coast Guard Reserve member who told WND he will be retiring soon.

“I spend most of my ‘drills’ doing online training on things like ‘diversity’ and ‘preventing sexual harassment’ these days,” he said. “It’s becoming a joke. This country is in trouble.”

Those reports include confirmation from Elaine Donnelly of the Center for Military Readiness, who says Obama has done “great damage” to the military by taking away resources and imposing “heavy burdens of social experimentation.”

“But most flag and general officers are following orders, keeping their heads down and, in my opinion, letting down the troops,” she said.

During the Reagan administration, Donnelly was appointed by Defense Secretary Caspar Weinberger to the Defense Advisory Committee on Women in the Services. And in 1992, Pres. George H. W. Bush likewise appointed her to the Presidential Commission on the Assignment of Women in the Armed Forces.

There have been nine cases this year alone of commanding officers and generals being removed from their posts. Several retired generals have accused the Obama administration of a “purge” and have linked the removals to political and social agendas.

Former Florida Congressman Allen West also has expressed alarm over the exit of top-level military officers and now is calling for congressional oversight hearings into what he calls an “alarming trend” of dismissals and firings of high-ranking military officers by the Obama administration, firings that in a number of cases appear to be political.

West, who as congressman served on the House Armed Services Committee, said he recently had been in contact with Committee Chairman Rep. Howard “Buck” McKeon – calling for hearings “to determine exactly why” so many officers, especially senior officers, are being given the boot.

“McKeon needs to look at this problem,” West told WND. “There needs to be transparency. It is important to get the truth.”

Others have even stronger feelings.

In a recent interview with WND, Retired Army Maj. Gen. Paul E. Vallely, who was the deputy commanding general of the Pacific Command, similarly accused Obama’s close adviser, Valerie Jarrett, of orchestrating the imposition of “political correctness” throughout the military, affecting everyone from top generals to the ranks of the enlisted.

In pinning the blame on Jarrett, reportedly Obama’s closest and most influential adviser, Vallely suggested her far-left, politically correct influence is forcing senior officers to watch everything military personnel say and do.

According to Vallely, Obama is “intentionally weakening and gutting our military, Pentagon and reducing us as a superpower, and anyone in the ranks who disagrees or speaks out is being purged.”

Vallely served in the Vietnam War and retired in 1993 as deputy Commanding General, Pacific Command. Today, he is chairman of the Military Committee for the Center for Security Policy and is co-author of the book “Endgame: The Blueprint for Victory in the War on Terror.”



Service members given litmus tests designed to purge officers who place the Constitution above Obama

Kit Daniels
November 7, 2013

The Obama administration is currently purging the military by giving officers tests to identify which ones are more likely to defend the Constitution rather than support the president’s policies.

The United States Constitution, which is ignored by the Obama administration.

For at least two years, top military brass have been giving litmus tests to officers, from generals down to sergeants, asking them if they will disarm or even fire on U.S. citizens.

“Going back to the beginning of this administration, I’ve had friends within the community talking about how they were brought in and questioned with people from more towards the top side,” Benjamin Smith, a retired U.S. Navy SEAL, said on the Oct. 23 edition of the Alex Jones Show. “The questioning resulted in … do you feel comfortable disarming American citizens?”

“You can see that now with the shoving of a lot of the officers and stuff like that. We don’t have 100% track on it, but there’s a lot of funny things happening within the military.”

This likely explains the unprecedented removal of at least 197 military officers by the Obama administration in the past five years.

Retired Army Maj. Gen. Patrick Brady told WMD last week that generals and colonels are being relieved of duty if they do not follow Obama’s agenda.

Even non-commissioned officers in the military police are being conditioned to assist the Federal Emergency Management Agency with its unconstitutional demands.

In a video leaked to Infowars, an army commander briefed MPs on their domestic duties with FEMA during martial law, including escorting federal officials as they confiscate firearms from Americans.

“We’ve lost all control when the military moves in on your street,” the commander said during the briefing. “They [government officials] are saying you have no more rights, you are going inside your houses.”

“We are not going to be out involved in a riot and not really have any authority to do anything,” he later added.

Current and former members of the military are being used as mere pawns for the political machine in D.C., following a trend occurring throughout the Obama administration.

As we saw during the government “shutdown” when Obama ordered the closure of war memorials, the White House has as little respect for our veterans as it does for the Constitution.

Considering that over 800 World War II veterans pass away every day, the visit to the memorials that vets made during the “shutdown” may have been the last chance for many of them to see the shrines made in their honor and those who never made it back.

Yet the White House could not care less about their rights.

It is more concerned with expanding the state’s monopoly of force and moving things towards the endgame rather than protecting the birth rights of individuals.

The administration would prefer to place the country on the road to serfdom instead of respecting individual drive which leads to economic progress and prosperity.

To do so, the White House is using litmus tests to remove the roadblocks – soldiers who will defend the Constitution – so it can accelerate the nation down the highway to slavery while the vultures who fed on past empires, the dynasty of elites, stare on with hunger in their eyes.

The current purge of the military is simply a siege on the remaining vestiges of the republic.



Kurt Nimmo
November 6, 2013

Obama is traitorously attempting to emasculate the U.S. military by conducting a purge of the top ranks, according to retired Army Maj. Gen. Patrick Brady.

“There is no doubt he (Obama) is intent on emasculating the military and will fire anyone who disagrees with him,” Brady told WorldNetDaily last week.

Disagreeing on issues such as “homosexuals, women in foxholes, the Obama sequester” will result in early retirement. In the past year alone nine generals have been purged from the Pentagon’s ranks. “They are purging everyone” a source told WND.

“Over the past three years, it is unprecedented for the number of four-star generals to be relieved of duty, and not necessarily relieved for cause,” retired Army Lt. Gen. William G. “Jerry” Boykin told F. Michael Maloof. “I believe there is a purging of the military,” he added. “The problem is worse than we have ever seen.”

Boykin also cited reports indicating 197 military officers had been removed by the Obama administration over the last five years.

Boykin pointed to the early retirement of Gen. Stanley A. McChrystal, who criticized the Obama administration. McChrystal was forced to retire after an article penned by freelance journalist Michael Hastings appeared in Rolling Stone. Hastings later died under mysterious circumstances.

The greatest purge in U.S. military history has delivered a decisive blow to morale and poses a dangerous weakness to the readiness of troops, warned the U.S. Army’s Chief of Staff, Gen. Raymond Odierno, last month.

Currently there are only two Army brigades — between 7,000 to 10,000 troops — that are rated as combat-ready, less than one-third required for national security requirements, the General explained. “Right now we have in the Army two brigades that are trained. That’s it. Two,” Odierno said in October.

Litmus Test for Firing On American Citizens

In January of this year 2009 Nobel Peace Prize nominee Jim Garrow told Alex Jones and Infowars he was informed by a top military veteran that the Obama administration’s “litmus test” for new military leaders hinges on if they will obey orders to fire on U.S. citizens.

“I have just been informed by a former senior military leader that Obama is using a new ‘litmus test’ in determining who will stay and who must go in his military leaders,” Garrow wrote on his Facebook page. “The new litmus test of leadership in the military is if they will fire on US citizens or not. Those who will not are being removed.”

During the Clinton administration in the mid-1990s, similar accusations were made after a survey was given to U.S. Marines at the 29 Palms Marine Corps base in California. The survey allegedly asked the soldiers if they would “fire upon U.S. citizens who refuse or resist confiscation of firearms banned by the United States government.”

In addition, a former Navy SEAL, Ben Smith, said last month that the Obama administration is asking top brass in the military if they would be comfortable with disarming U.S. Citizens.

“Going back to the beginning of this administration, I’ve had friends within the community talking about how they were brought in and questioned with people from more towards the top side and the questioning… where it was pointing was do you feel comfortable disarming American citizens,” Smith told the Alex Jones Show on October 22.



On October 25, a caller to the Alex Jones Show provided footage shot during a FEMA meeting revealing the mindset of the government concerning the Second Amendment and the ability of citizens to protect themselves during a civil emergency. “When the military moves in on your street,” an unidentified official stated during the meeting, “they are now saying you have no more rights.”



Stalin and Hitler Conducted Political Purges of the Military

Obama’s military purge brings to mind Stalin’s purge between October 1940 and February 1942 of the Red Army. This purge is part of a larger Soviet historiography that saw the imprisonment and execution of more than 20,000,000 political enemies by the Soviet secret police and the NKVD.

Stalin and the NKVD were also responsible for purging the Polish military in 1940 and executing around 22,000 officers. Known as the Katyn massacre, the purge was blamed on Nazi Germany by Stalin. The Russian government denied it was responsible for the atrocity until 1990.

Other infamous military purges include Hitler’s Night of the Long Knives in 1934. In addition to purging the street fighting SA faction of the German military after Hitler consolidated power, resulting in murder of Ernst Röhm and the SA leadership, the operation included liquidating the so-called left-wing Strasserist faction of the Nazi Party and the wholesale execution of Nazi opponents.




So who is going to be the enemy under a civilian national security force?  Under a civilian national security force, you are going to become an enemy of the state.

If you are a libertarian, conservative, constitutionalist, gun-owner, military veteran, tea-party activist, a Christian, a practicing, freedom loving American, or are against tyranny in any way, shape, or form, you are going to become an enemy of the state.  Your political ideology won’t make any difference.  This goes beyond your ideology.  At some point, in that enemy of the state phase, you will be forced to either fully pledge your allegiance and your alliance to the state, or you’re going to be denied access to a job, food, commerce, health care, and anything else that the state offers.  It’s all about control.  You cannot stay within the system and think somehow they’ll just ignore you.  You will be forced to choose.

Pastor David Langford made a great statement when he said, “You don’t have to go lookin’ for trouble. Trouble’s comin’ lookin’ for you.”

The takeover of America is coming.

Obama has purged almost 200 of America’s top military commanders  The reason they’re being dismissed, is not because of the phony charges against them,  it’s because they have refused to swear allegiance to the entity of the White House versus the Constitution.  So what you’re seeing is the intentional destruction of the U.S. military and in it’s place you’re going to see a civilian national security force or private army of a man who has sworn to take the United States to a place it’s never been before.  It will truly be a fundamental transformation of the United States of America.

Under this civilian national security force, there will no longer be freedom of speech, gun rights, or search warrants to enter your home.  Individual property rights will cease to exist.  The state will be allowed to do whatever it wants.  You can be the victim of a drone strike.  You can be arrested for any reason and held in indefinite detention without the right to an attorney or trial by jury.

People must understand that they can acknowledge the Constitution exists, but not in the power structure that intends to do every thing it can to destroy any and all your of rights as a U.S. citizen.  They intend to take those rights away from you.  It is time to decide which side you’re on.





Published on Apr 6, 2013











Susanne Posel
Occupy Corporatism
November 19, 2013

Declassified documents provided by the Obama administration dictate how the National Security Agency (NSA) has been given the green light by the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court (FISC) to monitor Americans – dating back to the Bush administration.

Much of the information has been redacted, yet there is still a clear path of how the Bush administration created surveillance programs without judicial oversight which conducted operations outside of legal authority.

Suspects of terrorism had their entire lives under surveillance.

James Clapper, director of National Intelligence (NI) explained that Obama told him to “make public as much information as possible about certain sensitive programs while being mindful of the need to protect sensitive classified intelligence activities and national security.”

Clapper said: “Release of these documents reflects the executive branch’s continued commitment to making information about this intelligence collection program publicly available when appropriate and consistent with the national security of the United States.”

Seven years ago, the Bush administration ordered the collection of information from all domestic phone calls be made under authority of the Patriot Act. All “relevant” records of business transactions were taken up during investigations.

This program is still functioning as it was when it was created.

The NSA readily admitted in these documents that they broke their own rules and laws regarding privacy and rights of Americans for the sake of national security.

Over four years ago, the NSA acknowledged their programs were operating “improperly” which was the product of “poor management, lack of involvement by compliance officials and lack of internal verification procedures, not by bad faith.”

US District Court Judge John Bates stated that the federal government had continued to promise to stop breaking the rules; however “those responsible for conducting oversight at the NSA had failed to do so effectively.”

The NSA trained special agents to search databases for phone records of suspects and their “associates” by using “objective justification” for their choice in targets.

Although these agents were told not to listen to phone calls or read emails, there was so little oversight that the possibility is quite high, considering their admission to breaking every regulation to justify their mission.
Triggers for the NSA agent were Americans who:

• Believe in the 1st Amendment
• Speak or write in opposition to the government
• Worship at a mosque
• Work as a journalist

Last month, speaking to the press, former vice president Dick Cheney said that the Tea Party “has been a positive influence on politics.”

Cheney joked: “I’m not a card-carrying member. I don’t think there is a card, but I have respect for what the people are doing. These are Americans. They’re loyal, they’re patriotic, and taxpayers and fed up with what is happening in Washington. It’s a normal, healthy reaction, and the fact that the party has to adjust to it is positive.”

Cheney did say that the Tea Party was “an uprising” but that this is a good thing for the Republican Party to learn how to be more radical.

Florida State House Representative Alan Grayson released fund-raising emails to potential donors that claimed the Tea Party is comparable to the Klu Klux Klan (KKK).

The propaganda document entitled, “The Year in Hate and Extremism” was recently published by the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC). This report criticizes Patriots are a viable threat to the US government and places them in the same category as other right-wing extremists.

According to the SPLC, constitutionalists, racists and terrorists are organizing in the US at record levels which places the current President in danger because he is half black.

SPLC states that Patriots are convinced of a movement toward One World Government which causes them to act out in an extreme manner, organize against the current administration and recruit more citizens at an all-time high.

Everett Wilkinson, member of the National Liberty Federation (NLF) asserts that Patriot groups promote peaceful resolution and that the SPLC “is a liberal organization that likes to spread propaganda about right-wing and conservative groups.”

Earlier this year, a paper entitled “Challengers from the Sidelines: Understanding America’s Violent Far-Right” published by Combating Terrorism Center, a think-tank at the West Point US Military Academy that the “far-right”, “anti-federalist” and groups that support “civil activism, individual freedoms and self-government” are dangerous as “racist/white supremacy movement, an anti-federalist movement and a fundamentalist movement.”

The report claims “while far-right groups’ ideology is designed to exclude minorities and foreigners, the liberal-democratic system is designed to emphasize civil rights, minority rights and the balance of power.”





February 19, 2013

Law Enforcement Targets, Inc., a company that sells law enforcement and federal agencies “realistic” paper targets for firearms training, is providing the Department of Homeland Security with images of “non-traditional threats.”

The people in these images are most likely Americans, with such images as “’pregnant woman threat,’ ‘older man with shotgun,’ ‘older man in home with shotgun,’ ‘older woman with gun,’ ‘young school aged girl,’ ‘young mother on playground,’ and ‘little boy with real gun,’” writes Paul Joseph Watson on Tuesday.

It would appear as if this company is trying to help police and law enforcement prepare for fighting Americans. As Watson points out, there would have to be a demand among the agencies to which the company sells in order to put these products on the market.

Law Enforcement Target’s Web site declares that these targets are “designed to give officers the experience of dealing with deadly force shooting scenarios with subjects that are not the norm during training,” and are “meant to help the transition for officers who are faced with these highly unusual targets for the first time.”

The line of images is called “No More Hesitation,” implying that law enforcement shouldn’t hesitate to kill these people just because they’re Americans.

Speculation that the DHS is preparing for fighting within the United States has abounded for some time. Over the last year, the department has purchased nearly 2 billion rounds of hollow point ammunition of various calibers, enough to fight a 30 year war and shoot every American man, woman and child four times.

Along with the ammo, the agency has also purchased 7,000 fully automatic assault rifles.

The DHS has also issued various reports that describe people distrustful of government as potential terrorists and military veterans as threats to the country.



By Jason Howerton | The Blaze
November 13, 2013

Army veteran Andrew Chambers recently shared the story of how he was sentenced to ten years in prison after a judge allegedly told him that his service in the Iraq war makes him a “threat to society.” Video of his speech from prison for TEDxMarionCorrectional’s TEDxTalks is now going viral after being posted on Oct. 31.

After explaining that he decided to join the Army following the terrorist attacks on Sept. 11, 2001, Chambers talked about the positive side of joining the U.S. military — traveling the world and experiencing different cultures. He was deployed to Iraq in 2004 after spending a year in Central America.

However, his experience in the devastated country took its toll. Chambers told his audience about the time he was working as a turret gunner on the top of a Humvee when gunfire erupted. He said he heard someone laughing and remembers asking himself, “who could be laughing at a time like this?”

As it turns out, it was he who was laughing.

Judget Tells Army Veteran Andrew Chambers: Your Time in Iraq Makes You a Threat to Society

“I felt like I was finally loosing control of that rage they (the military) taught me to harness,” Chambers said.

Things didn’t get much better when he returned home either. The Army veteran said he remained “paranoid,” always carried a pistol on him and “assessed the threat level of every person and place I came into contact with.” He also explained that he drove in the middle of the street because he feared the side of the street was going to blow up and kill him.

After seeking help from the Veterans Affairs (VA) Mental Health Clinic, Chambers was reportedly given a prescription sleeping aid, despite telling doctors he was afraid he was going to end up hurting someone.

Chambers’ problems culminated when he pulled his pistol on someone after a knife was drawn during a night out drinking. He says he made sure everyone was on the ground then took the knife from the man and “beat him.”

He was later arrested for attempted murder and other criminal charges, some of which he denies committing.

He said he’ll never forget what the judge said to him during his sentencing:

“Mr. Chambers, you’re service is a double edged sword. Your time in Iraq makes you a threat to society and I have a civil obligation to lock you up.”

He got 10 years in prison.

Towards the end of the video, Chambers pleas with his audience to find a veteran and talk to them.

“A lot of us just need someone to talk to,” he said.

Watch Chambers’ inspirational talk below:



Shock claim purported to come from “one of America’s foremost military heroes”

Paul Joseph Watson
January 22, 2013

2009 Nobel Peace Prize nominee Jim Garrow shockingly claims he was told by a top military veteran that the Obama administration’s “litmus test” for new military leaders is whether or not they will obey an order to fire on U.S. citizens.

Garrow was nominated three years ago for the prestigious Nobel Peace Prize and is the founder of The Pink Pagoda Girls, an organization dedicated to rescuing baby girls from “gendercide” in China. Garrow has been personally involved in “helping rescue more than 36,000 Chinese baby girls from death.” He is a public figure, not an anonymous voice on the Internet, which makes his claim all the more disturbing.

“I have just been informed by a former senior military leader that Obama is using a new “litmus test” in determining who will stay and who must go in his military leaders. Get ready to explode folks. “The new litmus test of leadership in the military is if they will fire on US citizens or not”. Those who will not are being removed,” Garrow wrote on his Facebook page, later following up the post by adding the man who told him is, “one of America’s foremost military heroes,” whose goal in divulging the information was to “sound the alarm.”

Garrow’s claim is even more explosive given that the country is in the throes of a national debate about gun control, with gun rights advocates keen to insist that the founders put the second amendment in the Constitution primarily as a defense against government tyranny.

It also follows reports on Sunday that General James Mattis, head of the United States Central Command, “is being told to vacate his office several months earlier than planned.”

Concerns over US troops being given orders to fire on American citizens in the event of mass gun confiscation first arose in 1995 when hundreds of Marines at 29 Palms, California were given a survey as part of an academic project by Navy Lieutenant Commander Ernest Guy Cunningham which asked the Marines if they would, “Fire upon U.S. citizens who refuse or resist confiscation of firearms banned by the United States government.”

The survey was subsequently leaked because many of the Marines who took it were shocked by the tone of the question.

The US Military has clearly outlined innumerable civil emergency scenarios under which troops would be authorized to fire on U.S. citizens.

In July 2012, the process by which this could take place was made clear in a leaked US Army Military Police training manual for “Civil Disturbance Operations” (PDF) dating from 2006. Similar plans were also outlined in an updated manual released in 2010 entitled FM 3-39.40 Internment and Resettlement Operations.

The 2006 document outlines how military assets will be used to “help local and state authorities to restore and maintain law and order” in the event of mass riots, civil unrest or a declaration of martial law.

On page 20 of the manual, rules regarding the use of “deadly force” in confronting “dissidents” on American soil are made disturbingly clear with the directive that a, “Warning shot will not be fired.”

Given that second amendment advocates are now being depicted as dangerous terrorists by the federal government and local law enforcement, Garrow’s claim is sure to stoke controversy given that Americans are seeing their gun rights eviscerated while the federal government itself stockpiles billions of bullets.

Last week, Gloversville Mayor Dayton King warned that any federal gun confiscation program could lead to a “Waco-style standoff” in rural areas of America.




By Bill Van Auken | Global Research
July 27, 2013

This week’s deployment of Blackhawk helicopters in Chicago is only the latest in a series of “urban warfare training” exercises that have become a familiar feature of American life.

As elsewhere, this exercise was sprung unannounced on a startled civilian population. Conducted in secrecy, apparently with the collusion of local police agencies and elected officials, Democrats and Republicans alike, the ostensible purpose of these exercises is to give US troops experience in what Pentagon doctrine refers to as “Military Operations on Urban Terrain.”

Such operations are unquestionably of central importance to the US military. Over the past decade, its primary mission, as evidenced in Afghanistan and Iraq, has been the invasion and occupation of relatively powerless countries and the subjugation of their resisting populations, often in house-to-house fighting in urban centers.

The Army operates a 1,000 acre Urban Training Center in south-central Indiana that boasts over 1,500 “training structures” designed to simulate houses, schools, hospitals and factories. The center’s web site states that it “can be tailored to replicate both foreign and domestic scenarios.”

What does flying Blackhawks low over Chicago apartment buildings or rolling armored military convoys through the streets of St. Louis accomplish that cannot be achieved through the sprawling training center’s simulations? Last year alone, there were at least seven such exercises, including in Los Angeles, Chicago, Miami, Tampa, St. Louis, Minneapolis and Creeds, Virginia.

The most obvious answer is that these exercises accustom troops to operating in US cities, while desensitizing the American people to the domestic deployment of US military might.

Preparations for such deployments are already far advanced. Over the past decade, under the pretext of prosecuting a “global war on terror,” Washington has enacted a raft of repressive legislation and created a vast new bureaucracy of state control under the Department of Homeland Security. Under the Obama administration, the White House has claimed the power to throw enemies of the state into indefinite military detention or even assassinate them on US soil by means of drone strikes, while radically expanding electronic spying on the American population.

Part of this process has been the ceaseless growth of the power of the US military and its increasing intervention into domestic affairs. In 2002, the creation of the US Northern Command for the first time dedicated a military command to operations within the US itself.

Just last May, the Pentagon announced the implementation of new rules of engagement for US military forces operating on American soil to provide “support” to “civilian law enforcement authorities, including responses to civil disturbances.”

The document declares sweeping and unprecedented military powers under a section entitled “Emergency Authority.” It asserts the authority of a “federal military commander” in “extraordinary emergency circumstances where prior authorization by the president is impossible and duly constituted local authorities are unable to control the situation, to engage temporarily in activities that are necessary to quell large-scale, unexpected civil disturbances.” In other words, the Pentagon brass claims the unilateral authority to impose martial law.

These powers are not being asserted for the purpose of defending the US population against terrorism or to counter some hypothetical emergency. The US military command is quite conscious of where the danger lies.

In a recent article, a senior instructor at the Fort Leavenworth Command and General Staff College and former director of the Army’s School of Advanced Military Studies laid out a telling scenario for a situation in which the military could intervene.

“The Great Recession of the early twenty-first century lasts far longer than anyone anticipated. After a change in control of the White House and Congress in 2012, the governing party cuts off all funding that had been dedicated to boosting the economy or toward relief. The United States economy has flatlined, much like Japan’s in the 1990s, for the better part of a decade. By 2016, the economy shows signs of reawakening, but the middle and lower-middle classes have yet to experience much in the way of job growth or pay raises. Unemployment continues to hover perilously close to double digits …”

In other words, the Pentagon sees these conditions—which differ little from what exists in the US today—producing social upheavals that can be quelled only by means of military force.

What is being upended, behind the scenes and with virtually no media coverage, much less public debate, are constitutional principles dating back centuries that bar the use of the military in civilian law enforcement. In the Declaration of Independence itself, the indictment justifying revolution against King George included the charge that he had “affected to render the Military independent of and superior to the Civil power.”

Side by side with the rising domestic power of the military, the supposedly civilian police have been militarized. An article published by the Wall Street Journal last weekend entitled “The Rise of the Warrior Cop” graphically described this process:

“Driven by martial rhetoric and the availability of military-style equipment—from bayonets and M-16 rifles to armored personnel carriers—American police forces have often adopted a mind-set previously reserved for the battlefield. The war on drugs and, more recently, post-9/11 antiterrorism efforts have created a new figure on the US scene: the warrior cop—armed to the teeth, ready to deal harshly with targeted wrongdoers, and a growing threat to familiar American liberties.”

The article describes the vast proliferation of SWAT (Special Weapons and Tactics) units to virtually every town in America, fueled by some $35 billion in grants from the Department of Homeland Security, “with much of the money going to purchase military gear such as armored personnel carriers.”

This armed force was on full display in April when what amounted to a state of siege was imposed on the city of Boston, ostensibly to capture one teenage suspect. The entire population of a major American city was locked in their homes as combat-equipped police, virtually indistinguishable from troops, occupied the streets and conducted warrantless house-to-house searches.

Underlying this unprecedented militarization of US society are two parallel processes. The immense widening of the social chasm separating the billionaires and multi-millionaires who control economic and political life from American working people, the great majority of the population, is fundamentally incompatible with democracy and requires other forms of rule. At the same time, the turn to militarism as the principal instrument of US foreign policy has vastly increased the power of the military within the US state apparatus.

Both America’s ruling oligarchy and the Pentagon command recognize that profound social polarization and deepening economic crisis must give rise to social upheavals. They are preparing accordingly.



State and local governments continue to beef up their response teams, expending millions in the process

Julie Wilson

August 14, 2013

Government alleged “terrorist attacks” can take many forms these days ranging from biological warfare to remotely hijacking your car or even detonating a bomb out of a backpack. Despite proof that historically most of these attacks have been organized by the government for political gains, states continue to routinely coordinate emergency response drills.

Multifarious “terror threats” have managed to spread into nearly every city and state across the country preparing first responders and conditioning citizens for any kind of “emergency” you can think of.

This week Columbus, Ohio plans to engage in a training exercise that will involve nearly 6,000 military staff and veterans in order to simulate a “terrorist attack,” reports WBNS-TV.

The state will use resources from the following agencies: Ohio Emergency Management Agency, Franklin County Emergency Management, Homeland Security, Department of Defense and Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), to perform a drill at military Camp Atterbury and also at Camp Muscatatuck in southern Indiana.

Surely assembling state and government agencies to perform drills isn’t exactly budget friendly.  When weighed with the probability of these “attacks” actually occurring, funds could seemingly be put to better use.

Last week 600 National Guard troops and airmen conducted a drill simulating a massive chemical train derailment in Westchester County, N.Y. Troops carrying out the drill wore hazardous material suits and searched for “victims” of a mock spill that would’ve threatened communities, reported WCBS.

Reuters released a report last spring describing the “first simulated test of a terrorist attack on a nuclear power plant” in Pa. as a success. Although the test was performed at Three Mile Island, the site of the worst commercial nuclear accident in U.S. history, officials said the location had no significance. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission has mandated 65 nuclear power plants to practice terrorist attack drills every two years, testing their preparedness. The test involved 1,200 participants in 76 municipalities including 15 school districts.

In April the NYPD orchestrated a $3.4 million drill meant to bolster the department’s response to a biological warfare attack in the city’s subway system. Police released what they called “harmless” gas into 21 of the city’s 34 subway lines over a three day period in an attempt to monitor the colorless gas tracing it as it dispersed, reported RT.

Experts argue the gas used wasn’t so harmless. In fact, the NYPD themselves admitted in their drill notice that the health affects of per-fluorocarbons are widely unknown. Infowars disclosed the dangers in a report linking gas exposure to the early onset of menopause and revealed that animals exposed to the gas suffered from altered liver and thyroid function, increased tumor risks and failed reproductive organs.

The N.Y. gas drill originated after investigators allegedly “foiled an Al-Qaeda terrorist plot” to bomb the New York subways on the eighth anniversary of the September 11 attacks, reported Fox News.

Attorney General Eric Holder called it “one of the most serious threats” to the US since 2001.

Of course Holder’s statement came prior to the latest “global terror alert” that originated in early August and is set to span the entire month, leaving several US embassies closed and instilling fear into traveling Americans worldwide.

An Infowars report illustrated the State Department’s attempt to justify and even deflect the spotlight aimed at the NSA following whistle blower Edward Snowden’s release of secret documents that confirmed the agencies’ spy tactics are directly targeting innocent Americans.

Infowars reporter Paul Joseph Watson argues that the global issued terror alert is a ploy to “damped opposition to drone strikes” that have now spread into Yemen  killing a total of 37 since late July.

The “global terror alert” followed national exposure of the CIA running an arms smuggling operation during last year’s Benghazi attack that left Ambassador Christopher Stevens and three other Americans dead, further highlighting the depths of corruption operating within the CIA.

According to Paul Joseph Watson’s report, 50 civilians are killed for each terrorist that’s taken out by a drone strike, meaning 95% of deaths resulting from drone strikes are innocent men, women and children.

Even more recently, Austin, Texas and Pasadena, Calif. managed to become targets for a potential backpack bomb following the conclusion of the Ramadan period. A DHS document leaked to Infowars late last week claimed “unspecified terrorists or a terrorist group will emulate the Boston bombing by using backpack explosives. The target is said to be 6th Street in Austin, a popular tourist attraction that is crowded on weekends.”

Despite the low probability of being killed in a terrorist attack, state and local governments continue to beef up their response teams, expending millions in the process. They ignore the fact that you’re one thousand times more likely to die in a car accident, which Obama admitted himself on a recent Jay Leno appearance.

These simulated terrorist attack drills serve no purpose but to restrain the public to a constant state of fear conditioning them to habitual military control and presence. Meanwhile the world’s most powerful terrorist, the US government, conducts business as usual compromising the safety of Americans through a slew of foreign policies that includes the slaughter of innocent men, women and children.

With the continuous growth of government, particularly in the branches that exert authoritative control, terror drills are most likely here.  They provide the military an excuse to maintain their ominous presence offering the government a smokescreen to camouflage their staged terror attacks.




Soldiers from the 41st Infantry Regiment, 1st ...


by Ralph Benko, Contributor | Forbes
March 11, 2013

The Denver Post, on February 15th, ran an Associated Press article entitled Homeland Security aims to buy 1.6b rounds of ammo, so far to little notice.  It confirmed that the Department of Homeland Security has issued an open purchase order for 1.6 billion rounds of ammunition.  As reported elsewhere, some of this purchase order is for hollow-point rounds, forbidden by international law for use in war, along with a frightening amount specialized for snipers. Also reported elsewhere, at the height of the Iraq War the Army was expending less than 6 million rounds a month.  Therefore 1.6 billion rounds would be enough to sustain a hot war for 20+ years.  In America.

Add to this perplexing outré purchase of ammo, DHS now is showing off its acquisition of heavily armored personnel carriers, repatriated from the Iraqi and Afghani theaters of operation.  As observed by “paramilblogger” Ken Jorgustin last September:

“[T]he Department of Homeland Security is apparently taking delivery (apparently through the  Marine Corps Systems Command, Quantico VA, via the manufacturer – Navistar Defense LLC) of an undetermined number of the recently retrofitted 2,717 ‘Mine Resistant Protected’ MaxxPro MRAP vehicles for service on the streets of the United States.”

These MRAP’s ARE BEING SEEN ON U.S. STREETS all across America by verified observers with photos, videos, and descriptions.”

Regardless of the exact number of MRAP’s being delivered to DHS (and evidently some to POLICE via DHS, as has been observed), why would they need such over-the-top vehicles on U.S. streets to withstand IEDs, mine blasts, and 50 caliber hits to bullet-proof glass? In a war zone… yes, definitely. Let’s protect our men and women. On the streets of America… ?”

“They all have gun ports… Gun Ports? In the theater of war, yes. On the streets of America…?

Seriously, why would DHS need such a vehicle on our streets?”

Why indeed?  It is utterly inconceivable that Department of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano is planning a coup d’etat against President Obama, and the Congress, to install herself as Supreme Ruler of the United States of America.  There, however, are real signs that the Department bureaucrats are running amok.  About 20 years ago this columnist worked, for two years, in the U.S. Department of Energy’s general counsel’s office in its procurement and finance division.  And is wise to the ways.   The answer to “why would DHS need such a vehicle?” almost certainly is this:  it’s a cool toy and these (reportedly) million dollar toys are being recycled, without much of a impact on the DHS budget.  So… why not?

Why, indeed, should the federal government not be deploying armored personnel carriers and stockpiling enough ammo for a 20-year war in the homeland?  Because it’s wrong in every way.  President Obama has an opportunity, now, to live up to some of his rhetoric by helping the federal government set a noble example in a matter very close to his heart (and that of his Progressive base), one not inimical to the Bill of Rights: gun control.  The federal government can (for a nice change) begin practicing what it preaches by controlling itself.

Remember the Sequester?  The president is claiming its budget cuts will inconvenience travelers by squeezing essential services provided by the (opulently armed and stylishly uniformed) DHS.  Quality ammunition is not cheap.  (Of course, news reports that DHS is about to spend $50 million on new uniforms suggests a certain cavalier attitude toward government frugality.)

Spending money this way is beyond absurd well into perverse.  According to the AP story a DHS spokesperson justifies this acquisition to “help the government get a low price for a big purchase.” Peggy Dixon, spokeswoman for the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center:  “The training center and others like it run by the Homeland Security Department use as many as 15 million rounds every year, mostly on shooting ranges and in training exercises.”

At 15 million rounds (which, in itself, is pretty extraordinary and sounds more like fun target-shooting-at-taxpayer-expense than a sensible training exercise) … that’s a stockpile that would last DHS over a century.  To claim that it’s to “get a low price” for a ridiculously wasteful amount is an argument that could only fool a career civil servant.

Meanwhile, Senator Diane Feinstein, with the support of President Obama, is attempting to ban 100 capacity magazine clips.  Doing a little apples-to-oranges comparison, here, 1.6 billion rounds is … 16 million times more objectionable.

Mr. Obama has a long history of disdain toward gun ownership.  According to Prof. John Lott, in Debacle, a book he co-authored with iconic conservative strategist Grover Norquist,

“When I was first introduced to Obama (when both worked at the University of Chicago Law School, where Lott was famous for his analysis of firearms possession), he said, ‘Oh, you’re the gun guy.’

I responded: ‘Yes, I guess so.’

’I don’t believe that people should own guns,’ Obama replied.

I then replied that it might be fun to have lunch and talk about that statement some time.

He simply grimaced and turned away. …

Unlike other liberal academics who usually enjoyed discussing opposing ideas, Obama showed disdain.”

Mr. Obama?  Where’s the disdain now?  Cancelling, or at minimum, drastically scaling back — by 90% or even 99%, the DHS order for ammo, and its receipt and deployment of armored personnel carriers, would be a “fourfer.”

  • The federal government would set an example of restraint in the matter of weaponry.
  • It would reduce the deficit without squeezing essential services.
  • It would do both in a way that was palatable to liberals and conservatives, slightly depolarizing America.
  • It would somewhat defuse, by the government making itself less armed-to-the-teeth, the anxiety of those who mistrust the benevolence of the federales.

If Obama doesn’t show any leadership on this matter it’s an opportunity for Rep. Darrell Issa, chairman of the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee, and Rep. Michael McCaul, chairman of the House Committee on Homeland Security, to summon Secretary Napolitano over for a little national conversation. Madame Secretary?  Buying 1.6 billion rounds of ammo and deploying armored personnel carriers runs contrary, in every way, to what “homeland security” really means.



Enough for its agents to fire 9,400 bullets a day, every day of the year

Paul Joseph Watson
August 19, 2013

The Transportation Security Administration is set to purchase 3.5 million .357 SIG caliber bullets, enough for its agents to fire 9,400 rounds a day, every day of the year.

Image: YouTube

According to a solicitation issued by the agency on August 16, the TSA is looking to buy “3,454,000 rounds of .347 SIG Caliber Training Ammunition”.

Although TSA agents in airports are currently unarmed, last month the TSA announced its plan to hire the use of a firing range within a 20 mile radius of LaGuardia Airport in order to train TSA workers.

The federal agency’s huge bullet buy could signal an expansion of its controversial Visible Intermodal Prevention and Response (VIPR) program, where teams of armed TSA officers patrol railroad stations, bus stations, ferries, car tunnels, ports, subways, truck weigh stations, rest areas, and special events.

VIPR teams currently conduct around 8,000 operations a year. As well as providing security at transport hubs, VIPR teams are now being used to keep tabs on fans at sporting events.

Earlier this month it was announced that VIPR agents would now be patting down Americans “outside the airport” by conducting stop and search shake downs at transport hubs and public events.

As Government Security News notes, the amount of ammunition being purchased, “means the TSA could fire off more than 9,400 rounds per day, every day of the year, to consume that entire quantity annually.”

Significant bullet purchases by the TSA are likely to fuel concerns that the federal government is arming itself to the teeth in preparation for some form of domestic unrest or other catastrophe, following the Department of Homeland Security’s commitment to purchase more than 1.6 billion rounds of ammunition over the course of the last 18 months.

As we reported last week, Congressman Jeff Duncan’s attempt to get answers on why the IRS is also training its agents with semi-automatic AR-15′s designed for “standoff capability” has been ignored by the federal agency.



TSA now wants to buy 3.5 million rounds

by Bob Unruh | World Net Daily

The federal government drew the ire of Congress for sucking up ammunition supplies so fast that citizens and even police forces have been unable to meet their own needs.

Lawmakers looked into legislation to force the feds to back off, but apparently nothing has been done.

The latest agency to buy massive amounts of ammunition is the Transportation Security Administration, which doesn’t even arm most of its agents.

The website reports that the TSA is seeking to purchase nearly 3.5 million rounds of .347 SIG caliber training ammunition. Weapons experts told WND the .347 is an unknown caliber, and the document likely contained a mistake, instead intending to reference a .357 caliber.

The agency’s workers mostly are unarmed, with the primary exception being the federal air marshals who travel aboard airliners to deter and respond to violence, hijackings and terrorism.

There are no firm numbers available on the number of agents, but experts estimate there are several thousand. The planned purchase, then, would give the agency the availability of nearly 10,000 rounds per day for “training.”

TSA officials declined to respond to a WND request for more information.

Department of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitan0 admitted in April that the federal government was drying up ammunition supplies.

She was asked by a House panel about the huge government purchases, estimated to be in the range of 1.6 billion rounds, enough for many years of war at the rate ammunition is used by the U.S. military.

Rep. Jeff Duncan, R-S.C., wanted to know whether the reports were accurate.

“This was a five-year strategic sourcing contract for up to one-point-whatever billion rounds,” she confirmed.

Calculations done by the Washington Examiner suggest the reported 1.6 billion rounds would be enough for “something like a 24-year supply of ammunition on hand.”

Other consumers of ammunition, however, from the weekend hunter to police departments, are finding the shelves bare.

For example, Utica, N.Y., police have been told it could take up to 10 months to get the ammunition they order. The department especially is having trouble getting .223 and .45 caliber rounds, the type that the federal government also orders.

In Mobile, Ala., Nick Sagler said, “You can’t find what you need.”

And Jeremy Windle called it an “extreme shortage.”

Ronica Williams, at the Greater Gulf State Fairgrounds gun show, said all of the ordinary supplies are back-ordered “six months or better.”

In Boca Raton, Fla., the problem is just as bad.

“Right now ammo’s pretty hard to get. People bought everything that was to be bought, They’ve completely cleaned out the supply chain,” said a gunsmith.

U.S. Sen. Jim Inhofe, R-Okla., believes the purchase orders by the Department of Homeland Security are part of an “intentional” effort by the Obama administration to “dry up the market” for gun-owning citizens.

“We have in this country the Second Amendment that preserves the right to keep and bear arms,” Inhofe told radio host Aaron Klein, “and the president doesn’t believe in that.”

Inhofe was a guest on “Aaron Klein Investigative Radio” on New York City’s WABC, talking about his Ammunition Management for More Obtainability – or AMMO – bill, which is designed to limit non-defense, armed federal agencies to pre-Obama levels of ammunition. The bill, S.843, has been referred to Senate committee, while a similar bill sponsored by Rep. Frank Lucas, R-Okla., has been referred to House committee.

“President Obama has been doing everything he could to stop the private ownership of guns in America,” Inhofe asserted. “Yet he’s been voted down in a big way by a large majority, and so my feeling is that he’s doing this to buy up [ammunition] so honest, law-abiding citizens here in the United States, like my son, can’t even buy ammunition because government is purchasing so much.”

The DHS has claimed it’s placing bulk orders to save money and that 80 percent of the ammunition is used for training purposes, but Inhofe isn’t buying the explanation.

“We had someone testify the other day the DHS has the ‘right’ – this is a bureaucrat who said this – they have the ‘right’ to buy as much as they want, and they’re planning to buy 750 million rounds,” Inhofe said. “That is more than three times the amount our soldiers are using for training to defend our nation.”

“I believe it’s intentional,” Inhofe said of the ammunition shortages many private and local law enforcement purchasers are experiencing. “It’s just another effort to restrict gun activity and ownership.”

The government has explained that to qualify to fly armed, the person must be a law enforcement officer, have a reason or need for the weapon, and be qualified by position and training.

“The officer must need to have the weapon accessible from the time he or she would otherwise check the weapon until the time it would be claimed after deplaning. The need to have the weapon accessible must be determined by the employing agency, department, or service and be based on [several factors].”

The factors include the need to provide protection, the need to arrive “prepared for duty” or to have control of a prisoner.

The purchase plan describes the products only as “TSA Training Ammunition.”

Paul Joseph Watson, who repeatedly has documented such purchases at, noted the TSA announced last month it wanted to rent a firing range near LaGuardia Airport in New York City.

“Significant bullet purchases by the TSA are likely to fuel concerns that the federal government is arming itself to the teeth in preparation for some form of domestic unrest or other catastrophe, following the Department of Homeland Security’s commitment to purchase more than 1.6 billion rounds of ammunition over the course of the last 18 months,” he reported.

He noted it also could signal a huge expansion of the agency’s Visible Intermodal Prevention and Response program, which essentially is TSA agents confronting travelers at bus stations, ferry ports, car tunnels, subways, rest areas and other locations and demanding they be patted down.

In Catoosa, Okla., law enforcement agencies have reported paying a lot more for ammunition. In some locations, police departments have requested help from residents with ammo supplies, because their own sources have run out.

WND’s reports also have included plans by the FBI to spend up to $100 million over five years on millions of rounds for its machine guns and pistols.

According to a solicitation revised and released March 25 that WND discovered during routine database research, the FBI is gathering the ammunition “to be carried and fired [by FBI Special Agents] in defense of life” as well as for training purposes.

The ammunition includes a combination of field-ready Glock 9mm rounds as well as reduced-lead training ammo. Weapons listed in the Statement of Work, or SOW, are Glock Model 17, Glock Model 19, Glock Model 26, SIG Sauer P226, SIG Sauer P228, Heckler and Koch MP5 9mm submachine gun (K, A2, A3, SF and SD versions).

Among the federal plans:

  • Although DHS has not yet awarded contracts in that proposed CBP acquisition, late last year it revealed its intention to buy 250 million rounds of Smith & Wesson .40 ammunition over the life of a five-year contract.
  • DHS separately issued a revised solicitation to buy a combination of 100,000 handgun and rifle rounds destined for the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, or FLTC, in Artesia, N.M. It did not disclose the estimated cost.
  • The department also additionally released another amended procurement notice for 360,000 rounds of jacketed hollow-point .40 caliber training ammo also destined for the Artseia FLTC.
  • reported on the initial release of that particular procurement earlier.
  • Although the estimated cost of the solicitation, likewise, has not been disclosed, DHS recently awarded a $49,000 contract to Grace Ammo LLC for a similar batch of ammo for the Artesia facility.
  • DHS in January purchased an additional 200,000 rounds of jacketed hollow-point .40 caliber rounds. It awarded a $46,000 contract to Evian Group Inc. in that instance.

The developments appear to coincide with the goals of Democratic strategists.

Their 80-page document, titled “Preventing Gun Violence Through Effective Messaging,” urges gun-control advocates use images of frightening-looking guns and shooting scenes to make their point.

“The most powerful time to communicate is when concern and emotions are running at their peak,” the guide insists. “The debate over gun violence in America is periodically punctuated by high-profile gun violence incidents including Columbine, Virginia Tech, Tucson, the Trayvon Martin killing, Aurora and Oak Creek. When an incident such as these attracts sustained media attention, it creates a unique climate for our communications efforts.”

The manual offers a step-by-step guide on how to stir up sympathy for victims, arrest the “moral authority” from opposing groups like the National Rifle Association and keep the debate emotional instead of allowing facts to interfere.

“Essentially it’s a how-to book on inciting a moral panic,” comments James Taranto of the Wall Street Journal.

The guidebook, discovered by the Second Amendment Foundation and reported by Paul Bedard of the Washington Examiner, was prepared by four strategists, including Al Quinlan of Greenberg Quinlan Rosner Research, which touts it is “committed to progressive goals” and includes among its clients the American Civil Liberties Union, Planned Parenthood and Mayors Against Illegal Guns, among dozens of other left-leaning organizations.

But at least some of the gun restriction strategies already have backfired. In Colorado, where majority Democrats pushed through this year a multitude of new gun laws and limits, found a community organization could no longer do gun buybacks in which owners turn over weapons to local activists who then destroy them.

That’s because of the new law requiring a background check for every individual purchase, every weapon, every time. Officials said it was impossible to set it up so that background checks could be done on the agencies for each weapon that is purchased, so the sale would not be legal.

It was in June when DHS plans to buy rounds were targeted by Congress. Rep. Mark Meadows, R-N.C., said there are questions about the purchase plans that need to be answered.

And in May, Proctor, Minn., police chief Walter Wobig said he was asking his residents to help supply ammunition, because the town’s supplier had informed him it would be months before his order could be filled.

The attack on gun rights and ammunition supplies under the Obama administration has prompted resistance.

WND reported on a video dramatization that was created to demonstrate in shocking, living color one reason gun-rights advocates resist bans on high-capacity magazines for firearms: Armed thugs don’t always attack alone.

The video by MB Studio Productions depicts a startling but believable scenario in which armed thieves target a house when the family is at home. The family calls 911 and the father quickly retrieves his pistol from a gun safe. But after fending off the first armed intruder, the father stands horrified after pulling the trigger on a gun now empty of bullets as the second intruder enters the home.

The dramatization’s final scene is tragic, and the video concludes with the words, “Because your government decided how many rounds you need to protect your family.”



Kurt Nimmo

August 9, 2013

It is said the Transportation Security Administration was originally established as a response to the September 11, 2001, attacks. If this is the case, then the Department of Homeland Security, the federal agency now exercising authority over the agency, must think al-Qaeda will soon target rodeos.



On Monday, the New York Times reported the TSA’s widely covered mission creep has infested “sporting events, music festivals, rodeos, highway weigh stations and train terminals” and admits not “everyone is happy” about the Americanized version of the Gestapo fanning out across the nation.

The Transportation Security Administration’s Visible Intermodal Prevention and Response squads — also known as VIPR teams – are so pervasive even members of Congress are beginning to complain and question their deployment.

TSA bureaucrats like to pretend their intrusive and largely resented “random searches” at public events do not violate the Fourth Amendment and insist the illegal searches are “special needs” or “administrative” in nature and exempt from probable cause because they are designed to prevent terrorist attacks.

Despite this claim, the agency has yet to provide evidence the Gestapo-like VIPR teams have actually ever foiled a terrorist plot. Any such evidence, they remind us, is strictly classified.

“But they argue that the random searches and presence of armed officers serve as a deterrent that bolsters the public confidence,” the New York Times reports as it neglects to mention the public’s widespread contempt and disgust for the agency infamous for sexually molesting children and lying to the public about the risks posed by radiation-emitting naked body porno scanners.

So-called security experts, cops, Amtrak bureaucrats, and other elements of officialdom, however, continue to ignore an outraged public. Instead, they call for continuing and expanding TSA police state tactics.

“This is a gray area,” Representative Bennie Thompson, Democrat of Mississippi and ranking member on the House Homeland Security Committee, remarked about the effectiveness of the TSA and its desire to expand into various public venues.

“It’s hard to quantify the usefulness of these teams based on what we have seen so far,” Thompson said about militarized VIPR teams roaming airports, train stations, rodeos and music festivals in search of elusive terrorists.

In response to growing concern about VIPR moving into train stations and beyond, the TSA has promised to get the public up to speed, according to the Times.




Fallujah veteran says government is afraid of its own citizens

Paul Joseph Watson

August 15, 2013

A former Marine Corps Colonel who was stationed in Fallujah and trained Iraqi soldiers warns that the Department of Homeland Security is working with law enforcement to build a “domestic army,” because the federal government is afraid of its own citizens.



The comments by the Colonel, whose identity remains unknown, were made during public testimony at a Concord City Council meeting on Tuesday. The meeting concerned a decision on whether to accept a $260,000 Homeland Security grant on behalf of the Central New Hampshire Special Operations Unit to purchase a BearCat armored vehicle.

The purchase of the vehicle has been surrounded by controversy after the city’s Police Chief wrote in an application filing to the DHS that the vehicle was needed to deal with the “threat” posed by libertarians, sovereign citizen adherents, and Occupy activists in the region.

Referencing signs in the crowd which read “More Mayberry, Less Fallujah,” the Colonel spoke of how he didn’t even have armored vehicles when he was stationed in Fallujah.

The Colonel’s role as a Ministry of Defense coordinator was to command, train and equip the Iraqi Army, noting that he helped do everything he could “to make it as strong as possible,” but that “Homeland Security would kick their butts in a week.”

Stressing that it was unlawful and unconstitutional to use US troops on American soil, the Colonel warned, “What’s happening here is we’re building a domestic military,” adding that police are now “wearing the exact same combat gear that we had in Iraq, only it was a different color.”

The Colonel warned that the DHS was following military tactics by, “pre-staging gear and equipment” in order to build a “domestic army” while shrinking the US military “because the government is afraid of its own citizens.”

The Colonel slammed the idea of law enforcement purchasing militarized vehicles for domestic security, noting, “The last time more than ten terrorists were in one place at the same time was September 11th and all these vehicles in the world wouldn’t have prevented it nor would it have helped anybody.”

“I don’t know where we’re going to use this many vehicles or this many troops,” he continued, “Concord is just one cog in the wheel – we’re building an army over here and I can’t believe that people aren’t seeing it – is everybody blind?”

In his initial application to the DHS for the grant to purchase the armored vehicle, Police Chief John Duval wrote, “The State of New Hampshire’s experience with terrorism slants primarily towards the domestic type. We are fortunate that our State has not been victimized from a mass casualty event from an international terrorism strike however on the domestic front, the threat is real and here. Groups such as the Sovereign Citizens, Free Staters and Occupy New Hampshire are active and present daily challenges.”

Duval’s characterization of activists from across the political spectrum as terrorists prompted outrage but he refused to apologize, merely clarifying that his application may not have been worded correctly. Following the removal of the terms Sovereign Citizens, Free Staters and Occupy New Hampshire from the application, the DHS made it clear that the grant would be approved.

As the Concord Monitor reports, Tuesday’s public testimony also included a warning from Irena Goddard, who grew up in Czechoslovakia.

“I do not want this deadly intimidation force of a military vehicle to suppress free speech, much like what was done with communist military tanks in Czechoslovakia,” she said.

Resident Jesse Mertz remarked that the militarization of law enforcement signaled that, “The military industrial complex has infiltrated every part of our society to the point where it’s now happening in our hometowns, and we’re seeing stuff occur that people said would never happen in our own country.”

The Concord Council delayed the decision to purchase the vehicle and the matter will be taken up once again at next month’s meeting.



Says Constitution calls for strong national defense

by World Net Daily

Oklahoma’s senior senator says the U.S. military is suffering – severely – under the administration of Barack Obama.

“We have a hollow force,” Sen. Jim Inhofe, R-Okla., told the told the Norman Transcript in a visit to the Oklahoma newspaper’s office.

The senator was in the region for a visit to Tinker Air Force Base regarding a federal commission assigned to examine cost efficiency in the military.

He told the newspaper he wants the Senate Arms Service Committee to hear the report.

“It’s a good group to come in and tell the truth,” he said.

Inhofe said the U.S. military needs to be rebuilt, and if there’s a need to cut spending, the “bloated bureaucracies” are a good place to start.

He said he supports a strong national defense because it’s “what the Constitution says we should do.”

Inhofe told the Oklahoma newspaper he’s one of the senators willing to hold up the budget to fight Obamacare. He also said he wants to end the war on fossil fuels and to crack down on regulations.

The senator, who has written a book on global warming, “The Greatest Hoax,” said he would like to remain in the Senate to see a GOP majority.

His comments on the military come as budgets are being slashed and operations restricted because of the budgetary priorities under the Obama administration.

In a WND commentary, Maj. Gen. Patrick Brady, author of “Dead Men Flying,” blasted Obama’s “emasculation, socialization and feminization of our military.”

He described it as a greater threat to the U.S. than the economy.

“Can you see him as a fighter pilot a la the Bushes? Or commanding a PT boat as did John Kennedy? This is not a man I would want with me in combat and neither should America,” Brady wrote.

“Under the leadership of the Obama/[Robert] Gates/[Michael] Mullen trinity, our military has suffered as never before. Gates supervised the waste and fiscal incompetence at the Pentagon (millions of dollars lost). He instituted an insane op tempo (60 out of 80 months deployed is not unusual), causing unprecedented suicide and PTSD rates among soldiers and depression and anxiety in their families. Military pay cuts are coming, and the administration actually lost graves and urns at Arlington. There is an effort to raise health insurance premiums for retirees. The number of stolen top-secret documents is unmatched in our history. On the silly side, Gates’ Pentagon actually considered giving medals to soldiers for not shooting!” he said.

“On the battlefield, they have stripped the premier combat life saver, Aeromedical Evacuation, from the medics. This is the first time a medical resource has been so usurped since the Civil War, and I have heard horror stories from the battlefield on delayed reaction times. (I actually had a soldier from Iraq turn his back on me when I told him I was a Dust Off pilot in Vietnam; he said forces had failed to react in time to save his friend’s life.) It may be a surprise to Vietnam veterans that the Congress authorized a program to commemorate the 50th anniversary of the Vietnam War and honor its veterans; but it will be no surprise that Gates drastically cut its funds. We will soon be longing for the ‘hollow military’ of the ’70s.”

He continued, calling the lack of military expertise in the Obama administration stunning.

“Obama’s replacement for Gates, Leon Panetta, had an astonishing response in answer to a query concerning why we ignored the plea for help from the Americans about to be slaughtered in Benghazi: ‘You don’t deploy forces into harm’s way without knowing what is going on.’ Excuse me. Did we not know that Americans were under attack and pleading for help? What else do you need to know? By his standard you would never go. In combat and chaos you are never sure of what is going on. Is it the standard of this administration that American should never risk lives to save lives? Risking lives to save lives is the essence of our wars!”

He warned of the consequences: “America is impotent without a strong military – and so is American policy. Our military strength is the one sure force for peace in the world. It deters the bad guys – not only from attacking us but others as well. Weakness emboldens evil, and ultimately we will be drawn into some disaster whether we like it or not. All the sheep and chickens in the world – and many liberals – would like for everyone to be vegetarians – won’t happen, there are too many wolves out there. Yet how could any objective, informed person not see the deliberate dismantling of our military? Obama personally authored sequestration, which will bench us from the field of world affairs.”



Manual lists people concerned with “individual liberties, states’ rights, and how to make the world a better place” as potential extremists

Adan Salazar
August 24, 2013

Conservative watchdog group Judicial Watch recently obtained a Department of Defense training manual which lists people who embrace “individual liberties” and honor “states’ rights,” among other characteristics, as potential “extremists” who are likely to be members of “hate groups.”


Marked “for training purposes only,” the documents, obtained Thursday through a Freedom of Information Act request submitted in April, include PowerPoint slides and lesson plans, among which is a January 2013 Air Force “student guide” distributed by the Defense Equal Opportunity Management Institute simply entitled “Extremism.”

Judicial Watch’s FOIA request asked for “Any and all records concerning, regarding, or related to the preparation and presentation of training materials on hate groups or hate crimes distributed or used by the Air Force.”

As the group notes, “The document defines extremists as ‘a person who advocates the use of force or violence; advocates supremacist causes based on race, ethnicity, religion, gender, or national origin; or otherwise engages to illegally deprive individuals or groups of their civil rights.’”

The manual goes on to bar military personnel from “active participation” in such extremist organization activities as “publicly demonstrating,” “rallying,” “fundraising” and “organizing,” basically denying active-duty military from exercising the rights they so ardently fight to defend.

It begins its introduction of a section titled, “Extremist ideologies,” by describing the American colonists who sought independence from British rule as a historical example of extremism.

“In U.S. history, there are many examples of extremist ideologies and movements. The colonists who sought to free themselves from British rule and the Confederate states who sought to secede from the Northern states are just two examples,” according to the training guide.

In a section drawing inspiration from a 1992 book titled “Nazis, Communists, Klansmen, and Others on the Fringe: Political Extremism in America,” the manual also lists “Doomsday thinking” under “traits or behaviors that tend to represent the extremist style.”

Extremists often predict dire or catastrophic consequences from a situation or from a failure to follow a specific course, and they tend to exhibit a kind of crisis-mindedness. It can be a Communist takeover, a Nazi revival, nuclear war, earthquakes, floods, or the wrath of God. Whatever it is, it is just around the corner unless we follow their program and listen to their special insight and wisdom, to which only the truly enlightened have access. For extremists, any setback or defeat is the beginning of the end.

“Nowadays,” the manual explains, “instead of dressing in sheets or publicly espousing hate messages, many extremists will talk of individual liberties, states’ rights, and how to make the world a better place.”

Judicial Watch also acknowledges the Southern Poverty Law Center “is listed as a resource for information on hate groups and referenced several times throughout the guide,” even though the group itself was directly responsible for a “hate crime” perpetrated on the Family Research Council after it was listed on the SPLC’s “hate map.”

Infowars readers will find much of the training guide’s contents unsurprising as they merely reinforce what we have exhaustively documented in the past.

In 2009, Infowars obtained the “law enforcement sensitive” contents of a Missouri Information Analysis Center (MIAC) report entitled “The Modern Militia Movement” which listed supporters of presidential candidates Ron Paul, Chuck Baldwin, and Bob Barr as potential “militia” influenced terrorists.

Also, in July 2012 Infowars blew the lid on a Department of Homeland Security-funded study, produced by the National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism at the University of Maryland, that characterized Americans who are “suspicious of centralized federal authority,” and “reverent of individual liberty” as “extreme right-wing” terrorists.

Indeed, the latest report echoes scenes from Alex Jones’ prescient documentary 9/11: The Road to Tyranny, made over a decade ago, which covered the fact that FEMA and other government bureaus have for years been training law enforcement agencies to regard people who espouse conservative ideologies, such as those represented by the Founding Fathers, as terrorists.



It can no longer be denied that military and local law enforcement crosshairs have gradually been realigned from targeting phantom terrorists overseas to targeting domestic “extremists,” a broad, all-encompassing term that accommodates anyone generally challenging or questioning the status quo.

As Judicial Watch notes, although the documents were obtained through the Air Force, the fact that they originated in a DOD office means they have likely been distributed throughout the government’s various agencies.

Judicial Watch president Tom Fitton concluded that the documents fall in line with the Obama administration’s “nasty habit of equating basic conservative values with terrorism,” and that the language closely “echoes the IRS targeting language of conservative and Tea Party investigations.” “And now… its Defense Department suggests that the Founding Fathers, and many conservative Americans, would not be welcome in today’s military… After reviewing this document, one can’t help but worry for the future and morale of our nation’s armed forces.”




by Bob Russell | Conservative Daily News

April 7, 2013

Tyranny doesn’t happen over-night.  It happens in a series of events that build on themselves until you wake up one morning and life as you know it is gone forever, liberty is a thing of the past.  Adolph Hitler didn’t just start rounding up Jews on a whim.  He spent years putting the infrastructure in place to install his totalitarian state.  They had control of everything; the media, the child indoctrination centers they referred to as “public schools”, the monetary and economic structure, and national and local police departments.  Hitler and his henchmen made Jews the scapegoats.  Friends and neighbors soon began to hate Jews for who they were. German citizens bought into the blame game and generations of co-existence was gone in 6 years, all due to propaganda in the government controlled media and the government controlled schools.

The Aryan German people let Hitler have the Jews, and even helped him, because he was leaving them alone.  Then one day he struck; swiftly, efficiently, thoroughly, and without warning!  The average German citizen woke up and found the Gestapo at their door because a disagreement over a debt, or a minor insult to a neighbor or stranger led to them being denounced as traitors over a grudge.  The Gestapo kicked in their door and dragged them out into the street.  Some were shot dead on the spot; some were taken to prisons and tortured by sadists seeking information that didn’t exist. Most were never seen again.

This happened to your everyday, patriotic German citizens.  They had gone about their lives, ignoring or accepting the things that happened over the years as Hitler, Himmler, Goebbels, Goering, Heydrich, and the rest ignored the rights of citizens and passed decrees that were “unlawful”.  Unlawful to whom?  Hitler didn’t see rounding up, “enemies of the state”, and shooting them as “unlawful”.

The people had seen what these men were doing but said, “it can’t happen here, we have a system of laws”.  They didn’t think Hitler was a despot.  He was a great leader, Der Fuhrer, who would never turn on his “Aryan” citizens.  He “cares about us”.  Then one day the Jews were under control and he came back for them.

When Pastor Martin Neimoller made his famous “first they came for…” quote he could have been speaking about America’s society today.  Many will ridicule this video, and the whole concept of Nazi Germany, because “it can’t or it won’t happen here, we have a Constitution”.  But take a look at this picture and answer the question, “when did this; become this?”.  Our society in the United States of America today mirrors the society of 1936 Germany.

Hitler offered money to those who turned in their neighbors.  New York City is now offering a $500 bounty for snitching on anyone possessing an “illegal weapon”.  Holding a grudge against someone?  Want to cause them some misery?  What is happening in America today HAS happened before and we are taking the exact same path they took then.  Apathy and denial are the two most dangerous states of mind in any free society.

How can people ignore or dismiss the Patriot Act, NDAA 2011 and its “indefinite detention without charge”, the TSA, the Department of Homeland Security, or the explosion of local SWAT teams and the military equipment they are being given by the federal government?  Policemen now kick in doors in the middle of the night dressed in black face masks and body armor head to toe.  The uniforms are just that, uniform around the nation.  The equipment and the tactics designed for an urban battlefield are being ”uniformly” spread to police departments and sheriff’s offices throughout the nation, and being funded with primarily federal funds.  Helicopters participate in “live fire” operations using blanks, in American cities, in conjunction with local police forces.  Why are they doing this?  Who are they going to round up and put in the FEMA camps that were a “figment of my imagination” in 2010?

How can anyone with any amount of cognitive ability not see where both political parties are taking us?  How does someone dismiss 2 billion rounds of ammunition, tens of thousands of full automatic “assault rifles”, and MRAP armored vehicles with gun ports and machine gun mounts operated by local law enforcement?  What SWAT team really needs this kind of firepower?  Who are they going to use this equipment against?

Both political parties refuse to secure the border and do anything about all the illegal aliens.  It is very apparent that they aren’t looking to round up illegal aliens so why do we find ourselves with an internal security apparatus having so much armament?  No free nation has ever had this kind of domestic military force and remained free for long.  This is the SS and Brown Shirts of Nazi Germany being paraded before our very eyes yet many people deny there is any danger.  It reminds me of a joke where a woman catches her husband with another woman and he asks her “are you going to believe what I tell you or your LYING EYES”?

Conspiracy Theory?  At one time I thought so.  By themselves many of the events over the last 10-15 years pose no “clear and present danger”, but when they are looked at with an open mind and in the view of 20th Century history it is another vision altogether.  We the People are called mentally unstable and enemies of the state by the “leadership” of both political parties.  Veterans who defended liberty are labeled as mentally ill by members of Congress.  Some have been “detained” and had their lawfully owned firearms confiscated in a clear abuse of the Constitution.

Can’t happen here?  Won’t Happen here?  Don’t bet your life on it!  Are you going to believe what they tell you or are you going to believe “your lying eyes”?  Time is short and one morning Americans will wake up and find out their nation is in the grips of a totalitarian regime as evil as Nazi Germany or Soviet Russia.

I submit this in the name of the Most Holy Trinity, in faith, with the responsibility given to me by Almighty God to honor His work and not let it die from neglect.




By Dave Hodges |
August 23, 2013

We have grown accustomed to the tyranny at the Federal level. The CIA is the most efficient organized criminal operation on the planet. The spy tactics of the NSA would make the East German Stasi green with envy. With the NSA watching our every move, nobody should feel safe for fear of being branded an enemy of the state. Even journalists are feeling the brunt of the new found bravado of the globalists. The systematic murders of journalists such as Andrew Breitbart and Michael Hastings for getting “too close” are stark reminders that our republic democracy is a facade and has degenerated into a wolf in sheep’s clothing.

Where the Federal government and the existence of their confederate secret societies such as the Council on Foreign Relation and the Trilateral Commission, were once denied, they are now fully admitted to and championed as the true rulers of this country.

Trilaterals Over Washington

Back in 1979 I was given the book Trilaterals Over Washington co-authored by Anthony Sutton and Patrick Wood.  After reading it, I was horrified that such a small group of men could control such vast resources and do so much harm to humanity. My surprise speaks to my level of ignorance.  I was a budding researcher at the time and I had a ravenous appetite to learn more about these Constitutional usurpers.

What I discovered was that Sutton and Wood’s book was largely a standalone piece. Of course there was the classic None Dare Call It a Conspiracy, by Gary Allen, and there was that one article in 1977 in Atlantic Monthly which mentioned the Trilateral Commission, but debunked the conspiratorial angle.

The media was postured in such a way at that time, that if anyone mentioned the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission, you were marginalized and ridiculed. Today, we are witnessing a complete reversal in government secrecy as it relates to their participation in global tyranny and the installation of a police state surveillance grid.  The destruction of the United States is totally being done in stealth, but things have changed.

Why Are the Misdeeds of the CIA Out In the Open?

Indeed, the veil of secrecy has been stripped away. The CIA is admitting past transgressions from as far back as 60 years ago when modern Iranian history took a critical turn when a CIA backed coup overthrew the country’s prime minister, Mohammed Mossadegh. True to their mafia nature, the CIA never admits to anything. Does this mean that they are turning over a new leaf and are submitting to a new era of agency transparency and accountability? Not really, when the CIA admits to their complicit behavior of running drugs for guns in the Iran-Contra Affair and setting up the cocaine gangs and started the drug war in LA in the 1980′s to fund and facilitate Iran Contra, I might take their “open disclosure intentions” more seriously. And when the CIA admits its role in the murder of JFK, then I might begin to cut some slack to what has been the most virulent organized criminal organization in the world. And when CIA director John Brennan, admits to having award winning journalist Michael Hastings murdered, then maybe I will take a serious look at considering that the CIA is entering into a new era of openness.

Did Obama Actually Fulfill One of His Campaign Promises?

Some would argue that there is a new era of transparency that is emanating from Washington D.C. and that Obama is finally making good on his campaign promise to oversee the most transparent organization in the history of the country. Not in a pig’s eye. We are not witnessing a new age of accountability, we are watching the unveiling of in-your-face tyranny.

Fear and Intimidation Is the Objective

Didn’t you get the message that tyranny is out of the closet and is being placed firmly in the faces of the American public? The globalists are sending a clear message, “Fear Us!” Their intent is to frighten and intimidate the public into believe that resistance is futile.

Recently, the NSA revealed that they spied upon innocent Americans by intercepting an unspecified number of emails. Of course, the NSA said that this was an “accident.” The accident aspect of the story is not believable, however, the objective was achieved with the revelation; “Be afraid America, very afraid, we are watching everything you do.”

Nowhere is the in-your-face-tyranny more prevalent than in the today’s law enforcement agencies as we have witnessed the militarization of the police which are now designed to harass and intimidate.

The Overt Militarization of the Police

As we witness the unfolding of the extreme militarization of the police, the American public will be increasingly subjected to more heinous, Gestapo and KGB types of crimes being committed against innocent American citizens.



By John W. Whitehead

“The argument for up-armoring is always based on the least likely of terrorist scenarios. Anyone can get a gun and shoot up stuff. No amount of SWAT equipment can stop that.”Mark Randol, former terrorism expert with the Congressional Research Service

Why does a police department which hasn’t had an officer killed in the line of duty in over 125 years in a town of less than 20,000 people need tactical military vests like those used by soldiers in Afghanistan?  For that matter, why does a police department in a city of 35,000 people need a military-grade helicopter? And what possible use could police at Ohio State University have for acquiring a heavily-armored vehicle intended to withstand IED blasts?

Why are police departments across the country acquiring heavy-duty military equipment and weaponry? For the same reason that perfectly good roads get repaved, perfectly good equipment gets retired and replaced, and perfectly good employees spend their days twiddling their thumbs—and all of it at taxpayer expense. It’s called make-work programs, except in this case, instead of unnecessary busy work to keep people employed, communities across America are finding themselves “gifted” with drones, tanks, grenade launchers and other military equipment better suited to the battlefield. And as I document in my book, A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, it’s all being done through federal programs that allow the military to “gift” battlefield-appropriate weapons, vehicles and equipment to domestic police departments across the country.

It’s a Trojan Horse, of course, one that is sold to communities as a benefit, all the while the real purpose is to keep the defense industry churning out profits, bring police departments in line with the military, and establish a standing army. As journalists Andrew Becker and G. W. Schulz report in their insightful piece, “Local Cops Ready for War With Homeland Security-Funded Military Weapons,” federal grants provided by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) have “transformed local police departments into small, army-like forces, and put intimidating equipment into the hands of civilian officers. And that is raising questions about whether the strategy has gone too far, creating a culture and capability that jeopardizes public safety and civil rights while creating an expensive false sense of security.” For example, note Becker and Schulz:

In Montgomery County, Texas, the sheriff’s department owns a $300,000 pilotless surveillance drone, like those used to hunt down al Qaeda terrorists in the remote tribal regions of Pakistan and Afghanistan. In Augusta, Maine, with fewer than 20,000 people and where an officer hasn’t died from gunfire in the line of duty in more than 125 years, police bought eight $1,500 tactical vests. Police in Des Moines, Iowa, bought two $180,000 bomb-disarming robots, while an Arizona sheriff is now the proud owner of a surplus Army tank.

Small counties and cities throughout the country are now being “gifted” with 20-ton Mine Resistant Ambush Protected (MRAP) vehicles. MRAPs are built to withstand IED blasts, a function which seems unnecessary for any form of domestic policing, yet police in Jefferson County, New York, Boise and Nampa, Idaho, as well as High Springs, Florida, have all acquired MRAPs. Police in West Lafayette, Indiana also have an MRAP, valued at half a million dollars.

Universities are getting in on the program as well. In September 2013, the Ohio State University Department of Public Safety acquired an MRAP, which a university spokesperson said will be used for “officer rescue, hostage scenarios, bomb evaluation,” situations which are not increasingly common on OSU’s campus. In reality, it will be used for crowd control at football games.

Almost 13,000 agencies in all 50 states and four U.S. territories participate in the military “recycling” program, and the share of equipment and weaponry gifted each year continues to expand. In 2011, $500 million worth of military equipment was distributed to law enforcement agencies throughout the country. That number jumped to $546 million in 2012. Since 1990, $4.2 billion worth of equipment has been transferred from the Defense Department to domestic police agencies through the 1033 program, in addition to various other programs supposedly aimed at fighting the so-called War on Drugs and War on Terror. For example, the Department of Homeland Security has delivered roughly $34 billion to police departments throughout the country since 9/11, ostensibly to purchase more gear for their steady growing arsenals of military weapons and equipment.

While police departments like to frame the acquisition of military surplus as a money-saving method, in a twisted sort of double jeopardy, the taxpayer ends up footing a bigger bill. First, taxpayers are forced to pay millions of dollars for equipment which the Defense Department purchases from megacorporations only to abandon after a few years. Then taxpayers find themselves footing the bill to maintain the costly equipment once it has been acquired by the local police. It didn’t take the residents of Tupelo, Mississippi, long to discover that nothing comes free. Although the Tupelo police department was “gifted” with a free military helicopter, residents quickly learned that it required “$100,000 worth of upgrades and $20,000 each year in maintenance.”

Police departments are also receiving grants for extensive surveillance systems in order to create microcosms of the extensive surveillance systems put in place by the federal government in the years since 9/11. For example, using a $2.6 million grant from the DHS, police in Seattle purchased and setup a “mesh network” throughout the city capable of tracking every Wi-Fi enabled device within range. Police claim it won’t be used for surveillance, but the devices are capable of determining “the IP address, device type, downloaded applications, current location, and historical location of any device that searches for a Wi-Fi signal.” Police have already been testing the network.

It doesn’t look like this trend towards the militarization of domestic police forces will be slowing down anytime soon, either. In fact, it seems to have opened up a new market for military contractors. According to a December 2011 report, “the homeland security market for state and local agencies is projected to reach $19.2 billion by 2014, up from an estimated $15.8 billion in fiscal 2009.”

In addition to being an astounding waste of taxpayer money, this equipping of police with military-grade equipment and weapons also gives rise to a dangerous mindset in which police feel compelled to put their newly high-power toys and weapons to use. The results are deadly, as can be seen in the growing numbers of unarmed civilians shot by police during relatively routine encounters and in the use of SWAT teams to carry out relatively routine tasks. For example, a team of police in Austin, Texas broke into a home in order to search for a stolen koi fish. In Florida, over 50 barbershops were raided by police donning masks and guns in order to enforce barber licensing laws.

Thus, while recycling unused military equipment might sound thrifty and practical, the ramifications are proving to be far more dangerous and deadly. This is what happens when you have police not only acquiring the gear of American soldiers, but also the mindset of an army occupying hostile territory. In this way, the American citizen is no longer seen as an employer or master to be served by public servants like police officers. With police playing the part of soldiers on the battlefield and the American citizen left to play the part of an enemy combatant, it’s a pretty safe bet that this particular exercise in the absurd will not have a happy ending.



Published on Jul 12, 2013



Gregory Mannarino is a financial strategist, technical analyst, and also a practicing health care provider. Greg is the “host” of a popular daily YouTube blog which explores and exposes the machinations of Wall Street, finance, economics, government, and current events relating to these subjects.

Greg started his financial career working on Wall Street as an analyst and trader for the securities and trading arm of Bear Stearns during the dot-com bubble.

He began his medical career practicing at Staten Island University Hospital Emergency Department.

He also served as a commissioned officer in the United States Naval Reserve Medical Service Corps.



The homeless are disappearing from the streets.  It starts with the poor and homeless, next they will take the guns and then they will come for you.  Executive Orders have been signed for the U.S. government to take over and initiate martial law in the United States whenever the President gives the command.

November 6, 2013














This video compilation from videographer Jason A gives us more clear signs that the United States government is preparing for an economic collapse and will use martial law to prevent the inevitability of civil war and civil unrest in the United States.



Anthony Gucciardi
August 26, 2013

High level government documents reveal that the Pentagon is preparing in full force for ‘large scale economic meltdown’ and massive revolt via the US public — exactly what we are criticized for doing.


You see the Pentagon and agencies like the Department of Defense (DoD) are in full scale emergency readiness in their own words for ‘cataclysmic’ events that are believed to ultimately ignite riots in the face of chaos and economic collapse, and it’s all out in the open. And it’s one of the reasons that we’re seeing such a massive amount of spying on activists of all kinds, alternative news writers and personalities, and basically anyone preparing for themselves.

The US government is dedicated to logging such information into a major database in order to ‘prepare’ for the coming collapse that they are predicting in their own documents for all to see. Collapse predictions that have turned into ‘war games’ by the Pentagon, which in 2010 were orchestrated to prepare for what the Pentagon dubbed ‘large scale economic breakdown’ and the disappearance of essential services like food.

In this same ‘war games’ exercise dedicated to domestic response, exercises were ran in order to prepare for ‘domestic order amid civil unrest’.


A thread that is seen throughout these tests is the concept that civil unrest will unfold and prompt military action against the public. One of the largest examples of this is the US Army’s Strategic Studies Institute paper that talks about about the ‘threat of domestic crises’ that are expected to lead to massive unrest throughout the nation. Spurring more paranoia into the notion that every citizen is a terrorist, the report starts talking about everything from economic collapse to a loss of functional political order brought upon by a ‘hostile group within the United States’ that could access weapons.

In such scenarios, the report discusses how the DoD would then be ‘forced by circumstances’ to come in and stop ‘purposeful domestic resistance or insurgency”:

“DoD might be forced by circumstances to put its broad resources at the disposal of civil authorities to contain and reverse violent threats to domestic tranquility. Under the most extreme circumstances, this might include use of military force against hostile groups inside the United States. Further, DoD would be, by necessity, an essential enabling hub for the continuity of political authority in a multi-state or nationwide civil conflict or disturbance.”

To go along with this, and the idea of the military coming in to stop domestic resistance in the midst of an economic collapse, the Pentagon has gone and created a force consisting of 20,000 troops whose sole purpose is to be available for civil unrest and catastrophes – all based on the 2005 Homeland Security program to prepare for ‘multiple, simultaneous mass casualty incidents‘. Yet again we see this link.

But don’t worry, changes have been made just one month ago to allow for the Pentagon to directly have absolute authority over domestic emergencies and ‘civil disturbance’ at large. As reported in a Long Island news publication and properly summarized by The Guardian as further preparation for some form of domestic meltdown:

“Federal military commanders have the authority, in extraordinary emergency circumstances where prior authorization by the President is impossible and duly constituted local authorities are unable to control the situation, to engage temporarily in activities that are necessary to quell large-scale, unexpected civil disturbances.”

What does this mean exactly, to engage in the activity necessary to quell large-scale civil disturbances? Well, for one it is the blank check ability to go ahead and stop major protests amid domestic turmoil. The kind of protests we’re seeing around the world, from Egypt to Brazil. The kind of protests where citizens have had enough.

And going by the Pentagon documents mixed with the DoD papers, it appears the military believes America may take to the streets amid an economic collapse or ‘domestic disturbance’ of large caliber. And you can be sure that virtually all citizens that question the government are the targets of military intervention, as we see in the DoD’s own Army Modernisation Strategy, detailing ‘anti-government and radical ideologies that potentially threaten government stability‘ as a major threat.

Yes, you read that right. The DoD is classifying ‘anti-government and radical ideologies’ as something that threatens government stability. When a major ‘domestic disturbance’ comes along that all of these documents are discussing, such as perhaps in the form of mass protests, it’s the ‘anti-government extremists’ they will be coming after.



All signs unfortunately point to a resounding “Yes”

Adan Salazar
November 7, 2013

As evidence mounts that the U.S. military is being trained to engage citizens domestically, the lack of outcry from the American people has been astounding.

 A military police officer with the Special Reaction Team, 178th Military Police Detachment, 89th Military Police Brigade, raids a house in Wainwright Village during a new training exercise at Fort Hood, Texas, March 5, 2013.

Exactly why the military is undergoing training in this regard is still unclear.

It could be related to a potential welfare state collapse, which could be triggered by cuts to food stamps or social security benefits. According to the Social Security Administration, “9 out of 10 individuals age 65 and older receive Social Security benefits.”

The arms buildup could also be in response to the slow motion financial collapse, which can only be accelerated through the implementation of Obamacare and which banks have already been warned to prepare for.

Another possibility is that the military is gearing up for another type of staged false flag event, which is desperately needed to relieve Obama’s flagging approval rating, and which will in turn help further instill fear in Americans and keep them looking to government for solutions.

A gun confiscation offensive targeting “bitter clingers,” tea party conservatives, or “conspiracy theorists” who support the Second Amendment is also not completely out of the picture, as one MP in Arizona recently confirmed to Infowars.

No matter the explanation, a few things are clear. Ammunition, lethal and nonlethal firearms, and riot gear is being stockpiled at an alarming rate, along with checkpoints, military vehicles and armed personnel for federal buildings.

Confirmed rumors that the military is weeding out of several generals and enlistees using a “litmus test” to gauge whether or not they will fire upon American citizens, in addition to shooting range targets depicting armed pregnant women, children and elderly citizens in residential settings, and domestic training exercises and army manuals, only exacerbate worries that the government is preparing for imminent civil unrest.

While Infowars and others have diligently documented these unprecedented developments, the sleeping giant that is the American people has thus far failed to offer a reciprocal response through protest, activism or other means.

The question must be asked: Will Americans put up with their own countrymen attacking them? All signs unfortunately point to a resounding “Yes.”

Americans already have complete apathy towards eugenicist practices carried out by the likes of Planned Parenthood in the form of abortion, sterilization and other artificially induced procedures.

Americans are already putting up with cops that conduct proctology exams on the side of the road and forced colonoscopies inside hospitals.

Americans already put up with bureaucrats repeatedly and unapologetically lying to them on a near daily basis.

Americans already put up with a government that ships arms and funds to foreign mercenaries, such as the Al Qaeda offshoot Jabhat Al Nusra in Syria and other parts of the world, while they simultaneously promote gun control within their own borders.

Americans already put up with having a federally funded domestic spy network and tech software which ubiquitously monitors and logs conversations, phone calls, texts, web pages visited and emails.

Americans already put up with degrading so-called security procedures, like the TSA sticking their hands down their pants, snapping x-ray photos of them naked and grabbing their genitals, all while gradually moving outside the scope of airports.

Americans already put up with massive wealth redistribution schemes, like Obamacare which, under the guise of wanting to keep everyone healthy, is actually set up to annihilate the middle class through increased taxation.

Indeed, it seems Americans know no limit when it comes to allowing the federal government to further erase liberties in the name of safety, activities which far exceed what America’s forebearers initiated a revolt over.

Something I missed? The conversation continues on Twitter with the hashtag: #Americansalreadyputupwith, where everyone is urged to describe other ways in which the American people have stood down while their rights and liberties were slowly stripped away.



Published on May 1, 2013

On Tuesday, April 30, Leandra Bernstein and Alicia Cerretani interviewed American expert of International Law, Prof. Francis Boyle on both the war and economic crimes against humanity the Obama Administration and those that run that administration are committing.




The Silent Invasion of the United States by Russia…Undercover Over Time

Russian soldiers are going to be used as a supplemental force to round up dissenters and to seize the guns that are banned by the UN Small Arms Ban which Obama is preparing to sign during the late fall and early winter.

by Dave Hodges |

August 24, 2013

I have never taken as much ridicule over a topic as I have over my reporting of the presence of Russian soldiers on American soil under some very suspicious circumstances which I published last September/October. Conversely, I have never received so many tips from insider sources and average people who have just happened to have seen something related to the presence of Russian troops on American soil.

Because of the controversy, followed by the chastisement and the possible danger of reporting on this topic, this would be a very easy subject for me to back away from. However, since I first published my concerns over Russian troops on American soil, coupled with our apparent military stand down in places like Alaska, my contention is that the Russians are soon going to be playing a major role in the subjugation of the United States.

Where Is This Headed?

The Federal government is attempting to terrorize the American people with open admissions of in-your-face-tyranny which are designed to induce fear and a sense of helplessness. Even the local police are becoming an extension of Federal tyranny since most departments have become federalized under the Department of Homeland Security and are beginning to act with extreme prejudice and brutality in dealing with the public.

What we really have to be afraid of is the fact that we are fast approaching the end game. The globalists are making their move and the chess pieces have been lined up and positioned on the board for checkmate.

DHS and FEMA Are Preparing for War

By now, it’s clear that several Federal agencies including DHS and FEMA are preparing for war. In the past several months, DHS has purchased 2.6 billion rounds of ammunition. The TSA, the National Weather Service, the Social Security Agency, the Environmental Protection Agency and other Federal agencies are arming to the teeth to take on the American people.

Everything that has happened since I first published on this topic nearly a year ago has also reinforced the fact that there is indeed a categorized enemies list.

Recently, I spoke with an unnamed source introduced to me by Michael Edwards of Activist Post who claimed that he was working on the DARPA projects that had been recently revealed to the American people. What had not been released to the American people was the fact that American citizens are now being given a threat matrix score. Presumably, this will become a life or death list. The source also told me that he had seen, firsthand, the monitoring of talk show host Alex Jones, by the Arizona State University DARPA program. The source took this information to mean that all Americans are receiving a threat matrix score which will be acted upon when DHS and FEMA make their move.

I believe that this country is (1) going to to be attacked by Russians and our guard has been purposely let down to facilitate the invasion, and/or, (2) the Russians are going to be used as a supplemental force to round up dissenters into FEMA camps and to seize the guns that are banned by the UN Small Arms Ban which Obama is preparing to sign during the late fall and early winter during the Congressional recess.

Whatever is coming, it is clear that the American military is NOT going to be a big player because large segments of the military cannot be trusted to mindlessly follow orders. This also explains DHS’ demonization of the veterans because they would be leaders of an American citizen resistance in the coming strife.

Why the Russians?

Some of you will remember the survey which asked American military respondents to answer the following question: “Would you fire upon U.S. citizens who refuse or resist confiscation of firearms banned by the United States government?” This late 1990′s survey was a litmus test to determine if the globalists could depend upon the American military. One would presume that the raw data did not produce the results that the globalists were looking for and they concluded that major elements of the American military could not be counted on to support the imposition of a holocaust on American soil. This might be the best reason why we are still fighting in Afghanistan and other parts of the Middle East, so that the bulk of the active duty forces are rendered useless in the defense of the country when the administration and the Russians make their final move.

Does it make sense now why I carefully detailed Obama’s communist background, particularly with Bill Ayers? This is the same Bill Ayers who told FBI informant, Larry Grathwohl that 50 million Americans would have to be put into re-education camps and half of those would have to be killed. This is the same man who launched Obama’s political career from his living room and whose father paid for Obama’s Harvard education.

Because the administration has been caught bringing in the Russians, these traitors were forced to invent a cover story. Subsequently, the administration announced the creation of a series of extra-constitutional “agreements” (that means illegal agreements) which justified the presence of Russian soldiers on American soil. These agreements  were inked in June of 2013 in Washington, D.C., at the fourth annual meeting which led to the the illegally created “U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission Working Group on Emergency Situations.” This extra-governmental organization, formed under the Obama administration, is one of almost two dozen similar “working groups” bringing together top U.S. and Russian officials. These two bodies are cooperating on everything from the drug war and agriculture to terror, science, “rule of law” (could that be code for martial law?), health, environment, energy, nuclear issues, education, culture, media, business, arms control, and more, according to the U.S. State Department. The Senate has not ratified any of the international deals, as required by the Constitution of the United States. And as such, this is an illegal agreement. However, this is not just an illegal agreement, IT CONSTITUTES TREASON AGAINST THE AMERICAN PEOPLE.

If there was ever a case for impeachment, this is it. Obama is betraying every man, woman and child in the United States. He needs to leave office and he needs to be arrested, tried and convicted for treason.

The agreement also calls for at least 15,000 Russian troops to engage in policing activities at American public events on American soil. In actuality, there are at least 150,000 Russian troops on American soil. This bilateral agreement is designed to conceal the fact of what the Russians are up to while they have been on American soil for some time.

No Staging Necessary, the Russians Are Ready To Go

I have done radio interviews on the topic of Russians on American soil with people like Dr. Susan Helman from Gatlinburg, TN. in which she claims that there are Russians in her small town. They speak perfect English, are all about the same age and rarely interact with the local population. How many times have you ever heard an immigrant population being about the same age and having no one speak proficient English? These are clearly Russian military plants.

Dr. Helman further discussed on my show how the nearby Smokey Mountains Park is largely blocked off to what used to be joggers and hikers. Dr. Helman has reported that unmarked helicopters routinely land on the golf course next to her house.  She believes that the Russians represent the vanguard of a Russian occupation force.

Sherrie Wilcox has also photographed Russian soldiers dressed up and riding in Homeland Security vehicles, and also details how the Smoky Mountains are now under the control of the United Nations and people are being denied access. She has identified the fact that the Russians are emanating from an area where massive chemical weapons are being stockpiled. In the following video, a detention facility is revealed with railroad tracks stopping at buildings. I would strongly recommend taking the time to watch the following video as the contents are chilling and have enormous implications for all Americans.

The Wilcox report makes it clear that DHS is partnering with the Russians to subjugate America. DHS’ minion agency, FEMA, is currently activating FEMA camps and purchasing as much food as they can get their hands on.  Former FEMA officials have also relocated to remote enclaves as a means to avoid what is coming. The establishment wants Americans as dependent on the government as possible because the takeover will be meet with less resistance. With 101 million Americans on food stamps, this is the perfect time carry out this occupation plan since many of us will not raise a finger to those who are in government.

From Victorville, California, I have had numerous eyewitness accounts, both from respondents to my articles and to callers to my show relating to me that they are not only seeing Russian soldiers, but Russian tanks training on American soil!

The Pending Russian Takeover

It is time for some very straight talk. The bailouts were primarily responsible for the near instantaneous collapse of our economy. The Banksters have conquered our country. Their allies, the Russians, are preparing to occupy the United States.



Any Military Invasion Will Begin with Alaska

Nowhere have I received more information than I have from Alaska regarding the presence of Russian soldiers, in uniform, on American soil.

F-22 flights between Russia and Alaska have been suspended leaving the coastline more vulnerable. According to naval sources, submarine patrols have been greatly reduced and many locals have been reporting seeing fully surfaced Russian subs off of the coast of Alaska in multiple locations.

Obama is not just a traitor for bringing in Russian troops to police Americans, his treason started much earlier. Obama has given away seven strategic, oil-rich Alaskan islands to the Russians at a time when we could be going to war with Russia. At minimum, the oil, alone, from these Islands should be considered to be a military asset. I remain very concerned that these seven islands in the Arctic Ocean and Bering Sea could also be used as a military staging area from which to invade Alaska and defend its new claims of the mineral rich resources at the North Pole.

Russian troops began carrying out joint anti-terrorism drills in America in May of 2012. What terrorists could they be practicing for? The influx of Russian soldiers may begin as a trickle with a couple dozen Russian soldiers stationed at Fort Carson, Colorado, however, with the FEMA bilateral agreement, it’s clear the floodgates are getting ready to burst wide open and Obama’s treachery against the American people fully exposed.


Since I wrote the first account of this preparation of the Russians to occupy this country, nearly a year ago, my fear of a Russian occupation have been greatly heightened.  Prepare now before it is too late. Store as much food and water as you can. Store guns and ammo for the looters which will roam America in the months ahead.  A clear picture is beginning to emerge and the coming events which will usher in a new age of tyranny in the United States are crystallizing.



FEMA signs deal with Russian Emergency Situations Ministry to “exchange experts”

Paul Joseph Watson
July 1, 2013

As part of a deal signed last week in Washington DC between the Russian Emergency Situations Ministry and FEMA, Russian officials will provide “security at mass events” in the United States, a scenario that won’t sit well with Americans wary of foreign assets operating on US soil.

Russian troops. Image: Wikimedia Commons

According to a press release by the Ministry of the Russian Federation for Civil Defense and Emergencies, US and Russian officials met on June 25 at the 17th Joint U.S.-Russia Cooperation Committee on Emergency Situations.

In addition to agreeing with FEMA to “exchange experts during joint rescue operations in major disasters,” the Russian Emergency Situations Ministry will also be providing “security at mass events” in the United States.

This suggests that events designated as “National Special Security Events” by the Department of Homeland Security, which include the Super Bowl, international summits such as the G8 and presidential inaugurations, will now rely partly on Russian authorities to provide security.

The meeting last week also agreed on the conclusion that US and Russian emergency authorities will increase their co-operation, “in order to respond efficiently to all kinds of disasters.”

The use of foreign troops or other officials in a law enforcement capacity providing “security” inside the United States is illegal under Posse Comitatus. Capt. William Geddes of the U.S. Army Reserve acknowledged last year that it is against federal law to use US troops to conduct police patrols, despite the fact that such occurrences are becoming increasingly common. The use of foreign troops is an even more clear cut violation of Posse Comitatus.

Last year we reported on how Russian troops were invited to the US as part of a Fort Carson, Colorado drill focused around anti-terror training. Aside from learning how to target terrorists in America, the Russian soldiers were also out in the local community attending a baseball game in Colorado Springs.

As Mac Slavo writes, “Rumors have circulated for years about the possibility of foreign troops being deployed on U.S. soil in the event of a widespread declaration of a national emergency. For quite some time there have been anecdotal reports to support the claim that the U.N., Russia and other nations would be used in a policing capacity should some critical event befall our nation.”

“The fear should such a scenario take place has been that these soldiers would act under the banner of their own flags, ignoring the fundamental protections afforded to our citizens, leaving Americans under the jurisdiction of people who don’t speak our language or respect our fundamental rights to self defense, to be secure in our homes, and to be presumed innocent in the eyes of the law.”

Concerns about foreign troops being used on US soil have lingered ever since the release of State Department Publication 7277, which is a blueprint for the harmonization of US and Russian forces under a framework of United Nations-led global government.

Back in 2008 it was also reported that US and Canadian authorities had signed an agreement that would pave the way to using each other’s militaries on both sides of the border “during an emergency”.

Alex Jones has documented foreign troops being trained on U.S. soil to deal with “insurgents” since the late 1990′s as part of “urban warfare drills”.

Back in July 2010, our reporters covered the Operation Vigilant Guard exercises in Chicago which involved Polish troops training alongside U.S. National Guard troops in drills focused around raiding terrorists and drug dealers.

According to SFC Mark Ballard of the Illinois National Guard, the Polish forces were “integrating into some of the civil military units that are participating in this exercise” as part of Illinois’ partnership with the Republic of Poland, a relationship based around “integrative training” and blending military and civilian forces in the event of a national emergency, as well as making this process of integration with foreign troops more “visible”.





FEMA denies report of Russian forces providing security at US events

Paul Joseph Watson
July 3, 2013

FEMA’s denial of a report that suggested Russian forces would be operating inside the United States at “mass events” ignores the manifestly provable fact that Russian and other foreign troops are already active inside the US and have been for at least two decades.

Russian troops training on US soil.

The federal agency was forced to deny a report published by Infowars on Monday which cited an official Russian government press release that detailed a plan for Russian authorities to be involved in the “provision of security at mass events” in the United States.

“There will be “no exchange of security or military personnel” under a recently renewed partnership between the US Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and Russia’s Emergency Situations Ministry, a FEMA spokesman told RIA Novosti.”

“The agreement continues information-sharing meetings and observation opportunities with first responders and emergency managers,” the spokesman said.

This contradicts a June 25 press release issued by the Ministry of the Russian Federation for Civil Defense and Emergencies which said that, “The Russian Emergency Situations Ministry and the USA Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) are going to exchange experts during joint rescue operations in major disasters,” a deal that would include the “provision of security at mass events.” The dictionary definition of the word ‘provision’ is “the providing or supplying of something.”

The admission that FEMA and Russian authorities would “exchange experts” who would be active “during joint rescue operations in major disasters” clearly contradicts the claim that the deal was only about information sharing. Either the press release was inaccurate or FEMA is lying.

The accuracy of the Infowars report was then muddied by it being connected with an unrelated hoax published by a known disinformation website which falsely claimed Obama had requested 15,000 Russian troops for an “upcoming disaster” in America.

Even if we accept FEMA’s denial that Russian forces will be in place at “mass events” in the US, the fact that Russian forces are already operating inside America is proven.

Last year we reported on how Russian troops were invited to the US as part of a Fort Carson, Colorado drill focused around anti-terror training. Aside from learning how to target terrorists in America, the Russian soldiers were also told to go out and mingle with the local community by attending a baseball game in Colorado Springs.

The Department of Defense subsequently confirmed that 20 Russian Spetsnaz troops were set to train on US soil for a period of three weeks as part of a “formal bilateral exchange program between the U.S. and Russia.” Images of Russian troops working with US soldiers at Fort Carson can be seen above.

The process of acclimatizing Americans to accept the presence of foreign troops on US soil has been ongoing since the release of State Department Publication 7277, which is a blueprint for the harmonization of US and Russian forces under a United Nations framework.

There are numerous other instances where foreign troops have been active on U.S. soil as part of security exchange programs.

- In 2008, US and Canadian authorities signed an agreement that paves the way to using each other’s militaries on both sides of the border “during an emergency”.

- During FEMA’s 2009 NLE exercise, foreign troops from Mexico, Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom were involved in a major exercise focused on “terrorism prevention and protection.”

- Back in July 2010, our reporters covered the Operation Vigilant Guard exercises in Chicago which involved Polish troops training alongside U.S. National Guard troops in drills focused around raiding terrorists and drug dealers.

- Alex Jones has documented foreign troops being trained on U.S. soil to deal with “insurgents” since the late 1990′s as part of “urban warfare drills”.

- Only last month, foreign troops from Canada, New Zealand and Japan as well as observers from Australia, Chile, Colombia, Israel, Mexico, Peru and Singapore took part in multi-lateral exercises with US Marines under the banner of Operation Dawn Blitz, during which foreign soldiers staged a mock invasion of a beach in Southern California and then “moved inland for additional training ashore.”

- In addition, as Frank Drover details, “Troops and personnel under the command of the United Nations have been training all over the United States in joint exercises that include policing operations and terrorist suppression.”

Drover cites a 1994 UN training mission named Agile Provider (watch the clip above), during which 44,000 blue helmeted UN troops from nations such as France and the Netherlands trained in Georgia, North and South Carolina, Arkansas, and Tennessee.

- There were also fresh eyewitness reports of UN troops arriving for exercises in Texas, Florida, Mississippi and Georgia as recently as May of this year.

Exercises involving foreign troops on US soil have become commonplace over the last 20 years as Americans become increasing acclimatized to seeing international forces prepared for involvement in domestic security operations, largely ignorant of the fact that this is a violation of the Posse Comitatus Act.



Written by  Alex Newman | The New American

July 4, 2013

Following outrage and controversy last year over the Obama administration’s unprecedented decision to invite Russian troops for terror drills on U.S. soil, the U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) is now under fire for signing more agreements to “cooperate” with Vladimir Putin’s Russian “Emergencies Ministry” (EMERCOM) in a wide array of fields. Among the controversial deals outlined in an official Russian press release: exchanging of “experts” and “experience,” “provision of security at mass events,” and “cooperation in disaster response operations.” Critics of the scheme reacted with a mixture of fury and deep concerns.

After the news was picked up in the alternative media, it quickly went viral, stirring widespread fears that Russian forces could be deployed inside the United States under the bogus guise of “security.” Officials from both governments rushed to deny the speculation, trying to downplay the agreements as merely routine international collaboration. However, it remains unclear why the American people would need or want any sort of “assistance” from the Russian government, which, despite the supposed fall of communist tyranny, is still widely regarded as a lawless gangster regime.

According to government press releases and statements by officials, the latest agreement between the Department of Homeland Security’s FEMA and the Russian Emergency Situations Ministry provides for “expert cooperation in disaster response operations” and further “study” of latest practices. “In addition, the parties approved of U.S.-Russian cooperation in this field in 2013-2014, which envisages exchange of experience including in monitoring and forecasting emergency situations, training of rescuers, development of mine-rescuing and provision of security at mass events,” continued a statement released by EMERCOM after the summit, adding that the level of cooperation between the two governments would continue to develop.

Apparently, protecting the planet from potential threats from space was on the agenda as well. “We have decided that the U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and Russia’s Emergencies Ministry will work together to develop systems to protect people and territory from cosmic impacts,” claimed Russian “Emergencies Minister” Vladimir Puchkov in a statement to journalists. “I believe we can make a technological breakthrough in this area if the Emergencies Ministry and FEMA supervise this project, attracting the finest minds and research groups including in Canada, Europe, China, and Southeast Asia.”

The extra-constitutional “agreements” were inked late last month in Washington, D.C., at the fourth annual meeting of the so-called “U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission Working Group on Emergency Situations.” The shady outfit, formed under the Obama administration, is one of almost two dozen similar “working groups” bringing together top U.S. and Russian officials. The bodies are cooperating on everything from the drug war and agriculture to terror, science, “rule of law,” health, environment, energy, nuclear issues, education, culture, media, business, arms control, and more, according to the U.S. State Department. The Senate has not ratified any of the international deals, as required by the Constitution.

“The [Emergency Situations] Working Group promotes enhanced U.S.-Russia cooperation in the field of emergency management,” the State Department says online about its controversial scheme. “In partnership with a wide range of U.S. and Russian agencies, including the Russian Ministry of Foreign Affairs and EMERCOM, the U.S. Departments of State, Homeland Security, Defense, FEMA, and the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) have conducted many joint-exercises, exchanges, and conferences with the goal of sharing best practices and improving emergency response capabilities.”

News about the most recent round of agreements between FEMA and EMERCOM first went viral after being reported by the alternative site Infowars, which has readership numbers that dwarf more than a few establishment media sources. Citing the EMERCOM government press release, reporter Paul Joseph Watson said the agreements suggested that some major public events in the United States could rely in part on authorities from Russia to provide security. As the report pointed out, that would be a violation of federal law — not to mention the Constitution.

Commenting on the FEMA deal with Russian authorities, popular conservative talk-radio host Michael Savage called for the arrest of responsible U.S. officials. “You know who FEMA is — don’t you? — the people with the camps ready for you,” he said on July 1, also suggesting that Russian troops would be providing “security” at events in the United States in violation of Posse Comitatus restrictions. Throughout the segment on the U.S.-Russia agreements, Savage continually referred to the Obama administration as a criminal regime that needed to be stopped.

“Many people fear that this government is getting ready for some major action against the people, they think that this gang that targeted its political enemies through the IRS and the NSA is getting ready to use foreign troops on our soil who will not hesitate to shoot to kill,” he continued. “This is illegal. Whoever signed it for the U.S. government should go to prison… This is what’s emerged under this criminal administration… Obama is a gangster — he’s running the country like he’s a gangster commander.”

The New American reached out to FEMA and other relevant U.S. agencies for comment through multiple channels, but officials did not respond to repeated requests. Instead, a spokesman for FEMA tried to downplay the bilateral “agreements” in a statement offered to Kremlin-funded media outlets, saying there would be “no exchange of security or military personnel” under the latest bilateral arrangement. “The agreement continues information-sharing meetings and observation opportunities with first responders and emergency managers,” the unidentified FEMA spokesman claimed, adding that the dubious “partnership” between U.S. and Russian authorities existed for 17 years.

In the 1950s, congressional investigator Norman Dodd was tasked with investigating the subversive activities of major tax-exempt foundations. As part of the project, Dodd said he spoke with Ford Foundation President Rowan Gaither, who reportedly told him that the immensely powerful institutions were working under White House directives. “The substance of the directives under which we operate is that we shall use our grant-making power to so alter life in the United States that we can be comfortably merged with the Soviet Union,” Gaither is widely quoted as having told Dodd.

Indeed, more than a few independent researchers came to similar conclusions. The Infowars report about the FEMA agreements, for example, cites State Department Publication 7277. Entitled Freedom From War: The United States Program for General and Complete Disarmament in a Peaceful World, this document was presented by the Kennedy administration to the United Nations in 1961. Long quoted by the John Birch Society and other opponents of world government, it outlines the official U.S. government policy to progressively disarm the world while strengthening the United Nations and the capabilities of its armed forces. The eventual goal, in essence, is to create a global government under the UN with a monopoly on force that would merge the “Free World” with the countries already enslaved under communist dictatorships.

While cooperation between Western governments and U.S. administrations has been steadily increasing since the supposed collapse of the communist Soviet Union, President Obama has increased the depth and scope of that “partnership” to unprecedented levels. Among the most stunning examples of Obama’s cozy relationship with Russian authorities: telling then-Russian President Dmitry Medvedev that after the 2012 election he would have “more flexibility,” continually praising the Russian government while cutting back America’s nuclear arsenal, defying Congress and federal law to send U.S. taxpayer money to the Russian military, inviting Russian troops to Colorado for terror drills, and more.

Of course, the controversial agreements between FEMA and EMERCOM make up just one small piece of the larger puzzle and the big picture. As The New American has documented extensively, the plan to foist a dictatorial one-world government on humanity has been in the works for many decades — likely more than a century, at least. Cooperation between the U.S. government and Russian authorities would obviously be central to the scheme. In recent years, the troubling trends have been accelerating quickly, and without a major outcry by the American people, there will be little standing in the way of the global establishment’s sinister plot.



Russian Special Forces are training with U.S. forces in Colorado starting May 2012.  The reason: to counter terrorists here in the U.S.  That’s a little frightening when you consider so many experts say the U.S. is on shaky ground financially.  What are they preparing for–a financial collapse in the United States perhaps?



Are America’s treasured National Parks being co-opted by the New World Order under the guise of designating them World Heritage Sites,thus allowing foreign troops and United Nations agencies to take over our country in a soft coup d’etat? A blogger has photographed heavily equipped armored vehicles carrying the “Special Response Team” logo in and around the Great Smoky Mountains National Heritage site in Gatlinburg,TN. (1) ”It is a deadly serious piece of equipment never before used inside the US until now,” says the blogger “Sherrie” who then adds,“The vehicles don’t come more heavily armored.”

Sherrie has put up several pictures of these in-country tanks which she said she saw on and near Interstate 75 when she was traveling back roads near Winchester,Richmond,KY,and lists Rt. # 627 as an area of interest. “This spot is (around) the US Army Chemical Depot” which covers 14,000 acres in Kentucky backwoods,” the blogger says on the video which the Liberty web site is putting up for general viewing. She mentions chemical weapons involving 523 tons of nerve agents and shows aerial photography of train tracks going up to several buildings in this compound! “I’m not sure what they are,” she says,positing the notion of a possible FEMA camp in the Kentucky woods.

Now in addition to sighting of MRAP vehicles,“Sherrie” tells readers that “Russians were stopping and questioning people in the Gatlinburg,Smoky Mountain Parks region.” She quotes a high ranking individual in a local area state militia organization who she says she trusts as being truthful. The scenario developed when these apparently foreign troops wearing DHS uniforms with the Eagle insignia tried to enter Tennessee from Kentucky. “They were NOT Americans. . .appeared to be Russian or Eastern European!”

The Tennessee State Guard is being formulated as part of the 22 state Governors’ Militia Organization of volunteers which answers only to the Governors,not to the Federal government. (2) What has developed is the confiscation of equipment belong to National Guard Units nationwide. Trucks and other equipment sent to Iraq are not being replaced or returned to the states by the federal government because it is “too expensive” to transport the vehicles and equipment back into the country. This has prompted 22 governors to form State Militia Units paid for by the states and thus kept out of the reach of the federal government. (2)

Has the Division of Homeland Security partnered with the United Nations One World military apparatus with a sleight of hand operation known as World Heritage Site designation? The observant blogger lists these US treasures also as being so designated:Statue of Liberty,Everglades,Mammoth Cave,Yellowstone,Yosemite,all former National Parks. Folks,this designation and UN involvement coincides with the ten region DHS map of the United States! Has this under-the-radar give away of America already taken place,thus allowing the constitutionally prohibited onus of foreign troops being stationed on American soil? What is your Congress doing about this?



Unprecedented drills cause consternation amongst conservatives

Paul Joseph Watson
Friday, April 27, 2012

The Department of Defense has confirmed foreign media reports that Russian troops are set to target terrorists on Americans soil as part of an unprecedented joint drill with the United States which will take place in Colorado next month.

As we reported yesterday, Airborne troops from Russia are set to take part in drills focused around targeting terrorists at Fort Carson between May 24 and May 31. The soldiers will also be mingling with the local community, attending a baseball game in Colorado Springs during their stay.

Although it marks the first time Russian troops will train on U.S. soil, soldiers from a plethora of different nations have been involved in similar drills for well over a decade.

“The Russian soldiers are here as invited guests of the U.S. government; this is part of a formal bilateral exchange program between the U.S. and Russia that seeks to develop transparency and promote defense reform,” Cmdr. Wendy L. Snyder, U.S. Defense Press Officer for policy, told The New American in an e-mail. “This is the first time that American and Russian special operations troops have participated in a bilateral exercise.”

“According to Snyder, the exercises — which she said would last about three weeks in all — will serve to train and improve skills related to terror-war fighting. About 20 Russian soldiers will be participating, with most of the training to take place on the Fort Carson, Colorado, Army base and a mountain training area several hours away.”

The presence of foreign troops on U.S. soil has long caused consternation with many on the American right for a number of reasons, both historical and contemporary, stretching right back to when the British called upon German Hessian soldiers during the Revolutionary War.

More modern fears revolve around global UN peacekeeping troops being used to quell unrest inside America, an issue touched upon by Henry Kissinger during the 1991 Bilderberg meeting when he stated, “Today Americans would be outraged if U.N. troops entered Los Angeles to restore order; tomorrow they will be grateful.”

Drills such as FEMA’s 2009 NLE exercise, during which foreign troops worked alongside U.S. authorities, have led to concerns that the federal government would be forced to rely on foreign mercenaries to restore order, confiscate weapons or even incarcerate citizens during a national emergency, because of the likelihood that Americans would refuse to carry out such orders against other Americans.

One of the primary reasons why this story hasn’t gone viral is because doubt was cast on the issue when a known disinformation outlet (European Union Times) decided to embellish the details by adding completely manufactured nonsense about Russian troops “seizing the CIA’s main computer facility in Denver, the NSA’s main computer facility in Bluffdale, Utah, and taking control of main runways and terminals of the Denver International Airport.”

Despite the fact that these claims come from a source who is notorious for making a living out of fooling people into believing bogus stories, Glenn Beck’s The Blaze website carried them without retraction.

This in turn poisoned the well and led some to believe that the drills themselves, which are completely confirmed and admitted, were a hoax.

The Department of Defense’s acknowledgment that the exercises as described in the initial media reports are indeed taking place will hopefully put an end to this confusion and allow focus to return to the question of why Russian troops are training to kill “terrorists” on U.S. soil.



By Eloise Lee    | Business Insider

Apr. 25, 2012

Russian soldiers

Russian paratroopers will meet up with American forces next month for an unprecedented military exercise in Colorado, according to RT News.

It’s the first time Russian service members will be invited into the United States for a joint drill.

A Russian airborne task force will “exercise with U.S. special service weapons,” an announcement by Russian Defense Ministry spokesperson Col. Aleksandr Kucherenko revealed.

The official purpose of the joint training is to practice airborne tactics and anti-terror operations, such as dropping into a hostile area and conducting a “terrorist camp raid.”

“Soldiers of the two countries will hold a tactical airborne operation, including reconnaissance of an imaginary terrorists’ camp and a raid,” said Kucherenko.

It’s worth noting the Russians will have access to U.S. military weapons training at the Army’s Fort Carson — “Home of America’s Best” — ahead of the scheduled May 24-31 drills. They’ll also be trained to understand and operate hardware used by U.S. forces in airborne missions including “parachuting, operation planning, reconnaissance, assault operations and evacuations by helicopter.”

This announcement comes at a time when Russia actually has troops working in cooperation with China.

A joint naval drill in the Yellow Sea is currently underway, with Xinhuanet reporting the military exercises are focused on sea-to-air defense, anti-submarine warfare, recovery of hijacked vessels and shooting down aerial, maritime and underwater targets.

With 25 vessels and 13 aircraft deployed for the drill, it’s reportedly one of the largest Russian-Sino drills in recent history. Xinhuanet reports:

Four Russian warships from the Pacific fleet, including the aircraft carrier Varyag are also participating in the drills. Missile destroyers, missile frigates, missile boats, a support vessel and a hospital ship gathered from China’s side for the drills.

But while Russia and China join forces for this week’s Yellow Sea exercise, America isn’t standing by idly. The U.S. military is conducting its own annual drills and war games in the Asia Pacific region — much to the displeasure of Chinese officials.


flikr/III Marine Expeditionary Force/MCI Pacific

Philippines and U.S. Marine Corps service members provide cover during a 2011 boat raid exercise.

Manuel Mogato at Reuters reports U.S. Marines, partnered with Philippine troops, took part in a drill simulating an “assault to retake a small island” — a little too close to reality for China, which has been embroiled in a dispute with the Philippines, and other neighbors, over contested territory around the South China Sea.

Mogato reports China warned that the US-Philippines war gaming would “raise the risk of armed conflict.”

But so far there’s no official word from Beijing about what it thinks of its Russian ally traipsing over to Colorado next month. Perhaps the Chinese government has a keen interest in the upcoming American-Russian drills and is keeping quiet for the sake of learning something from Russia following the U.S.-hosted exercises at Fort Carson.



By Patrick Goodenough

( – The U.S. may be troubled by Russian support for Syria’s Assad regime, freedom of expression violations and politically motivated prosecutions, but military-to-military cooperation continues, in line with the administration’s so-called “reset” of relations with the Kremlin.

For the third summer in a row, Russian Air Force personnel will join their American and Canadian counterparts in a joint counter-terror exercise beginning Monday, simulating a cooperative response to an aircraft hijacked by terrorists in international airspace.

Exercise “Vigilant Eagle” involves Russian, U.S. and Canadian personnel operating from command centers in the U.S. and Russia.

It is one of several exercises and exchanges agreed upon in a July 2009 agreement – an early product of the “reset” – signed by then chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Adm. Mike Mullen and his Russian counterpart, Gen. Nikolai Makarov, restoring joint activities that were halted by the Bush administration in response to the Russian invasion of Georgia in August 2008.

A statement by North American Aerospace Defense Command (NORAD) said the Aug. 27-29 exercise will simulate an international flight “originating in Alaska and traveling into Russian airspace followed by one originating in Russia and traveling into the U.S. airspace.”

“The basic premise is that a foreign-flagged commercial air carrier on an international flight has been seized by terrorists,” it said. “The aircraft will not respond to communications. The exercise scenario creates a situation that requires both the Russian Air Force and NORAD to launch or divert fighter aircraft to investigate and follow the aircraft. The exercise will focus on the cooperative hand-off of the aircraft between fighter aircraft of the participating nations.”

NORAD said the exercise was part of an initiative aimed at transforming the relationship between the U.S. and Russian militaries and improving cooperation in preventing possible threats of air terrorism.

According to a Russian military spokesman, the exercise will involve personnel at NORAD headquarters at Peterson Air Force Base in Colorado Springs, Colo. and Elmendorf AFB in Anchorage, Ala., and at two Russian bases in the country’s Far East.

Other initiatives to come out of the 2009 U.S.-Russia agreement included strategic discussions between U.S. Joint Staff and Russian General Staff, orientation for Russian military cadets at the U.S. Military Academy at West Point, other military academy faculty visits and a naval war game.

“As global powers, the United States and Russia have a special responsibility for ensuring peace and stability in the world,” the White House said in a statement at the time.

“Reestablishing our military-to-military bonds will enhance transparency, establish clear paths of communication, and focus our collective efforts on today’s global strategic challenges.”

In recent weeks U.S. officials have expressed strong concerns about Russian policies at home and abroad since Putin began this third presidential term in May, particularly its decision to join China in vetoing – for a third time – a U.N. Security Council resolution responding to the crisis in Syria.

State Department spokesman have also spoken out about “the democratic trend in Russia,” including prosecutions of opposition figures and “cases where freedom of expression has been squelched,” such as the jailing of members of the anti-Putin rock group, Pussy Riot.



BRUSSELS, January 16, 2013

(Itar-Tass) – Russia and NATO will hold a number of joint exercises and training sessions in 2013, Colonel-General Valery Gerasimov, Chief of the General Staff of the Armed Forces of the Russian Federation, told reporters after the meeting of the Russia-NATO Council at the level of Chiefs of General Staff on Wednesday.

He said their aim will be to drill practical interaction in logistics and fighting terrorism and also rescue on the high seas.

Supplying army contingents with fuel, foodstuffs and other resources will be drilled in the exercise in Slovakia in summer. Russia will also take part in NATO exercise scheduled for the second half of 2013 aimed for training in fighting terrorism on air transport, Gerasimov said.

He said the plan of military cooperation in 2013 was adopted at the meeting of the Russia-NATO Council at the level of Chiefs of General Staff on Wednesday. “We will continue cooperation in the fight against terrorism and piracy and in search and rescue on the high seas, in logistics and military-academic exchange,” he said.



Sovereignty apparently set aside as agency exempted from law

by Bob Unruh | World Net Daily

A little-discussed executive order from President Obama giving foreign cops new police powers in the United States by exempting them from such drudgery as compliance with the Freedom of Information Act is raising alarm among commentators who say INTERPOL already had most of the same privileges as diplomats.

At David Horowitz’s Newsreal, Michael van der Galien said the issue is Obama’s expansion of President Ronald Reagan’s order from 1983 that originally granted those diplomatic privileges.

Reagan’s order carried certain exemptions requiring that INTERPOL operations be subject to several U.S. laws such as the Freedom of Information Act. Obama, however, removed those restrictions in his Dec. 16 amendment to Executive Order 12425.

That means, van der Galien wrote today, “this foreign law enforcement organization can operate free of an important safeguard against government and abuse.”

“‘Property and assets,’ including the organization’s records, cannot be searched or seized. Their physical locations are now immune from U.S. legal or investigative authorities,” he wrote.

Obama’s order said he was removing the Reagan limitations on INTERPOL:


“By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including section 1 of the International Organizations Immunities Act (22 U.S.C. 288), and in order to extend the appropriate privileges, exemptions, and immunities to the International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL), it is hereby ordered that Executive Order 12425 of June 16, 1983, as amended, is further amended by deleting from the first sentence the words “except those provided by Section 2(c), Section 3, Section 4, Section 5, and Section 6 of that Act” and the semicolon that immediately precedes them,” he wrote.

At the website, authors Steve Schippert and Clyde Middleton gave their interpretation of the result.

“In light of what we know and can observe, it is our logical conclusion that President Obama’s Executive Order amending President Ronald Reagans’ 1983 EO 12425 and placing INTERPOL above the United States Constitution and beyond the legal reach of our own top law enforcement is a precursor to more damaging moves,” they wrote.

“When the paths on the road map converge – Iraq withdrawal, Guantánamo closure, perceived American image improved internationally, and an empowered INTERPOL in the United States – it is probable that President Barack Obama will once again make America a signatory to the International Criminal Court. It will be a move that surrenders American sovereignty to an international body whose INTERPOL enforcement arm has already been elevated above the Constitution and American domestic law enforcement,” they said.

“For an added and disturbing wrinkle, INTERPOL’s central operations office in the United States is within our own Justice Department offices. They are American law enforcement officers working under the aegis of INTERPOL within our own Justice Department. That they now operate with full diplomatic immunity and with ‘inviolable archives’ from within our own buildings should send red flags soaring into the clouds,” they said.

“Ultimately, a detailed verbal explanation is due the American public from the President of the United States detailing why an international law enforcement arm assisting a court we are not a signatory to has been elevated above our Constitution upon our soil.”

International Criminal Court

Records show that the original order designated INTERPOL as a public international organization. Reagan had extended “appropriate privileges, exemptions, and immunities,” but kept it subject to searches and seizures under appropriate legal circumstances.

Obama’s decision, analysts have concluded, exempted Interpol from all restrictions.

“This international law enforcement body now operates – now operates – on American soil beyond the reach of our own top law enforcement arm, the FBI, and is immune from Freedom Of Information Act (FOIA) requests,” ThreatsWatch reported.

At the Patriot Room, it was explained there is a reason for a certain level of immunity.

“Before we get our knickers in a bunch, there is logic to this immunity. While we like our Constitution and laws, other countries like their Constitution and laws. It doesn’t matter if the concept of personal freedom is more expansive here. If we expect immunity in their country, we have to extend it to them here.”

But with Obama’s change, “It means that we have an international police force authorized to act within the United States that is no longer subject to 4th Amendment Search and Seizure.”

Anthony Martin at the Examiner noted the international agency now can operate in the U.S. will “full immunity” from U.S. laws and “with complete independence from oversight from the FBI.”

At National Review Andy McCarthy asked, “Why would we elevate an international police force above American law? Why would we immunize an international police force from the limitations that constrain the FBI and other American law-enforcement agencies? Why is it suddenly necessary to have, within the Justice Department, a repository for stashing government files which, therefore, will be beyond the ability of Congress, American law-enforcement, the media, and the American people to scrutinize?”

At UNDispatch, which is a blog on the United Nations, Mark Leon Goldberg, who explained he worked at Interpol’s headquarters in France in 2002, said there isn’t much danger of INTERPOL agents whisking Americans off to jail. But he confirmed, “As to the specific reason why the Obama administration would decide, last week, to extend to INTERPOL the same suite of diplomatic privileges that are typically accorded to international organizations? I don’t have a good answer for that. My sense is that it probably has something to with the accessibility of INTERPOL’s secure criminal databases (on things like stolen passports and the like).”

But the Obama critics at the Obamafile weren’t convinced.

“By this EO, Obama has conferred diplomatic immunity upon INTERPOL, exemption from being subject to search and seizure by law enforcement, exemption from U.S. taxes, and immunity from FOIA requests, etc. … Does INTERPOL have a file on Obama – or his associations?”


For Immediate Release
December 17, 2009

Executive Order 13524 — Amending Executive Order 12425

– – – – – – -

By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including section 1 of the International Organizations Immunities Act (22 U.S.C. 288), and in order to extend the appropriate privileges, exemptions, and immunities to the International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL), it is hereby ordered that Executive Order 12425 of June 16, 1983, as amended, is further amended by deleting from the first sentence the words “except those provided by Section 2(c), Section 3, Section 4, Section 5, and Section 6 of that Act” and the semicolon that immediately precedes them.


December 16, 2009.



By Dave Hodges | The Common Sense Show

July 8, 2013

I am stunned and shocked at the brass of the Obama administration as they have just announced the completion of a formal bilateral exchange program between the US and Russia that seeks to “develop transparency and promote defense reform.”

The extra-constitutional “agreements”(that means illegal agreements) were inked late last month in Washington, D.C., at the fourth annual meeting of the illegally created “U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission Working Group on Emergency Situations.” This extra-governmental organization, formed under the Obama administration, is one of almost two dozen similar “working groups” bringing together top U.S. and Russian officials. These two bodies are cooperating on everything from the drug war and agriculture to terror, science, “rule of law” (could that be code for martial law?), health, environment, energy, nuclear issues, education, culture, media, business, arms control, and more, according to the U.S. State Department. The Senate has not ratified any of the international deals, as required by the Constitution of the United States. And as such, this is an illegal agreement. However, this is not just an illegal agreement, IT CONSTITUTES TREASON AGAINST THE AMERICAN PEOPLE.

The agreement calls for Russian troops to engage in policing activities at American public events on American soil.

The Giveaway of the US Is Beginning to Crystallize

Last year, I reported that Russia, through the traitorous cooperation and complicity of President Obama, is positioning its assets in order to attack Alaska. I was wrong in relation to the scope of my reporting. I was not wrong because Obama isn’t doing exactly what I said he was doing.You see, it is not just Alaska that Obama wants to give away, it is the entire country.

I do not want to mince words, Obama is preparing to subjugate the entire country. This is a purposeful act and Obama, his Cabinet and FEMA are making conscious decisions to destroy the sovereignty of this country.

Before I review the many elements of the planned Russian “surprise attack”, it is important for America to understand that it takes a communist to bring communism to America. Obama was bred by communists, raised by communists, educated at the finest schools with communist money, his political career was launched by communists and his controllers in the White House are communists. Obama is the lynchpin of a multigenerational plan to hand America over to the Russians and to the Chinese communists. Click on the hypertext links in this paragraph to read the proof of what I speak.

Obama did not just wake up one day and decide to weaken American defenses and hand over the country to the Russian communists. Obama was groomed for this position for the past several years. He is indeed the right communist, at the right time, whose mission is to bring America the most crippling form of communism the world has ever seen.

Public Perception Has Changed in Nine Months

Since October of 2012, I have been screaming at the top of my lungs that there were dangerous numbers of Russian troops on American soil. And this was occurring as Russian and the United States were inching closer to war over Syria and Iran and this is still a possibility.

The Russians have previously threatened to nuke America if it invades either Syria or Iran after threatening the Petrodollar scheme through the buying of oil from Iran in exchange for Gold. The Chinese have made multiple threats to the same tune. Knowing that this is all true, why in the world would FEMA make a deal with Russian troops to operate on American soil?

The Bilateral Agreement: A Wolf In Sheep’s Clothing

Ostensibly, the Russian troops are only here to offer “assistance” to FEMA during emergencies, disasters and to participate in “regular” policing activities. According to media reports, 15,000 Russian troops have been requested by the Obama administration for this “training” exercise on American soil. Training for what? The government says they are training for a massive influx of illegal aliens. News flash for Obama, the illegals are already here and there are 30 million of them. The other FEMA excuse we hear is that the Russians will be trained to interact with the American public in preparation for some future unknown natural disaster. What disaster would that be? Would it be the roll out of martial law, gun confiscation or the evacuation of the Gulf? Substitute the word Hessian for Russian and their purpose becomes crystal clear.

The Red Dawn Smokescreen

This bilateral FEMA agreement is nothing but a smokescreen. The Russian troops have been in Alaska and in their little enclaves for years.

This depiction is on the wall at Denver International Airport. Doesn’t soldier armed with an AK-47, overseeing a cataclysm, look like a Russian soldier?

According to the locals who have contacted me, the Russians walk freely in Alaskan cities in full view of the residents. Amanda Mitchell, from Ketchikan, Alaska, has seen Russian troops in full uniform walking the streets of her town. The people are afraid of them. The Russians keep to themselves and don’t interact with the locals. Since I first wrote about this, I have been contacted by people in Fairbanks, Juneau and the outlying northern areas with similar reports. Most of the people who have contacted me are to cowardly to allow me to use their names, but people like Amanda Mitchell are not and neither is Dr. Susan Helman of Gatlinburg, TN.

Dr. Helman was on my talk show three weeks ago and reported on young Russians (20′s and 30′s) who live in Russian enclaves in her town and do not interact with the locals, yet they speak perfect English and unlike most immigrant groups, there are no English speaking stragglers. In other words, these young Russians are plants and are being pre-positioned for assignment when the time is right. Things are so bad in Helman’s town, that she sees unmarked helicopters landing on the grass adjacent to her home which borders a golf course.

Then there is Sherrie Wilcox of Knoxville,TN. Sherrie has seen and photographed DHS armored vehicles back in March with Russian soldiers manning the vehicles in eastern Tennessee and Western Kentucky. I have reports from dozens of citizens from around the country who have sighted Russian soldiers in places as innocuous as at a Walmart in Houston.

Julie Telegenhoff, owner of the popular Facebook site A Sheep No More, sent me a Youtube video of Russian troops in California. Mark Stephens, a marine corps veteran sent me reports of Russian troops operating in and around Twenty Nine Palms, California.

The Russians are not coming into the country under a bilateral agreement with FEMA, they are here and they have been here for a long time.

Obama Has Given Away American Territory to Russia

Giving away these islands constitutes a blatant act of treason.

Obama is not just a traitor for bringing in Russian troops to police Americans, his treason started much earlier. Obama has given away seven strategic, oil-rich Alaskan islands to the Russians at a time when we could be going to war with Russia. At minimum, the oil, alone, from these Islands should be considered to be a military asset. I remain very concerned that these seven islands in the Arctic Ocean and Bering Sea could also be used as a military staging area from which to invade Alaska and defend its new claims of the mineral rich resources at the North Pole.

Russian troops began carrying out joint anti-terrorism drills in America since in May of 2012. What terrorists could they be practicing for? The influx of Russian soldiers maybe began just as a trickle with a couple of dozen of Russians stationed at Fort Carson. However, with the FEMA bilateral agreement, it is clear the floodgates are ready to burst wide open and Obama’s treachery is fully exposed.


There will be no “I told you so.” Things are too dire for us to resort to petty ego battles. It can now truthfully be said that America is indeed an occupied nation. If you are of the mindset that these Russian troops are here because they will have no compunction to shoot Americans for failure to comply with gun confiscation or mass deportation activities. I have no proof that this is what they are doing, but it is clear to me that the Russians are likely going to be used as death squads. These Russian soldiers certainly did not come to this country to improve our ice hockey skills.

My advice to my fellow citizens is to disobey every Russian soldier and their commands at any event that Americans attend. Ignore them, they have no authority. If they bark orders at you, spit on their Russian boots and tell them to get out of our country and go back to Russia and continue abusing their own citizens, where they also murder their journalists. Obama has proven we do not Russia’s help in murdering our journalists, we are doing quite a fine job of that ourselves, just ask the Hastings and Breitbart families.

The Russians are our enemy and always will be.



by Dave Hodges | The Common Sense Show

July 8, 2013

Some Americans are over 30 years behind the times. Some think the Cold War is over. The Cold War starts and stops when the Wall Street Banksters say so.

The recent  U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission Working Group on Emergency Situations.”which permits Russian soldiers on American soil is a smokescreen. Russian troops have been here for some time. And the Russian troops are in this country because a higher force wants them here. The Russians are needed to carry out some specific purpose. Putin is not calling the shots. The Russians are puppets and nothing more. Russia and communism have always served a contrived purpose. It is not a political movement borne out desperation and purpose. Communism is a fabricated enemy designed to promote a fabricated, dichotomous conflict for profit. 

Meet the Wall Street Bolsheviks

Communism dictatorships and in particular, the Bolshevik Revolution, owe their origins to Wall Street. The Cold War was a creation of Wall Street controlled defense contractors and a president once alluded to it. In his farewell address, Eisenhower stated that the US government formerly functioned to solely “…keep the peace, to foster progress in human achievement, and to enhance liberty, dignity and integrity among people and among nations….In the councils of government, we must warn against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.” The Wall Street Banksters are determining every move. Here we had an outgoing President telling us how bad things were and how much worse they could get, and the people did nothing. To some, Ike must have looked like a nutty conspiracy theorist following his farewell address.

In 1961, JFK warned the people about the “covert” strategies of “secret societies” and their “repugnant tactics to “subvert” our way of life. JFK was murdered and the people did nothing.

George Bush I proclaimed that the first Gulf War would see the ushering in of the “New World Order.” We begin to fight elective wars of foreign occupation on behalf of the military industrial complex, of which oil corporations are a part of, and the people still did nothing.

Bill Clinton and Al Gore once sold missile technology to the Chinese communists in exchange for campaign donations in a brazen act of treason. This was even exposed in the mainstream media by the Republicans and the people still did nothing.

George Bush II once said, “Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists.” And then he proceeded to install the largest police state surveillance grid in the history of the world in the name of fighting al-Qaeda. Now, our government is siding with the terrorists. We funded and armed al-Qaeda to overthrow Libya on behalf of the international bankers. We are presently funding al-Qaeda in Syria. Yet, according to Bush, al-Qaeda killed 3,000 people at the World Trade Center on 9/11. The Mujahedeen, led by Osama Bin Laden, was created and supplied by the CIA to fend off the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan. Then they ostensibly carried out 9/11 and despite these contradictions and obvious lies, the people did nothing.

Every  conflict, every crisis, is the result of contrived action on the part of the banksters. Ike had it nailed over 50 years ago..

All sides of nearly every conflict are funded by the same source. How many of you hate an individual in Iraq, Afghanistan, Syria, Iran, Russia, China or North Korea? But you are conditioned to hate them and then kill them when told to do so. Your children will willingly go and kill or be killed by people from these nations without personally knowing the “enemy” or understanding what they are fighting for. The coming war, both the Civil War II and WWIII, will involve strangers killing strangers for reasons which makes no sense. It only makes sense when you realize that all sides are merely pieces on a chess board being controlled by the banksters to further their greedy ambitions related to power and wealth. There is nobody they will not use to this end.

No tree has branches so foolish as to fight amongst themselves.

Ojibwa Indian saying

The Russians are not coming, they are here. Despite government documented, publicly reported evidence demonstrating that Russian troops are in the country, there are those that refuse to acknowledge that the Russians have a presence in this country.  

Saving What We Can

Whether we realize it or not, the alternative media is performing triage on America. Triage is “the sorting of and allocation of treatment to patients and especially battle and disaster victims according to a system of priorities designed to maximize the number of survivors.”  Triage is most often used to focus on saving those who have the best chance for survival and not waste resources on those that are not likely to be saved.

Those of us that see the unfolding tyranny, are baffled by the abject ignorance that we see from many of our fellow Americans. Present day Americans can be divided into three groups, the aware, those that have a chance to become aware and those who will remain hopelessly unaware.

The first group, the least numerous of the three groups, have varying degrees of awareness and some will survive because they will act based upon their knowledge and experience.  Many have become informational missionaries in that they selflessly attempt to educate the unaware as to the dangers we face and will face.

The second group consists of Americans who know that something is terribly wrong but are conditioned that there could never be a conspiracy theory that was valid and most of these people will perish because this belief.

The truth is that the vast majority of Americans are dead from the neck up and they cannot be saved. This third group will continue to clutch on to their precious material holdings up until the time they meet their untimely and collective end at the hands of the globalists who have proclaimed that they are intent on a 90% population reduction.

Most of us in the alternative media have dedicated their lives to waking up America. However, time is short and we cannot waste precious resources on those that are so blind that they will not see. Every week, I have conversations with my colleagues in the alternative media who are profoundly discouraged about how badly we are losing and how hopelessly ignorant most people are.

Some in the resistance have left the country. Others have just given up on educating a dumbed down population. Most of us go through vacillating feelings of a desire to serve humanity and wanting to withdraw because we are losing ground and it feels like our efforts are for naught.  

We need to come the realization that we cannot save everyone, or even most. Therefore, we need to tailor our message for those who know something is wrong, but aren’t sure exactly what. For there will come a time when those who are unprepared are on the other side of the fence and when they reach out, the rest of us will have to say “I know you not.”

Why Are They Here?

Since we now have two official admissions that Russian troops are in the country training to “police” Americans, what do the rest of you think about what they are really doing here? Does anyone really believe that nonsense that our police need so much help that FEMA has to import 15,000 soldiers to begin to assist in these efforts? Does that explanation make any sense? In short, the reasons given are absolutely ludicrous.

If Russians are not here to “police,” then what is their purpose?  Certainly gun confiscation comes to mind. If some Americans resist, Russians would presumably be more likely to use lethal force. The stories of death squads are rampant and perhaps this is their purpose. Or, maybe it is both. Either way, our way of life is changing before our eyes and it is about to get dramatically worse. And even when the government admits to the presence of Russian troops on our soil, most of the flock still won’t believe it. Consequently, save who you can in the time we have left.



And will help revive nuclear talks as well

By Adam Chandler|

July 24, 2013



If you make a deal to buy a Russian air defense system–like Syria did–Vladimir Putin will keep his promise [1] to get the system delivered, even if the entire world begs him not to.

Or if your country is facing crippling sanctions because it’s building an illicit nuclear program that the international community vehemently opposes–like Iran is–don’t worry, Putin will come visit and lend a hand in reviving the fruitless negotiations over the program. And, for the right price, Putin will even sell you a sophisticated air defense system…you know…for good luck.

Russia Today reported that part of the reason behind Putin’s trip is to “offer Iran to purchase S-300VM Antey-2500 air defense systems, according to defense industry sources.” The anti-ballistic missile and anti-aircraft system has an operational range of 200 kilometers and an estimated price tag of $120 million.

According to the Russian news site, the sale of S-300s is “meant to convince Tehran to revoke its complaint against Russia over the canceled deal to deliver five batteries of S-300 antimissiles, which was signed in 2007 but scrapped in 2010 when then-Russian President Dmitry Medvedev signed a law limiting Russia’s military cooperation with Iran.”

The air defense system, like the one set to arrive in Syria, has been described as a “game-changer” by Israeli officials.



JULY 14, 2013

MOSCOW (AP) — President Vladimir Putin on Tuesday watched Russia’s biggest military maneuvers since Soviet times, involving 160,000 troops and about 5,000 tanks across Siberia and the far eastern region in a massive show of the nation’s resurgent military might.

Dozens of Russia’s Pacific Fleet ships and 130 combat aircraft also took part in the exercise, which began on Friday and continue through this week. Putin watched some of the drills on Sakhalin Island in the Pacific, where thousands of troops were ferried and airlifted from the mainland.

Russia’s Deputy Defense Minister Anatoly Antonov assured foreign military attaches on Monday that the exercise was part of regular combat training and wasn’t directed against any particular nation, though some analysts believe the show of force was aimed at China and Japan.

Konstantin Sivkov, a retired officer of the Russian military’s General Staff, told the daily Nezavisimaya Gazeta that the Sakhalin part of the maneuvers was intended to simulate a response to a hypothetical attack by Japanese and U.S. forces.

Russia and Japan have a dispute over a group of Pacific islands, which Russia calls the Kurils and Japan calls the Northern Territories.

The islands off the northeastern tip of Japan’s Hokkaido Island were seized by Soviet troops in the closing days of World War II. They are surrounded by rich fishing grounds and are believed to have offshore oil and natural gas reserves and other mineral resources.

Antonov said that Russia had warned its neighbors about the exercise before it started, and provided particularly detailed information to China in line with an agreement that envisages a mutual exchange of data about military activities along the 4,300-kilometer (2,700-mile) border.

The two Cold war-era rivals have forged what they described as a “strategic partnership” after the 1991 Soviet collapse, developing close political, economic and military ties in a shared aspiration to counter U.S. power around the world.

Russia has supplied sophisticated weapons to China, and the neighbors have conducted joint military drills, most recently a naval exercise in the Sea of Japan earlier this month.

But despite close economic ties and military cooperation, many in Russia have felt increasingly uneasy about the growing might of its giant eastern neighbor.

Some fear that Russia’s continuing population decline and a relative weakness of its conventional forces compared to the Chinese People’s Liberation Army could one day tempt China to grab some territory.

Russia and China had territorial disputes for centuries. Relations between Communist China and the Soviet Union ruptured in the 1960s, and the two giants fought a brief border conflict in 1969.

Moscow and Beijing signed a new border treaty in 2004, which saw Russia yielding control over several islands in the Amur River. Some in Russia’s sparsely populated far east feared that the concessions could tease China’s appetite.

Alexander Khramchikhin, an independent Moscow-based military analyst, said that the massive exercise held in the areas along the border with China was clearly aimed at Beijing.

“It’s quite obvious that the land part of the exercise is directed at China, while the sea and island part of it is aimed at Japan,” he said.

Khramchikhin, who recently posted an article painting a grim picture of Russia being quickly routed in a surprise Chinese attack, said that the war games were intended to discourage China from harboring expansionist plots.

“China may now think that Russia has finally become more aware of what could happen,” he said, describing the exercise as a sobering signal.

The maneuvers are part of recent efforts to boost the military’s mobility and combat readiness after years of post-Soviet decline, but they have far exceeded previous drills in both numbers and territorial scope.

As part of the war games held across several time zones, some army units deployed to areas thousands of kilometers away from their bases. Paratroopers were flown across Russia in long-range transport planes, and some units were ferried to Sakhalin under escort of navy ships and fighter jets.

A decade of post-Soviet economic meltdown has badly crippled Russia’s military capability, grounding jets and leaving navy ships rusting in harbors for lack of funds to conduct training. Massive corruption and vicious bullying of young conscripts by older soldiers have eroded morale and encouraged widespread draft-dodging.

The weakness of the once-proud military was shown in two separatist wars in Chechnya when Russian troops suffered heavy losses at the hands of lightly armed rebels.

The Russian military won a quick victory in a war with Georgia’s small military in August 2008, but the five-day conflict also revealed that the military had trouble quickly deploying its forces to the area. The shortage of precision weapons and modern communications were also apparent.

The Kremlin responded by launching a military reform intended to turn the bloated military into a more modern and agile force.

The government also has unveiled an ambitious arms modernization program that envisages spending over 20 trillion rubles (over $615 billion) on new weapons through 2020.

Some military analysts cautioned, however, that the rearmament effort was badly planned and might not be sufficient to reverse the military’s decline. “This program is clearly insufficient,” Khramchikhin said.



By Ben McGrath | Global Research
July 16, 2013

The joint exercise conducted by China and Russia from July 8–10, in Peter the Great Bay, off the coast of Vladivostok, was the largest ever between China and another nation. It demonstrated the growing relationship between the two countries, aimed at countering the US “pivot to Asia,” which includes deploying 60 percent of American naval and air forces to the Asia-Pacific as part of a drive to confront China.

The “Joint-Sea 2013” exercise involved 11 surface ships and one submarine from Russia, including the Varyag, a guided-missile cruiser and the flagship of the Russian Pacific Fleet, and seven Chinese ships, all newly built in the 2000s. China’s contingent consisted of four destroyers, two guided missile frigates and a support ship. The commander of the Chinese fleet, Major General Yang Junfei, said it was “our strongest lineup ever in a joint naval drill.”

The drills between the two navies were clearly aimed at repelling an attack from a hostile force, not dealing with terrorism or piracy as previous exercises have been presented. Chinese media outlets highlighted reports that the Chinese warships had more than 160 surface-to-air missiles, “enough to deal with the warplanes of a US aircraft carrier.” Russian SU-24 fighter-bombers simulated air strikes on the fleet, while Chinese and Russian vessels conducted anti-submarine drills against a Russian Kilo, reputed to be one of the quietest submarines in the world.

Russia and China plan to follow up the naval exercises with joint land/air drills, to be held between July 27 and August 15 in the Ural Mountain region of Chelyabinsk, ostensibly focusing on anti-terrorism.

Provocatively, the US and Japan held a joint air exercise on almost exactly the same dates, from July 8 to 12, in the airspace around Hokkaido. The drills were designed to send a message to China and Russia that American military dominance in the region would remain. The air drills involved eight F-15s and eight F-16s from each country and continued 24 hours a day. Japanese officials admitted that the exercises were monitoring the “entire process” of the Russo-Chinese naval drills.

This is just the latest in a long line of US provocations. Despite the claim that China is a growing military threat in the region, it is the US that is using its superior military might in a bid to arrest its relative economic decline while trying to undermine China’s influence. In April, Washington flew nuclear-capable B-2 and B-52 strategic bombers to the Korean peninsula in the midst of sharp tensions with North Korea, China’s ally, over its nuclear programs.

Last month, Japan and the US conducted a two-week joint exercise in California, codenamed “Dawn Blitz,” with a scenario of retaking an island. China called for the exercise to be cancelled but was ignored. With China and Japan locked in a tense dispute over the Senkakus/Diaoyu islands in the East China Sea, the Obama administration sent a thinly-veiled message to Beijing that Washington will back Japan against China if war breaks out over the islets.

Russia and China have developed a closer relationship in response to the growing US threats. Ever since the US-led invasion of Afghanistan in 2001, Russia and China have developed the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SEO) to counter the US intervention into the Central Asia region. The regional rivalry was evident when Washington backed the former Soviet republic of Georgia against Russia, leading to a brief regional war in 2008.

In March, Chinese President Xi Jinping made Russia his first stop during his first foreign visit as president, in order to emphasise the “top priority” of the “special relationship” with Russian President Vladimir Putin’s regime. Xi was the first foreign leader to be invited into Moscow’s military command centre, where he was reportedly shown a computer simulation of how the US missile defence system undermines global nuclear “balances.”

Beijing and Moscow have enhanced their strategic cooperation in recent weeks. This included signing a $270 billion deal to triple Russian oil shipments to China for the next 25 years. The supply will reach 46 million tonnes a year—or nearly one tenth of Russia’s current oil output. Russia is due to receive $70 billion as an immediate payment, because China is desperately seeking to secure energy supplies in the face of an increasingly overt American threat to cut off its shipping lanes via the “pivot” strategy.

In an attempt to bolster China as counterweight to the US, Russia also agreed to sell Beijing advanced weapon systems. China reportedly secured a deal last month to buy 100 of the latest SU-35 fighters from Russia. This aircraft is believed to be able to outperform any of its rivals, such as Japan’s F-15Js, except America’s most advanced F-22 stealth fighters.

Closer strategic ties between Russia and China are another clear sign that, by recklessly building up military capacities and alliances to confront the two countries, the U.S. is sowing the seeds for a new global conflagration.



Largest military exercise since cold war increases tensions

Paul Joseph Watson

July 18, 2013

The largest Russian military exercise since the cold war was a simulated response to a “hypothetical attack by Japanese and US forces,” according to Konstantin Sivkov, a retired officer of the Russian military’s General Staff.

Image: Wikimedia Commons

The wargames, which involved 130 combat aircraft, 70 ships, 5,000 tanks, 160,000 troops and 320 tons of equipment took place in Russia’s Far East near the border with China. The drill was the result of a “snap order” given by Vladimir Putin on Friday which tasked the Russian military to achieve full “combat readiness” in a short time frame.

“The Sakhalin part of the maneuvers was intended to simulate a response to a hypothetical attack by Japanese and US forces,” Konstantin Sivkov told BBC News.

The fact that the exercises targeted Japan is interesting given that Japan’s Air Self-Defense Force was forced to scramble jets to track the movement of two Russian bear bombers that flew near Japanese airspace and over the disputed Kuril Islands on Monday.

Although Russia denied that the drills were also aimed at China, independent Moscow-based military analyst Alexander Khramchikhin said that “the land part of the exercise is directed at China, while the sea and island part of it is aimed at Japan.”

Vladimir Putin, who personally witnessed the exercises, said he was proud of the outcome and that the drill displayed a “high degree” of combat readiness.

The sudden order that the drills take place in addition to the fact that they represent the largest such wargames since Soviet times has garnered relatively little press attention considering the unprecedented nature of the exercise.

With the US and Russia on the verge of a proxy war in Syria following Israel’s bombing of Russian weapons supplies earlier this month, tensions between the two superpowers are once again starting to simmer. America’s support for jihadist rebels has angered Russia, which firmly backs the Assad government and has a huge geopolitical stake in preventing its collapse.

The wargames took place amidst a Russian military build-up that has accelerated in recent years.

While the US military budget fell by 15% in 2013, Russia’s military expenditure is expected to soar nearly 60% over the next two years.

Back in May, Russian Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev called on the nation’s defense industry to provide “state-of-the-art weapons superior to their Western analogs.”

Russia is currently engaged in the largest military build-up since the cold war, including the development of a new missile defense radar in southern Russia designed to counter missiles launched from Europe, as part of maneuvers which pose, “a strategic threat to the United States and NATO allies,” according to US military officials.

Russia is also working on a new generation of nuclear intercontinental ballistic missiles called the Yars-M which “Russian officials say will be able to penetrate U.S. missile defenses.”



July 14th, 2013

Russian forces of the Eastern Military District began snap drills on July 12. According to Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu, initially 81,000 (already very large) troops were involved in the exercise but by this morning, that number had nearly doubled to 160,000 , with 1,000 tanks and armored vehicles, 130 aircraft and 70 warships from the Pacific Fleet.

Russian President Vladimir Putin ordered the snap drill on Friday evening and, according to RIA Novosti, it is the third such surprise combat readiness check since January, although by EIR’s count, it seems to actually be the fourth, with drills have been conducted by the Black Sea Fleet, the Central Military District and the air borne troops. There were also two air defense drills in May and June.

Putin issued the order from Prokhorovka, where he was visiting on the 70th anniversary of the Battle of Prokhorovka (July 13-17, 1943, main engagement July 12) – one of the biggest tank battles of all time (1000 tanks, with the famous T-34 starring), and a crucial event in the Soviet counteroffensive to the German Operation Citadel against the Kursk Salient, known overall as the Battle of Kursk. Russian TV showed military archeologists walking through the woods with metal detectors, showing how the Earth literally groans from the amount of metal still under the surface, from this battle.



New maneuvers follow largest military exercise since cold war

Paul Joseph Watson
July 23, 2013

Just days after it concluded the biggest military exercise since the cold war, Russia has ordered its missile forces to conduct a snap drill in order to ascertain the readiness of putting intercontinental ballistic missiles on “high-alert” within a short time frame.

Image: Wikimedia Commons

“The headquarters and two missile divisions of the Orenburg Missile Army in Russia’s Urals region have been put on high-alert as part of snap combat readiness drills,” reports RIA Novosti.

The drills, which will run until Saturday, involve the redeployment of missile units which include those armed with nuclear-capable Topol (SS-25 Sickle) intercontinental ballistic missiles and RS-20V Voyevoda (SS-18 Satan) ballistic missile systems.

“The goal of this snap check is to assess the ability of missile units to go on high-alert in required time and to evaluate their readiness to perform the designated tasks,” said Col. Igor Yegorov, a spokesman for the Defense Ministry.

The missile drills follow in the footsteps of a similar “snap order” given by Vladimir Putin which tasked the Russian military to achieve full “combat readiness” as quickly as possible. Last week’s exercise involved 130 combat aircraft, 70 ships, 5,000 tanks, 160,000 troops and 320 tons of equipment, making it the biggest such drill since the Soviet era.

According to Konstantin Sivkov, a retired officer of the Russian military’s General Staff, last week’s exercise “was intended to simulate a response to a hypothetical attack by Japanese and US forces,” although the drill received little attention from the US media.

Russia has dramatically stepped up its military spending, with arms industry expenditure expected to soar nearly 60% over the next two years while the US military budget is cut by 15 per cent.

Back in May, Russian Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev called on the nation’s defense industry to provide “state-of-the-art weapons superior to their Western analogs.”

Russia is currently engaged in the largest military build-up since the cold war, including the development of a new missile defense radar in southern Russia designed to counter missiles launched from Europe, as part of maneuvers which pose, “a strategic threat to the United States and NATO allies,” according to US military officials.

Russia is also working on a new generation of nuclear intercontinental ballistic missiles called the Yars-M which “Russian officials say will be able to penetrate U.S. missile defenses.”

With two snap drills taking place in the space of little over a week, some are concerned that Russia is gearing up for conflict following the announcement that Israel had bombed Russian-made weapons in Syria earlier this month.

With Barack Obama getting the green light from the House and Senate Intelligence Committees to arm jihadist rebels in Syria, a proxy war is developing as a result of Russia’s staunch support for President Bashar Al-Assad.




By Bill Gertz | Washington Times

June 26, 2013

The U.N. committee in charge of monitoring arms sanctions on North Korea concludes in a report that China provided six off-road vehicles that were converted into long-range missile launchers by Pyongyang’s military.

The Chinese-made transporter-erector launchers were first displayed at a military parade in Pyongyang last year as part of North Korea’s newest long-range strategic nuclear missile, the road-mobile KN-08 missile.

“On the basis of the information currently available, the panel considers it most likely that the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea deliberately breached the end-user guarantee that it officially provided to [China's] Wuhan and converted the WS51200 trucks into transporter-erector launchers,” says the annual report of a U.N. panel of analysts, dated June 11.

According to the report, Chinese officials told the United Nations that the six transporter-erector launchers were sold as “lumber transporters” and were manufactured by China’s Hubei Sanjiang Space Wanshan Special Vehicle Co., and that they could not be used for transporting missiles.

Other analysts say the disguised launcher transfers are typical of Chinese covert arms proliferation efforts.

A U.N. analysis of the launchers reveals that the launchers’ “fronts and sides, the fenders, the exhaust systems, fuel tanks and tires of the vehicles seen on parade exactly matched those of the WS51200 series advertised by Wanshan.”

An end-user document in the U.N. report purports to show that North Korea’s Forestry Ministry bought the six trucks through the Wuhan Sanjiang Import and Export Corp. in November 2010.

Other documents in the report from China show that the vehicles are described as WS51200 nonhighway trucks “with the longest body and largest payload mass of all such vehicles in China.”

“It was independently developed by the Ninth Academy of the China Aerospace Science and Industry Corp. and its recent successful delivery to the client has filled a gap in this sector in China,” the report states.

The China Aerospace Science and Industry Corp. is the Chinese military’s main mobile-missile producer.

The document, without naming North Korea, says the vehicle was “developed by the Wanshan Company of the Ninth Academy in accordance with the client’s needs, using the WS series heavy-duty chassis technology.”

Discovery of the North Korean KN-08 prompted the Pentagon to conduct a recent study that concluded the long-range missile threat to the United States has increase sharply. The Pentagon announced earlier this year that it is adding 14 new anti-missile interceptors to its missile defense system.

Richard Fisher, a specialist on the Chinese military who was one of the first analysts to confirm that the North Korean missile launchers are Chinese-made, said the U.N. report is “a defeat for the United Nations and a failure of American diplomacy because China escapes an appropriate accusation of violating U.N. sanctions against selling missile technology to North Korea.”

Mr. Fisher said China has been promoting the “falsehood” that the trucks were sold for use in hauling lumber.

“The Sanjiang Group of the China Aerospace Science and Industry Corp. designed the 16-wheel truck that was sold to North Korea for the specific purpose of transporting, erecting and launching large missiles,” Mr. Fisher said. “That a North Korean nuclear missile that can reach Anchorage, Alaska, is being carried by a Chinese made TEL is not the result of some ‘violation’ of a contract, but of a deliberate Chinese policy to help North Korea become a nuclear missile state.”

A State Department spokesman had no immediate comment.


Moscow’s response to President Obama‘s call for a new one-third reduction in deployed strategic nuclear warheads was met with a chilly response, according to recent statements by Russian officials.

Additionally, Russia’s Deputy Prime Minister Dmitri Rogozin, the key arms control official, announced Sunday that Russia is developing a new strategic “superweapon” to deal with its U.S. adversary.

“Today, we are experiencing a revolution in military science,” Mr. Rogozin told Russian television. “This revolution is connected with the rapid development of highly accurate means of destruction. These are cruise missiles and high-speed rocket weapons. In the future, there will be hypersonic weapons.”

According to the Russian official, military reaction times are much shorter than in the past, and the United States “adversary” has shown its capabilities against foreign militaries with precision strike weapons.

“Russia is analyzing the situation,” he said. “We are creating a weapon that could be called a superweapon. This is a weapon that will allow us to see the enemy sooner than he will see us and to inflict a blow on him, in retaliatory measures, that will be irreversible for him.” He did not elaborate.

Moscow’s new high-technology arms program includes “fundamentally, new type” weapons, Mr. Rogozin said. “We are moving to robotics we are moving to principles of fighting when one serviceman can fight for five people by using robotics and automated hardware.”

Russian President Vladimir Putin on June 20 also disclosed that Russia, following the Chinese military, is building state-of-the-art space weapons that would “guarantee [for] Russia the fulfillment of space defense tasks for the period until 2020.”

“It includes systems of missile and air attack warning, means of target detection and destruction,” Mr. Putin said. “Creating such a system needs detailed designing, effective construction and a careful analysis of threats and development plans for means of attack. And, of course, efficient coordination with other arms and services of the armed forces.”

By contrast, the Pentagon’s new guidance on nuclear weapons issued last week appears to ignore the growing Russian strategic nuclear threat. The guidance states that although Russia is modernizing its nuclear forces, “Russia and the United States are no longer adversaries.”


Army Gen. Keith B. Alexander, director of the National Security Agency, recently stepped up his public appearances in response to the defection of former NSA contractor Edward Snowden.

And one new aspect of Gen. Alexander’s public remarks is that for the first time he has named China as one of the most aggressive threats to U.S. secrets and other information through cyber attacks.

“I think our nation has been significantly impacted with intellectual property, the theft of intellectual property by China and others,” Gen. Alexander said on ABC’s “This Week” on Sunday. “That is the most significant transfer of wealth in history. And it goes right back to your initial question: Who is taking our information? It’s one of the things I believe the American people would expect me to know. That’s where my mission is. Who’s doing this to us and why?”

Testifying June 18 before the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, the four-star general was asked how he would describe Chinese cyberespionage and cybermilitary capabilities aimed at conducting disruptive attacks against the United States.

“Very carefully,” he said, noting extensive public reports of Chinese cyberattacks.

Recent discussions between President Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping on Chinese cyberattacks is a good beginning, he said.

“I think we’ve got to solve this issue with China and then look at ways to move forward,” Gen. Alexander said.

Among the issues to be resolved are what are the right standards for cyber activities, he said.

Gen. Alexander provided one-word answers about Chinese cyberattacks under questioning by Rep. Mike Rogers, Michigan Republican and committee chairman:

“Would you say that China engages in cybereconomic espionage against intellectual property, to steal intellectual property in the United States?”

“Yes,” Gen. Alexander said.

“Would you argue that they engage in cyberactivities to steal both military and intelligence secrets of the United States?”


It was the first time the director, who is also commander of the U.S. Cyber Command, directly accused China of engaging in cyber espionage and cyber attacks. Earlier, Gen. Alexander had been reluctant to identify China as the major cyber threat.



Mi-17 rotary-wing aircraft (archive)


WASHINGTON, April 4 (By Maria Young for RIA Novosti) – The US Department of Defense said Thursday it plans to sidestep a Congressional ban to purchase 30 helicopters from Russian state-owned defense firm Rosoboronexport, despite objections from US lawmakers who allege that the firm has equipped the Syrian government to commit brutal crimes against civilians.

“The Department of Defense (DOD) has notified Congress of its intent to contract with Rosoboronexport for 30 additional Mi-17 rotary-wing aircraft to support the Afghanistan National Security Forces (ANSF) Special Mission Wing,” Pentagon spokesman James Gregory told RIA Novosti in emailed comments.

The 2013 National Defense Authorization Act, approved by Congress last year, includes an amendment that prohibits financial contracts between the United States and Rosoboronexport, except when the Secretary of Defense determines that such arrangements are in the interest of national security.

“Given current timelines, the department has determined that Rosoboronexport is the only viable means of meeting ANSF requirements” for the helicopters, Gregory said.

The contract totals $690 million, most of which would go to the Russian arms maker, he added.

In February, US President Barack Obama announced plans to reduce the number of US troops in Afghanistan from 66,000 to 34,000 over the next year, leaving Afghan forces with an increased role in their nation’s security.

Many of the Afghan forces have already been trained to operate the Russian aircraft. Switching to a new platform would delay the readiness of their rotary wing division by at least three years while crews get training and experience on a new system, Gregory said.

A bipartisan Congressional group wrote a letter to Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel last week in which they objected to the ongoing business relationship between the Russian arms company and the Pentagon.

“What is the national security justification of continuing business with Rosoboronexport?” they asked in the letter.

“Russia continues to transfer weapons through Rosoboronexport to the regime of Bashar al-Assad in Syria,” they continued. “Since the Syrian uprising began, Russia has continued to serve as the Assad regime’s chief supplier of weapons, enabling the mass murder of Syrian citizens at the hands of their own government.”

Russia, however, has insisted that the deliveries are legal under international law and that it is not supplying Syria with offensive weapons. Moscow has also questioned the composition and goals of the various armed groups fighting the Assad regime.

US Rep. Jim Moran, who co-authored the amendment, said Rosoboronexport had supplied nearly $1 billion in arms to Assad’s government between 2011 and 2012, including high-explosive mortars, sniper rifles, ammunition and refurbished attack helicopters.

Public records show that some of the representatives who signed the letter and sponsored the amendment–including Moran, Rep. Kay Granger and Rep. Rosa DeLauro—have received campaign contributions from US defense contractors.

But Moran’s spokeswoman, Anne Hughes, described any implication that the lawmakers’ concern is more about campaign contributions than arms for Syria as “laughable.” Representatives of the other lawmakers did not respond to requests for comment.

“The objections are understandable, the US defense industry needs contracts. … But from a cost-benefit analysis, Russian helicopters are a better deal,” Simon Saradzhyan, a security expert at Harvard University’s Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs, told RIA Novosti on Thursday.

The Russian helicopters, he said, are generally not as sophisticated or advanced as those made in the United States, making them arguably more suitable for use by Afghan security forces.

“This is the Russian competitive edge,” Saradzhyan said. “They cost less and they are easy to maintain. This is how Russian arms supporters make their sales speech.”

The Russian aircraft “are superbly suited for harsh environments,” said Gregory, the Pentagon spokesman.

In their letter to Hagel, the lawmakers asked what steps the Pentagon had taken to consider alternative helicopter suppliers. They also requested that the department prepare a detailed briefing and present it to Congress before taking any action on the pending contract.

Hagel has received the letter, Gregory said.

“He will of course respond.”




Defying Congress, Obama Sends U.S. Taxes to Russian State Arms Firm


Written by  Alex Newman | The New American

Despite a bipartisan federal law prohibiting financial contracts with the Russian government-owned arms giant Rosoboronexport, the Obama administration announced that it would be purchasing another $680 million worth of military helicopters from the state company for the Afghan regime of Hamid Karzai. The contract comes after the Pentagon already spent $411 million with the supplier since May of 2011, bringing the estimated amount of U.S. taxpayer funds funneled to the state-owned behemoth to about $1 billion in recent years.

The latest deal, however, drew furious outrage from across the political spectrum. Critics and lawmakers complained that the controversial scheme would boost Russia’s military-industrial complex even as millions of Americans remain out of work. Other opponents highlighted national security concerns. Members of Congress on both sides of the aisle and human rights groups also expressed opposition to the plan, citing a congressional ban on deals with Rosoboronexport and the fact that the Russian military supplier has been arming rogue regimes around the world.

Under an amendment to the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) signed into law by President Obama, the U.S. government is prohibited from sending funds to or entering into contracts with Rosoboronexport, lawmakers noted. The only exception to that prohibition is if the Secretary of Defense deems it to be in the “interest of national security.” Now, a bipartisan coalition of members of Congress led by Rep. Rosa DeLauro (D-Conn.) is demanding that Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel explain what possible excuse there could be to purchase more military helicopters from the government-owned Russian arms dealer.

“Despite this new law, we learned that the Army intends to enter into a new contract with Rosoboronexport in the coming weeks to procure 20 additional helicopters for the Afghan National Security Forces,” the 10 lawmakers said in a strongly worded March 25 letter sent to Hagel urging him to kill the contract. “This plan runs in direct contravention to both the spirit of the FY13 NDAA and the clear legislative intent of Congress — to ban further business dealings with Rosoboronexport. In our view, any attempt by DoD to utilize prior-year funds would constitute a direct subversion of existing law.”

In the letter, the bipartisan group of U.S. representatives also asked Hagel to prepare a detailed briefing explaining the decision. “What is the national security justification of continuing business with Rosoboronexport?” the lawmakers asked, outraged because the state-owned company has been supplying weapons to the Syrian regime amid a war against Western-backed Islamists. “Relatedly, last year, DoD notified Congress of plans to purchase 33 Mi-17s from Rosoboronexport for the Afghan National Security Forces. What is the national security justification for the additional 20 helicopters this year? … What steps is DoD taking to ensure that it does not support — financially or otherwise — enablers of mass atrocities?”

Hagel has received the letter and intends to respond, Pentagon spokesman James Gregory was quoted as saying in an e-mail to Russia’s state-run RIA Novosti news agency. “The Department of Defense (DOD) has notified Congress of its intent to contract with Rosoboronexport for 30 additional Mi-17 rotary-wing aircraft to support the Afghanistan National Security Forces (ANSF) Special Mission Wing,” he said. “Given current timelines, the department has determined that Rosoboronexport is the only viable means of meeting ANSF requirements.”

In the Senate, lawmakers are furious as well. Among other concerns expressed by senators was the fact that the Pentagon did not solicit bids from any other company for the helicopters, according to news reports. Speaking to Businessweek, GOP Senator John Cornyn of Texas said that “seems just plain stupid.” Sen. Cornyn is one of 17 senators thus far, including eight Democrats and eight other Republicans, urging the Defense Department to cancel the contract. Experts say there are plenty of helicopter suppliers that could fill the order.

Critics, however, lambasted the decision from all angles. “Aside from throwing almost $700 million to a company owned by the Russian government at a time when Obama has taken a chainsaw to the United States military, subsidizing the Russian defense industry helps it develop more weapons that will be sold to America’s enemies,” noted analyst Daniel Greenfield in a piece for FrontPage magazine. “That money will help fund R&D for the next generation of weapons that an American military dismantled by Obama will be facing on the battlefield.”

In an analysis offered by the Capitalism Institute, an organization dedicated to advancing free markets and limited government, multiple problems with what it called the “corrupt” deal were highlighted. Among the examples cited in the piece about what was wrong with the contract: giving taxpayer money to Russia, sending more military hardware to the Afghan government, using no-bid contracts, and bypassing Congress.

“That’s right, this foreign aid is even worse than the aid being given to Egypt, because at least Egypt was buying U.S. hardware,” the institute noted, referring to Obama’s controversial decision to send fighter jets and tanks to the Muslim Brotherhood regime. “In the end, like almost all of our foreign policy, this was about power. It’s not about liberty, or security, or the economy. It’s about power brokering. We simply can’t afford this any longer.… People need to know that there’s bipartisan anger over Obama taxing us to give to the Russians.”

The John Birch Society, a conservative organization and an affiliate of this magazine, has been sounding the alarm about the Russian government for decades. It also expressed opposition to the latest scheme — not to mention the fact that foreign aid, including arming foreign governments, is not authorized by the Constitution. In a weekly video address, CEO Art Thompson criticized the deal. “Isn’t that nice?” he wondered sarcastically. “I guess they didn’t inform the generals at the Pentagon who the enemy is.”

Thompson also highlighted the fact that the Obama administration was sending advanced military weaponry to the Islamist regime now ruling Egypt after the U.S. government-backed “Arab Spring” overthrew the previous government. Adding insult to injury, the new Muslim Brotherhood-dominated Egyptian government recently announced an “integration” deal with the mass-murdering genocidal regime ruling Sudan, which the U.S. State Department has listed as a state sponsor of terrorism for over two decades.

Other critics of the Rosoboronexport contract pointed to documents released by WikiLeaks suggesting that the Obama campaign had received Russian money. The controversial deal with Russia’s military-industrial complex, however, is not the first time the Pentagon has been embroiled in scandal surrounding its procurement decisions to arm the Afghan regime. The U.S. Air Force, for example, decided to purchase fighter planes from the Brazilian government-controlled company Embraer for the Karzai regime even though the American company Beechcraft said it was willing and able to provide more cost-effective alternatives.

Russia and Brazil, of course, are both members of the so-called “BRICS” — an alliance of socialist and communist-minded regimes that also includes the Communist Party dictatorship ruling mainland China, the African National Congress (ANC)-South African Communist Party (SACP) regime ruling South Africa, and the socialist-oriented Indian government. The BRICS group recently released its latest manifesto calling for a global currency that would eventually displace the increasingly unstable U.S. dollar as the global reserve currency.

The Rosoboronexport contract is also not the first time that the Obama administration has been under fire for cooperating with the Russian military. As The New American reported last year, the administration invited airborne terror troops from Russia to train with U.S. forces on American soil for the first time in history, fueling suspicion and outrage among critics.

“The Russian soldiers are here as invited guests of the U.S. government; this is part of a formal bilateral exchange program between the U.S. and Russia that seeks to develop transparency and promote defense reform,” Cmdr. Wendy L. Snyder, U.S. Defense Press Officer for policy, told The New American in an e-mail. “Aside from typical military training, the exchange will include discussions on the rule of land warfare, developing appropriate rules of engagement, and employing cultural literacy and competency in the tactical environment.”

Analysts are not hopeful, but whether or not the massive public and congressional outcry will end up killing the potentially unlawful contract with Rosoboronexport remains unclear. As Obama told then-Russian President Dmitry Medvedev over an open microphone last year before his reelection, “I’ll have more flexibility” after winning another term. It appears to critics as though, unless Congress takes serious action, the increased “flexibility” will mean further problems for the United States — at least for the next four years.



Compelling proof Dept. of Defense is joining DHS in drying up firearms and ammo supply.

Kit Daniels
July 26, 2013

The U.S. Army is now looking to stockpile nearly 3,000,000 live rounds of Soviet-era Russian ammo popular with civilian shooters.

A U.S. Army solicitation posted July 18 on the Federal Business Opportunities web site asks for “non-standard” ammunition from vendors which includes:

- 2,550,000 rounds of 7.62x39mm ball ammo
– 575,000 blank rounds of 7.62x39mm ammo and
– 425,000 rounds of 9x18mm Makarov ball ammo

The army intends to store all these rounds in ammo storage facilities at both Camp Stanley in Boerne, Texas and the Blue Grass Army Depot in Kentucky.

As the solicitation implies, the 7.62x39mm and the 9x18mm Makarov are not standard-issue in the U.S. military or NATO.

Rather they are calibers developed by the former Soviet Union which are now commonly used by civilian shooters in the United States.

The 7.62x39mm in particular is extremely popular with private gun owners due to the wide availability and affordability of both military surplus ammo and firearms chambered for this round, such as the AK-47 and the SKS.

Handguns chambered for the 9x18mm Makarov, such as the FEG PA-63, are common, inexpensive imports.

The desired list of calibers attached to a previous, related acquisition request also included oddball rounds such as the .303 British and the 7.62×25mm Tokarev.

In addition to this solicitation for nearly 3,000,000 live rounds of Russian calibers popular with the public, the army made a similar request last year for a long-term weapon supplier who can ship both foreign non-standard and obsolete U.S. military weapons anywhere in the world.

According to this 2012 request, the U.S. Army Armament Research, Development and Engineering Center (ARDEC) wanted to find a vendor who could “reach around the world at any given moment to gather and provide multiple types of weapons and weapon parts.”

The extensive list of desired weapons included firearms popular with civilians such as the aforementioned AK-47, 1911s, M1903 Springfields, Walther PP/PPKs (another common import), and other “commercial and para-military weapons.”

This solicitation also asked for “books, manuals, tools, and gauges” pertaining to the firearms.

Headquartered in New Jersey, ARDEC is primarily known for its research in advanced weapons such as lasers and nanotechnology.

These unusual requests prompt the question as to why the U.S. Army, and especially the army’s advanced weapons research and development division, needs a vast quantity of non-NATO rounds and decades-old – sometimes even 100-year-old – firearms popular with civilians for worldwide deployment “at any given notice.”

The ARDEC request in particular seems too broad.

Are World War I era M1903 Springfields really that common in today’s battlefields, or even the popular CZ-52 imports which have been retired from Czechoslovakian service since 1982?

Are these obsolete weapons used that frequently in current world conflicts to warrant specific mention in an army acquisition request?

Do century-old firearms really need to be shipped all around the world for “research and development?”

What about the huge purchase of 425,000 9x18mm Makarov rounds?

Are they going to somehow end up in the sidearms of Obama-backed Syrian rebels, especially after two congressional panels cleared the way for shipping small arms to Syria?

Handguns chambered in 9x18mm Makarov are still commonplace among Syrian militants because Syria received military aid from the Soviet Union for over 20 years.

These solicitations, with planned acquisitions ranging between $500,000 to $22,000,000, definitely forge fears of back door gun control by creating artificial scarcity that denies Americans access to a wide-range of firearms and ammo, especially in the wake of the U.N. arms trade treaty which was signed by Obama but rejected by the Senate.

Regardless of the army’s intentions, these large-scale purchases will only further intensify firearm and ammo shortages for gun owners across the country.



Each fully loaded, magazines combined hold almost 18 million rounds of ammunition

Kit Daniels
August 16, 2013

The U.S. Army is buying almost 600,000 Soviet AK-47 magazines, enough to hold nearly 18 million rounds of 7.62x39mm ammo which is not standard-issue for either the U.S. military or NATO.

All the magazines combined weight more than the operating weight of a C-5 Galaxy. Credit: USAF

All the magazines combined weigh more than the operating weight of a C-5 Galaxy.

A U.S. Army solicitation on the Federal Business Opportunities site asks for approximately 592,825 new AK 30-round magazines.

The solicitation even refers to the magazines as being for “non-standard weapons.”

More specifically, they are for the AK-47 designed by the Soviet Union at the start of the Cold War, which is now commonly used by opposition forces in proxy wars around the world.

This magazine order is an astronomical amount.

Assuming an individual, unloaded magazine weight of 0.95 pounds, all of these magazines combined weigh more than the operating weight of a Lockheed Martin C-5 Galaxy, one of the largest aircraft in the world.

The C-5 Galaxy wouldn’t even be able to carry all of these magazines. Two trips would be necessary.

To put it in another perspective, all these magazines combined weigh more than seven 18-wheelers at the maximum legal weight of 80,000 pounds.

The U.S. Army Armament Research, Development and Engineering Center (ARDEC) made the request for the immense amount of magazines, which seems excessive for only research and development purposes.

Chances are these magazines will end up in one of the numerous conflicts around the world.

This isn’t the first time that the federal government has made massive bulk purchases of guns, gun parts, and ammunition which are extremely popular with private gun owners but not in NATO use.

Last month, we reported that the army bought 2,550,000 live rounds of 7.62x39mm ammo.

The army is storing a portion of the ammo at Camp Stanley in Boerne, Texas, which is also supposedly a CIA outpost.

The Obama-backed Syria rebels could definitely use the 7.62x39mm for their AKs, especially considering that Congress has already cleared the CIA to openly ship munitions to them.

In 2012, ARDEC looked for a vendor who could “reach around the world at any given moment to gather and provide multiple types of weapons and weapon parts.”

The weapons requested included both foreign non-standard and obsolete U.S. military weapons, such as the aforementioned AK-47, 1911s and M1903 Springfields.

Expect to see even more large orders for “non-standard” ammunition in the future.



susanne_posel_news_ o-OBAMA-PUTIN-facebook
Susanne Posel
Occupy Corporatism
August 7, 2013
President Obama is expected to cancel his meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin after the announcement that National Security Agency (NSA) whistleblower Edward Snowden was granted asylum in Russia. Obama and Putin were going to speak ahead of the G-20 summit.Jay Carney, press secretary for the Obama administration,